Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

} Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND

VOLUME 5s,

1903.

Boston, Mags. | Providence, R. 1l.

740 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co,

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 January, 1903 No. 1

THE ULVACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA.
F. 5. COLLINS.

Tue family U/vaceae is here taken in the same limitations as by
Wille in Engler & Prantl! excluding, the genera Pringsheimia and
Protoderma, considered doubtful by him. The red algae, Bangia,
Porphyra etc., included by earlier authors, are now generally recog-
nized as belonging to the Rhodospermeae, the last important work
including them among the U/vaceae being J. G. Agardh's mono-
graph.” This work has been here used as the basis for generic and
specific divisions for the remainder, though somewhat modified by
later publications, especially by Rosenvinge.3

There has been no general paper on the North American algae,
with descriptions, since Harvey’s. In this, Porphyra, etc. were
included in the U/vaceae, as was usual at that time. Excluding these
there are described two genera and nine species. In Farlow's list of
1876* there are two genera and six species. Since this no general
list has been published, but in 1881 Farlow’s Manual ê contained two
genera, eight species and six varieties, for the New England Coast,
and the progress since then may be shown by the fact that the list

! A. Engler & K. Prantl, Die Natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien, I. Abt. 2, 1897.

* J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst. part 3, Lunds Univ. Arsskrift, Vol. XIX, 1882.

?L. Kolderup Rosenvinge, Grénlands Havalger. Meddelelser om Grénland.
Kjobehavn, 1893.

*W. H. Harvey, Nereis Boreali-Americana, part III. Chlorospermeae.
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Washington, 1858.

° W. G. Farlow, List of the Marine Algae of the United States. Report of the
U. S. Fish Commission for 1875. Washington, 1876.

€ W. G. Farlow, Marine Algae of New England and the adjacent coast.
Report of U. S. Fish Commission for 1879. Washington, 1881.

2 Rhodora [JANUARY

published by the writer in 1900 gives from New England four
genera, with twenty-six species, and six varieties. The present
paper gives four genera, with thirty-three species, and twenty-six
varieties, fifty-nine species and varieties as compared with Harvey’s
nine in 1856 and Farlow’s six in 1876. Of many of these species
no description is to be found in English, and no complete or nearly
complete list with descriptions is to be found in any language; so
that a paper of the present scope would seem to be of use. The
region covered is the North American continent, with Greenland and
the Alaskan islands. Some indication is also given of extra-limital
distribution,

In distinction from some other green algae, also of wide distribu-
tion and common occurrence, — the Cladophoras, for instance, in
which specific distinctions are based on characters discernible with
the naked eye or at most with a pocket lens,— few of the U/vaceae can
be distinguished except by microscopic examination, The external
form of the frond certainly counts for something, but only in connec-
tion with characters of the individual cell. The type of structure is
a flat membrane composed of a single layer of cells, side by side, all
similar except at the base of the frond, where they are usually modi-
fied for the purpose of giving a firmer attachment to the substratum.
In manner of reproduction there is no distinction to be made, and,
with the exception of the basal cells referred to, any cell may develop
the zoospores which are the only form of reproduction known.
Generic and specific distinctions are therefore based on vegetative
characters.

In some forms the membrane is developed very soon after the germ-
ination of the spore, but in all species there is probably a filament-
ous stage, though it may be only of a few cells. In the genus Mon-
ostroma the filament develops into a sac of a more or less clavate form.
In some species this soon splits, and thereafter the plant grows as a
flat membrane; at the other extreme in this genus we have a persist-
ent nearly cylindrical sac, never splitting, and opening at the top
only in fructification. Between these two all intermediate forms can
be found in the various species. When the sac continues perma-
nently closed except from external causes, we have the genus Entero-
morpha, in which the species range from broadly clavate to filiform,
and from simple to much branched; in Æ. percursa the cells of the

1 RHODORA, Vol. II, 41, 1900.

435

a FF

1903] © Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 3

original monosiphonous filament divide longitudinally, forming two
parallel series, and there is no further development. This is so dif-
ferent from most Enteromorpha species that this has been often kept
as a separate genus, Ze/ranema, Diplonema or Percursaria; but there
are undoubted species of Zmwferomorpha in which the most of the
frond is of the normal form, while the tips of the branches are of the
Jetranema type; so that it seems better to consider this very simple
form as merely a case where the development stops at an early stage.
In most species of Ænteromorpha the tubular or saccate form con-
tinues through life, with or without branching; but in Æ. Zinza the
membrane on opposite sides adheres more or less, the frond becom-
ing flat in the middle with open spaces at the edges. This type
leads to Ua, in which the membranes adhere throughout, forming
a flat expansion, two layers of cells in thickness.

The specific distinctions are based somewhat on the general form
of the frond, but more on the size and shape of the cells and their
arrangement. The latter, as seen in a superficial view of the frond,
ranges from Uwa Lactuca with irregular polygonal cells closely set
in no definite order, to Za fulvescens with cells of circular outline, in
groups of twos, fours, or their multiples, arranged in longitudinal
series. The shape of the cells as shown in a cross section of the
frond js also important, as well as the character of the individual cell
wall and of the membrane generally. All our species are marine,
but some extend into brackish, and rarely into quite fresh water.

As the species now acknowledged have been largely formed by
segregation from older species, and as in the earlier American litera-
ture little or no attention was given to microscopic characters, all the
forms being divided among a few common species, it is evident that
where these common species are quoted in the older works there
must be doubt as to which of our present species are meant. The
result is quite a list of doubtful references, and also some uncertainty
in cases where the writer has ventured to decide on what seems good
authority, but without seeing actual specimens, But this is unavoid-
able in such cases. In the following list the writer has endeavored
to make as complete as possible the references to American literature,
but no such attempt has been made with foreign references, and
apart from the citation of the original description, Agardh's mono-
graph and De Toni's Sylloge! are the principal works cited. Refer-

1J. B. De Toni, Sylloge Algarum Omnium hucusque cognitarum. Vol. I.
Patavii, 1889.

E us

4 Rhodora TJANUARY

ences have been made by number to the principal American exsic-
catae: Farlow, Anderson & Eaton, Algae Americae-Borealis ; Collins,
Holden & Setchell, Phycotheca Boreali-Americana ; Tilden, Ameri-
can Algae. A specific key is suggested under each genus, but it is
impossible to make a key that will give satisfactory results in every
case.

BIBLIOGRAPHY,

Anderson, Charles Lewis. (1.) List of California Marine Algae,
Zoe, Vol. II. San Francisco, 1891.

Anderson, F. W. & Kelsey, Francis D. (1. Common and
Conspicuous Algae of Montana. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Vol.
XVIII, 1891.

Ashmead, Samuel. (1.) Catalogue of Marine Algae discovered
at Beesley's Point, during the past summer, with some remarks
thereon. Proc. Phil. Acad. Vol. VII, 1855. (2.) Enumeration
of the Arctic Plants collected by Dr. S. I. Hayes in his explora-
tion of Smith's Sound, etc. Proc. Phil. Acad. Vol. XV, 1863.

Bailey, Jacob Whitman. (1.) Notes on the Algae of the United
States. Amer. Jour. Sci. ser. 2, Vol. III, 1847.

Bennett, James Lawrence. (1.) Plants of Rhode Island. Proc.
Providence Franklin Soc. 1888.

Britton, Nathaniel Lord. (1.) Catalogue of Plants found in
New Jersey. Final Report of the State Geologist, Vol. II. Tren-
ton, New Jersey, 1889.

Collins, Frank Shipley. (1.) Notes on New England Algae,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Vol. IX, 1882. (2.) l c. Vol. XI, 1884.
(3.) Vol. XV, 1888. (4.) Vol. XVIII, 1891. (5.) Vol. XXIII,
1896. (6.) Marine Algae of Nantucket, in Owen, Maria L., A
Catalogue of Plants of the County of Nantucket. Northampton,
1888. (7.) Algae in Rand, E. L. & Redfield, J. H., Flora of
Mount Desert Island, Maine. Cambridge, 1894. (8.) RHODORA,
Vol. II, 1900.

Curtis, Moses Ashley. (1.) Geological and Natural History
Survey of North Carolina, Part 3, Botany. Raleigh, 1867.

Dame, Lorin Low & Collins, Frank Shipley. (1.) Flora of
Middlesex County, Massachusetts. Malden, 1888.

Eaton, Daniel Cady. (1.) List of Marine Algae collected near

1903 ] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 5

Eastport, Maine, in August and September, 1872. ‘Trans. Conn.
Acad. Vol. II. New Haven, 1873. (2.) A List of the Marine
Algae collected by Dr. Edward Palmer on the coast of Florida
and at Nassau, Bahama Islands, March-August, 1874. New
Haven, 1875.

Farlow, William Gilson. (1.) List of the Sea- Weeds or Marine
Algae of the South Coast of New England. Report of the U. S.
Commission of Fish and Fisheries for 1871 and 1872. 1873. (2.)
List of the Marine Algae of the United States, with notes of new
and imperfectly known species. Proc. Amer. Acad. Vol. X., 1875.
(3.) List of the Marine Algae of the United States. Report of the

U.S. Fish Commissioner for 1875. 1876. (4.) Marine Algae of
New England and adjacent Coast. Report of U. S. Fish Com-
mission for 1879. 1881. (5.) Notes on Arctic Algae; based prin-
cipally on collections made at Ungava Bay by Mr. L. M. Turner.
Proc. Amer. Acad. Vol. XXI, 1886.

Fowler, James. (1.) Report on the Flora of St. Andrews, N. B.,
Contributions to Canadian Biology, being studies from the Marine
Biological Station of Canada. Ottawa, 19or.

Ganong, William Francis. (1.) On Halophytic Colonies in the
Interior of New Brunswick. Bulletin of the Natural History Soci-
ety of New Brunswick, No. 16, 1898.

Hall, Franklin Wilson. (1.) List of the Marine Algae growing
in Long Island Sound, within 20 miles of New Haven. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, Vol. VI, 1876.

Harvey, William Henry. (1.) Nereis Boreali-Americana. Part
III. Chlorospermeae. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge.
Washington. 1858. (2.) Notice of a collection of Algae made
on the Northwest Coast of North America, chiefly at Van-
couver's Island, by David Lyall, Esq., M. D., R. N., in the years
1859-1861. Proc. Linn. Soc. Botany, Vol. VI, 1862.

Harvey, William Henry, & Bailey, Jacob Whitman. (1.)
Algae of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, 1872.
Hay, George Upham (1.) Preliminary List of the New Bruns-
wick Algae. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. New Brunswick, No. 5, 1886.
Hay, George Upham & MacKay, Alexander Howard. (1.)

Marine Algae of the Maritime Provinces. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc.
N. B., 1887.
Hervey, Alpheus Baker. (1.) Sea Mosses. A Collector's

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

Guide and an Introduction to the Study of Marine Algae. Bos-
ton, 1881.

Hooper, John. (1.) Introduction to Algology with a Catalogue of
American Algae or Sea-Weeds, according to the Latest Classifica-

tion of Prof. Harvey. Brooklyn, New York, 1850.
Howe, Marshall Avery. (1.) A month on the shores of Monterey

Bay, Erythea, Vol. I. 1893.

Kemp, Alexander F. (1.) A Classified List of the Marine Algae
from the Lower St. Lawrence. Canadian Naturalist, Vol. V, 1860.

Kjellman, Frans Reinhold (:.) The Algae of the Arctic Sea.
Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar. Bandet. 20,
No. 5, Stockholm, 1883. (2.) Om Beringhafvets Algflora. Kongl.
Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bandet 23, 1889.

Martindale, Isaac C. (1.) Marine Algae of the New Jersey
Coast and adjacent Waters of Staten Island. Mem. Torr. Bot.
Club, Vol. I, 1889.

McClatchie, Alfred James. (1.) Seedless Plants of Southern
California. Proceedings of the Southern California Academy of
Science, Vol. I. Los Angeles, 1897.

Melvill, James Cosmo. (1.) Notes on the Marine Algae of
South Carolina and Florida. Jour. of Bot. Vol. XIII, 1875.

Murray, George. (1.) Catalogue of the Marine Algae of the West
Indian Region. Jour. of Bot. Vol. XXVII. 1889.

Olney, Stephen Thayer. (1.) Algae Rhodiaceae. Providence,
187 1.

Packard, Alpheus Spring, Jr. (1.) The Sea-Weeds of Salt Lake.
American Naturalist, Vol. XIII, 1879.

Pike, Nicolas. (1.) Check List of Marine Algae, Based on Spec-
imens collected on the Shores of Long Island, from 1839 to 1885.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Vol. XIII, 1886.

Postels, Alexander & Ruprecht, Franz Joseph. (1.) Illustra-
tiones Algarum Oceani Pacifici, imprimis septentrionalis. Petro-
poli. 1840.

Robinson, John. (1.) The Flora of Essex County, Massachusetts. `
Salem, 1880.

Rosenvinge, Lauritz Kolderup. (1.) Grónlands Havalger. Med-
delelser om Grønland. Kjobehavn, 1893. (2.) Les Algues
Marines de Groenland. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. Ser. 7, Vol. XIX, 1894-
(3.) Deuxième Mémoire sur les Algues Marines de Groenland.
1898.

1903 | Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America y"

Saunders, De Alton. (1.) Papers from the Harriman Alaska
Expedition, XXV. The Algae. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. Vol.
III, 19or.

Setchell, William Albert. (1.) Algae of the Pribilof Islands.

1899.
Wolle, Francis. (:.) Fresh-Water Algae of the United States.

Bethlehem, Pa. 1887.

Wood, Horatio Curtis. (1.) A Contribution to the History of
the Fresh-Water Algae of North America. Smithsonian Contribu-
tions to Knowledge. 1872.

ULVACEAE.

Frond consisting of a membrane of one or two layers of cells; in
the simplest forms of merely two rows of cells, side by side; or in
some parts of the frond of only a single series of cells. Membrane
forming a tube or sac,or a flat expansion; simple or branching.
Near the base of the frond the cells send down rhizoidal prolonga-
tions to the substratum, often uniting to form a thickened stipe ;
otherwise than this there is no specialization of cells. Asexual
propagation by oval zoospores with four cilia, which may be formed
in any ordinary cell of the frond, by successive division. Fructifica-
tion by zoospores similar to the asexual, but noticeably smaller, and
with two cilia; after the union of two such zoospores, with no appar-
ent distinction of sexes, a new plant immediately begins to develop.

Of world-wide distribution: the plants usually gregarious, often
growing in great quantities. "They are specially plants of the litoral
zone, occasionally extending down for a short distance in the sub-
litoral.

KEY TO THE GENERA.

Frond membranaceous, of two layers of cells Urva.
Frond originally tubular, sooner or later opening at the top, and usually dividing
into a membrane of a single layer of cells MONOSTROMA.
Frond tubular, or ruptured only by external causes ; membrane parenchymatous
ENTEROMORPHA.,

Frond tubular, very gelatinous, the cells in distinct longitudinal series, which are
only loosely connected with each other ILEA.

ULVA L.

Frond membranaceous, flat, consisting of two layers of cells, in any
of which, excepting those in the thickened base, zoospores may be
formed, issuing through an opening in the surface of the frond.

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

The genus is taken here in the restricted sense, including only
the species having fronds always flat ; those with tubular fronds, some-
times included in it, now forming the genus Ænteromorpha. About
six species can be considered as well established, though a number
of others have been described, some of which must be considered as
forms or varieties, and others are insufficiently known. U. Lactuca
is cosmopolitan; U. fasciata is found in nearly all warm seas; U.
Californica is known from only one station.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Fronds minute, triangular or reniform, with distinct stipe 2. U. CALIFORNICA.
Fronds ample, undivided or irregularly lobed I. U. LACTUCA.
Fronds divided into linear segments 3. U. FASCIATA.

1. U. Lacruca L. Sp. Pl, 1163, 1753. Frond very variable in
shape, at first attached and generally of a lanceolate or ovate lance-
olate form; later of irregular shape, and often detached and float-
ing. The cells usually vertically elongate in cross section (see
Plate 41, fig. 1); seen from the surface, irregularly angular, closely
set; thickness of frond very variable.

A very common plant over the whole world, and extremely varia-
ble in form, thickness and color. Two fairly marked types can be
distinguished in the species as found with us on both Atlantic and
Pacific coasts, connected by innumerable forms. Farlow (2) 379;
(3) 713; (4) 42, Pl. III, fig. 1. Hay (1) 33. Hay & MacKay (1)
63. Collins (3) 310; (6) 77; (7) 246; (8) 45. Dame & Collins
(1) 157; Bennett (1) 95. Martindale (1) 92. Britton (1) 400.
Anderson (1) 218. Rosenvinge (1) 939; (2) 145; (3) 116.
McClatchie (1) 351. U. Lactuca var. Lactuca Farlow (4) 43. Hay
& MacKay (1) 63. Martindale (1) 92. Britton (1) 400. Collins
(7) 246. U. latissima Curtis (1) 156. Harvey (1) 59; (2) 176.
Kemp (1) 41. Harvey & Bailey (1) 163. Ashmead (2) 96. Olney
(1) 42. Eaton (1) 348; (2) s. Farlow (1) 292; (2) 379; (3)
712. Robinson (1) 166. Anderson (1) 218. Fowler (1) 48.

Var. RIGIDA. (Ag.) Le Jolis, Alg. Mar. de Cherbourg, 38, 1863.
Frond at first lanceolate or ovate lanceolate, firm and stiff, with a
distinct stipe; later somewhat irregularly divided, and often with
numerous perforations of various sizes; cells vertically elongate in
cross section. Plate 41, fig. 1. cross section.

This is a common form of exposed shores, but occurs also some-
times in quieter waters. In its earlier stage it is distinctly lanceolate
in outline, but this form is afterwards lost by irregular growth. It
„is firm in texture, the color growing deeper as the plant grows older,
finally becoming brownish or blackish; the cells have their greatest
length at right angles to the surface of the frond, being sometimes
three times as long as wide. Farlow (4) 42. Hay & MacKay (1)

1903 | Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 9

63. Bennett (1) 95. Martindale (1) 92. Collins (7) 246; (8) 45.
U. rigida Harvey (2) 176. Murray (1) 260. Britton (1) 400.
Saunders (1) 410. Exsicc. Amer. Algae, 124, 260; Pnyc. Bor.
Am., 407.

Var. LATISSIMA (L.) DC., Fl. Fr., Vol. I, 9, 1805. Frond irregu-
lar in outline, soon becoming detached and passing most of its life
in a floating condition; thinner than var. rzgzda, lighter colored, and
with cells nearer square in cross section.

This is a common form of creeks and lagoons, where it forms
floating sheets, often of several square meters in extent. Itis doubt-
ful if this variety corresponds with the U. /atzssima of Agardh; more
probably both the varieties here given are included in the various
forms given by him under .U. rigida; his U. Zatissima is given as
occurring only in the German Ocean and the Baltic, and, with some
doubt, on the French coast and in the Mediterranean. It is not easy
to find from his description just what the difference is between his
U. latissima and his U. rigida “formae b, substantia tenuiores
exsiccatione membranaceae.” Collins (6) 77. Bennett (1) 9s.
Britton (1) 400. Martindale (1) 92.

Var. MESENTERIFORMIS (Roth) Collins (8) 45; U. mesenteriformis
J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst. part 3, 163, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg.,
Vol. I, 103, 1889. Frond much contorted and bullate, forming
crumpled masses, lying loose on the bottom.

This form is strikingly distinct in appearance, forming much
crisped and wrinkled masses, usually of a dark green color, lying on
the bottom in creeks and quiet bays. It is so twisted and grown
together that only by tearing can even a small piece of it be spread
out flat. In cross section the cells are nearer square than those of
the type. Itis common in marshy ponds near Bridgeport, Conn., and
will probably be found in similar places. Known elsewhere only in
the Baltic.

2. U. CariFoRNICA Wille. Frond 1.5 to 2 cm. long, up to 1.5
cm. wide, triangular or reniform with wavy edge, sometimes with
proliferations of a few cells each; passing quickly into a flattened
tapering stipe. The cells of the stipe, which on the inner side of
each layer form rhizoidal prolongations, are in cross section about
quadrate, or a little longer tangentially. The cells in the upper part
of the frond are, seen superficially, nearly isodiametric, somewhat
irregular in form, with rounded corners; longer and shorter cells
alternate, but the longitudinal series are quite inconspicuous. The
upper part of the frond is about .o3 mm. in thickness.

A species with minute fronds, with more definite outline than is
usual in species of this genus. It is known only from Pacific Beach,
San Diego County, California, where it is reported by Mrs. E. Sny-
der as forming a rather dense coating on rocks near high water mark.
Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 6rr.

IO Rhodora [JANUARY

3. U. FasciaTA Delile, Egypt, 153, Pl. LVIII, fig. 5, 1813; J. G.
Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 173, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg. Vol.
I, 114, 1889. Frond divided into linear segments, margin smooth
or undulate; in cross section the two layers of cells separate some-
what at the margin, which is rounded, with a small open space
between the rows.

The structure of the frond in this species is similar to that of U.
Lactuca, except the margin, which resembles Ænteromorpha Linza;
but the shape of the frond with definite linear divisions is quite dis-
tinct. These divisions may be dichotomous or apparently lateral;
their width may vary from 5 mm. to 5 cm.; and the frond may reach a
length of a meter; the margin may be quite smooth and even, or
much crisped and undulate ; in this it corresponds to forms of Ænzer-
omorpha Linza. Found on the east coast at Florida, and on the west
coast along the whole of California: in warm waters all over the
world. Harvey (1) 58; (2) 176. Farlow (2) 379; (3) 713. Her-
vey (1) 54. Anderson (1) 218. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 221.

. Three forms of this species have been distinguished on the Paci-
fic coast, passing into each other more or less.

Forma TAENIATA Setchell, Phyc. Bor.-Am., 862. Lobes slender
and elongated, crisped and ruffled; prominent teeth on the margins
near the base of the frond.

Forma LOBATA Setchell, Phyc. Bor.-Am., 863. Lobes shorter and
broader, seldom crisped or ruffled.

Forma caesPrrosa Setchell, Phyc. Bor-Am., 809. Divisions
numerous, irregular; fronds intricately entangled, forming a dense
coating on the rocks.

MONOSTROMA Thuret.

Frond at first a. closed tube or sac, which later opens or splits,
forming a membranous expansion, of a single layer of cells, except at
the base, where it is thickened, and may consist of several layers of
elongated cells. Zoospores formed in any of the cells of the mon-
ostromatic part, issuing through an opening at the surface of the
frond.

In some of the species of this genus the saccate form has not been
observed, but it probably occurs in all. Its persistence varies much,
from M. /atissimum, in which the frond forms a flat expansion when
only two or three mm. high, to M. Groenlandicum, in which the
greater part of the frond continues tubular through its whole life,
only the upper part opening at the time of the formation of the zoo-
spores. Some of the smaller species do not exceed 1 dm. in length ;
others, like M. Blyttii, may reach 5 dm. It has representatives in
all oceans, and several species inhabit by preference brackish water ;

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America II

one species lives in fresh water exclusively, and some of the marine
and brackish species occasionally occur also in fresh water.

About 30 species have been described, but the differences between
some of them seem to be largely due to the age of the specimen or to
local conditions; the following arrangement is based chiefly on
Rosenvinge's work on the algae of Greenland, where this genus is
given a careful study, based on an ample supply of living plants.

KEv TO THE SPECIES.

1. Frond always tubular 2
Le * tubular only in early stage of growth 3
2. 'Tube filiform 10. M. GROENLANDICUM

2. * jintestine-like, collapsing 3a. M. ARTICUM var. INTESTINIFORME
3. Frond in the full-grown plant with a long, slender stipe; membrane not
over IO p thick 6. M. LEPTODERUM
3. Frond never distinctly stipitate 4
4. Frond saccate for a considerable part of the growth of the plant;
then splitting part of or all the way to the base 2. M; GREVILLEI
4. Frond saccate only in the very early stages or not at all 5

5. Frond dark or dull green, not gelatinous nor adhering to paper.
1. M. FUSCUM
. Frond light or bright green, more or less gelatinous, adhering to paper 6

wn

6. Mature trond div ided into distinct segments 7
6. Frond from broadly lanceolate to orbicular; not divided into seg-
ments

7. Segments linear or lanceolate ; frond about 6 p thick above
4. M. PULCHRUM
few, broad, of no fixed form ; frond 25-45 p thick; cells closely
set 3. M. ARCTICUM
7. Segments obovate, frond 18-36 p thick; cells not closely set
7. M. CREPIDINUM

[11

-I

8. Frond not over 30 p thick 9
8. “ 40-50 p thick 5. M. UNDULATUM
9. Frond usually not much plicate 10
“ * much plicate 5a. M. UNDULATUM var. FARLOWII
10. Cells arranged in distinct groups of 4 9. M. QUATERNARIUM
10. ‘“ without order, or indistinctly in groups of 2, 3, or 4

. M. LATISSIMUM

1. M. ruscuM (Post. & Rupr.) Wittr., Monogr., 53, Pl. IV, fig. 13,
1866; J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 113, 1882 ; DeToni, Syll.
Alg., Vol. I, 109, 1889.

Frond membranaceous, at first tubular, soon splitting, dull or dark
green, more or less lobed but not divided to the base; membrane
20-70 p thick; cells 4-6 angled, very closely set; in cross section
from square to vertically elongate, with only slightly rounded corners;
occupying nearly the entire thickness of the membrane.

Under this species are included three which were formerly, and by
some are still kept distinct; M. fuscum with frond of dull color,
20-35 p thick and cells quadrate in cross section; M. BZyttii with
deep green frond, blackish in drying, 60-70 y thick and cells “ pal-

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

isade form” in cross section; and M. splendens with deep green
glossy frond, 50-55 m thick, more deeply parted than the others, with
cells similar to M. BZyttii or more rounded. ‘These three forms pass
into each other with no dividing line, while they are sharply marked
off from all other species of the genus in nearly every respect. The
very young plant is in the form of a closed tube, which soon splits
down one side, and spreads out to form a flat membrane; not split-
ting into several segments, as in the M. Grevi//ei group.

Forma BLvrTU (M. B/yttiz, Wittr., Monogr., 49, Pl. III, fig. 11,
1866) is common from Nahant northward and has been found at New-
port, R. L, by Mrs. Simmons; it grows in tide pools, and also on
pebbles in the sublitoral zone; at Revere Beach, Mass., great
quantities are sometimes washed ashore by November storms, the
stones on which they grew remaining attached to them. In Green-
land it is reported as found from Jan. to March, and from May to
Sept.; very young plants being found in June. On the Massachusetts
coast it makes its appearance in Sept., and reaches its full develop-
ment in Nov. and Dec. The thinner form which apparently should
be considered the typical M. fuscum appears to be less common, but
is found at Greenland and in Alaska. Plate 41, fig. 2, cross section ;
fig. 3, surface.

Forma SPLENDENS (M. splendens Wittr., Monogr., 50, Pl. III, fig.
12, 1866) occurs in the northern Pacific, in Bering Sea and vicinity,
passing into forma /y/tiz, which occurs nearly typical at Victoria,
B. C., and in Washington. i

In one form or another the species probably occurs throughout the
Arctic Ocean. Kjellman (1) 299; (2) 54. Rosenvinge (1) 940,
figs. 47-48 ; (2) 145, figs. 47—48 ; (3) 116. Collins (8) 44. Saunders
(1) 409. M. Blyttii Farlow (4) 41; (5)477. Collins (1) 7o. Britton
(1) 400. M. splendens Kjellman (2) 54. Setchell (1) 591. Exsicc.
Phyc. bor.-Am., 715, 911; Alg. Am.-Bor., 98.

2. M. GnEviLLEI (Thuret) Wittr., Monogr., 57, Pl. IV, fig. 14,
1866; J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, ror, 1882; De Toni, Syll.
Alg., Vol. I, 103, 1889. Frond attached, at first saccate, then open-
ing at the top, and ultimately splitting to the base; soft and delicate,
pale green; membrane 15-20 p thick, cells quadrate with rounded
angles, closely set; in cross section horizontally oval, 12-14 y high.
Plate 41, fig. 4, cross section; fig. 5, surface.

The saccate form is plain in young plants, and may persist for
some time when growing in still water; but at exposed points the
frond is soon torn open, and in mature plants all trace of the original
shape is lost, wherever growing. According to Rosenvinge, Gren-
lands Havalger, p. 948, the specimens from Greenland referred to
M. lubricum Kjellman, in Algae Arctic Sea, p. 295, are M. Greviliei.
M. crassiusculum Kjellman, Om Beringhafvets Algflora, p. 53, Pl.
VII, figs. 13-15, seems from the description and figures to be hardly

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 13

distinct from M. Grevi//ei, or at most a variety characterized by the
slightly thicker frond, with cells occupying considerably less than
half the thickness of the frond in cross section. The species is com-
mon all along the Atlantic coast from Greenland (March to August)
at least as far south as New Jersey (spring months), and has been
found on the Pacific coast from Monterey to Alaska. It occurs
throughout northern Europe. Farlow (4) 41. Pike (1) 106.
Dame & Collins (1) 157. Martindale (1) 92. Rosenvinge (1) 946,
fig. 50; (2) 149, fig. 50; (3) 117. Collins (8) 44. Ulva Lactuca
Harvey (1) 60. Robinson (1) 166. Hervey (1) 54. Exsicc.
Phyc Bor.-Am., 15.

Var. VaHLII (J. Ag.) Rosenvinge (1) 949; M. VaA/ii J. G. Agardh,
Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 109, Pl. III, figs. 84-89, 1882 ; De Toni,
Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 106, 1889. Slenderer in form, often cylindrical,
retaining its saccate shape longer, and with cells arranged in more
or less distinct longitudinal series. Otherwise like the type. It
occurs in Greenland and in Alaska, and has been found in the Mystic
River marshes at Medford, Mass. At the Medford locality it was
already formed when the ice broke up in the spring, and quite disap-
peared in April. It occurred in a ditch where the water remained
with little change of level from tides; the conditions were changed
by *improvements" several years ago. since which time the plant
has not been seen. Rosenvinge (1) 949; (2) 151. M. Vahli
Dame & Collins (1) 157. Collins (4) 346; (8) 44. Saunders (1)
410.

3. M. arcTicum Wittr. Monogr., 44, Pl. II, fig. 8, 1866; J. G,
Agardh, Till Alg. Syst, part 3. 106, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg.,
Vol. I, 105, 1889.

Frond attached, at first saccate, soon splitting into a few broad
laciniae; subradiately plicate, with crisped margin ; pale green, becom-
ing yellowish in drying ; membrane 25-45 p thick; cells 4-6 angled,
closely set, irregularly placed; in cross section either horizontally
or vertically oval, 10-30 u high. Plate 41, fig. 6, cross section: fig.
7, surface.

A northern species, chiefly distinguished from M. Grevillei by the
thicker frond, which is saccate only in the earliest stages, and after-
wards appears as a rather broad membrane, not split up into narrow
strips as is usual in M. Grevi//eí. Rosenvinge, who was familiar
with it in Greenland, unites with this species three others, M.
saccodeum Kjellm.; M. cylindraceum Kjellm.; and M. angicavum
Kjellm.; and then reduces the whole to var. arctica of M. Greviliet.
He says that it is impossible to draw the line between the forms
with a thickness of 25 p and those reaching 60,4; or between those
with cells in cross section horizontally oval and those vertically oval.
In forms so closely related and passing into each other so much as
do the forms of Monostroma, it is more a matter of personal pref-

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

erence or of convenience than anything else, whether the forms are
distinguished as marked varieties or nearly allied species; the seven
forms united by Rosenvinge are here divided into two groups, one
included as varieties under M. Grevillei, the other as M. arcticum,
it seems more convenient to keep apart forms such as M. angicavum
with very thick membrane and large, vertically elongate cells, and
the thin membraned typical M. Grevillei, with small, horizontally
elongate cells. All the forms mentioned are found in Greenland,
but are not recorded farther south on this coast; they occur also in
northern Norway; the type is found in Alaska. Kjellman (1) 299.
M. Grevillei var. arctica Rosenvinge (1) 949, fig. 51; (2) 152, fig. 51.
M. saccodeum Kjellman (1) 296, Pl. XXVIII, figs. 1-10. M. cylindra-
ceum Kjellman (1) 295, Pl. XXX. M. angicavum Kjellman (1) 297,
Pl. XXIX. Exsicc, Phyc. Bor.-Am., gro,

Var. INTESTINIFORME Rosenv. (1) 153, 1893. Frond tubular, up
to 50 cm. long; membrane 25-50 p thick; cells rounded, closely set,
vertically oval in cross section, 15-20 4 high; usually arranged in
more or less distinct series longitudinally.

This variety resembles in habit M. Grevillei var. Vahlii, but is
more persistently tubular, and except by careful examination of its
structure, is liable to be mistaken for Ænteromorpha intestinalis. It
is found in Greenland. Rosenvinge (1) 953, fig. 52: (2) 153,
fig. 52.

4. M. PULCHRUM Farlow (4) 41, 1881; J. G. Agardh, Till Alg.
Syst. part 3, 104, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 110, 1889.
Frond dividing into linear or lanceolate segments with slender base,
much crisped at the margin, light green, membrane about 6 p thick
in upper part, up to 15 u near base, cells roundish, rather irregular
in form. Plate 41, fig. 8, cross section ; fig. 9, surface.

A beautiful species, extremely delicate, adhering so closely to paper
when mounted that it is almost impossible to detach it for examina-
tion, It occurs on rocky shores, usually epiphytic on other algae,
and is found from April to June on the New England coast, where
it occurs as far south as Newport, Rhode Island, and north to
Newfoundland.

Foslie and Rosenvinge include M. pulchrum under M. undulatum,
as var. Farlowii, Foslie; but this is probably incorrect. It may be
that specimens of the latter variety have been distributed under the
name of M. pulchrum, as there is some external resemblance between
them. The latter is, however, more delicate and is usually divided
so as to resemble a tuft of fronds of Huteromorpha Linza, with nar-
row tips, the edges much crisped and wavy; while the former has
a generally rounded and fan-like outline, the plications long and
radiating from the base to the margin. Both, however, vary consid-
erably, and forms can be found which it would be hard to distinguish
by external characters. Even if we accept the statement of J. G.

i

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America I5

Agardh that the Vwa Lactuca of Linnaeus and his immediate suc-
cessors was a Monostroma, with delicate and much divided frond;
and that it is the plant distributed as No. 121 of Areschoug, Alg.
Scand. Exsicc.; it still! remains unlikely that Farlow's M. pulchrum
is the same plant, as suggested by Agardh. Both Areschoug's plant
and a specimen of M. Grevi/fei forma Lactuca from Flensburg, deter-
mined by Hauck, are relatively coarse plants beside M. pulchrum.
To appreciate the extreme delicacy of typical forms of the latter, one
must have collected it; it requires as careful handling as the tender-
est Callithamnion. Reinbold, Chlorophyceen der Kieler Fohrde,
p. 124, says of M. Lactuca, comparing it with M. Grevi//ei, ** Thallus
rigider, nicht so schlüpfrig," which is by no means the case with
M. pulchrum. In structure the European specimens referred to come
quite near to AM. Greville’, but not to M. pulchrum. While it is
probable that this species is saccate in its early stages, I know of no
observation of such a state. Farlow (4) 41. Bennett (1) 95. Col-
lins (8) 44. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 658. Alg. Am.-Bor., 217.

5. M. UNDULATUM, Wittr.. Monogr., 47, PI. III, fig. 9, 1866; De
Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. L, 105, 1889. Frond membranaceous, soft and
flaccid, with strongly undulate margin ; 40—50 u thick ; cells angular,
closely set, showing somewhat of an arrangement in twos, threes,
and fours; in cross section about 20 high, semicircular or oval;
the chromatophor not occupying the full height of the cell; not over
rog in the middle. Plate 41, fig. 12, cross section; fig. 13, surface.

The typical form, described from Norway, has been found once in
Greenland by Rosenvinge; the frond is thicker than in any other
species but M. fuscum, which is not liable to be mistaken for it,
being amply distinct by its color and consistency. Kjellman (1)
295. Rosenvinge (1) 945; (2) 149; (3) 117.

Var. FARLOowr: Foslie, Contrib. I, 114, 1891, excl. syn. Frond
similar to the type, but less than 30 y thick.

Foslie and Rosenvinge consider this as identical with M. pulchrum
Farlow ; but this appears to be a misapprehension, the latter being
much thinner, with more slender and pointed segments or fronds.
Greenland, Rosenvinge ; Newfoundland, Holden ; Marblehead, Col-
lins. Found also in northern Norway. Rosenvinge (1) 945; (2)
149; both excl. syn. Collins (8) 44. Exstcc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 406.

6. M. LEPTODERMUM Kjellm., Algenv. Murmanschen Meeres,
52, Pl. I, figs. 23-24, 1874 ; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 109, 1889.
Frond cuneate-obovate, passing by a narrow base into a tubular,
filiform stipe; the flat part of the frond usually entire, with a more
or less undulate margin ; often twisted below. Cells in the tubular
part arranged in longitudinal series, closely set, angular; in flat part
similar but smaller: membrane 7-10 y thick, cells in cross section
quadrate or rectangular, 5-8 u high. Plate 41, fig. 10, cross section ;
fig. 11, surface.

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

This species has the most delicate frond of all in the genus, except
M. pulchrum. It is found; in Greenland in many places, growing
below low water mark or in pools. It occurs also in Nova Zembla.
In young plants the filiform stipe is short and inconspicuous ; it
appears to continue growing during the life of the plant, reaching a
length of two or three cm. Plants collected by the writer at Nahant
in June, 1882, and at Cohasset, Mass., in April, 1883, have the mem-
branous part of the frond the same as in Greenland specimens; the
stipe, however, is quite inconspicuous, ‘They would seem to belong
to this species, possibly imperfectly developed from being so far
south of its ordinary range. Apart from the stipe, the chief char-
acters are the thinness of the frond, approached only by M. pulchrum ;
and the squarish cells, regularly arranged, almost like a Prasiola.
M. zostericolum ‘Tilden, American Algae, No. 388, seems to be iden-
tical with the plant from Cohasset. As Rosenvinge notes that young
plants with very short stipe grew in company with older, long-stiped
individuals, it would seem better to include all the forms in question
under M. Jeptodermum, without distinction, even as form. Rosenvinge
(1) 944, fig. 49 ; (2) 149, fig. 49; (3) 117. Collins (8) 44.

7. M. cREPIDINUM Farlow (1) t4, 1881; J. G. Agardh, Till Alg.
Syst, part 3, ror, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. L, 103, 1889.
Frond delicate, light green, 5-15 cm. long, flabellately orbiculate,
when fully developed split nearly or quite to the base, segments obo-
vate; membrane 18-36, rarely 45 » thick; cells roundish-angular,
when actively dividing forming compact groups of 2, 3, or 4, separated
by rather wide spaces. Plate 41, fig. 14, cross section; fig. 15, surface.

One of the smaller species of the genus, confined to the Atlantic
Coast of the United States, on which it is rather common from Cape
Cod to New Jersey, and found also at Salem harbor, Mass. A favor-
ite habitat seems to be on woodwork between tide marks, but it also
grows on rocks ; it is usually in rather dense tufts, which have a rich
dark green color, though the individual frond is light green. It is
found in spring and summer. The form varies from a flat, roundish,
undivided frond, slightly lobed at the margin, to a frond cut nearly
to the base into several segments, and radially much plicate. Under
the microscope, there usually appear several quite distinct starch
granules in each cell. Farlow (4) 42. Collins (1) 70; (3) 310;
(6) 77: (8) 44. Martindale (1) 92. Britton (1) 4oo. Exsicc.
Phyc. Bor.-Am., 229. Alg. Am.-Bor., 174.

8. M. LATISSIMUM (Kütz.) Wittr., Monogr., 33. Pl. I, fig. 4, 1866.
J. G. Agardh., Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 99, 1882; De Toni, Syll.
Alg., Vol. I, 102, 1889. Frond at first attached, afterwards floating,
thin and soft, glossy, of irregular shape, more or less plicate near
the even or undulate margin; membrane 20-25 y thick, cells 4-6
cornered or roundish, closely set, without order or more or less dis-
tinctly in twos, threes or fours; in cross section vertically oval or

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 17

nearly circular, 14-18 u high. Plate 41, fig. 18, cross section; fig.
19, Surface.

Apparently not uncommon in quiet waters, especially in ditches in
marshes, where the water is sometimes brackish rather than salt. At
first it is attached to various objects, but soon becomes loosened and
floats freely, sometimes in such abundance as to quite fill a ditch
from bottom to surface. It appears in spring, and continues, chiefly
in the floating state, through the summer. ‘The color is a quite rich
green in the young plant, usually paler in the older, floating indi-
viduals. "The arrangement of cells varies in plants from the same
locality, and even in different parts of the same frond ; in some cases
the arrangement of cells in twos and fours is very like M. guaternarium
but the New England plant probably is all M. /a£issimum. The cells
are usually said to be vertically elongate in cross section; but this is
true only in a general way, as individual cells, and sometimes a con-
siderable proportion of the whole, have their longer axes parallel to
the surface of the frond; indeed, the shape of the cells, whether
seen from above or in cross section, is liable to vary in any species
of Monostroma, or in different stages of growth of the individual.
From Maine to Florida; Washington and Alaska; shores of Europe,
Africa, New Zealand. Dame & Collins (1) 158. Collins (4) 341;
(8) 44. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am,, 14.

9. M. QUATERNARIUM (Kütz.) Desmaz., Plantes Crypt. de France,
Nouvelle Série, 603 ; Wittr., Monogr., 37. 1866: J. G. Agardh, Till
` Alg. Syst., part 3, 98, 1882 ; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 100, 1889.
Frond at first attached, soon becoming free, soft and delicate, irreg-
ularly lobed and folded, 20-23 yw thick ; cells rounded, when actively
dividing set closely in threes and fours within the mother cell wall ;
in cross section semicircular or oval, 15-17 p high. Plate 41, fig. 16,
cross section ; fig. r^, surface,

As was noted under M. /atissimum, that species is very near M.
guaternarium, and as far as New England specimens are concerned.
it is impossible to draw the line. Specimens from California, how-
ever, all as far as seen distinctly show the arrangement in threes and
fours, and more plainly than do any eastern specimens.

Besides occurring in salt water at Santa Cruz, California, it is found
in quite fresh water in the interior of the state, at Santee, by Miss
Minnie Reed, and was collected by Dr. Sereno Watson at 2000
meters elevation in the Diamond mountains, Nevada. It occurs in
various parts of Europe. I am indebted to Dr. George T. Moore of
the U. S. Department of Agriculture for the opportunity to examine
an authentic specimen of Uva merismopedioides Wood, collected by
Dr. Watson in connection with the U. S. Geological Exploration of
the Fortieth Parallel. — It is undoubtedly M. guaternarium, and as
the cells are actively dividing, the quaternate character is very marked.
Anderson (1) 218. Ulva merismofedioides, Wood (1) 182. Exsicc.
Phyc. Bor.-Am., 567.

18 ! Rhodora 1 [January

10. M. GROENLANDICUM J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., Part 3, 107,
Pl III, Figs. 80-83, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 106, 1889.

Frond filiform, tubular, cylindrical, up to 15 cm. long, from a very
slender base expanding to 1 mm. diameter ; apex broken only after
exit of zoospores. Cells in the lower part of the frond loosely arranged
in twos and fours, roundish angular; in the upper part more evenly
distributed, more or less closely set. In cross section the membrane
is 25-35 p thick; the cells radiately elongate, 2-4 times as long as
broad; in the younger parts the central cavity is filled with a gelat-
inous substance, which disappears as the plant becomes older.
Zoospores formed first at the summit of the frond, and developing
successively in lower cells. Plate 41, fig. 20, cross section; fig 21,
surface. 1

This plant has no external resemblance to a Monostroma, and was
placed in this genus with a mark of doubt by both Farlow and Rosen-
vinge. It appears like a slender unbranched Jm/eromorpha, but
seems, however, to be in structure more nearly related to Monostroma.
It has been found at Nahant and Swampscott on the Massachusetts
coast; at Newfoundland; at several places in Greenland and in
Alaska. It occurs from April to June in New England; in July at —
Newfoundland; and from May to August in Greenland. At Nahant,
it grows in rather dense tufts, at the lower limit of the litoral zone,
in company with Cladophora arcta, Bangia fusco-purpurea, Urospora
penicilliformis, etc. Rosenvinge (1) 954, fig. 53; (2) 155, fig. 53;
(3) 117. Saunders (1) 410. Collins (8) 44. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.- -
Am., 13. M. Collinsii Alg. Am.-Bor., 216, without description.

ENTEROMORPHA Link.

Frond originating in a single series of cells, which by repeated
division form a tubular frond, the membrane of which consists of a
single layer of cells; in some of the simpler species the tubular stage
is not reached, and the frond in the adult state consists of two or a
few series of cells, united without any interior open space. All the
cells of the frond, except the lowest, capable of producing zoospores,
which are discharged through an opening in the cell wall.

A large genus, at least 5o species having been described, of which
a part will probably be united with other species. It is connected
with Uwa by Æ. Linza, in which the tube is compressed, and the
membranes united in the median part; on the other hand, Monostroma
Groenlandicum is hardly to be distinguished from some of the simple
filiform species of Enteromorpha. ŒE. intestinalis is found the world
over, and other species are very widely distributed. They are found
not only in the sea, but also about salt springs and salt mines ; they
abound in brackish, and are occasionally found in quite fresh water.

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America I9

The specific distinctions are not always clearly marked, but that
is to be expected in a genus of this extent, where the characters
available for specific distinctions are so few. In the following
arrangement J. G. Agardh's classification is pretty nearly followed,
and a few more species are recognized than are allowed in Rosen-
vinge's work. Though perplexing intermediate forms will undoubt-
edly be found, it is thought that the type of each species will be
found fairly distinct.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

1. Frond flat, the membranes free at the margins but united between

7. E. LINZA

I. Frond of one to a few series of cells, not tubular 2
I. Frond tubular 3
2. Frond simple 12. E. PERCURSA

2. Frond branched 14. E. CRUCIATA

3. Cells not arranged in longitudinal 'series except in the very youngest

parts 4
3. Cells more or less in longitudinal series, usually in the greater part of
the frond 9
4. Cells of new generation in twos, threes and fours in the wall of the

mother cell 2. E. FASCIA
4. Mother cell wall not persisting after division 5
5. Frond with short, spine-like ramuli, in addition to branches
I9. E. ACANTHOPHORA
5. Frond with more or less plentiful branches 6
5. Frond simple or with a few proliferations i
6. Frond with flattened rachis branching from the margin
ra. E. MICROCOCCA var. SUBSALSA
6. Frond filiform ; branches with contracted base, expanding upwards
9. E. COMPRESSA
7. Cells 10o-16pin diam.; frond usually inflated and constricted ; often of
large size 6. E. INTESTINALIS
7. Cells 4-8 p diam. ; fronds usually only 1-5 cm. long
8. Frond 8-10 thick; cells 5—7 p diam. 8. E. MINIMA
8. Frond 15-20 thick; cells 4-5 p diam. I. E. MICROCOCCA
9. Frond simple, intlated and flexuous 3. E. FLEXUOSA
9. Frond simple or with occasional proliferations; not inflated 10
9. Frond regularly branched II
10. Frond narrowly linear, strongly compressed IO. E. MARGINATA
10. Frond filiform, 2-8 cells wide, tubular only in the widest parts;
branches 2 cells wide I3. E. TORTA
10. Frond filiform, tubular, of uniform diameter; of numerous series of
squarish cells 4a. E. PROLIFERA var. TUBULOSA

11. Frond beset with numerous short thorn-like branches
5a. E. SALINA var. POLYCLADOS
t1. Branches proliferous, similar to main filament 4. E. PROLIFERA
11. Branches proliferous, of two or sometimes one series of cells
5. E. SALINA i

11. Branches of successive orders, tapering from base to apex 12
12. Chromatophor filling cell 13
12. Chromatophor not filling cell, giving a net-like appearance I4

13. Ultimate ramuli short, spine-like, not monosiphonous 18. E. RAMULOSA
13. Ultimate ramuli of a single series of cells II. E. CRINITA

20 Rhodora [January

13. Ultimate ramuli polysiphonous, of a few, symmetrically placed series of

cells 16. E. ERECTA
14. Ultimate ramuli of a single series of cells 15. E. HOPKIRKII
14. Ultimate ramuli not of a single series of cells 17. E. CLATHRATA

1. E. micrococca Kiitz., Tab. Phyc., Vol. VL, 11, Pl. XXX,
fig. 2, 1856; J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst. part 3, 123, 1882 ; De
Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. L., 118, 1889. Fronds 1-5 cm. long, 1-5 mm.
wide, tubular or compressed, simple or slighly proliferous, much
curled and twisted; cells angular, 4-5 » diam., in no definite order; `
thickness of membrane, 15-204. Plate 42, fig. 1, surface; fig. 2,
cross section.

The smallness of its cells distinguishes it from all our species but
E. minima, in which the dimensions are only slightly larger; but the
latter has a very thin and delicate membrane, while in Æ. micrococca
it is relatively quite thick, the thickening being specially pronounced
on the inner side. ‘This gives it a coarser feeling to the touch than
has Æ. minima. It is common from Marblehead, Mass., north; its
favorite habitat on the New England coast appears to be the surface
of shaded steep or vertical cliffs, especially where the flow or drip of
fresh water keeps it continually moist ; it has been found in Alaska ;
also on the Atlantic and Mediterranean shores of Europe. Collins.
(4) 336; (7) 245: (8) 44. Saunders (1) 411. Æ. intestinalis var.
micrococca, Rosenvinge (1) 957, fig. 545; (7) 157, fig. 54. Exsicc.
Phyc. Bor.-Am., 66.

Var. suBsALsA Kjellm. (1) 292, Pl. XXXI, figs. 1-3; De Toni,
Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 120, 1889. Rachis flattened, with numerous patent
branches from the edges; much twisted and contorted ; color, dark
green.

Reported by Kjellman from the west coast of Greenland, and from
varios localities in the European Arctic Sea; Rosenvinge raises
some doubt as to the identity of the Greenland plant. Its habitat
in the Arctic regions is in lagoons; at Cambridge, Mass., Setchell
found what is apparently the same plant, growing in muddy places
in Charles River marshes. It also occurs on the west coast at
Washington. Collins (8) 44. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 467.

2. E. rascrA Post & Rupr. (1) 213 J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst.,
part 3, 125, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. 1, 120, 1889. Frond
elongate, tubular-compressed, from a slender stipe, sparingly
branched; cells 4-6 x 6-8 p, roundish-angular, in no apparent order,
often containing 2-4 daughter cells.

In the form of the frond not unlike Æ. intestinalis, but with a
different arrangement of cells, somewhat recalling //ea fulvescens.
, The latter, however, is much softer and more gelatinous, and the cells
are arranged in longitudinal series, and more symmetrical in all
respects. The characteristic arrangement of cells is not always
distinct, and in its absence this species is not easily distinguished

ary:

1903 ] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 21

from Æ. intestinalis. It occurs on both shores of the Bering Sea.
Kjellman (2) 52.

3. E. rLExvosa (Wulf.) J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 126,
1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 121, 1889. Frond cylindrical,
tubular, simple, tapering to a filiform stipe below, above inflated,
flexuous and intestine-like ; cells 6-8 x 8-12 p, roundish polygonal, in
longitudinal series; membrane somewhat thickened on the inside;
chromatophor filling the thick walled cell. Plate 42, fig. 3, surface.

This is a southern species, and on our Florida shores appears to
take the place of Æ. intestinalis in the north. From the latter it
differs in having somewhat smaller cells, arranged in regular series ;
also somewhat more delicate membrane. From Æ. compressa it is
also distinguished by the arrangement of the cells, and its habit is
dissimilar ; from both these species it differs in having a thicker wall
between the cells. It seems to be common in Florida, and occurs on
the west coast at Santa Barbara and San Diego. Warmer temperate
regions of the world. Exsicc., Phyc. Bor.-Am., 462.

4. E. PROLIFERA (Fl. Dan.) J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3,
129, Pl. IV, figs. 103 and 104, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 122,
1889. Frond up to several meters long, and 2 cm. diameter, tubular or
compressed, with more or less abundant proliferous branches, which
are usually simple, but sometimes also proliferous; branches varying
much in length and diameter; cells ro—r2 p, in the younger parts
_ always arranged in longitudinal series, which become less distinct in
the older parts; membrane 15-18 y thick, not much exceeding the
dimensions of the cells in cross section. Plate 42, fig. 5, surface.

A common species, formerly included in Æ. compressa or Æ. intest-
inalis, to the former of which it is most allied, but from which it
differs in the longitudinally seriate cells, very manifest in the younger
portions, and disappearing only in the quite old parts. In habit it is
very variable, from slender, slightly branched forms, only a few cm.
long, to richly and repeatedly branched fronds; branches sometimes
long and slender, sometimes short and very densely set, sometimes
long and short intermingled quite without order. In one form there
is a stout main stem, from which smaller proliferous branches issue
at nearly right angles, reminding one of some coniferous trees, It
appears to prefer somewhat sheltered localities, where it is not left
bare for any considerable time at low tide. It is reported from
Greenland, and as far south as New Jersey; as Agardh reports it
from the West Indies, it probably occurs along the whole Atlantic
coast. It has been found only at Alaska on the west coast, but prob-
„ably occurs at other localities. It occurs in brackish water in South
Dakota, (Saunders) and in fresh or very slightly brackish at Los
Angeles, California, (Miss Monks). It is found along all the shores
of Europe, and in fresh water in several European countries! Rosen-

1 E. LINGULATA J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 143, 1882. “Tufted,
grass-green, delicately membranacous, tubular, membrane somewhat collapsing in

22 Rhodora [JANUARY

\vinge, (1) 960; (2) 158; (3) 118. Collins (8) 44. Saunders (1)
411. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 610,913 ; Amer. Algae, 127, 264, 265
(as Æ. compressa), 128 (as E. clathrata), 385.

Var. ARCTICA (J. Ag.) Rosenv. (1) 960; (2) 158. E. arctica, J. G.
Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 124, Pl. IV, figs. 100-102, 1882;
De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 120, 1889. Cells smaller and rounded,
membrane 20-30 p thick, cells 10-14 m in cross section, usually
longer than broad, sometimes double their breadth. Occurs Green-
land to Spitzbergen.

Var. TRABECULATA Rosenv. (1) 961, fig. 55; (2) 159, fig. 55.
Slenderer than the type, with long capillary branches; the central
cavity traversed by transverse and oblique “trabeculae.” Greenland.

Var. TUBULOSA (Kütz. Reinbold, Chlorophyceen der Kieler
Fohrde, 117, 1889; Æ. tubulosa, J. G. Agardh, L c., 128, 1882; De
Toni, l. c, 122, 1889. Slender, slightly branched, of nearly uniform
size throughout. In ditches in salt marshes, Revere, Mass. ; Great
Salt Lake, Utah; Baltic and German Seas. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-
Am., 471; Amer. Algae, 262.

s. E. salına Kütz., Phyc. Germ., 247, 1845; De Toni, Syll. Alg.,
Vol. I, 136, 1889. Frond ap Iu tubular, with a few branches,
which are sometimes opposite, of two or more rows of cells, or in the
youngest of a single series; cells quadrangular, 14-16 p square, or
slightly longer than broad, in longitudinal series throughout ; mem-
brane thickened on both sides.

The slender fronds with relatively large cells in longitudinal series
distinguish this species with tolerable distinctness from any others
within our limits. . It was found by De A. Saunders at Lake Pont-
chartrain in Louisiana, and by Mrs. Curtiss in Florida. Found in the
Baltic and near salt mines in the interior of Europe. Exsicc. Phyc.
Bor.-Am., 859.

Var. POLYCLADOS Kütz. Phyc. Germ., 246, 1845. Filaments
beset with more or less numerous short, horizontal, spine-like ramuli.
Occurring in a brackish ditch at Key West, Florida ; collected by
Farlow.

drying, below densely branched, branches ascending, somewhat dilated from a
narrow base, simple, long, apparently lingulate; cells subquadratically rounded,
forming longitudinal series through nearly the whole length of the frond; endo-
chrome rounded, occupying nearly the whole space of the cell. Atlantic shores
of Europe and America; in the Gulf of Mexico." i

The above is translated from the original description; the species does not
appear to have been recognized by American algologists. At Marblehead, Mass.,
a form occurs which agrees very well with the Æ. /ingulata of Hauck, in Phy-
cotheca Universalis, No. 14; but Bornet, comparing this with an authentic spec-`
imen from Agardh, considers Hauck’s plant to belong to a different species. See
Bornet, les Algues de P.-K.-A. Schousbóe, p. 199. It is possible that Agardh's
plant may have been included here in Æ. prolifera; there is no very sharp line
drawn in the descriptions.

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 23

6. E. INTESTINALIS (L.) Link, Epist. in Hor. Phys. Berlin, 5, 1820;
J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., Part 3, 131, Pl. IV, Fig. 109, 1882; De
Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I. 123, 1889. Frond simple or having at the
base a few branches similar to the main frond, or occasionally a few
proliferations above; length varying from a few centimeters to several
meters ; diameter from 1—5 cm. ; at first attached by a short cylindrical
stipe, but soon detached and floating; cylindrical or expanding above,
more or less inflated, often much crisped and contorted, and irregu-
larly and strongly constricted; cells 10-16 » diam., in no regular
order; thickness of membrane varying from so p below to 20 p above;
cells in cross section from 12 to 3o p. Plate 42, Fig. 6, surface; fig. 7,
cross section.

A common and exceedingly variable species, occurring throughout
our limits except on the southern Atlantic coast, where Z. flexuosa
appears to take its place. There are many intermediate forms
that connect it with Æ. compressa, but in its typical form it is
distinguished by the internally thickened membrane, and by the
intestinal appearance, which is indicated by both its generic and its
specific name. It is especiallya plant of quiet waters, where it some-
times attains enormous dimensions. Europe, West Brazil, Indies,
Japan. Harvey (1) 57, in part. Eaton (1) 348. Farlow (1)
292; (2) 378; (3) 712. Wood (1) 183. Robinson (1) 166.
Hervey (1) 50. Hall (1) 112, in part. Rosenvinge (1) 957;
(2) 157; (3) 117. Collins (7) 245; (8) 44. Saunders (1) 411.
Ulva Enteromorpha var. intestinalis Farlow (4) 43. Hay & MacKay
(1) 63. Collins (4) 310; (6) 77. Dame & Collins (1) 157. Bennett
(1) 95. Martindale (1) 92. Howe (1) 67. Exsicc. PhydPBor..
Am., 464. Amer. Algae, 263.

Among the many forms of this species which have been described,
the following have been recognized in America. ‘*

Forma CYLINDRACEA J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 2 131,
1882. Frond long and slender, of uniform diameter. Newport, R.
I., Bridgeport, Conn., floating unattached. Saunders (1) 411.
Collins (8) 44. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 465: Amer. Alga, 126.

Forma cLavata J. G. Agardh, l. c. 131. Frond attached, clavate,
from a filiform stipe, usually more or less contorted. Cutler, Maine;
Alaska. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 966.

Forma MaxiMa J. G. Agardh, l. c. 132. Frond floating, unat-
tached, inflated and bullate. In quiet waters, Mass., Conn., N. J.,
Alaska. Saunders (1) 411. Collins (8) 44.

Forma tenuis n. f. Membrane thin and delicate, not thickened
within. Artesian running water, Redfield, So. Dakota. Amer.
Algae, 125. In size and shape of cells and in habit of frond, this
form agrees with forma c/avata of the coast. The difference in the
character of the membrane may be due to the peculiar station.

7. E. Linza (L.) J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 134, Pl. IV,

24 Rhodora [JANUARY

figs. 110-112, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 124, 1889. Frond
lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, simple, 1—5 dm. long, 1-20 cm. broad ;
stipe short, hollow; upper part of the frond flat, the membranes
grown together, as in U/va, except at the edges, where they remain
free. Plate 42, fig. 8, cross section of margin.

Forma cRisPATA, edges much crisped and folded.

Forma LANCEOLATA, edges even or plicate, not crisped.

These two forms are taken as defined by Agardh, l. c., and in one
form or another this species seems common along the whole Atlantic
coast from Maine to Florida, and is reported on the Pacific coast
from Bering Straits to Santa Barbara, Cal. It grows on stones,
woodwork and other algae, usually in places seldom or never left
bare by the tide. The smaller forms look like forms of Æ. znfesti-
nalis, but in the latter the frond, though often collapsed, is tubular
throughout; in Æ. Linza the two membranes adhere, except at the
edges, where there is a narrow open space, around which the cells
are arranged, in cross section nearly in a circle. Europe, West Indies,
Brazil, Peru, Tasmania. Kjellman (2) 53. Collins (7) 245 ; (8) 44.
Saunders (1) 410. Ulva Linza Post. & Rupr. (1) 21. Hooper (1)
3o. Harvey (1) 59; (2) 176. Kemp (1) 41. Farlow (1) 292; (2)
379. Hall (1) 112. Anderson (1) 218. Fowler (1) 48. U. Entero-

‘ morpha var. lanceolata Farlow (4) 43. Pike (1) 106. Hay & MacKay
(1) 63. Collins (3) 310. Dame & Collins (1) 157. Bennett (1) 95.
Britton (1) 400. Martindale (1) 92. U. Zatissima var. Linza Hervey
(1) 53. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 16, 967 ; Amer. Algae, 384.

8.4E. MINIMA Nag. in Kütz., Sp. Alg., 482, 1849; J. G. Agardh,
Till "Alg. Syst., part 3, 135, 1882. Frond r-ro cm. long, 1-5 mm.
broad, simple or slightly proliferous, soft and delicate, membrane
8-10 y thick, cells angular, 5—7 » diam. arranged in no definite order.
Plate 42, fig. 9, surface; fig. 10, cross section.

A small species, resembling Æ. compressa, but smaller in dimen-
sions of fronds and size of cells. It is probably common, but is
easily overlooked among the larger and better known species of the
genus. ‘The extreme thinness of the frond gives it a very soft and
delicate feeling to the touch, which is the best character by which
to recognize it when growing. It seems to grow mostly in the lower
half of the litoral zone. At Southwest Harbor, Mount Desert
Island, Maine, it grew in abundance on woodwork of weirs, etc. ;
at Spectacle Island, Penobscot Bay, on rock; at Bridgeport, Conn.,
on rocks, Fucus, Spartina, etc., on a muddy shore; at San Francisco,
California, on rocks at high water mark. Found also at Vancouver
and Alaska; North Atlantic, Mediterranean, South Pacific. Collins
(5) 458; (8) 44. Æ. intestinalis var. minima Rosenvinge (1) 959:
(2) 159. Exstcc., Phyc. Bor.-Am., 468, 912.

Forma RivULAR!s Collins, has a pale color, fronds half a meter in
length, and substance more gelatinous than the type. ‘These differ-

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 25

ences are probably all due to its place of. growth, — running fresh
water, Alaska. Exsicc., Phyc. Bor-Am., XXVI; Amer. Algae, 261,
as Æ. micrococca.

Forma GLAcrALIS Kjellman, Algenv. Murm. Meeres, 50, 1877.
Frond 9-13 p thick, cells 5-8 diam.: forming a dense coating on
rocks covered only at high tide, and at other times wet with water
from melting ice. Greenland. Rosenvinge (1) 959; (2) 159.

9. E. compressa (L.) Grev., Algae Brit, 180, Pl. XVIII, 1830,
excl. var.; J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 137, 1882; De Toni,
Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 126, 1889. Frond tubular, more or less cóm-
pressed, sometimes constricted, varying much in dimensions, simple
or slightly branched; branches usually simple, cylindrical or expand-
ing above, in either case narrowed at the base, similar in appearance
to the main frond; cells in no definite order; membrane rather thin.
Plate 42, fig. 11, surface; fig. 12, cross section.

A very variable species, but now understood in a narrower sense
than formerly, and including only forms with branches contracted
at the base and expanded upwards, with cells about 10-15 a diam.,
arranged in no definite order and with membrane not thickened. It
occurs all along the Atlantic coast, and from Alaska to San Fran-
cisco. In New England it appears to be one of the less common
species. Europe, Brazil, West Indies, Sandwich Islands, Tasmania.
Farlow (1) 292; (2) 378; (3) 712. Robinson (1) 166. Kjellman
(2) 52. Collins (1) 245: (8) 44. Ulva compressa var. racemosa
Kjellman (2) 52. U. Enteromorpha var. compressa Farlow (4) 43.
Dame & Collins (1) 157. Collins (6) 77. Enteromorpha intestinalis
var. compressa Rosenvinge (1) 958; (2) 158. Exstcc., Phyc. Bor.-
Am., 964.

Forma SUBSIMPLEX J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst, 137, 1882.
Frond hardly branched, of uniform diameter. So. Harpswell, Maine.
Exsicc., Phyc. Bor.-Am., 964.

10. E. MARGINATA J. G. Agardh, Alg. Med., 16, 1842; Till Alg.
Syst., part 3, 142, 1882 ; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 127, 1889.

Frond filiform, compressed, simple or with a few short proliferous
branches; cells 4-8 diam., squarish, arranged in longitudinal
series, very distinctly in the two or three rows at each side, less so
in the middle portion. Plate 42, fig. 13, surface.

A small spécies and apparently not common. It occurs on stems
and roots of Spartina, etc., at Quincy and Weymouth, Mass., New-
port, R. L, Bridgeport, Conn., and Atlantic City, New Jersey.
Inland at Great Salt Lake, Utah. The color is usually quite a deep
green; the fronds are comparatively narrow, seldom over 15-20 cells
wide, and the width continues quite uniform throughout a filament,
the margin being straight and even. Usually the fronds are simple,
but occasionally one finds a few proliferous branches. Mediter-
ranean. Uva marginata Packard (1) 702. Collins (2) 1313 (3)

26 Rhodora [JANUARY

310; (8) 44. Martindale (1) 93. Britton (1) 400. Exsicc., Amer.
Algae, 266; Phyc. Bor.-Am., 466.

11. E. crintra (Roth) J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 145,
1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 129, 1889.

Frond filiform, cylindrical or compressed, much and repeatedly
branched, the branches tapering, thé smallest usually of a single
series of quite short cells; cells almost always in longitudinal series,
often rounded, nearly or quite filled by the chromatophor. Plate 42,
fig. 14, surface view with monosiphonous branch.

In habit this species is much like Æ. c/athrata, especially the
var. rostrata ; but the latter lacks the short-celled monosiphonous
ramuli; monosiphonous ramuli are found in Æ. Hopkirkii, but the
net-like cells of the latter are quite distinct from the cells of Æ. crinita,
which resemble those of Æ. prolifera, though somewhat smaller.
'Their typical forms are of different habit; intermediate forms are,
however, provokingly common. It occurs along the New England
coast and from San Francisco, Cal., to Alaska; according to Agardh,
in the Gulf of Mexico; it probably extends over the coasts of both
sides of the continent; Atlantic shores of Europe; Red Sea. Collins
(5) 2; (8) 44. Saunders (1) 412. Æ. clathrata var. crinita Martin-
dale (1) 93. Britton (1) 4or. Exsicc, Phyc. Bor.-Am., 460, 965.

12. E. PERCURSA (Ag.) J. G. Agardh, Alg. Med., 15, 1842; X.
percursa var. simpliciuscula, Till Alg. Syst, part 3, 146, 1882! ; De
Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 146, 1889, in part.

Frond filiform, in the earliest state of one row, afterwards of two
rows of cells, placed symmetrically side by side; cells 10-15 a wide,
from once to twice as long. Plate 42, fig. 15, young filament; fig.
16, mature filament.

A common species, forming masses in upper tide pools, and in
ditches in marshes, etc. It often grows in company with other spe-
cies, but is easily distinguished on microscopic examination by the
double row of cells, usually in exact symmetry, side by side. The
small chromatophors occupy only part of the cell room, giving the
same net-like appearance found in Æ. clathrata. It is found from
Greenland to New Jersey, and from Alaska to California; it is
apparently a summer plant. Europe. Collins (8) 44. Tetranema
percursum Collins (7) 244. Percursaria percursa Rosenvinge (1)
963; (2) 160; (3) 118. | Ulva percursa Collins (2) 31; (3) 310.
Martindale (1) 93. Britton (1) 401. Exsicc, Alg. Am.-Bor., 219;
Phyc. Bor-Am., 469, 968

13. E. rorta (Mert.) Reinbold, Nuova Notarisia, series 4, 201,
1893. Æ. percursa var. ramosa J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3,
146, 1882.

1 The Æ. percursa of J. G. Agardh, |. c. 146, appears to include at last two
species; for a full discussion of the question see Reinbold, Nuova Nota-
risia, Series IV, 201, 1893.

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 27

Frond filiform, compressed, simple or with occasional long pro-
liferous branches, which usually consist of only two rows of cells;
cells rectangular, always in longitudinal and mostly in cross series.
Plate 42, fig. 4, surface view.

A very slender species, the main filaments only 2-8 cells wide, and
only in the wider forms showing any open space within. The
branches are few, at wide angles, and are seldom over two cells wide.
They resemble somewhat the fronds of Æ. percursa, but the cells in
the latter are more symmetrically arranged ; and Æ. percursa is always
simple and never has over two rows of cells, as do most of the
older parts of this plant. It has been found only once in this country,
at Eagle Island, Penobscot Bay, Maine, in a lagoon, where the water
is usually more salt than the sea, with which it connects only at
very high tides. Here the plant was scattered among Cadophora
expansa, Lyngbya aestuarii, and species of Lxteromorpha, the
whole forming a dense mass covering the water for a considerable
area. Europe. Collins (5) 2; (8) 44. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am.,
223

14. E. cRUCIATA Collins (5) 3. Frond filiform, branching, mostly
of a single series of cells, but at the points of branching often of two
or more series ; branches issuing at right angles or nearly so, usually
opposite but sometimes alternate or secund, simple, usually short,
tapering; monosiphonous portions 20-30 p diameter; cells about as
long as broad, cell wall thick ; in the irregular masses, where several
branches issue near together, the cells are rounded and sometimes
reach a diameter of soy. Plate 43, fig. 1.

This plant is very different from other species of Zwferomorpa,
the nearest being Æ. percursa; but Æ. cruciata has nothing of the
symmetry and uniformity that especially characterize Æ. percursa.
The monosiphonous parts with few and short branches remind one
somewhat of RAzzoclonium, but the branches are often of many cells,
and wherever several branches issue near the same point, an
irregular mass of cells is formed. The chromatophor is roundish, in
young plants bright green, in older plants or parts of the plant paler,
as in other EnferomorfAa species ; the chromatophor does not fill the
cel. It was found in a lagoon at Eagle Island, Penobscot Bay,
Maine, in floating masses in company with Cladophora expansa,
Lyngbya, etc., in July, 1894, and is not known elsewhere. Collins (5)
3; (8) 44. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 222.

15. E. Hopxirkit Harvey, Phyc. Brit.; Pl. CCLXIII, 1849; J.G.
Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 151, 1882; Æ. plumosa De Toni, Syll.
Alg., Vol. I, 132, 1889. Frond filiform, cylindrical or somewhat
compressed, very slender and delicate, much and repeatedly branched,
the branches tapering and ending in a single series of cells; cells
about 8 u wide in monosiphonous part, below about 12 X 20 y,
with quite small chromatophor, always in longitudinal and often in
cross series. Plate 43, fig. 3.

28 Rhodora [JANUARY

One of the most attractive of our Ænteromorphas both in habit and
microscopically. ‘There are other species which occasionally have
short monosiphonous branches, but in Æ. Hopkrikii nearly every
young branch terminates in a monosiphonous series of considerable
extent. A form is common in northern New England, growing
largely on Cladoshora glaucescens, and also on rocks and shells, in
rock pools. ‘This form is very slender throughout and the cells in
the larger filaments have in a marked degree the net-like character
found in Æ. clathrata; it seldom exceeds 2 dm. in length. In quiet
bays another form occurs, sometimes reaching a length of over a
meter ; in this form the cells are squarer than in the other, the fronds
not so slender; it is common in southern New England. Europe.
Harvey (1) 58. Farlow (1) 292. Collins (7) 246; (8) 44. Ulva
Hopkirkii Farlow (4) 44. Collins (3) 310; (6) 78. Dame X Collins
(1) 157. Martindale(1) 93. Britton (1) 401. Hay & MacKay (1)
64. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 463.

16. E. ERECTA (Lyng.) J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 152,
1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 133. 1889. Frond filiform, with
numerous long, usually erect branches, more slender than the main
filament; the ultimate ramuli of varying length, polysiphonous, the
cells being symmetrically arranged in successive segments, similar to
those of Polysiphonia; cells in main stem and branches in longitudi-
nal and usually in lateral series. Plate 43, fig. 2.

The most distinctive character of this species is found in the
polysiphonous ramuli; in habit it is not unlike Æ. crinita, but the cells
in Æ. erecta are usually more symmetrically arranged in the older
parts of the frond, and more rectangular. It is not uncommon from
New Jersey north, and appears to be a plant of exposed shores.
Europe. Collins (7) 246: (8) 44. Æ. clathrata var. erecta Martin-
dale (1) 93. Britton (1) 404. Ulva clathrata var. erecta Collins
(3) 310. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 461.

17. E. CLATHRATA (Roth) "Grev. Alg. Brit, 181, 1830: J. G.
Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 153, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg.,
Vol. I, 133, 1889. Frond filiform, cylindrical or compressed, much
branched in all directions, the branches tapering from base to summit, .
but not ending in a single series of cells; cells rectangular, usually
longer than broad, always in longitudinal series, the chromatophor
noticeably smaller than the cell. Plate 43, fig. 4, portion of surface
of main filament.

A common and variable species, differing from all the preceding
except Æ. Hopkirkii and Æ. erecta in having a real system of branching
of various orders; also in the chromatophor smaller than the cell,
which, with the fact that the cells in adjacent series are usually
alternate, gives a distinctly net-like appearance to the frond. It
seems to be fairly common all along the Atlantic coast, and occurs
also at Bering Island in the Pacific. Europe, West Indies, Tas-

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America 29

mania, New Zealand. Harvey (1) 57, in part. Farlow (1) 292 ; (2)
712: (3) 379. Robinson(1)166. Hervey (1) 51. Kjellman (2) 52.
Britton (1) 4or. Collins (7) 246: (8) 44. Ulva clathrata Farlow
(4) 44. Collins (3) 310; (6) 78. Dame & Collins (1) 157.
Martindale (1) 93.

Forma rostrata LeJolis, Algues Marines de Cherbourg, 50, 1863.
Fronds densely branched, prostrate, often matted. In salt marshes
near Boston, Mass. Uwa clathrata var. prostrata Martindale (1)
93. Britton (1) 401. U.clathrata var. Rothiana f. prostrata Farlow
(4) 44. Dame & Collins (1) 157. Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 459;
Alg. Am.-Bor., 215. |j

18. E. RAMULoSA (Eng. Bot.) Hook., British Flora, Vol. II, 319,
1833; J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 154, PI. IV, figs. 117,
118, 1882; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I., 134, 1889. Frond tubular,
rather stiff, much branched; branches with short spine-like ramuli ;
cells rather rounded, showing longitudinal series only in the ultimate
divisions. Plate 43, fig. 6, tip of branch. .

A coarse species, readily recognized by its habit. It appears to
be not uncommon along the southern part of the Atlantic coast, but
rare in New England. The color is usually a rather deep or dark
green; the main branches are often quite long, and are everywhere
beset with short tapering ramuli; the cells are rounded. almost en-
tirely occupied by the chromatophor; without any definite arrange-
ment except in the ramuli. Europe, Australia, New Zealand. Collins
(8) 44. £. clathrata var. ramulosa Kemp (1) 41. Ulva clathrata
var. ramulosa Farlow (4) 44. Collins (3) 310. U. clathrata var. un-
cinata Martindale (1) 93. Britton (1) 401.

19. E: ACANTHOPHORA Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 479, 1849. J. G. Agardh,
Till Alg. Syst, part 3,157; De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 135, 1889.
Frond more or less proliferously branched, the branches usually
somewhat enlarged upward, beset with numerous short, spine-Eke
ramuli, with broad base and acute tip, cells 6-8 p diameter, roundish
angular, showing no longitudinal arrangement except indistinctly at
the tips of the ramuli, Plate 43, fig. 5, tip of branch.

somewhat resembles Æ. ramulosa, but the cells are much smaller,
with hardly any indication of longitudinal arrangement; the sub-
stance is less firm, and the color is lighter. The fronds seem to
collapse irregularly in. drying. ‘The spine-like ramuli vary in abund-
ance, sometimes almost covering the frond; the 1eeular branches
are not very numerous, and seem quite distinct from the ramuli. It
occurs on the California coast (Brandegee). and is one of the few
species that occur also in fresh water, having been collected by Miss
S. P. Monks in the Santa Pau!a mountains, California. at an altitude
of over 300 meters, and by Miss G. R. Crocker in Alameda Creek,
California ; West Coast of South America, New Zealand and Tasmania.
Exsicc. Phyc. Bor-Am,., 515.

30 Rhodora [JANUARY

ILEA Ag.

Frond filamentous, hollow, the cells single, or in twos and fours,
enclosed in the wall of the mother ceil, and arranged in distinct
longitudinal series in all parts of the frond.

I. FULVESCENS (Ag.) J. G. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst., part 3, 115,
1882; Enteromorpha aureola De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. I, 131, 1889.
The only species; characters of the genus. Plate 41, fig. 22, cross
section ; fig. 23, proliferous branching; fig. 24, surface. `

'This plant grows in dense tufts, the filaments usually 5 to 20 cm.
long, the diameter being seldom over 2 mm. The ftonds are soft and
gelatinous, the color varying from dark green to brownish or yellow.
The cells have a distinctive G/ococapsa-like arrangement, and are in
longitudinal series so distinct that by pressure on the cover glass they
readily separate, appearing like distinct filaments of one or two cells
wide.

It grows best in places where streams of fresh water empty into
the sea, occupying the space between high and low water marks ; so
that twice in each day its medium is changed from sea water to quite
fresh water, and back again. It appears to be common from Maine
to New Jersey, and is found in salt springs at Sussex, New Bruns-
wick, 20 miles from the sea (Ganong). Europe, So. Pacific.

The dimensions given above will cover all accessible specimens or
records, except that at Cutler, Me., in July, 19o2,the writer collected
this species with fronds over a meter long and two cm. in diameter,
and similar specimens were collected by Dr. Farlow in the same
month at Campobello, New Brunswick. The localities are only
fifteen miles apart, and near the mouth of the Bay of Fundy. It
may be that the great range of the tide here furnishes the conditions
of this unusual development. Ganong (1) 16. Collins (8) 44.
Capsosiphon aureolus Collins (7) 245. Ulva aureola Collins (2)
131; (3) 310; (6) 78. Martindale (1) 93. Britton (1) 4or.
Exsicc. Phyc. Bor.-Am., 264.

'
DOUBTFUL REFERENCES.

ULVA CLATHRATA Pike (1) 106. Bennett (1) 95. Anderson (1)
218.

U. compressa Anderson (1) 218.

U. ENTEROMORPHA Var. COMPRESSA Pike (1) 106. Bennett (1) 95.
Britton (1) 400. Martindale (1) 93. Hay (1) 33. Hay & Mac-
Kay (1) 63.

U. ENTEROMORPHA var. INTESTINALIS Pike (1) ro6. Britton (1)
400.

1903] Collins, — The Ulvaceae of North America | 31

U. Hopxirki Pike (1) 106.

U. iNTESTINALIS Anderson (1) 218.

U. Lacruca Bailey (1) 402. Curtis (1) 156. Hall (1) 112.
Pike (1) 106.

U. Lacruca var. Lacruca Pike (1) 106. Bennett (1) gs.

U. Lactuca var. LATISSIMA Howe (1) 167.

U. LACTUCA var. RIGIDA Pike (1) 106.

U. LATISSIMA Postels & Ruprecht (1) 21. Bailey (1) 402. Hooper
(1) 3o. Hall (1) 112.

ENTEROMORPHA CLATHRATA Hooper (1) 30. Kemp (1) qr.
Olney(1) 9.

E. COMPREsSA Postels & Ruprecht (1) 21. Bailey (1) 402. Hooper
(1) 3o. Bailey & Harvey (1) 163. Hervey (2) 176. Ashmead
(2) 96. Curtis (1) 156. Kemp (1) 41. Harvey (1) 50. Eaton
(1) 348; (2) s. Melvill (1) 265. Hall (1) 112. Murray (1) 260.
Olney (1) 9. Wolle (1) 107. Fowler (1) 48.

E. ERECTA Hooper (1) 30. Olney (1) 42. Bailey (1) 402.

E. INTESTINALIS Bailey (1) 402. Hooper (1) 3o. Harvey (2)
176. Curtis (1) 156. Kemp (1) 41. Olney (1) 42. Wolle (1)
107.

MONOSTROMA PULCHRUM Pike (1) 106. Martindale (1) 92.

M. BLvri1 Martindale (1) 92.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES. — Plate 41. Fig. 1, Ulva Lactuca var. rigida.
Figs. 2, 3, Monostroma fuscum forma Blyttii. Figs. 4,5, M. Greviller. Figs.
6, 7, M. arcticum. Figs. 8, 9, M. pulchrum. Figs. 10, 11, M. leptodermum.
Figs. 12, 13, M. undulatum. Figs. 14, 15, M. crepidinum. Figs. 16, 17, M.
quaternarium. Figs. 18, 19, M. latissimum. Figs. 20, 21, M. Groenlandi-
cum. Figs. 22, 23,24, flea fulvescens.

Plate 42. Figs. 1, 2, Enteromorpha micrococca. Fig. 3, E. flexuosa. Fig.
4, E. torta. Fig. 5, E. prolifera. Figs. 6, 7, E. intestinalis. Fig. 8, £.
Linza. Figs. 9, 10, E. minima. Figs. 11, 12, E. compressa. Fig. 13, E.
marginata. Fig. 14, E. crinita. Figs. 15, 16, E. percursa.

Plate 43. Fig. 1, Enteromorpha cruciata. Fig. 2, E. erecta. Fig. 3, E.
Hopkirkit. Fig. 4, E. clathrata. Fig. 5, E. acanthophora. Fig. 6, E.
ramulosa.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

32 4 Rhodora [JANUARY

A BOTANICAL TRIP TO SALISBURY, CONNECTICUT.
C.H. BISSREL.

IN the summer of rgor, the writer did a little botanical collecting
in the north-western corner of Connecticut, in the towns of Salisbury
and North Canaan. A number of most interesting things were found
and enough learned to prove that the region was worthy of a much
more extended exploration.

The plants collected and the report of others to be expected led
Mr. M. L. Fernald of the Gray Herbarium staff and the Hon. J. R.
Churchill of Boston to plan a trip to the town of Salisbury with the
writer. The evening of May 29, 1902, found them at Southington,
Ct., and the next morning a start was made for Salisbury. One day
and parts of two others were given to botanizing. Mr. L. Andrews
was a member of the party for a portion of the first day and Judge
Churchill remained for an additional day after the others were
obliged to return. Mr. Fernald was the leader, and to his activity
and acute observation nearly all the new and interesting discoveries
should be credited. On the first day a short stroll while waiting for
dinner revealed growing in moist shaded ground near the railroad
two interesting forms of Fragaria. The more abundant of the two
proved to be the true F. vesca, L., of Europe. The other awaits
further study.

The first plant to attract attention in the afternoon was the form
of our common dandelion, Zaraxacum officinale, Weber, with short,
broad, ascending, involucral bracts called var. palustre, Blytt. Mr.
Fernald published an article in regard to this form in RHODORA,
Aug. 1902. In this connection it may be of interest to note in pass-
ing, that the writer collected two weeks earlier in this same town
but at a different station good specimens of the red-seeded dande-
lion Z. erythrospermum, Andrz. This was growing in rich heavy
soil which is not considered to be its usual habitat.

A small swamp was soon reached and new things came thick and.
fast. Shrubs of Salix candida, Willd., were in good fruit and com-
mon. ‘The form found here had lanceolate leaves, the width about
one third the length; on the next day, however, specimens were
found on the border of Twin Lakes with much longer linear leaves.
Some plants of the later collection showed leaves green and nearly

1903] Bissell, — Botanical Trip to Salisbury, Connecticut 33

smooth on the lower surface instead of with the usual covering of
dense tomentum.

In a shaded part of the swamp were found a few plants of Galium
tinctorium, L., var. labradoricum, Wiegand. This was found two
days later in greater quantity in a similar swamp in Sheffield, Massa-
chusetts. A deep tangle of the swamp under larch trees gave speci-
mens of the rare little Carex tetanica, Schk., var. Woodii, Bailey, the
first collection of it in New England. Shrubs of Betula pumila,
L., with young fruit were frequent while a few small ones of Rham-
nus alnifolia, L'Her., were in flower. A ditch nearby yielded Carex
aguatilis, Wahl., also new to the state. In a bit of wet springy pas-
ture was growing a peculiar form of Carex granularis, Muhl., with
short, nearly prostrate culms and the whole plant a very light green
in color.

In open woods on limestone ledges some time was spent in
collecting, for distribution by the Gray Herbarium, sets of Carex
eburnea, Boott, and Senecio obovatus, Muhl. Fine fruiting plants of
Hepatica acutiloba, DC., were found here, some with a part or all of
the three leaf lobes again divided or incised making the leaf appear
to be five- to nine- instead of three-lobed.

In a swampy part of some pine woods two or three plants of
Ranunculus abortivus, L., var. eucyclus, Fernald, were found; and in
the same place was seen a leaf of Conioselium canadense, Torr. & Gray,
a species not before noted in Connecticut. The writer, later in the
season secured specimens of this from the same town but at a differ-
ent station. A limestone ledge with northern exposure showed
abundance of Avena striata, Michx., while growing beside a spring
was a beautiful clump of Carex teretiuscula, Good., var. ramosa,
Boott, another new form for the state. The discovery in a meadow-
pasture of an interesting form of yellow-flowered Oxalis, which proved
to be O. filipes, Small, closed the day's collecting.

One half day was spent exploring a swamp and fields on the
borderline where Connecticut joins New York. In the swamp
was growing in abundance Carex Schweinitsit, Dewey; and a wet
meadow near by yielded Carex rostrata, Stokes, two more species
added to the state list. In the swamp, growing in dense tufts, was
a form of Carex znterior, Bailey, with dark brown scales and fruit,
giving the plant a peculiar blackish appearance. Here also were
found shrubs of what appeared to be .Sa/ix lucida, Muhl., but with

34 Rhodora [January

leaves whitened instead of green beneath as they should be in this
species. The most marked distinction as given in descriptions
between S. Zucida, Muhl., and the western S. /asiandra, Benth., is
this very difference in the under surface of the leaf. It would seem
from these specimens that either the distinction between the two
species does not hold good or that S.. /asiandra, Benth., may be
found in this region. This is a problem needing further observation
and study.

While we were crossing a sandy field near the swamp many plants
of yellow-flowered Oxalis were noted and a careful investigation
showed there were three very distinct forms. Plentiful material was
taken and afterward determined by Mr. Fernald. The species proved
to be O. cymosa, Small, O. stricta, L., and O. filipes, Small. In the
field there were such differences of appearance and habit that after
a little the three species could: be distinguished at a glance. Our
common species, O. cymosa, Small, was in its early stage and was
less branched and more pubescent than it appears later in the sea-
son. It had simple erect stems covered with a spreading pubes-
cence, a thick root-stock, and small flowers. . O. stricta, L., had
larger flowers, slender rootstock, ascending slender stems branching
at the base, and appressed pubescence. O. filipes, Small, had
spreading pubescence like that of O. cymosa, Small, but was entirely
different in habit, having small spreading stems almost wiry at the
base, and slender much branched running rootstocks, the plants
spreading to form tufts or mats. This last species was collected the
following day in the town of Sheffield, Massachusetts.

In Tich ground along a fence-row a plentiful supply of Ranunculus
allegheniensis, Britton, was secured, Crossing a moist meadow on
our way to take the train for return, Judge Churchill discovered a
few plants of Carex formosa, Dewey, and thus added another sedge
to the Connecticut list. Later in the day this species was found at
another station near Lakeville. In the afternoon a piece of rich
woodland on a rocky hillside gave good specimens of Carex
oligocarpa, Schk., Avena striata, Michx., and ea debilis Torr.;
while an excursion to the foot of Sage’s Ravine yielded Streptopus
amplexifolius, DC.

The last day was mostly spent in an unavailing search for the
long lost globeflower, Z»o/Zws laxus, Salisb. This was collected
many years ago in Cornwall, Connecticut, but has never since been

1903] Knowlton, — Flora of Mt. Saddleback, Maine 35

seen in New England. Judge Churchill signalized his extra day's

botanizing by the discovery of another grass not previously known

from Connecticut, Zrisetum subspicatum, Beauv., var. molle, Gray. In

spite of the failure to rediscover Trollius the trip was voted a great

success by all members of the party and the collections made have

added many rare and northern species to the flora of Connecticut.
SOUTHINGTON, CONNECTICUT.

FLORA OF MT. SADDLEBACK, FRANKLIN COUNTY,
MAINE.

C. H. KNOWLTON.

SADDLEBACK is situated in Madrid and Sandy River Plantation.
The horn and the saddle lie wholly in Madrid, while the main ridge,
with three * nubbles ” reaches into the next township. The highest
elevation, 4450 feet, is reached at the * pinnacle," the nubble nearest
the saddle. Between the second and third nubbles is a small pond
of rain water,

The ridge is composed of coarse granite, evidently intruded as a
core beneath overlying strata. - A considerable area of this overly-
ing rock, strongly metamorphosed and contorted, still remains at one
place near the horn of the saddle; not, however, at its highest part:
The granite is faulted in several places, noticeably in the saddle.

My first visit to the mountain was in company with Mr. M. L..
Fernald, August 16—17, 1894, and my second the past summer, August
20-21,1902. Mr. H. E. Dunham, now of Amesbury, Massachusetts,
was a member of the party both times.

The less noteworthy, but yet typical plants of the mountain woods
and bare slopes are as follows:

Oxalis Acetosella, L. Kalmia glauca, Ait.

Nemopanthus Jascicularts, DC. Rhododendron Rhodora, Don.

Acer Pennsylvanicum, L. Ledum Groenlandicum, Oeder.

Acer spicatum, Lam. Alnus viridis, DC.

Pyrus Americana, DC. Empetrum nigrum, L.

Amelanchier oligocarpa, Roem. ! Empetrum nigrum, L., var. Andinum,
Contoselinum Canadense, T. & G. DG:

! RHODORA, iv. 147, 196.

36 Rhodora [JANUARY

Viburnum cassinotdes, L. Picea nigra, Link.

Lonicera ciliata, Muhl. Picea rubra, Link.

Diervilla trifida, Moench. Abies balsamea, Miller.

Aster acuminatus, Mx. Streptopus amplexifolius, DC.

Aster acuminatus, form with flowers Clintonia borealis, Raf.
converted to chaff. Eriophorum vaginatum, L.

Aster macrophyllus, L. Carex crinita, Lam.

Cnicus muticus, Pursh, Agropyron caninum, R. & S.

Vaccinium Oxycoccus L. Cinna pendula, Trin.

Chiogenes serpyllifolia, Salisb.

Other plants, whose occurrence and distribution deserve more
than passing notice, are as follows :

Arenaria Groenlandica, Spreng. Acres and acres of the upper
slopes of the mountain are covered with this delicate plant. It grows
also on Mt. Bigelow, in far less profusion.

Trifolium hybridum, L., grows above timber-line with Phleum pra-
tense, L. It is rather remarkable that they should have been intro-

. duced at such an elevation, higher than any horse could climb.

Rubus Chamaemorus, L., grows in the sphagnum on the higher
part of the saddle toward the horn. This has been reported from
the higher White Mountains, from Baldpate Mountain, Grafton,
Maine, and it reappears as an arctic coast plant in eastern Maine.
It has not been found on Katahdin.

Potentilla tridentata, Ait., hardly deserves mention as a mountain
plant, for it is frequent on rocky slopes and dry sand-plains at all alti-
tudes throughout the region, down as low as 350 feet in Jay, the south-
ern town of the county, and throughout the Androscoggin valley to the
coast.

Solidago macrophylla, Pursh, is abundant in the wooded parts of the
mountain, and is frequent in mountain woods above 1800 feet
throughout the county.

Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum, Lam., var. angustifolium, Gray. This
grows abundantly on exposed slopes, often with the type. I have
also collected it on the Abraham range, about ten miles away (RHo-
DORA, i. 191).

Vaccinium uliginosum, L., is abundant above timber-line here and
throughout the region. It also occurs along the Carrabassett in
Jerusalem, and as low as 700 feet at Farmington (RHODORA i. 162).

Vaccinium caespitosum, Michx., was collected by M. L. Fernald and
the author in 1894, growing in moss near the pinnacle. This I did not

1903] Knowlton, — Flora of Mt. Saddleback, Maine 37

detect the past season, as no fruit formed. It has been collected at
Phillips by Mr. Fernald, and it should be found at other stations in
the county.

Vaccinium Vitis-/daea, L., is common above timber-line on all the
mountains of the region. I have found it on a wind-swept ridge at
Farmington not higher than 800 feet.

Kalmia augustifolia, L. This common species was blossoming
freely at the time of my second visit, apparently a second crop of
flowers.

Diapensia Lapponica, L. Abundant on the wind-swept portions,
especially on the saddle. There is a small area of it on Bald
Mountain in Mt. Abraham township.

Comandra livida, Richardson. Frequent in moss on the higher
parts of the main ridge. ‘his station, Bald Mountain, Katahdin,
Mt. Washington, and Mt. Mansfield, Vermont, are the only stations
in New England for this interesting plant.

Betula alba, L., var. cordifolia, Fernald, is abundant in the upper
ravines, with stunted forms on the wind-swept heights.

Salix balsamifera, Barratt. I found a single shrub of this in fruit
near the timber-line, at the time of my second visit.

Goodyera repens, R. Br., var. ophioides, Fernald. In moss, under
some bushes near the summit. I have also collected it on Mt. Abra-
ham and Mt. Blue (Avon), and it grows at much lower elevation in
Chesterville (Miss Z. O. Eaton). It is to be expected in cold mossy
woods throughout the county.

Smilacina trifolia, Desf. A few depauperate fruiting specimens of
this grew in wet gravel far above timber-line, nearly up to 4000 feet.
In the southern towns of the county itis frequent in bogs and swampy
woods.

Juncus trifidus L., is very abundant, and grows also on Bald Moun-
tain and Mt. Bigelow.

Luzula spadicea, DC., var. melanocarpa, Meyer, is fairly common
in the upper fault ravines.

Carex rigida, Gooden., var. Bigelovii, Tuckerm., is abundant on the
wind-swept portions of the saddle. It also grows at the highest
point of Bald Mountain.

Carex brunnescens, Poir., is occasional in moist soil between the
bare ledges. It also occurs on Mt. Abraham.

Carex Magellanica, Lam. Moist gravel, one station. I have also
found it in Strong and Chesterville.

38 Rhodora [JANUARY

Calamagrostis Langsdorfii, Trin., is abundant just above timber-
line. It also grows on Mt. Bigelow.

Aspidium spinulosum, Swartz, var. dilatatum, Hook. Common in
rich mountain woods throughout the county. There seems to be a
rather definite line about 1200 feet, above which it is found.

Lycopodium annotinum, L., var. pungens, Spring, is very common,
and seems to shade into the type. It also occurs on the other moun-
tains of the county.

CHELMSFORD, MASSACHUSETTS.

\

FOLIAR OUTGROWTHS FROM THE SURFACE OF THE
- LEAF OF ARISTOLOCHIA SIPHO.

R. G. LEAVITT.

Miss Katharine P. Loring has sent to the Gray Herbarium from
Pride’s Crossing, Massachusetts, a leaf of Aristolochia Sipho upon
the under surface of which curious lamellar expansions have been
formed. (Fig. 1). These unusual
structures are stated by Miss Loring
to have originated in the healing of
wounds. She says: “I have watched
it [the leaf] all summer. In the
spring, when it was still folded, a fly
netting dropped on it on the window
sill, crushing it and splitting the leaf
in several places. I thoughtit would
wither; instead it mended itself as
you see.”

The places where the young blade
was split are entirely closed up. The

Fig. 2 green tissue is broken, its place being

taken by collenchymatous elements.

Around the margin of the break, in each case, a vein has been
organized (v, Fig. 2), from which, on the under surface of the
leaf, the outgrowths in question arise. There are fifteen of these
structures on the half leaf sent to me for examination. They vary

1903] Pease, — Erodium malacoides at Lawrence, Mass. 39

in length from a quarter inch to an inch and a half, and stand out
from the surface of the lamina (l, Fig. 2) about one tenth of an inch-
The longer ones are parallel to the principal veins, but others are
disposed irregularly. As seen from above the position of the origi-
nal wounds is shown by deep furrows.

The minute structure of the accessory lamellae is like that of the
blade proper, except that palisade tissue is absent: There are
stomates on the outer surfaces, and veinlets spfinging from the veins
at the bases of the outgrowths.

Perrot has recently communicated to the Société botanique de
France on account of seemingly the same phenomenon observed by
him in leaves of Aristolochia Sipho from Melun, near Paris. In
Perrot's case several leaves, all from the same shoot, however, were
anomalous. In interpreting the "biological significance" of the
matter Perrot says

"It would appear that the plant, by these supernumerary pro-
ductions, has sought to augment the surface of its blade in order to
increase its transpiration — but under what physiological influence ? ?

Miss Loring's observations would seem to make the nature of the
process clear. "The lamellae have originated in the healing of wounds,
simply, and are curious examples of regeneration of the blade.

AMEs BOTANICAL LABORATORY, North Easton, Massachusetts.

ERODIUM MALACOIDES AT LAWRENCE, MassacHuskTTS.— On July
9, 1902, while collecting plants about the mills on the north side of
the Merrimac River at Lawrence, Massachusetts, I found a strange
Erodium in a waste place, behind a foundry. Mr. M. L. Fernald
has kindly identified the plant for me as Æ. malacoides, Willd. ‘This
species is a native of the Mediterranean countries, but has been col-
lected in or about New York City by Judge Addison Brown. Its
occurrence at Lawrence seems worthy of note.— ARTHUR STANLEY
PEASE, Andover, Massachusetts.

LYCOPODIUM CLAVATUM AND ITS VaARIETY.— Notes in regard to
this species have been published in Ruopora by Dr. Robinson,
September, 190r, Mr. Leavitt, March, 1902 and Mr. Harper, May,

! Bull. Soc. bot. de Fr. xlix. 163-166 (1902).

40 - Rhodora [ JANUARY

1902. Mr. Harper in his notes speaks of the typical form being
always sterile, in the district where he had collected (the southern
part of Worcester County, Massachusetts) and asks for the experience
of other collectors in regard to this. I have known the plant here
in Connecticut ever since, as a boy, I was old enough to gather it for
Christmas decorations, and in later years have collected it at various
stations extending pretty well over the state.

In all this time I have only twice found fruiting plants. Curiously
enough one of these stations was in pine woods in the town of
Union in the northeastern part of Connecticut, adjoining the towns
of Worcester County Massachusetts, where Mr. Harper had bota-
nized. Here I found two fertile plants of the typical form. The
only other collection of the fruiting plant I have ever made, was
several years ago, on a botanizing trip with Mr. L. Andrews, when
we found it in the town of Wolcott, New Haven County, Connecticut.
The specimens of this last mentioned collection prove on comparison
to be undoubtedly the var. monostachyon. Mr. Harper stated that
the southernmost station known for the variety was Little Wachusett
Mountain in the central part of Worcester County, Massachusetts.
We can now extend its reported range to the southern half of Connec-
ticut.

The Wolcott station was on a moist open bank with northern
exposure at an altitude of about 800 feet. — C. H. BissELL, Southing-
ton, Connecticut.

SCHWALBEA AMERICANA IN CONNECTICUT.— On June 30, 1902,
while I was driving with a friend in the town of East Lyme, we
found Schwalbea Americana, L., growing in abundance on a gravelly
bank by the roadside. I think it has never been reported hitherto
from Connecticut. Mr. John Spalding, of New London, tells me that
he found it, as far back as 1867, growing by the roadside, about half
way from Essex to Saybrook and quite abundant.— Frances M.
Graves, New London, Connecticut.

Vol. 4, no. 48, containing pages 231 to 268, plate 4o, and title-page of the
volume, was issued 31 December, 1902.

At 00009000

0000000800 t e
1 2 3

may d S

REESE SUE. ER :
i 4 " 3
STE - 2
Iri
MEERTEN SSSSGOSSS WSSseaor
= 9 Ae Se @ awe
1t
Que |
BE puo
O8eeeecco Se repe: px
BS oto uin LE 74 |
| 12 14 TT $
; ;
» 15 .
BOHSGOS |
\ |
be 2 |
i EA 95743 92
| 00000900 503.0) |
VÀ OV P ND Y A |
21 i
(9) 9
QG
(9) 6)
©)

Xe)
©

COCO
GOO

Ní

UBOGOOCIC) DOOCOCGOLD

2

WOE ws
Qa

K)
ESL

V
Ca 9
C» ea Q
Sga,
IIDA

4

d

Wun
oe
y

7

OU AJO
ANO OT 11

Maaco

=
&

DOCS SAG

ULVACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA.

QOVIQAQOE r2

15

Plate 43.

Mi ahi ib

Rhodora.

+
IaAwEs . FEI
EN
I Aak Saker
Dele par A
VOSIS) (r7
uu
A

Y

Q

9 A-

A ©
ON

ULVACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA,

RL. Collins del.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 February, 1903 No. 50

AN ECOLOGICAL EXCURSION TO MOUNT KTAADN.

LE Roy Harris HARVEY.

(Plate 44.)

In company with a party,’ representing the Ecological department
of the Hull Botanical Laboratory of the University of Chicago, it
was again my great pleasure to visit in August of the past year one
of the most inaccessible and grandest mountains in New England,
Ktaadn.

We took our departure from Stacyville on the fifteenth and spent
the following day at Lunksoos in preparation for the mountain.
The seventeenth saw us fairly started on our way and it was to be
over two weeks before we should again share the hospitality of
Lunksoos. Our course lay over the old Ktaadn trail as far as
Sandy Stream Pond tote-road. Here we diverged to the northwest
traveling along the tote-road for about a mile, then skirting the
southern shore of Sandy Stream Pond we came to Ross Camps a
few hundred tyards beyond. From here we followed the new
Rogers trail, recently cut for pack horses, which leads more directly
(seven miles) to the South Basin, the site of our camp. Our return
was over the same route.

In purpose our visit to the mountain was mainly ecological, espe-

1 Drs. Henry C. Cowles and Bradley M. Davis, Department of Botany, Univer-
sity of Chicago; Samuel M. Coulter, Shaw School of Botany, St. Louis; A. F.
Blakeslee, Department of Botany, Harvard University; John Thompson, Rich-
mond, Indiana; Horace W. Britcher, Department of Biology, University of Maine,
Orono; H. G. Barber, New York City; Mrs. Henry C. Cowles, Chicago; Miss
Laura H. Bevans, Cook County Normal School, Chicago; Miss F. Grace Smith,
Department of Botany, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts; Miss Jane
Stearns, Chicago; Miss Maud L. Bates, Topeka.

42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

cially in relation to true alpine conditions and climatic and edaphic
timber lines. Much interesting data was obtained upon these points
and will form the basis of an ecological discussion of the mountain
to appear later.

Although the energies of the party were almost wholly devoted to
a comprehensive ecological study rather than to purely floristic work,
yet many noteworthy plants were recorded and the range of several
species widely extended. These will be discussed below.

Composed as our party was of so many botanists, nearly all the
great groups of plants had their devotees. So a division of labor
was easily adjusted. To Dr. Davis and Miss Smith fell the Algae
and Liverworts; Dr. Cowles became responsible for the crustaceous
lichens, and Mr. Blakeslee and Miss Stearns for the foliaceous and
fruticose forms. Mr. Coulter and Miss Bates devoted their energies
to the mosses, while the writer gave his attention to the vascular
plants. Reports on all these collections are to be expected.

Entomology was not without its enthusiasts for Mr. Britcher in the
Arachnids and Mr. Barber in the Hemiptera are both specialists in
their respective groups. Some very important and pioneer contribu-
tions along these lines may be expected.

Tue NortH WEsT BASIN.

The unique feature of our visit to Ktaadn was perhaps the
exploration of the North West Basin, as we have called it, by four
of the party! in a three days’ side trip. We are, it is believed, the
first scientific party to make a descent into this basin and though
it is not the purpose of this article to describe the topography of the
mountain, for this has been well done by Hamlin’, Tarr, and
others, yet a detailed description of this basin may be of interest, as it
seems to be the least known of any part of the mountain. Williams‘
in a footnote speaks of its inaccessibility and the lack of knowledge

1 Drs. Cowles and Davis, Mr. Blakeslee, and the writer.

? Hamlin, C. E. Observations upon the Physical Geography and Geology of
Mount Ktaadn. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 7: 206-223. 1881.

3Tarr, R. S. Glaciation of Mt. Ktaadn, Maine. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. rr:
433-448. 1900.

4 Williams, E. F. Comparison of the Floras of Mt. Washington and Mt.
Katahdin. RHODORA 3: 163. 1901.

1903] Harvey,— An Excursion to Mt. Ktaadn 43

concerning it. Hamlin and Tarr seem not to have been aware of
its existence.

This North West Basin, as seen from the west slope of the North-
ern Ridge, appears as an abysmal amphitheatre enclosed on three
sides by precipitous walls with a small lake in its floor and with a
very broad gateway opening to the northwest. In general form the
basin suggests the capital letter V with its base slightly rounded.
Its eastern arm is formed by the precipitous West wall of the North-
ern Ridge extending here very nearly north. The wooded North
slope of the North West Spur, omitted from Williams?! sketch map,
makes the other arm of our capital letter, By the confluence of the
Northern Ridge and the North West Spur as they join the North
Mountain, the rounded base of our letter is formed. The floor of
the basin is virtually a shelf cut from the North West Spur, appar-
ently by glacial action. Its altitude, some 2945 feet, is about 50
feet lower than that of South Basin. In width, it varies from 200
to 250 yards. From this shelf a precipitous descent of 250 ft.
leads to the valley proper below. The mouth of the basin opens
broadly to the northwest into the valley of the Middle Branch of the
Wissataquoik, whose southeast boundary is formed by the Northern
Ridge extension, while the Sourdnahunk range to the northwest
makes its opposite drainage slope.

Nestled at the base of the North West Spur and on the shelf
described above are four small ponds, evidently morainic in origin.
The largest (Fig. 1), nearly five acres in extent, and the most west-
ern is the only one visible from the mountain and then only from the
West slope of the Northern Ridge. Rarely seen it has scarcely been
reported, for parties with limited time seldom visit this part of the
mountain. The shores are boulder strewn, sloping off rapidly to
some depth ; the spruce, fir, birch, and alders come to its very edge.
The outlet stream at the northeast end of the pond plunges almost
immediately over the brow of the shelf. It functions, however, only
at high water after heavy rains and the Spring freshets and must at
such a time go plunging and roaring over the precipitous granite
walls in its mad race to the valley 250 feet below. As the bed of
the stream was perfectly dry at the time of our visit we used this
outlet as a means of descent, but this was possible only through the

1 Loc. Cit. pg. 162.

44 Rhodora [ FEBRUARY

abundant aid received from the birch and alder which grow to its
very limits, for the outlet has no depth, but the water plunges over
the smoota reddish granite as do so many of the slope streams of
Ktaadn.

In altitude Lake Cowles (2938 ft.), as it may be called, is hardly
above that of Chimney Pond (2928 ft.) though from the mountain
it appears several hundred feet higher. While much disappointed
in this respect we were, however, recompensed with some rare finds.
Nuphar Kalmianum, Nymphaea odorata minor, Potamogeton confer-
voides and Zsoéfes heterospora rewarded our endeavors.

The second pond, less than one half as large, which soon comes
into sight as one descends the west slope of the Northern Ridge, is
the most eastern and lies 250 yards to the east, near the confluence
of the two spurs with North Mountain at the base of our capital letter
V. Its shore features are similar to those of Lake Cowles except
that on the east a heath society comes to the waters edge. Davis
Pond, as we may call it (and not Lake Cowles, the largest of the
ponds) is fed from above by a high waterfall. This source of water
supply seems permanent, for we found a brawling mountain torrent
as we slowly and tremblingly made our way down by the aid of the
trees over its precipitous and treacherous bed, only to be driven
back lower down by a vertical wall of nearly 200 ft. and forced to
cross over and descend by an old avalanche-slide farther to the
right.

The outlet of Davis Pond, thus differing from that of Lake Cowles,
is a permanent stream but must similarly be increased into a power-
ful plunging waterfall in spring by the great increment of the melt-
ing mountain snows and heavy rains. Flowing over the steep walls
of the shelf, the outlet stream plunges down the valley to join that
of Lake Cowles about a mile below; and together they contribute to
the Middle Branch of the Wissataquoik some three miles farther
down the valley.

The northwest shore of Davis Pond is rather low and has long
been used as winter yards by deer and moose. In places the trees
and bushes have been entirely trampled down and killed. In these
open places have come up a luxuriant growth of grasses, brakes and
various herbs surrounded by an alder zone. Here we found .Sf/acA-
num roseum growing in the greatest profusion on the dung of both
deer and moose. Lycopodium Sitchense, Petasites palmata, Aster puni-

1903] Harvey, — An Excursion to Mt. Ktaadn 45

ceus, and Osmunda Claytoniana in great profusion, were also recorded
from here.

Two more small ponds yet remain to be described. Between Lake
Cowles and Davis Pond lies the third. It is about 150 ft. by 50 ft.,
with its longer axis running nearly east and west, and is very shallow,
being nearly filled with vegetable debris accumulated from the wooded
drainage slopes about it. Its shores are meadow-like and are fast
encroaching on the pond proper which is itself so filled with vegeta-
tion-islands that one may walk safely across it anywhere. The
future of this pond is very evident. It empties into Davis Pond
along its northwestern shore.

This meadow-like society gave us an abundance of Lycopodium
inundatum in its characteristic habitat and such other forms as Scir-
pus caespitosus, Carex rigida Bigelowit, Viola blanda, Ledum latifolium,
Pyrus arbutifolia, and Kalmia glauca.

The last pond, a little larger than the third, is some 150 yards to
the northeast of Davis Pond, and lies very near the edge of the shelf
and almost in an east and west line with Lake Cowles. The outlet
joins that of Davis Pond soon after it enters the valley proper below.
In character this pond resembles closely Davis Pond but is less than
. one third its size. We recorded here no additional rarities.

Rising from and occupying the greater part of the shelf are two
large roches moutonnées carved out by glaciation (fig. 1). The smaller
forms the northeast shore of Davis Pond and the east shore of its
outlet, while the larger one lies east and west extending from the out-
let of Davis Pond to Lake Cowles. The summits, some ro to 15
feet above the general level of the shelf, are flat-topped and present
an unique plant society.

Wooded at the base and up the slopes by spruce, fir, and birch, the
flat glaciated tops present a striking contrast in a well developed
alpestrine heath society (fig. 2). Kalmia augustifolia is the domi-
nant species, with Cassandra calyculata and Ledum latifolium as
secondary forms. ‘Together they give the society its characteristic
xerophytic tone. Less important forms are Chiogenes serpyllifolia,
Empetrum nigrum, and Vaccinium canadense all growing in the dense
mats of Cladonia rangiferina and its less common variety alpestris.
Around the bases of bare knobs of rock Vaccinium uliginosum is found
densely matted.

Spruce islands (fig. 2) of low straggling trees have pushed out into

46 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

this heath, which is also being encroached upon from below by the
forest. ‘That this heath is one day doomed to be a feature of the
past can hardly be doubted.

At the base of the South wall of our basin, over which the cataract
inlet of Davis Pond falls, is a meadow-like society similar to that
found at the base of the dripping West wall of the North Basin.
Indeed, its very presence is due to the spray and seepage from the
cliffs above. Calamagrostis Canadensis, C. Langsdorfü, Scirpus
caespitosus, Prenanthes trifoliolata, Aster radula, Habenaria dilatata,
Solidago macrophylla, Arnica Chamissonis, and Diervilla trifida are
among the more characteristic forms which constitute this meadow
society.

ADDITIONS TO THE VASCULAR FLORA OF Mount KTAADN.

In presenting these additions and extensions in range of the flora
of Mount Ktaadn it must be stated that our report embraces much
territory previously unexplored, the North West Basin, the west
slopes of the South Mountain, the North Spur, and the outer limits
of the Great Basin including a small sphagnum bog along the trail
near the foot of Lower Basin Pond. Many of our rarest finds, how-
ever, were made in those places most thoroughly explored by former
parties, which illustrates the very restricted distribution of the rarer
forms and strongly emphasizes “that many seasons will be required
before we know approximately the bulk of its flora.”

We were disappointed in not finding the rare little Saxifraga
stellaris comosa, which has here its only stations in the eastern United
States, and the evasive Carex rariffora not reported since Prof.
Goodale found it in 1861. Several species of carices and grasses
also escaped our notice. "Though we found not all the old we were
richly rewarded by the new. Fernald’s summary! of the Ktaadn
flora enumerates one hundred and eighty-three species and varieties.
To this we have added thirty-eight forms, making the total known
vascular flora of Mount Ktaadn two hundred and twenty-one species
and varieties.

In the appended list the species new to Ktaadn are indicated by an

lFernald, M. L. The Vascular Plants of Mount Katahdin. RHODORA 3: 166-
177. 1901.

1903 | Harvey, — An Excursion to Mt. Ktaadn 47

asterisk (*) before the name. Further notes on distribution will
be found under each species. No asterisk being used an extension
in range only is indicated.
Osmunda Claytoniana L. Sphagnous depressions, mesophytic
woods, Camp Kennedy ; “ Moose yards,” North West Basin.

* Osmunda cinnamomea L. Growing abundantly on the northern
shore of the sphagnum bog, Great Basin.

Aspidtium aculeatum Braunii Doell. Inlet of Chimney Pond,
half way up to the crest, where it occurred only sparingly.

* Asplenium Filix-foemina Bernh. Common in mesophytic
woods of the Great Basin, extending into the North Basin
and as far as Camp Kennedy in the South Basin; common
in the North West Basin and along the west slopes of the
North Spur.

Pteris aguilina L. Open places, South Basin; common in
sphagnum bog, Great Basin.

Lycopodium Selago L. From summit to shores of Lower Basin
Pond, imperceptibly grading into Z. Jucidulum Michx. Z.
Selago is apparently a xerophytic form of Z. Zucidu/um, which
replaces it in more mesophytic habitats. All transitions were
found varying with the environment.

* Lycopodium inundatum L. Abundant on the meadow-like
shores of a small pond in the North West Basin.

* Lycopodium annotinum L. Common in mesophytic woods,
South Basin, and in the Arummholz (scrub growth) on the
table-land. Passes into Z. annotinum pungens Spring, which
replaces the type in xerophytic habitats. Extends up to West
Peak.

Lycopodium Sitchense Rupr. Frequent on floor of North West
Basin. We are able to record an interesting variation in the
length of the peduncle of this species. Lloyd and Underwood !
in their review of the North American species of this genus
write in respect to the above species: “peduncles short (less
than 1 cm.).” One specimen bearing nine strobili gave
respectively the following measurements of the peduncle : I
1.,.8, 1., .8,°.2, .3, sessile, and .1 cm. Another specimen from
a shaded habitat bearing three strobili possessed peduncles of

1 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 27: 162. 1900.

Rhodora [FEBRUARY

the following length, 2.5, 2., and 1.8 cm. respectively. As the
shorter peduncled forms are invariably those from exposed
positions obviously this difference in peduncular length is one
of ecological variation in response to edaphic conditions.
Isoëtes heterospora Eaton. Growing in 1-5 ft. of water, rocky
shores of Lake Cowles where it was very abundant. This
locality is its second in Maine (Jordan Pond, Mt. Desert,
being the other) and extends its northern limit about 125
miles as well as its altitudinal limit some 100o feet.

Tsoétes echinospora Braunii Eng. Common in 1-2 ft. of water,
rocky shores, Lower Basin Pond (2500 ft.). It is interesting in
this respect to note the occurrence of this species in the Lake
of the Clouds (3500 ft.), Mt. Mansfield, Vt.

Potamogeton confervoides Reichb. Sparsely growing in 1 foot
of water, Lake Cowles.

Scheuchzeria palustris L. Abundant as a pioneer in the
sphagnum bog, Great Basin.

Zizania sp. Common in Middle and Lower Basin Ponds;
North West Basin Ponds.

Brachyelytrum erectum Beauv. Along path leading from
Camp Kennedy to Chimney Pond. Not common.

Poa alpina L. Rare on the West walls of the North Basin at
4500 ft.

Bromus ciliatus L. Common in the alpestrine meadow society
at the foot of the dripping West walls of the North Basin ; in
a similar habitat South West wall of North West Basin.
Eriophorum gracile Koch. Common in the sphagnum bog,
Great Basin.

Carex pauciflora Lightf. Common in the sphagnum bog,
Great Basin.

Carex intumescens Rudge. Frequent in meadow society at
base of the dripping West wall of the North Basin; in similar
habitat, base of North East wall of North West Basin; meadow,
Dry Pond.

* Juncus articulatus L. Characteristic of the boggy shores of

*

Lower Basin Pond. ;

Smilacina trifolia Desf. Very characteristic of the border of
the sphagnum bog, Great Basin.

Habenaria obtusata Rich. Abundant in the mesophytic woods

1903]

Harvey,—An Excursion to Mt. Ktaadn 49

of the Great Basin extending up in the South Basin to the
foot of Saddle Slide.

Populus balsamifera L. ‘Two clumps were recorded as on the
west shore of the Rocky Ponds in the North Basin.
Arceuthobium pusillum Peck. On Picea nigra; extends well
up in the Great Basin; on the east shore at the mouth of
Lower Basin Pond outlet it forms a beautiful example of
Arceuthobium Arummhofs.

Nuphar Kalmianum Ait. Common, rocky shores of Lake
Cowles.

Nymphaea odorata minor Sims. Less abundant and with the
above.

Actaea alba Bigel. Rare in mesophytic woods, Great Basin;
extending up as far as Dry Pond.

Sarracenia purpurea L. Common in the sphagnum bog,
Great Basin.

Drosera intermedia Hayne. A pioneer in the sphagnum bog,
Great Basin; growing in the shallow water with Scheuchzeria.
Pyrus arbutifolia L.f. Abundant, the sphagnum bog, Great
Basin; North West Basin.

Amelanchier spicata, Dec. Rare, West wall of North Basin on
gravelly shelf.

Trifolium repens L. Few plants introduced at old camp site,
North shore of Chimney Pond.

Empetrum nigrum L. It is of interest to note the occurrence
of this species in the sphagnum bog, Great Basin.

Acer Pennsylvanicum L. Common in “cuttings” at base of
West slopes of North Spur.

Aralia nudicaulis L. Mesophytic woods, Great Basin.
Osmorrhiza sp. A species of Osmorrhiza occurs frequently
in the mesophytic woods, North West Basin.

Monotropa uniflora L. Abundant in mesophytic woods, Great
Basin, extending to foot of Saddle Slide; North West Basin,
mesophytic woods.

Monotropa Hypopitys L. Abundant in mesophytic woods;
having a similar distribution to the species above with which
it always occurs.

Vaccinium uliginosum L.

Vaccinium Vitis-[daea L.

50 Rhodora {FEBRUARY

Chiogenes serpyllifolia Salisb.
It is of interest to note in addition to Ampetrum nigrum the
occurrence of these ericads in the sphagnum bog, Great Basin.

* Prunella vulgaris L. Introduced at old camp site, Chimney
Pond.

* Galeopsis Tetrahit L. Introduced around * Camp Kennedy ” ;
Chimney Pond; Rogers trail.

* Rhinanthus Crista-Galli L. Rare, gravelly shelves, dripping
West wall, North Basin (4600 ft.). This addition makes
another species in common with Mt. Washington, reducing by
one the species peculiar to the latter.

* Plantago major L. Introduced at old camp site, Chimney
Pond.

Galium triflorum Michx. West walls, North Basin; South
West walls, North West Basin.

Linnaea borealis L. Mesophytic woods, Great Basin, extending
into the ArwummAolz where it reaches perhaps its greatest
development.

* Lobelia Dortmanna L. Rare, rocky shores of Lake Cowles,
North West Basin.

* Aster puniceus L. Uncommon, shores of Lower Basin Pond;
* Moose Yards," North West Basin, where a single plant only
was noticed. Its determination was based wholly upon vege-
tative characters as the specimen was not in flower. It was
found again later in flower near Saddle Slide.

* Anaphalis margaritacea Benth. & Hook. Sparingly on Saddle
Slide.

* Petasites palmata A. Gray. Common in “Moose Yards" in
the North West Basin. No flowering specimens were found. -

FURTHER NOTES ON THE HEPATICAE OF Mr. KTAADN.

The notes and determinations of the Liverworts, collected by Dr.
Davis and Miss Smith, have been placed in my hands for report.
The determinations were made by Dr. Alexander W. Evans. It is
to be much regretted that Kennedy and Collins in their list! have

1 Kennedy, G. G. and Collins, J. F., Bryophytes of Mount Katahdin. RHODORA
3: 181. 19or.

1903]. Harvey, — An Excursion to Mt. Ktaadn 5I

given no distributional notes. Consequently I have listed the entire
collection with notes on their distribution. To the seventeen reported
forms we add ten making a total of twenty-eight species of Hepaticae
now known to Mt. Ktaadn.

The asterisk has the same meaning as in the list of vascular plants
above.

* Fellia? Specimens all sterile. Rocky shores of ponds in the
North West Basin ; similar habitat, Chimney Pond.
Marsufella emarginata (Ehrh.) Dumort. In water along
shores of Lower Basin Pond; North Peaks, among rocks.

* Jamesoniella autumnalis (DC.) Steph. In woods North West
Basin, growing with Ptilidium ciliare and Lepidosia reptans.
Lophozia ventricosa (Dicks.) Dumort. Rocky shores of Chim-
ney Pond; Saddle, among rocks; Dry Brooks, among rocks.
Lophozia inflata (Huds.) M. A. Howe. Tableland, among
rocks; sphagnum bog; shores of Lower Basin Pond.

* Lophozia Michauxii (Web.) Macoun. In alpine mat, Saddle
and Tableland.

Lophozia? Among rocks, Tableland.

* Mylia Taylori (Hook.) S. F. Gray. In alpine mat among wet
rocks, East slope near Saddle.

* Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dumort. Among rocks, Sad-

. dle and Tableland.

* Cephalozia lunulaefolia Dumort. On old logs, North Basin
trail. -

* Kantia trichomanis (L.) S. F. Gray. On old logs, North
Basin trail.

Bazzania trilobata (L.) S. F. Gray. Borders of Dry Pond;
South Basin, moist woods generally.

* Lepidozia reptans (L.) Dumort. On old logs and rotten
wood, North West Basin.

Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dumort. On old logs in
woods, North Basin trail.

* Zemnomia setiforme (Ehrb.) M. A. Howe. Among rocks along
shores of Chimney Pond.

Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Nees. Very common everywhere extend-
ing to the summit.

Diplophylleia taxifolia (Wahl.) Trevis. In a spring near Lower
Basin Pond.

52 Rhodora : [FEBRUARY

Scapania undulata (L.) Dumort. Borders of Lower Basin
Pond; on logs in Great Basin; dry brook near brow of Table-
land.

* Frullania Oakesiana Aust. On balsam fir, South Basin.
Rather common.

Hutt BOTANICAL LABORATORY, University of Chicago.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 44.— Fig. 1 (upper): Shelf at base of the North West
Spur of Ktaadn, showing Lake Cowles and the larger of the roches moutonnées
to the right; Sourdnahunk Kange to the west.

.

Fig. 2 (lower): Heath society on the larger of the roches moutonnées, showing
the encroachment of spruce ; Sourdnahunk Range to the west.

RECENTLY RECOGNIZED SPECIES OF CRATAEGUS IN
EASTERN CANADA AND NEW ENGLAND, —I.

C. S. SARGENT:

SiNcE the publication in Ruopora in February and April, 19or,
of several species of Crataegus found in the Champlain valley by
Mr. Ezra Brainerd and other Vermont botanists, and in the neigh-
borhood of Montreal by Mr. J. G. Jack, numerous collections of
these plants have been made in Canada and New England. ‘These
disclose new forms which have previously remained unrecognized.
Some of these are described in the following papers, while others
cannot be properly characterized until they have been more fully
studied in the field.

§ CRUS-GALLI.

Crataegus exigua, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of a few
hairs along the upper side of the midribs of young leaves. Leaves
mostly erect, oblong-obovate and rounded or acute at the apex,
cuneate and entire below the middle, above and often only toward
the apex finely serrate, with straight or incurved teeth; bright red
when they unfold and nearly fully grown when the flowers open, at
maturity subcoriaceous, dark green and lustrous on the upper surface,
paler and dull green on the lower surface, 3.5-5 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm.
wide, with broad midribs raised and rounded on the upper side and

1903] Sargent, — Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 53

four or five pairs of thin primary veins almost entirely within the
parenchyma; leaves of vigorous shoots oval, acute or acuminate,
coarsely glandular-serrate, with prominent primary veins, stout peti-
oles often red in the autumn, their stipules falcate, acuminate,
coarsely glandular-serrate, 1-1.2 cm. long; petioles wing-margined
nearly to the base, 8-12 mm. long. Flowers r.5—1.7 cm. in diame-
ter on slender pedicels, in broad 17—22-flowered thin-branched com-
pound corymbs; bracts and bractlets minute, linear, red, caducous;
calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes elongated, narrow, acuminate,
often red at the tips, entire or sparingly glandular, with minute red
glands, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 8-10, usually 10; anthers
deep rose-purple; styles 1 or very rarely 2. Fruit erect on thin
rigid pedicels, in broad many-fruited clusters, oblong, full and
rounded at the ends, bright crimson marked by numerous dark red
dots, ro-11 mm. long, 9-10 mm. wide; calyx broad with a shallow
cavity and spreading closely appressed lobes; flesh thin, yellow, dry
and mealy; nutlet 1, narrowed from the middle to the obtuse ends,
prominently ridged on the dorsal face, with a high rounded ridge,
8-ro mm. long, or rarely 2 and then smaller and compressed on the
inner face.

A broad round-topped shrub 2-3 m. in height with numerous stout
stems covered with smooth pale gray bark, and slender slightly zig-
zag branchlets marked by small oblong pale lenticels, dark olive
green tinged with red when they first appear, dull reddish brown or
orange-brown during their first season, becoming pale gray-brown
the following year and armed with many stout straight or slightly
curved spines generally spreading at right angles, chestnut-brown
and lustrous while young, finally becoming ashy gray, usually 4-5
cm.long. Flowers during the first week of June. Fruit ripens and
falls during the first week of October.

CONNECTICUT: Waterford, on the ridge east of Fog Plain Brook,
and pastures near Gilead, June and October 1902; East Haven,
June 17, 1902; Shelden’s Cove, Lyme, September 1902; Stoning-
ton, September 1902, C. B. Graves. i

This shrubby species is well distinguished from Crataegus Crus-
galli, Linnaeus, the only other species of this group which has been
found in New England, by its usually solitary style and nutlet, its
smaller more oblong brighter colored fruit which falls as soon as
ripe early in October, while the fruit of Crataegus Crus-ga//i remains
on the branches usually until spring, and by its shrubby habit.

54 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

$ PRUINOSAE.

* Stamens 20.

+ Anthers rose color or lilac.

CRATAEGUS PRUINOSA, K. Koch. Sargent, Siva N. Am. xiii. 61,
t. 48.

Colonies of this widely distributed species differing from the type
only in rather longer calyx-lobes and in smaller duller colored fruit
were found last year in North Lancaster and Shirley, Massachusetts,
by Mrs. John E. Thayer.

Crataegus festiva, n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves broadly ovate,
acute, full and rounded, concave-cuneate or rarely subcordate at the
entire base, coarsely and mostly doubly serrate above, with straight
teeth tipped with large red glands, often irregularly divided into
short lateral lobes; tinged with red as they unfold, and about half-
grown and light green when the flowers open, at maturity membrana-
ceous, dark bluish green on the upper surface, pale yellow-green on
the lower surface, 5-8 cm. long, 4-6 cm. wide, with stout light
yellow midribs deeply impressed on the upper side and often tinged
with red below near the base, and 4 or 5 pairs of thin obscure pri-
mary veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles
slender, sparingly glandular, 2-2.4 cm. long; stipules linear, glandu-
lar-serrate, caducous; on leading shoots leaves oblong-ovate, acute
or acuminate, broadly concave-cuneate and narrowed below into
stout wide-margined petioles, 3-lobed with broad acute lobes, the
lateral lobes much smaller than the terminal lobe, sometimes 7—8 cm.
long and broad, their stipules foliaceous, lunate, irregularly and
coarsely glandular-serrate, 1.5-1.8 cm. long, persistent. Flowers
2.6-2.7 cm. in diameter when fully expanded, on slender pedicels,
in broad many-flowered thin-branched compound corymbs; bracts
and bractlets oblong-obovate to linear, acute, glandular-serrate, cadu-
cous; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes abruptly narrowed from
broad bases, acute, prominently nerved, slightly serrate above the
middle, with small glandular teeth, or nearly entire, reflexed after
anthesis; stamens 16—20 ; anthers large, deep rose color; styles 3-5.
Fruit erect in few-fruited clusters, subglobose, dull red, pruinose,
10-11 mm. in diameter; calyx prominent, sessile, with a broad deep
cavity, and enlarged acuminate often coarsely serrate spreading or
erect lobes; flesh thin, dry and hard, insipid to the taste, greenish
white; nutlets usually 3, acute at the ends, rounded and occasionally
slightly ridged on the back, 6-7 mm. long.

A shrub r-2 m. high, with numerous intricately branched stems
covered with dark gray bark and rarely more than 5 cm. in diameter,

1903] Sargent, — Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 55

and slender zigzag branchlets green tinged with red when they first
appear, dull purple and marked by oblong pale lenticels during their
first season, becoming reddish brown the following year, and armed
with numerous slender nearly straight lustrous chestnut-brown spines
4-5 cm. long. Flowers during last week of May. Fruit ripens
from the first to the middle of October and falls slowly. Late
in the autumn the leaves turn a dull purple color.

CONNECTICUT: Open rocky pastures near the shores of Niantic
River, East Lyme and from one to two miles north of the village of
Niantic, C. B. Graves, May and October 1902.

Crataegus Pequotorum,n.sp. Glabrous. Leaves ovate, acute
or acuminate, rounded or broadly cuneate at the entire base, sharply
and doubly glandular-serrate above, rarely divided into short acute
lateral lobes ; thin, often concave, dull light green above, paler below
and nearly fully grown when the flowers open, at maturity membran-
aceous, dark blue-green on the upper surface, paler on the lower
surface, 5—6 cm. long, 4—5 cm. wide, or on vigorous shoots 6.5—7 cm.
long and broad, with slender midribs impressed on the upper side
and 4 or 5 pairs of thin primary veins; petioles slender, slightly or
on leading shoots broadly wing margined at the apex, 2-3 cm. long.
Flowers 1.5 cm. in diameter, on slender elongated pedicels in simple
or rarely compound 3-6, very rarely 9-flowered thin-branched
corymbs; bracts and bractlets minute, oblong-obovate, glandular-
serrate, caducous ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually
narrowed from broad bases, short, acuminate, tipped with dark
glands, entire or rarely obscurely serrate, reflexed after anthesis ;
petals occasionally deep rose color; stamens 18-20; anthers large,
lilac color; styles 4 or 5, rarely 3. Fruit more or less pendant,
short-obovate, full and rounded at the apex, abruptly narrowed
below into the enlarged apex of the pedicel, obtusely 4 or s-angled,
9-11 mm. long, 11-13 mm. wide, dark crimson, pruinose, marked by
numerous large dark lenticels ; calyx prominent, with a distinct tube,
a broad shallow cavity and spreading and reflexed lobes; flesh thick,
hard but somewhat juicy, insipid, crimson; nutlets 3-5, acute at the
ends, thin, rounded and slightly grooved on the back, 7 mm. long.

An arborescent shrub 2-3 m. in height with a stem covered with
rough gray bark, and usually 7-8 cm. in diameter, ascending and
wide-spreading branches, and slender branchlets marked by small
oblong pale lenticels, yellow-green tinged with red when they first
appear, dull red-brown or purplish during their first season, becoming
slightly darker the following year, and usually ashy gray during the
following season, and armed with stout straight dark purple lustrous
spines. usually about 2.5 cm. long, and conspicuous globose winter-

56 Rhodora [Fepruary

buds 3-4 mm. in diameter, with lustrous bright chestnut-brown scales
scarious on the margins. Flowers during the first week of June.
Fruit ripens and begins to fall about October 2oth.

Connecticut: Mumford’s Point, Groton, in the region once
inhabited by the Pequot Indians, C. B. Graves, June and October
1902.

Well distinguished from the other described species of this group
by the form of its thin leaves with their long petioles and by the
crimson flesh of the pear-shaped fruit.

Crataegus pilosa, n. sp. Leaves ovate to rhombic, acute or
acuminate, full and rounded, or cuneate or on leading shoots trun-
cate or subcordate at the entire often glandular base, finely and
usually doubly serrate above, with gland-tipped teeth and often, par-
ticularly on vigorous shoots, divided into short acute lobes; when
they unfold tinged with red and coated above with long pale hairs;
nearly fully grown when the flowers open and then thin, membran-
aceous, pale yellow-green and still slightly pilose; at maturity sub-
coriaceous, glabrous, dark blue-green on the upper surface, paler on
the lower surface, 4-6 cm. long and broad, with slender midribs
slightly impressed above and 3 or rarely 4 pairs of thin remote
primary veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes; peti-
oles slender, wing-margined above, deeply grooved, glandular, with
few large dark red glands, 1.2-1.4 cm. long; stipules linear to
falcate, coarsely glandular-serrate, caducous. Flowers on slender
elongated pedicels, in 3~—5-flowered glabrous thin-branched compound
corymbs ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes short, acute, entire
or occasionally furnished with a few small glandular teeth, reflexed
after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers small, bright rose color; styles
5 or rarely 4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs.
Fruit erect, subglobose to broadly ovate, often somewhat angled
below the middle, dull dark crimson, about 3 cm. long; calyx sessile,
with a broad shallow cavity and much enlarged lobes gradually
narrowed from broad bases, spreading or reflexed ; flesh thin, dry
and mealy, pale green; nutlets 4 or s. thin, acute at the ends, con-
spicuously and irregularly ridged on the back” with a high rounded
ridge, about r.2 cm. long.

An intricately branched shrub 3-4 m. high, with numerous stout
stems covered with rough ashy gray bark, and slender slightly zigzag
branchlets marked by oblong scattered pale lenticels, yellow-green
when they first appear, dull purple during their first season, chestnut-
brown and lustrous when the flowers open the following spring, and
finaly pale gray tinged with red, and armed with numerous stout
nearly straight shining chestnut-brown ultimately ashy gray spines

1903] Sargent, — Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 57

2-3 cm. long. Flowers about the 2oth of May. Fruit ripens and
falls the middle of October.

MASSACHUSETTS : Thickets, Lancaster, Mrs. John E. Thayer, May
and October 1902.

Distinguished from all described species of the Pruinosa Group
by the abundant hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves which
in May make it difficult to distinguish it from some species of the
Tenuifolia Group.

+ + Anthers yellow.

Crataegus conjuncta, n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves ovate to oval,
acute or acuminate, rounded or cuneate, or on leading shoots truncate
at the mostly entire base, sharply usually doubly glandular-serrate
above, more or less deeply divided into 3 or 4 pairs of acute or
acuminate lateral lobes; bronze color when they unfold, and when
the flowers open thick and firm, light yellow and more than half
grown; at maturity coriaceous, dark blue-green and lustrous on the
upper surface, pale on the lower surface, about 5 cm. long, 3.5-6 cm.
wide, with thin yellow midribs impressed above and remote slender
straight or arching veins extending to the points of the lobes; peti-
oles slender, usually slightly wing-margined above, sparingly and
irregularly glandular on the margins, 2—-2.5 cm. long ; stipules lanceo-
late to oblong-obovate, glandular-serrate, caducous. Flowers 1.6—1.8
cm. in diameter on slender pedicels, in 5- 1o, usually 5 or 6-flowered
compound thin-branched corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear and
. acuminate to lanceolate, glandular, pink, caducous ; calyx-tube broadly
obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, nearly tri-
angular, tipped with bright red glands, entire or coarsely and irregu-
larly glandular-serrate; stamens 20; anthers small, light yellow;
styles 3-5, usually s. Fruit drooping or erect in few-fruited clus-
ters, subglobose, usually broader than long, angled sharply while
young, full and rounded at the ends, about 1 cm. in diameter, when
fully grown dull green covered with a thick glaucous bloom, at matur-
ity dull orange-red more or less blotched with green and marked by
many small dark dots; calyx enlarged, prominent with a well devel-
oped tube, a broad deep cavity, and spreading or incurved often
slightly serrate lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle;
flesh green, thin, hard and dry; nutlets 4 or 5, thick, acute at the
ends, ridged on the back, with a high rounded often grooved ridge,
7—8 mm. long.

A broad round-topped intricately branched shrub 3 or 4 m. in height,
occasionally arborescent in habit, with one or more stems 5—6 cm. in
diameter, light gray scaly bark and slender straight or slightly zigzag

58 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

branchlets, light yellow-green when they first appear, becoming bright
chestnut or orange-brown and marked by numerous small oblong
pale lenticels during their first season, and ashy gray or pale gray-
brown the following year, and armed with many stout nearly straight
lustrous chestnut-brown ultimately gray spines 2.5-5 cm. long and
often pointed toward the base of the branch. Flowers late in May
or during the first week of June. Fruit ripens early in October and
falls gradually.

MassACHUSETTs:; Somerset, Miss L. H. Handy, 1900; Topsfield,
T. E. Proctor, October 1900, June 1901; upland pastures, Boylston
and Lancaster, 7. G. Jack, Mrs. J. E. Thayer,and C. S. Sargent, 1899
to 1902. Connecticut: Oxford, Æ. B. Harger, May and September
1900 and 1901.

Crataegus cognata, n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves ovate, acute or
acuminate, rounded or broadly concave-cuneate at the entire base,
sharply and often doubly glandular-serrate above and divided into 3
or 4 pairs of short acute lateral lobes; nearly fully grown when tne
flowers open and then thin, dark blue-green on the upper surface,
pale on the lower surface; at maturity coriaceous, dull blue-green
above, pale yellow-green below, 6-6.7 cm. long, 3.5-5.5 cm. wide,
with thin yellow midribs deeply impressed above and slender primary
veins extending to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly
winged at the apex, grooved, glandular, with small dark glands, 2-3
cm. long; stipules linear, acuminate, glandular-serrate, caducous ;
on vigorous shoots leaves often oblong-ovate, acuminate, subcordate
at the base, coarsely serrate, deeply 3-lobed, the lateral lobes acute
and much smaller than the terminal lobe, 8—9 cm. long, 7—7.5 cm. wide,
their petioles stout, 2-3 cm. long, broadly wing-margined nearly to
the base, conspicuously glandular. Flowers about 2 cm. in diameter
on long slender pedicels, in broad lax thin-branched 5-7-flowered
compound corymbs; bracts and bractlets small linear-obovate, acu-
minate, glandular-serrate, turning red before falling, caducous ; calyx-
tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases,
elongated entire or sparingly glandular-serrate, tipped with minute
red glands, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers pale yellow ;
styles 3 or 4, rarely 5. Fruit in few-fruited erect or drooping clusters,
pyriform or when fully ripe sometimes oblong, pruinose, green or
green tinged with red until late in the autumn, becoming dull crimson
at maturity, about 1 cm. long, 1.8-1.9 cm. wide; calyx enlarged, with
a short tube, a broad deep cavity, and reflexed appressed lobes, often
deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, dry and mealy, greenish
yellow; nuttles usually 3 or 4, thick, full and rounded at the ends,
prominently ridged on the broad rounded back, with a high rounded
ridge, 6-7 mm. long.

1903] Sargent, — Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 59

A slender arborescent shrub 2—3 m. in height with stems covered
with pale gray scaly bark and 7-8 cm. in diameter, small erect and
spreading branches, and stout nearly straight branchlets marked by
small oblong orange-colored lenticels, olive green tinged with red
when they first appear, becoming bright chestnut-brown and lustrous
during their first season and dark reddish brown the following year,
and armed with stout nearly straight dark purple ultimately gray
spines 4-5 cm. long. Flowers at the end of May and early in June.
Fruit ripens from the rst to the roth of October and usually falls
during that month.

MassacHUsETTS: Hill west of the main street of Great Barrington,
and roadside between Great Barrington and Alford, Brainerd and
Sargent, May 31, 1902; Great Barrington, C. S. Sargent, September
9 and October 4, 1902; CONNECTICUT: Gravelly soil, Poquonnock
Plain, Groton, C. B. Graves, June, July and October 19o1.

Crataegus littoralis, n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves Ovate, acute,
broadly cuneate or rounded or occasionally narrowed at the entire
base, finely often doubly serrate above, with straight teeth terminat-
ing in bright red glands, and divided into 3 or 4 pairs of broad
rounded or short pointed acute lobes; tinged with red when they
unfold, and when the flowers open half-grown and light yellow-green ;
at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark green and lustrous on the
upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4-6 cm. long, 3-5 cm.
wide, with prominent midribs impressed above and 4 or s pairs of
thin primary veins arching to the points of the lobes; petioles slender,
slightly wing-margined toward the apex, conspicuously glandular,
often red in the autumn like the under side of the midribs, 2—2.5 cm.
long; stipules linear to falcate, acuminate, glandular-serrate, reddish,
caducous. Flowers 2 to 2.2 cm. in diameter on slender pedicels in
compact 5 to 6-flowered simple corymbs ; bracts and bractlets linear,
acuminate, glandular-serrate, caducous ; calyx narrowly obconic, the
lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, slender, acuminate,
entire or sparingly glandular; petals often streaked with purple;
stamens 20; anthers large, pale yellow; styles 2—4, usually 3. Fruit
short-obovate, erect on the much thickened rigid pedicels, gradually
narrowed toward the base, dark crimson, somewhat pruinose, 1—r.2
cm. long, 1—1.1 cm. wide; calyx prominent with a short distinct tube,
a broad shallow cavity and spreading lobes usually deciduous from
the ripe fruit; flesh thin, hard, greenish or yellowish white, slightly
acid; nutlets 2—4, full and rounded at the ends, prominently ridged
on the back, with a high round more or less grooved ridge, 6—7 mm.
long.

A shrub with a broad open head r-3 m. in height, with stems

60 Rhodora | FEBRUARY

rarely : dm. in diameter covered with pale gray smooth or near the
ground slightly scaly bark, and slender nearly straight branchlets,
green tinged with red when they first appear, becoming light red-
brown and marked by oblong pale lenticels during their first season
and ashy gray the following year, and sparingly armed with straight
stout dark purple ultimately ashy gray spines from 2.5-3 cm. long.

Flowers about June 1st. Fruit ripens early in October and
remains for at least another month on the branches.

Connecticut: Rocky banks and elevations bordering salt marshes
near Alwive Cove, New London, and Waterford, C. B. Graves, June,
September and October 1902 ; C. S. Sargent, August 1892.

* * Stamens 10; anthers purple.

Crataegus dissona, n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves ovate to rhombic,
acute or acuminate, cuneate and entire below, sharply and doubly
serrate above, with straight spreading glandular teeth, and slightly
and irregularly divided into acute lateral lobes; tinged with red as
they unfold, and nearly fully grown when the flowers open, and then
membranaceous and pale yellow-green, at maturity thin but firm in
texture, dull dark blue-green on the upper surface, pale on the lower
surface, s-6 cm. long, 4-5 cm. wide, with thin light yellow midribs
impressed on the upper side, and few slender primary veins arching
obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, grooved,
slightly wing margined toward the apex, sparingly glandular, with
minute dark mostly deciduous glands, 2—2.5 cm. long; stipules linear,
acuminate, glandular-serrate, caducous ; leaves on vigorous shoots
ovate, generally rounded or truncate at the broad base, more deeply
lobed than the leaves of lateral branchlets, 5-6 cm. long and broad.
Flowers 1.2—1.4 cm. in diameter on slender pedicels, in compact 5-7-
flowered compound corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear, glandular-
serrate, pink, caducous; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes short,
acuminate, entire or slightly glandular-serrate above the middle;
stamens ro, or rarely 7-9; anthers pale purple; styles 3 or 4, rarely
5, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum.
Fruit pendant in drooping few-fruited clusters, pruinose, crimson,
blotched with green and marked by few large dark dots, 1.2—1.6 cm.
in diameter, sometimes 4 mm. broader than high; calyx small, ses-
sile with a narrow shallow tube and erect boat-shaped lobes, their
thin acuminate tips mostly deciduous before maturity; flesh thick,
dry and mealy, bright yellow-green sometimes tinged with red; nut-
lets usually 3 or 4, thick, acute at the ends, prominently ridged on
the back, with a high rounded ridge, about 7 mm. long.

A slender shrub 2-3 m. in height with stems 5 or 6 cm. in diame-

1903] Sargent, — Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 61

ter covered with pale gray scaly bark, erect and spreading branches
and slender straight or slightly zigzag branchlets, yellow green some-
what tinged with red when they first appear, reddish brown or pur-
ple and marked by small pale dots during their first season, becom-
ing grayish brown the following year and ashy gray during their
third season, and armed with numerous stout nearly straight chest-
nut brown or purple ultimately gray spines 4-5 cm. long. Flowers
during the last week of May. Fruit ripens and begins to fall the

middle of October.

MASSACHUSETTS: Rocky upland pastures, Great Barrington,
Brainerd and Sargent, May 1902, C. S. Sargent, September and
October 1g02. Connecticut: Oxford Æ. B. Harger, May and
September 19or; East Lyme, C. B. Graves, May and September
1902.

Crataegus Jesupi, n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves oblong-ovate, acu-
minate, broadly cuneate, rounded or rarely truncate at the mostly
entire base, doubly serrate above with incurved glandular teeth and
usually divided into 4 or 5 pairs of acute lateral lobes, membrana-
ceous, pale yellow-green on the upper surface, paler on the lower
surface, 6-7 cm. long, 4-5 cm. wide with slender yellow midribs
impressed on the upper side and thin primary veins extending
obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly or on
vigorous shoots broadly wing-margined toward the apex, glandular,
with small scattered glands, 2-3.5 cm. long; stipules linear to fal-
cate, acuminate, glandular-serrate, caducous. Flowers about 1.7 cm.
in diameter on slender elongated pedicels, in broad, usually 7-9-
flowered compound corymbs; bracts and bractlets oblong-obovate
and rounded or acute at apex, to linceolate, glandular-serrate, cadu-
cous; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from
broad bases, acute, entire, tipped with bright red glands; stamens
ro; anthers dark red; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a nar-
row ring of pale tomentum. Fruit obovate to short-oblong, obtusely
angled particularly below the middle, bright scarlet, pruinose when
fully grown, destitute of bloom at maturity, marked by large dark
dots, about r cm. long and wide; calyx small with a short tube, a
narrow shallow cavity and spreading lobes mostly deciduous before
the fruit ripens; flesh thin, dry, pale yellow; nutlets 3 or 4, thick,
full and rounded at the ends, prominently and irregularly ridged on
the back, with a high rounded ridge; 6-7 cm. long.

A treelike shrub 3-6 m. in height with stems 6-8 cm. in diame-
ter and slender slightly zigzag branchlets marked by small lenticels,
olive-green tinged with red when they first appear, reddish brown

and lustrous during their first season, becoming gray slightly tinged

62 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

with red the following year, and armed with stout straight chestnut-
brown ultimately gray spines from 2-4 cm. long. Flowers during
the last week of May. Fruit ripens about the middle of October.

VERMONT: Moist ground; lower slopes of Twin Mountain, West
Rutland, W. W. Eggleston, June and October 19oo, May and Octo-
ber 19or. :

At the suggestion of its discoverer this species is named for Henry
G. Jesup, professor at Dartmouth and a critical student of the flora
of northern New England.

8 INTRICATAE.

* Anthers yellow.

CRATAEGUS MODESTA, Sargent, RHopoRA, iii. 28, (1901).

Described from plants growing in a small isolated colony on the
rocky ledges of Twin Mountain, West Rutland, Vermont, Crataegus

modesta is now known to be widely distributed in western New Eng-

land and to grow near Albany, New York. Southward it grows more
vigorously than in the original station, with larger leaves and usually
larger fruit.

‘New York: Rocky hillsides, North Albany, Charles H. Peck, May,
June, September and October 1901; May and September 1902, C. S.
Sargent, September 1902. MASSACHUSETTS : Hillside, Great Barring-
ton, Brainerd and Sargent, May 1902; C. S. Sargent, September and
October 1902. Connecticut: Southington, C. ZZ. Bissell, June and
September 1901; Z. Andrews, June and September 1902; Stoning-
ton, C. B. Graves, September, 1901, May 1902. Specimens in fruit
only collected at East Windsor by C. ZZ. Bissell (No. 22), at Oxford
by Æ. B. Harger (No. 55), at Norwalk, by C. ZZ. Bissell (No. 27), at
Trumbull by Æ. H. Eames (Nos. 199 & 229), are provisionally
referred to this species.

* * Anthers rose color or purple.

Crataegus Stonei, n. sp. Leaves oblong, narrowed to the ends,
acuminate, cuneate, entire and often glandular at the base, sharply
and doubly serrate above, with straight teeth tipped with dark red
glands, irregularly divided into numerous short acute lateral lobes;
when they unfold pale yellow green more or less tinged with red,
covered above with short pale hairs and villose below along the
midribs and veins; more than half-grown when the flowers open and

1903} Sargent, — Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 63

then membranaceous, at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark
yellow-green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale on the lower
surface, 7-8 cm. long, 4-5 cm. wide, with orange-colored villose mid-
ribs and veins, the thin veins extending obliquely to the points of
the lobes; petioles slender, wing-margined toward the apex, slightly
grooved, glandular, with stipitate dark glands, villose, 2-3 cm. long ;
stipules linear, acuminate, glandular-serrate, caducous. Flowers 2 cm.
in diameter on stout pedicels, in villose 4—6-flowered simple compact
corymbs ; bracts and bractlets oblong-obovate, conspicuously glandu-
lar-serrate, turning red before falling, large and conspicuous; calyx-
tube broadly obconic, coated with long matted pale hairs, the lobes
gradually narrowed from broad bases, acuminate, coarsely glandular-
serrate above the middle, villose, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10;
anthers large, rose color; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a
broad ring of pale hairs. Fruit erect on elongated rigid slightly vil-
lose pedicels thickened toward the apex, obovate, light yellow or
greenish yellow, covered toward the gradually narrowed or rounded
base with long séattered pale hairs, r.4 to 1.6 cm. long, 1.2—1.4 cm.
wide; calyx large and prominent, with a broad shallow cavity and
spreading much enlarged coarsely serrate lobes, dark red on the upper
side at the base; flesh thin, dry and mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, thick,
obtuse at the rounded ends, prominently ridge, with a high rounded
irdge, 9-10 mm. long.

A shrub 1-2 m. in height with numerous intricately branched stems
and stout slightly zigzag branchlets marked by occasional small
oblong pale lenticels, green tinged with red and glabrous or villose
when they first appear, and dark reddish purple and sometimes
puberulous during their first season, becoming dull reddish brown
the following year and armed with many stout nearly straight red-
brown ultimately gray spines 4-6 cm. long and usually pointed
toward the base of the branch. Flowers during the first week of
June. Fruit ripen about the middle of September.

MASSACHUSETTS: Top of Smith Hill; Pelham, G. E. Stone, June
and September and 19o2.

I am glad to associate with this handsome and distinct species the
name of its discoverer, Professor George E. Stone of the Massachu-
setts Agricultural College.

Crataegus Peckii, n. sp. — Leaves oblong-ovate, acute or acumi-
nate, rounded to broadly concave-cuneate at the mostly entire gland-
ular base, doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved gland-
tipped teeth, slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs of broad rounded or
acute lobes; coated as they unfold with long matted pale hairs, and
nearly fully grown and villose along the midribs and veins below when
the flowers open, at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark green and

64 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

scabrate on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 7-8 cm.
long, 5-6 cm. wide, with yellow glabrous or slightly villose midribs
and remote primary veins arching to the points of the lobes; petioles
stcut, slightly wing-margined above by the decurrent base of the leaf-
blades, glandular with large dark glands, at first villose, glabrous and
more or less deeply tinged with red in the autumn, 1.8—2.5 cm. long ;
stipules linear, coarsely glandular-serrate, mostly deciduous before
the flowers open; on vigorous shoots leaves usually broader than long,
rounded or cordate at the base, more deeply lobed than the leaves of
fertile branchlets, 6.5—6 cm. wide, usually about 6 cm. long, the lower
side of the stout midribs often bright red. Flowers r.5—1.7 cm. in
diameter, in 3—6-flowered simple or compound slightly villose corymbs;
bracts and bractlets oblong-obovate and acute to linear and acuminate,
coarsely glandular-serrate, caducous; calyx-tube broad, abruptly nar-
rowed below into the short villose pedicel, the wide lobes entire below
the middle, foliaceous, laciniately divided and glandular above the
middle, acuminate at the apex; stamens ro; anthers large, pink or
pale purple; styles 3 or 4. Fruit in few-fruited erect clusters on
short slight villose pedicels, subglobose to short-oblong or ovate, full
and round and slightly hairy at the ends, light yellow-green more or
less tinged with red, lustrous, marked by few large dark dots, 1.8-3
cm. long; calyx enlarged, with a short tube, a broad deep cavity, and
spreading or rarely erect lobes coarsely serrate toward the apex; flesh
thick, green, dry and mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, obtuse at the ends,
prominently ridged on the broad rounded back, 1.6-1.8 cm. long.

A broad shrub 1-2 m. tall, with numerous intricately branched
stems covered with dark gray bark and stout nearly straight branch-
let marked by many large oblong pale lenticels, orange-brown and
more or less villose when they first appear, light red-brown and
usually villose during their first season, becoming dark gray-brown
the following year, and sparingly armed with slender slightly curved
chestnut brown ultimately gray spines 3.5-6 cm. long. Flowers
during the first week of June. Fruit ripens from the first to the
middle of October.

New York: Ona slate stone knoll a few miles north of Troy, on
the Hudson River, in Lansingburg, C. H. Peck, June, September and
October 19or and 1902. To this species I have referred provision-
ally fruiting specimens of a shrub collected by me on a hill west of
the main street of Great Barrington, October 4, 1902.

Professor Charles H. Peck, the distinguished state botanist of
New York, who has recently discovered in the neighborhood of
Albany several other undescribed forms in this genus, permits me to
associate his name with this handsome species.

1903] Sargent, — Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 65

Crataegus Bissellii, n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves oval and gradually
narrowed to the ends, or rarely ovate and broadly cuneate or rounded
at the base, acute or acuminate at the apex, coarsely and often doubly
glandular-serrate except toward the glandular base, thin but firm in
texture, dark dull blue-green on the upper surface, pale yellow-green
on the lower surface, 4-6 cm. long, 2.5—4 cm. wide, with thin orange-
colored midribs and usually four pairs of slender primary veins;
petioles slender, slightly wing-margined toward the apex, glandular,
with small dark glands, 2-3 cm. long; stipules linear, acuminate,
coarsely glandular-serrate, caducous; on leading shoots sometimes
broadly ovate, acute, full and rounded or very rarely subcordate at
the base, often slightly 3—lobed, with small acute lateral lobes, 5—6
cm. long and broad. with stout petioles broadly wing-margined above
the middle and foliaceous lunate coarsely glandular-serrate stipules
often 1 cm. in length. Flowers about 1.5 cm. in diameter on slender
elongated pedicels in 4—7-flowered compound corymbs; bracts and
bractlets linear to oblong, acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate,
reddish, large and conspicuous, caducous; calyx-tube broadly
obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, coarsely
but irregularly glandular-serrate; stamens ro; anthers small, pink to
rose-purple; styles 3 or 4. Fruit in drooping clusters, pyriform,
gradually narrowed below into the slender pedicel, dull orange-red
more or less tinged with green, 1.2-1.4 cm. long, g-10 mm. wide ;
calyx large and prominent, with a short tube, a broad deep cavity,
and reflexed lobes usually serrate only toward the apex, and bright
red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thin, vellow-green, dry
and mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, thick, rounded at the obtuse ends,
prominently ridged on the back, with a broad rounded ridge, 7-8
mm. long.

A shrub usually about 1, very rarely 2, m. in height with numerous
stems covered with pale gray bark, spreading branches, and thin
nearly straight branchlets marked by occasional small pale lenticels,
bright chestnut-brown and lustrous during their first season, becoming
pale reddish brown the following year, and unarmed or armed with
slender nearly straight purple lustrous ultimately ashy gray spines
mostly pointed toward the base of the branch, 2.5-4 cm. long.
Flowers at the end of May or during the first week of June. Fruit
ripens from the 2oth of September to the roth of October and falls
as soon as it is ripe.

CONNECTICUT: Open pastures in rich moist soil, or borders of
thickets in dry and hard or sandy soil, and on low hills of trap rock
in and near Southington, C. H. Bissell, September 1900, June and
October rgor ; Z. Andrews, May, June and September 1902; C. S.
Sargent, September 1902.

66 Rhodora ; [FEBRUARY

Crataegus Hargeri,n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves ovate to ovate-
oblong, acute or acuminate, full and rounded or broadly cuneate, or
gradually narrowed at the mostly entire base, sharply and often
doubly serrate, with spreading glandular teeth, thin but rigid in tex-
ture, light yellow-green on the upper, pale on the lower surface, about
3 cm. long, 2-2.3 cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs and primary
veins deeply impressed on the upper side; petioles slender, slightly
wing-margined at the apex, glandular with numerous dark persistent
glands, 1.3-1.5 mm. long; on leading shoots leaves ovate, rounded
or short-pointed at the apex, truncate to subcordate at the base, deeply
3-lobed, with small rounded or short-pointed lateral lobes, often 4.5-5
cm. long and wide, with stout petioles wing-margined almost to the
base and foliaceous lunate coarsely glandular-serrate stipules. Flow-
ers about 1.2 cm.in diameter on slender elongated pedicels in 3—5-
flowered compound corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear to oblong-
obovate, acute or acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate, reddish
before falling, caducous; stamens 10; anthers large, rose color;
styles. 3 ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed
from broad bases, acuminate, entire or irregularly glandular-serrate,
reflexed after anthesis. Fruit on slender erect pedicels 1.5—2 cm. in
length and gradually enlarged at the apex, obovate, full and rounded
above, abruptly narrowed below, dull orange-green, 1-1.2 mm. in
length, calyx large and prominent with a long tube, a deep broad
cavity and reflexed lobes; flesh thin, green dry and mealy; nutlets
3, thick, full and rounded at the ends, prominently ridged on the
back, with a broad rounded often grooved ridge, about 6 mm. long.

A straggling semiprostrate shrub usually not exceeding 1 m. or
very rarely 2 m. in height, with stems 2—3 cm. in diameter and cov-
ered with ashy gray bark, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets
dark olive green tinged with red when they first appear, dull red-
brown and marked by few large pale lenticels during their first sea-
son, becoming light reddish brown the following year, and armed
with many straight very slender light red-brown lustrous spines 3-5
cm. long spreading in all directions and long persistent on the old
stems, and nearly globose winter-buds 3-4 mm. in diameter and cov-
ered with orange-red lustrous scales rounded and scarious on the
margins. Flowers at the end of May. Fruit ripens toward the
end of September without becoming soft and remains on the
branches after the leaves have fallen.

Connecticut: Rocky pastures, Oxford, E. B. Harger, May, June
and September 1901, May and September 1902; C. S. Sargent,
= September 1902; Southington, C. Z7. Bissell, September 1901; Z.
Andrews, May and September 1902.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

1903] Fernald, — Andromeda Polifolia and A. glaucophylla 67

ANDROMEDA POLIFOLIA AND A. GLAUCOPHYLLA.
M. L. FERNALD.

THE attractive Bog Rosemary of our American swamps and wet
shores is familiar to all northern botanists as Andromeda Polifolia.
Under this name alone it has passed for more than half a century,
its supposed range including all boreal America, Europe and Asia;
and one observer of more than ordinary keenness has even ventured
the statement that “this species, although so widely distributed,
retains its form without variation in all latitudes”! from southern
Canada to the Arctic Sea. Yet if we examine the material which
is passing in America as Andromeda Polifolia we shall find that in
general the plant of temperate bogs—from central Labrador to
Pennsylvania, Minnesota and Lake Winnipeg — differs in nearly
every feature from the plant of arctic Europe, Asia, and America
(northern Labrador to Alaska).

True Andromeda Polifolia, described by Linnaeus as growing “in
Europae /rigidioris paludibus turfosis”’ and now known to extend across
northern Asia and Arctic America, in general resembles the common
shrub of New England and Canadian bogs, and it is not surprising
that the two should have been confused. A. Po//fo/ia has the leaves
covered beneath, at least when young, with a glaucous bloom, which,
however, may be quite deciduous in the older leaves; its young
shoots are green and not glaucous; its scaly terminal buds are
brownish but rarely glaucous, and from them arise the few flowers
nodding singly at the tips of slender nearly straight pedicels often
three or four times their length; the calyx-lobes are either pale or
red-tinged ; and the brown or reddish capsule is subglobose or obo-
void, usually higher than broad. This plant, found ordinarily in the
arctic regions, extends south in Europe to the Venetian Alps, in east-
ern Asia to Japan, and in America to Sitka, Lake Huron, and possi-
bly to the mountains of New York.

The commoner plant of eastern America — from latitude 55° in
Labrador to Lake Winnipeg, Minnesota and Pennsylvania — resem-
bles A. Polifolia in foliage, but the under surface of the leaf, instead
of bearing a deciduous paint-like glaucous coat, is tomentulose or

! Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. i. 297.

68 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

pulverulent with fine white hairs; the young branches and the scaly
buds are conspicuously glaucous; the flowers are borne on thicker
curving pedicels as long or barely twice as long as the corolla; the
calyx-lobes are whitish; and the very glaucous almost baccate cap-
sule is depressed and turban-shaped, much broader than high.

Although these important differences between the Eurasian Andro-
meda Polifolia and its commoner American representative have so
long been quite overlooked by American botanists, they were not
unnoticed by early students of our flora, To Linnaeus, apparently,
the American plant was quite unknown, and his 4. /o/ifolia, based
entirely upon European descriptions and specimens, is fortunately
freed from any possible confusion with our plant.

The first botanist to distinguish our common species was
apparently L’Heritier de Brutelle who seems to have characterized
and illustrated as “ Andromeda Polifolia latifolia” the American plant.
The special volume in which L’Heritier discussed this plant was
never published though the manuscript and plate were undoubtedly
seen by Aiton, who in 1789 took up and described the plant under
L’Heritier’s name. Aiton treated Andromeda Polifolia as embracing
three varieties as follows: *

Polifolia. 3. A pedunculis aggregatis, corollis ovatis, foliis alternis
lanceolatis revolutis. Sf. 4 564.
latifolia. a foliis oblongis, corollis ovatis incarnatis, laciniis caly-
cinis patentibus ovatis albis: interdum apice rubi-
cundis.
Andromeda polifolia latifolia. Z’ Herit. stirp. nov. tom.
2. tab. 11.
Broad-leav'd Marsh Andromeda.
media. B folis lanceolatis, corollis oblongo-ovatis, rubicundis,
laciniis calycinis magis erectis. :
Common Marsh Andromeda, or Wild Rosemary.
angusti. y foliis lanceolatolinearibus, laciniis calycinis oblongis
folia. rubris.
Narrow-leav'd Marsh Andromeda.
Nat. a. of North America; 8. of Britain; and y. of
Newfoundland and Labrador.
Fi. May September. H.h:

Aiton, Hort. Kew. ii. 68.

1903] Fernald, — Andromeda Polifolia and A. glaucophylla 69

Aiton’s variety a, Jatifolia, from North America, with spreading
white calyx-lobes is undoubtedly the common plant of our northern
bogs; his var. fj, media, is the common A. Polifolia of northern
Europe; but his var. y, angustifolia, from Newfoundland and Labra-
dor, is slightly problematic. The character “laciniis calycinis
oblongis rubris" agrees well with a dwarf form of the true 4. Foii-
folia known from Hebron, Labrador, from Lake Huron, and from
the Mackenzie District and Alaska; but so far as known to the writer
all the material from Newfoundland is the common American plant
with white or whitish calyx-lobes.

The next treatment of the species of special interest was that of
Pursh in 1814. Pursh closely followed Aiton in distinguishing two
American varieties of Andromeda Folifolia, a, angustifolia, Ait., and
B, /atifolia, Ait., adding: “I strongly suspect the variety a. to be a
distinct species, which might be called 4. rosmarinifolia”) This
narrow-leaved form with red calyx-lobes, as already stated, is known
not only from Labrador, but from Lake Huron, Mackenzie and
Alaska, and in the Old World it seems to be not infrequent. In fact,
from the ordinary form of A. Po/ifolia, it differs only in its narrower
more revolute leaves. In the common American plant which has
ordinarily passed with us as A. Po//fo/ia, both narrowly linear strongly
revolute and oblong essentially flat leaves are often found on the
same plant, as already noted by Macoun, who says “ Young and late
shoots have wider leaves than the normal form.”? Similarly in 1778
Pallas, whose beautiful plate shows clearly the different phases of
the Old World plant, after describing the common narrow-leaved
form shown in his figures A and B, added to the characterization
“imo interdum latifolius (fig. D)”3— a figure of a sterile shoot
which closely simulates the broad-leaved young branches of the
American plant. Thus it is evident that the breadth of leaf in true
A. FPolifolia as well as in its common American representative is
largely due to the stage of development and is of no value as a
diagnostic character.

In 1821 the common American plant was described by Link as a
species distinct from the European Andromeda Folifolia, a course
which, as shown by Link's description and notes, was based upon a

EP urshit secon.

1 Macoun, Cats Gan, El. 1-297.
u Pallas Fl. Ross: 4. pt, 2, S35 ta 7 i

7O Rhodora [FEBRUARY

more discriminating study than the plant has since been accorded.
Link’s description was as follows: “A. glaucophylla. Foliis lineari-
bus margine revolutis subtus albidis, floribus aggregatis terminalibus,
pedunculis corolla ovata parum majoribus, antheris versus apicem
aristatis. A. polifolia 8. Pursh am.i.291. Differt a praecedente cui
similis pedunculorum magnitudine, qui in illa duplo longiores corolla
et ultra. Folia subtus alba nec tomentosa. Glandulae inter stamina." !

Thus Link knew and pointed out most of the prominent features
which separate the characteristic Andromedas of the two continents.
Yet little attention seems to have been given to his work, although in
1834 George Don, who divided the aggregate 4. Po/ifolia into many
formal varieties, gave it partial recognition by attempting to keep
Link's species as a variety apart from A. Polifolia, var. latifolia,
Ait. Don was followed in this treatment by DeCandolle, but later
authors have very generally treated the common American and
European plants as one. That the two are
clearly distinct species is sufficiently apparent
from the foregoing discussion of the plants
whose main characters are again briefly stated,
and whose fruiting tips are shown in the
figures kindly prepared by Mr. F. Schuyler
Mathews.

ANDROMEDA POLIFOLIA, L. (Fig. 1). Low
shrub with elongate creeping base; stem sim-
ple or with ascending branches, o.5 to 3 dm,

Fig. : high: leaves coriaceous, linear to narrowly

oblong, entire, either flat or strongly revolute,

glabrous, at first generally whitened beneath with a paint-like coat,
later often quite green: young branches and bud-scales usually not
glaucous: pedicels filiform, straightish, 2 to 4 times exceeding the
nodding flower and erect fruit: corolla globose-urceolate: calyx with
pale or usually reddish slightly ascending lobes: capsule brown or
reddish, obovoid or subglobose, as high as broad.— Sp. 393 (1753),
& Fl. Lap. 131, t. 1, fig. 2; Qeder, Fl. Dan. i. 11, t. 54; Pallas, FI.
Ross. i. pt. 2, 53, t. 71; Hook. Fl Bor.-Am. ii. 38, in part; Reich.
Ic. Fl. Germ. xvii. 8o, t. 110, fig. 1; Thomé, Fl. Deutschl. iv. 4, t.
463. Var. media, Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 68 (1789); G. Don, Gen. Syst.

lLink, Enum. i. 394.

1903] Knight,— Some Plants New to Maine 71

iii. 829; DC. Prodr. vii. 607. Var. angustifolia, Ait. Hort. Kew. ii.
68 (1789); Pursh, Fl. 291. Vars. subulata, minima, and oleifolia, G.
Don, |. c. (1834). A. rosmarinifolia, Pursh, Fl. 291 (1814) ; G.
Don, l.c. A. Polifolia, var. rosmarinifolia, DC. l.c. Rhododendron
Polifolium, Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2, i. 287 (1772). — Arctic regions,
extending south in Europe to Great Britain, and in the mountains
to northern Italy; in Asia to Japan, &c.; and in America to Sitka
(various collectors); Lake Huron (Todd), and “mountains, New
York” (Durand in Herb. Thurber). Very local in temperate Amer-
ica, but to be expected on the mountains of northern New England.

A. GLAUCOPHYLLA, Link. (Fig. 2). Similar in habit: leaves white
beneath with close fine pubescence: branchlets and bud-scales glau-
cous: flowers on thickish curved pedicels
rarely twice as long as the urceolate corolla:
calyx-lobes whitish, usually spreading: cap-
sule depressed, turban-shaped, glaucous. —
Enum. Hort. Berol. i. 394 (1821). A. Poli-
folia of Am. authors in general. A. Po/ifolia,
var. /atifolia, Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 68 (1789);
Pursh, Fl. 291; Lodd. Bot. Cab. vi. no. 546;
Er Dron a e DC. 16-40 Zoll var
angusti, folia, Lodd. l. c. xvi. no. 1591 (1829),
not Ait. and var. revoluta Lodd. l. c. xviii.
no. 1725 (1831). [Loddiges ascribes the plants from which his
plates were drawn to northern Europe, but probably they originated
in America and later in cultivation were supposed to be European.]
A. Polifolia, var. glaucophylla, G. Don, Gen. Syst. iii. 829 (1834) ;
DC. l.c. A. americana, Hort., and A. canadensis, Hort. acc. to DC.
l. c. (1839). —In sphagnum swamps and wet mossy shores and
banks, from Aillik Bay (lat. 55°), Labrador to Lake Winnipeg,
south to Minnesota, Pennsylvania and northern New Jersey.

Gray HERBARIUM.

Recorps OF SOME PLants NEw To MarNE.— On July 13th, 1902,
while I was collecting along the water front below Bangor in company
with Mr. F. M. Billings, we found a number of specimens of vetch-
like leguminous plants growing in the gravelly ballast, which had
been left there by some Italian vessels. Not being able to identify

72 Rhodora [ FEBRUARY

them I referred them to Mr. M. L. Fernald of the Gray Herbarium
and he has determined them as Lens ervilea L. and Lens esculenta
Moench. The plants were growing together and I had supposed
they were all of the same species until I submitted them to Mr.
Fernald, though after knowing the truth I was able to see that they
were quite different from each other.

On Aug. roth, 1902, I collected specimens of a plant which was
growing in various localities such as the rear of outbuildings, dumps
and similar waste places, and which though sparingly occurring was
seen in at least four localities in Bangor. Mr. Fernald pronounces
this to be Nonnea rosea Link of Europe.— O. W. Knicut, Bangor,
Maine.

THE ULOTHRICACEAE AND CHAETOPHORACEAE OF THE UNITED
STATES. — The plants included in the two families considered in
this memoir are distributed all over the world, occurring abundantly
in fresh water, and to a less extent in salt. Although the genera are
pretty well marked, the species have been much confused, and prac-
tically no critical work has heretofore been done on the American
forms. The present memoir is a careful attempt to clear up the
American field, and will be very welcome to all algologists. Dr.
Hazen has studied the living plants, both in the field and in the
laboratory, for several years; he has had at his command all the lit-
erature and exsiccatae of the subject ; and the result will probably be
the standard for a long time to come. The principles adopted in the
nomenclature may be best understood by two quotations : — p. 139,
* In nomenclature, the Rochester code has been followed generally,
though perhaps not with absolute rigidity in the case of one or two
generic names” :-— p. 136, “One great source of confusion has been
the incorrect determination of specimens, particularly manifested in
the practice of forcing a given form into a certain species, or in
other words, stretching a specific diagnosis. .... In case of doubt it is
much less confusing to make a new species.” As a result of the
principle given in the first quotation, together with the principle of
anchoring the generic name to the first species described under it by
its author, two changes are made in generic names: 7Z7ibonema
Derbés and Solier, in place of Couferva; Myxonema Fries, in place

1 Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, Vol. XI, pp. 135-250, Pl. 20-42.

1903] Collins,— Ulothricaceae and Chaetophoraceae 73

of Stigeoclonium. In a footnote Hormiscia Fries is proposed in
place of Urospora Areschoug, but the genus is removed from the
scope of the present paper. If we accept the author’s principles, we
cannot escape from the last two changes; as regards the first, the
vital question is, what is the Conferva of Linnaeus? This can only
be settled by the original specimens; if any are in existence, the
examination should be made at once; if none are to be found, or if,
as is rather likely, their condition is such as to render certainty in
the matter impossible, it would hardly seem expedient to discard Coz-
Jerva, as it is now used with a quite definite extension by practically
all algologists.

This question of the actual type specimens is the one which may,
if any, seriously affect Dr. Hazen's conclusions, in other partic-
ulars than the Conferva question. Until the test is actually made,
no one can say whether we can reach any certain conclusions from
specimens often over a century old, when even comparatively modern
dried specimens are often of doubtful value; but until we either know,
or are sure that we cannot know what the type was, is it not better
to take the more conservative course, and make as few changes as
possible? The burden of proof certainly rests on the one proposing
the change.

Apart from the question just considered, there is little but praise
to give the work. Descriptions and plates are clear, localities are
given with dates and with collectors’ or exsiccatae numbers. The
work is of special interest to New England botanists, as of the 56
species recognized, 1o of them being new, 44 are represented at New
England stations. ‘Two forms and two varieties are recognized, the
distinction being clearly made between form and variety; there are
notes on 28 rejected or doubtful species and varieties.

The reviewer feels a real satisfaction, in which he is sure others
will join, that when these hitherto perplexing and exasperating plants
appear in the early spring of 1903, we shall be in a very different posi-
tion in regard to them from the one we have heretofore occupied. —
F. S. COLLINS.

74 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

ORGANIZATION OF THE CONNECTICUT BOTANICAL
SOCIETY.

E. H. Eames, M. D.

Connecticut affords much interesting material relating to the flora
of New England, partly because of its situation and the influence
favoring the northward and southward distribution of numerous
species. Study of these and other features being of permanent
interest, it has been considered advisable to organize the botanists of
the state into a Connecticut Botanical Society, for the collection and
diffusion of correct information relating to the flora of the state, and
to promote social intercourse among its members.

In fulfillment of this object, a meeting was held in New Haven,
January 24th, 1903, when a simple constitution was adopted, and the
following officers elected : — President, Professor A. W. Evans ; Vice-
President, Dr. C. B. Graves; Recording Secretary and Treasurer,
Dr. E. H. Eames; Corresponding Secretary, Mr. E. B. Harger,
Oxford, Connecticut.

An interesting program followed, the first paper of the day being
on * November Wild Flowers," by Mr. E. B. Harger, in which the
speaker described the various features pertaining to the flowering of
plants at thislate season. Lists and summaries for a number of years
revealed about 175 species as having been found in flower in his
neighborhood, with an average number for each year of about 75
species.

Field meetings being of much interest to the Society, it was decided
to hold such a meeting in some little known part of the state to cover
two or three days; also one-day meetings in places more readily
accessible.

At the afternoon session, Mr. M. L. Fernald spoke most interest-
ingly and at length, * On the Geographic Distribution of certain New
England Plants." The known distribution of numerous species and
varieties was cited, with special reference to their extra-limital occur-
rence and isolated stations in Europe, Asia and antipodal Japan.
The Ice Age in its relation to the distribution of plants, was reviewed
in explaining the otherwise seemingly erratic occurrence of many
northern species, as well as some peculiar varietal or specific distinc-

1903] Eames,— The Connecticut Botanical Society 75

tions resulting from long continued isolation on our own and other
continents.

The various species dwelt upon in this fascinating discourse, were
abundantly illustrated with selected herbarium specimens, a feature
greatly appreciated.

As an instance of the northward extension of range in the present
day, Mr. Fernald noted the Fringed Gentian in Central Maine, which
he has seen to advance northward some fifty miles, under special
conditions.

In conclusion, it was stated that Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec, has in
its flora about 75% of circumboreal species, the percentage gradually
decreasing to about 50% on Mt. Desert, 21% in Vermont, and 17%
in Connecticut and on Long Island.

Mr. W. E. Britton, in a paper immediately following, entitled
* Notes on the Flora of the North Haven Plains," elucidated the
features of this region and its varying plant inhabitants. ‘This was
accompanied by photographs and a catalogue of the plants which
had been observed.

Discussion on botanical matters in general was full of interest, and
amply illustrated the advantages of such meetings. Moreover, an
initial attendance of thirty-one botanists, quickly followed by a num-
ber of applications for membership, gives promise of a permanent
and active organization.

Accurate and conscientious work upon a catalogue of the flora of
the state being one of the most important objects of organization at
this time, a committee was appointed by the President, pursuant to
an article in the Constitution to collect and publish material for such
work.

The committee on the Phaenogamous and Vascular Cryptogamous
plants is as follows: — Dr. C. B. Graves, New London ; Dr. E. H.
Eames, Bridgeport; Mr. C. H. Bissell, Southington ; Mr. L. Andrews,
Southington ; Mr. E. B. Harger, Oxford, and Mr. J. N. Bishop, Plain-
ville. A committee to take charge of work upon the lower Crypto-
gams will be announced later. It is hoped that anyone who can
contribute specimens and information relating to the flora of Con-
necticut, will communicate with a member of these committees. Aid
of this kind will be gratefully received, and it is safe to say that the
botanical world at large will, so far as its interest in this work is
concerned, equally appreciate all such assistance.

BRIDGEPORT, CONNECTICUT.

76 Rhodora [ FEBRUARY

On January 27th, 1903, Dr. Lorin Low Dame died after brief
illness at his home in Medford, Massachusetts, in his sixty-fifth year.
An experienced and talented educator, Dr. Dame has for many years
possessed the respect and esteem of a wide acquaintance. Among
botanists he was well known for the admirable Flora of Middlesex
County, Massachusetts, of which he was the senior editor, and for two
valuable works upon the trees of New England. Dr. Dame was one
of the founders of the New England Botanical Club, and through the
seven years of its existence has been one of its most devoted members.

Vol. 5, no. 1, including pages 1 to go and plates 41 to 43, was issued January 31,
1903.

Rhodora Plate 44.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 March, 1903 No. 51

AN EXPERIMENT WITH THE FRUIT OF RED
BANEBERRY.

ALICE E. Bacon.

SOME years ago several plants of the red baneberry (Actaea
spicata, var. rubra, Ait.) were transplanted to’ a sheltered spot in
Bradford, Vermont, along the base of a veranda facing the east, and
shaded by maples. The situation proving favorable, the plants each
year have been very ornamental, being of unusual size and producing
very large clusters of fruit. The graceful, lace-like leaves and the
vivid crimson of the berries attract a great deal of attention, and the
questions are often asked: “Where did you get such beautiful
plants?” “What can they be?” and “Aren’t those berries good to
Ye die

An examination of several works on Materia Medica failed to
show anything as to the properties of the red-berried species,
although those of the white-berried were carefully noted. In the fear
that children, attracted by the beauty of the fruit, might eat to their
own undoing, an experiment in the qualities of the berries was
entered upon with the following result. |

A small dose was taken after the mid-day meal, as caution seemed
advisable; but the only effect noted was a slight burning in the
stomach. The question, however, of children eating the forbidden
fruit was definitely settled at once, as no child, youth, sane adult,
not even a hungry school-boy would ever devour it from deliberate
choice ; the taste is most nauseous, bitter, puckery ; indeed, several
even more drastic adjectives might be applied with perfect truth.

Having survived the first attempt, the experimenter hopefully tried
again two days later, allowing time for the first dose to be completely

78 Rhodora (Marcu

eliminated from the system. On this occasion double the first
quantity was taken, and in less than half an hour there was a
decided quickening of the pulse and a return of the burning in the
stomach, this time more severe than before. These symptoms were
transient, lasting perhaps fifteen minutes.

Two days later twice the former amount was taken. Half an hour
afterward all curiosity on the subject of red baneberry was
abundantly satisfied, for this one experimenter at least. At first
there was a most extraordinary pyrotechnic display of blue objects of
all sizes and tints, circular with irregular edges: as one became
interested in the spots a heavy weight was lowered on the top of the
head and remained there, while sharp pains shot through the
temples.

Then suddenly the mind became confused and there was a total
disability to recollect anything distinctly or arrange ideas with any
coherency. On an attempt to talk, wrong names were given to
objects, and although at the same time the mind knew mistakes were
made in speech, the words seemed to utter themselves independently.

For a few minutes there was great dizziness, the body seeming to
swing off into space, while the blue spots changed to dancing
sparks of fire. The lips and throat became parched and the
latter somewhat constricted; swallowing was rather difficult; there
was intense burning in the stomach with gaseous eructations, fol-
lowed by sharp colicky pains in the abdomen and also pain across
the back over the kidneys. The pulse rose to 125, was irregular,
wiry, tense; the heart fluttered most unpleasantly.

These symptoms lasted about an hour and were followed by a feel-
ing of great weariness, but in three hours from the time of taking the
dose all seemed to be again normal. The experiment was carried
no further, as the effects in heart and brain were danger signals not to
be ignored.

The conclusion reached is, that while the very unpleasant taste
will prevent it from being dangerous in general, the fruit of the red
baneberry evidently contains a poison having a powerful effect on
circulation and brain; a dozen berries would probably be enough
for a fatal dose, half that amount sufficing for the above experience.

BRADFORD, VERMONT.

1903] Cushman, — Desmids of Bridgewater, Massachusetts 79

[The above account of Miss Bacon’s rather heroic experiments is of special
interest, since it proves conclusively a fact which has hitherto been gravely ques-
tioned; for serious doubts have been expressed regarding the poisonous properties
of Actaea. Thus, in a very detailed discussion of the genus by Messrs. J. U. &
C. G. Lloyd (Drugs and Medicines of North America, 232-243), we find the fol.
lowing note: *' The English plant, Actaea spicata, has acquired a reputation as a
poisonous plant that it seems to us must be in most part unmerited. By old
writers the plant was said to grow in dark recesses and to emit a fetid smell,
which attracted- toads, hence it is called toad plant. The berries were supposed
to be poisonous, and the entire plant to poison cattle. Our native plants, which
could hardly be distinguished from the foreign, seem to be entirely innocent of
poisonous properties, and certainly do not emit any disagreeable odor." — Ed.]

LIST OF DESMIDS FOUND IN CARVER'S POND, BRIDGE-
WATER, MASSACHUSETTS.

JOSEPH A. CUSHMAN.

Tuer making of this list has taken some of the spare time of three
summers, but the time thus spent has been well repaid. Interest was
awakened by the discovery of one or two species which were given as
southern in Wolle’s Desmids of the United States. By persistent
search many species were found, which, according to the latest edi-
tion of that work, have not hitherto been reported from this section
of the country.

The pond in which these were collected is admirably situated for
such plants and abounds in other forms of Algae as well as in
Desmids. It is a shallow pond, but few portions being over six feet
deep and the larger part of its area averaging less than half this
depth during the summer months. In spite of its shallowness it is
not stagnant as it is fed by two brooks and has an outlet at the oppo-
site end. It covers about forty-two acres and is large enough and
the conditions of its borders sufficiently varied to give a considerable
difference in species in different parts. A record was kept in order
to determine the frequency of occurrence of various species. "The
list is here given with the author of the species as given in the last
edition of Wolle's Desmids of the United States.

Hyalotheca. dissiliens (Smith) Breb. Seems to occur most fre-
quently in the middle of Spring, being much less frequent later in
the season. Common. Found nearly choking a small pool by the
side of one of the brooks which feed the pond.

80 Rhodora |. [Marc

Bambusina Brebissonii Kg. Found frequently and in various
stages of development.

Desmidium cylindricum Grev. Occasional.

D. Swartzii Ag. Very common.

D. aptogonium Breb. Not commonly found.

D. Baileyi Ralfs. Very common. Intermingled often with D.
Swartsit.

Sphaerozosma pulchrum Bailey. Typical form frequent. Var.
planum Wolle. Found frequently.

S. filiforme Rab. Fairly frequent. (No sheath observed.)

Spirotaenia condensata Breb. Rare. But few specimens found.

Penium closterioides Ralfs. Common.

Closterium macilentum Breb. Fairly rare; found but a few times.

C. acerosum (Schrank) Ehrb. Very common.

C. striolatum Ehrb. Common.

C. Dianae Ehrb. Common.

C. acuminatum Kg. Frequently found.

C. robustum Hast. Found at surface in September 1900 in great
numbers with Anabaena, etc. Have not found this form before or
since.

C. rostratum Ehrb. Fairly common.

C. setaceum Ehrb. Frequent.

C. Brebissonii Delp. Common in a collection made July 4, 1902.
Not observed before.

C. ovale Ralfs. Common.

Docidium crenulatum (Ehrb.) Rab. Fairly frequent.

. trabecula (Ehrb.) Naeg. Common.

. truncatum Breb. Fairly common.

. baculum (Breb.) D'By. Fairly frequent.
. nodosum Bail. Fairly frequent.

. coronatum. Rab. Frequent.

. repandum Wolle. Rare.

Cosmarium moniliforme Ralfs. Fairly common.

C. tumidum Lund, Common.

C. taxichondrum Lund. Common.

C. pyramidatum Breb. Common.

C. margaritiferum Menegh. Common,

C. Botrytis Menegh. Common.

C. reniforme (Ralfs.) Arch. Granules fully as large as figured by
Wolle. Not rare.

SSESESS

1903] Cushman, — Desmids of Bridgewater, Massachusetts 81

C. suborbi.ulare Wood. Frequent.

C. amoenum var. tumidum Wolle. Frequent.
C. Schliephackeanum Grun. Rare.

C. ornatum Ralfs. Common,

Zetmemorus Brebissonii (Menegh.) Ralfs. Fairly frequent.
Arthrodesmus octocornis Ehrb. Frequent.
Euastrum magnificum Wolle. Rare.

. ansatum Ralfs. Common.

. affine Ralfs. Common.

. verrucosum (Ehrb.) Ralfs. Fairly common.
.gemmatum Breb. Not common.

. elegans Kg. Fairly common.

. integrum Wolle. Frequent.

Xanthidium antilopaeum (Breb.) Kg. var. PoZymazum Nord. Few
specimens found.

Micrasterias radiosa ( Ag.) Ralfs. Common.

M. furcata (Ag.) Ralfs. Not common but have found frequent
specimens, some deformed ones with the second pair of basal arms
wanting.

M. Americana (Ehrb.) Kg. Not rare, but not occurring as fre-
quently as other forms.

M. Americana var. recta Wolle. Rare; seen only a few times.

M. Mahabuleshwarensis Hobson. Fairly frequent.

M. laticeps Nord. Fairly frequent.

M. muricata Bailey. Frequent.

Staurastrum polymorphum Breb. Common, in various forms, vary-
ing in semi-cells of the same individual.

S. macrocerum Wolle. Rare.

S. leptocladum Nord. Not common.

S. anatinum Cooke & Wills. Fairly frequent.

S. muticum Breb. Common.

S. orbiculare (Ehrb.) Ralfs. Common.

S. crenulatum Naeg. Fairly common.

S. punctulatum Breb. Fairly common.

Also the following species of Pediastrum may be mentioned here .
as common occurring with the Desmids.

Pediastrum Boryanum (Turpin) Menegh.

P. pertusum Kg.

P. Ehrenbergii (Corda) A. Br.

BRIDGEWATER, MASSACHUSETTS.

by fy m i by by

82 Rhodora [MARCH

ORCHIDS OF CHESTERVILLE, MAINE.
LILuIAN O. EATON.

For the past five summers it has been especially interesting to the
writer to search for orchids in Chesterville, Maine. As the town
contains several bogs, many swamps, forests of varied character, a
large sand-plain, and a long esker called “the Ridge,” the possibility
of finding many species has seemed great. Nor has the result been
wholly disappointing. To the present date, I have found twenty-six
representatives, a specimen of each being in my herbarium, while it
seems not unreasonable to hope a few more may be discovered.

The list, with localities of the plants, is as follows.

Microstylis ophioglossoides, Nutt. In wet pasture, growing with
Vaccinium macrocarpon ; also in evergreen swamps.

Liparis Loeselii, Richard. Not unusual in old fields.

Corallorhiza innata, R. Br. In wet soil of deciduous woods, found
but ónce, in June, 1897.

C. multiflora, Nutt. Several stations in evergreen swamps.

Listera cordata, R. Br. Plenty in cold wooded swamp, near Ches-
terville Plains.

Spiranthes cernua, Richard. The various forms abound in swales
and meadows also by roadsides.

S. gracilis, Bigelow. Occasional by roadsides and in dry pastures.

Goodyera pubescens, R. Br. Fairly common in rich woods.

G. repens, R. Br., var. ophioides, Fernald. A single plant was
found in deciduous woodland in 1898. In 19or and 1902, several
were found in a cedar swamp.

G. tesselata, Lodd. Occurs both in evergreen and hardwood

| growths, not rare.

Arethusa bulbosa, L. On a sphagnum bog, found two successive
seasons; but not more than twenty-five plants in all. The only sta-
tion yet known in the county.

Calopogon pulchellus, R. Br. Grows freely on at least three bogs.

Pogonia ophioglossoides, Nutt. Abundant in meadows, bogs and
damp swales.

Habenaria tridentata, Hook. Roadsides and fields, occasional.

H. virescens, Spreng. In an old field, the only station so far known
in the county. In 1899 and 1900, I found two or three plants each

1903] Rand,— Observations on Echinodorus parvulus 83

season. In July, 1902, the plants were fairly abundant in the same
field.

H. hyperborea, R. Br. In a swamp near the Plains, also in one
swamp two miles farther south.

4H. dilatata, Gray. Plenty on a bog in an open grassy space near
the Plains.

fT. obtusata, Richard. Abundant in a cold wooded swamp near
the Plains.

H. Hookeri, Torr. In dry woods near North Chesterville, also on
the side of the Ridge.

H. orbiculata, Torr. Not uncommon in rich woodlands.

H. blepharigiottis, Torr. Plenty in two bogs, a few plants having
been found on a third.

ff, lacera, R, Br. Frequent in old fields.

H. psycodes, Gray. Fairly common in meadows and roadside
ditches.

H. fimbriata, R. Br. Very abundant in wet soil in open woods.
I have also found the pale and white forms.

Cypripedium pubescens, Willd. Occasional in wet woods.

C. acaule, Ait. Common in evergreen forest.

SOUTH CHESTERVILLE, FRANKLIN Co., MAINE.

OBSERVATIONS ON ECHINODORUS PARVULUS.

Epwarp L. RAND.

(Plate 45, figures 4 and 5.)

WINTER Ponp in Winchester, near Boston, Massachusetts, has
long been known as a station for the rare little plant, EcAznodorus
parvulus, Engelm. Of late years, however, for one reason or another,
the plant has not often been found here by botanists, so that some
question had arisen whether it had not become very scarce or per-
haps disappeared. Such, fortunately, has proved not to be the case,
for on October 13th, 1901, and subsequently, Mr. E. F. Williams
and I found it in abundance. Our first trip to the pond, although
late in the season was well timed. Very little rain had fallen for
several weeks, and in consequence, the water in the pond was, I

84 Rhodora | Marcu

judge, somewhat below, or certainly as low as its summer level. If
indeed, the water had been a very little higher, nearly all the plants
of Echinodorus would have been partly or wholly submerged.

We first found very small plants growing on the shore in soft mud.
These showed occasional flowers and much fruit, as might have been
expected at this season of the year. Afterwards we found larger
terrestrial plants, and submersed plants also, the latter growing often
nearly a foot under water. Thus a good opportunity was given for
observing the plant in its various forms. Certain of its characters
omitted from botanical descriptions seem worthy of record here.

Many of the terrestrial plants, especially those not far from the
water’s edge, showed traces of decaying leaves at the base of the
fresh green lanceolate or spatulate leaves mentioned in all the
descriptions. By tracing plants to the water it was found that these
decaying leaves were the remains of their pellucid, membranous
phyllodia, which are the submersed primary leaves of the plant.
These phyllodia form almost its entire foliage until through lowering
of the water level the plant emerges, when they soon decay. The
secondary or terrestrial leaves, which have already begun to show
themselves while the plant is in shallow water, then rapidly develop.
When fresh, the phyllodia are lance-linear, tapering to a point, 2 to 3
cm. long and 2 to 3 mm. broad, with no distinction of blade and
petiole. So far as I am aware these submersed leaves have not been
definitely mentioned in descriptions of this plant, except in the first
edition of Gray’s Manual, where, however, under the name Æ. subu-
latus, Engelm., the species was confused with Sagittaria pusilla, Nutt.

In one part of the pond Fchinodorus was growing in a depth of
from half a foot to a foot of water on a cleaner, more sandy bottom.
Here it was easy to study the plants in their submersed form. Not
only were the phyllodia, I have mentioned, conspicuous, but also the
creeping and proliferous character of the shoots. A number of
colonies of three or four connected plants were observed. Here I
was surprised to find also a number of plants with fresh, newly
opened flowers some distance under water. Although Æchinodorus
does not appear to be so true an aquatic as .Subu/aria it seems that
it does sometimes bloom in its submersed state. How constant
this character is, may be a good subject for investigation. It is
certain the plant normally develops its flower buds sometimes in a
depth of water that practically permits little chance for aérial anthesis.

1903] Robinson,— Generic Position of Echinodorus parvulus 85

The lateness of the season of course gave me an excellent opportu-
nity to examine the plant in full fruit. After a careful examination
of many plants I failed to find any trace of that regularity of arrange-
ment of the achenes on the receptacle attributed to this species
of Echinodorus in some botanical works. There seems, therefore, no
cause to refer the species to Alisma, as several authors have done.

Boston, MASSACHUSETTS.

THE GENERIC POSITION OF ECHINODORUS
PARVULUS.

B. L. RoBINSON.
(Plate 45, figures 1-10.)

WHILE examining some excellent material of the rare Æchinodorus
parvulus, Engelm., kindly placed at my disposal by E. L. Rand, Esq.,
I have had occasion to review the opinions, which have been
expressed regarding the correct classification of this species, and
some notes on the subject may be of interest.

The North American plant bearing this name was originally
described by Dr. George Engelmann! as “chinodorus subulatus. It
was so named under the impression that it was the A/isma subulatum
of Linnaeus,? a species which later proved to be Sagittaria pusilla,
Nutt. Our little Echinodorus was accordingly rechristened by Engel-
mann 3 and called Æ. parvulus. The propriety of this change can
scarcely be questioned when we consider that the earlier name, Æ.
subulatus, rested upon a confusion of two quite distinct elements,
namely, the synonym A/isma subulatum and a true Echinodorus. In
such cases it may be assumed that the status of the combination
should be determined rather by the name-bearing synonym than by
the material which was erroneously identified with it.

Echinodorus parvulus matures about fourteen carpels, which
being arranged spirally upon a strongly convex receptacle form a

! Engelm. in Gray, Man. ed. r, p. 460 (1848).
2 Spec. Pl. i. 343 (1753).
3 Engelm. in Gray, Man. ed. 2, p. 438 (1856).

86 Rhodora [Marc

globose head quite after the manner of the achenes in a Ranunculus.
This is well shown in the excellent drawing by Mr. F. Schuyler
Mathews, Plate 45, figure 2. The individual carpels (figure 3) are
reddish brown, strongly 5-ribbed on the back and 3-ribbed ventrally.
The stigma is essentially sessile and the beak at maturity very small
or wanting. Echinodorus, although named by Richard ! and treated
by several subsequent authors as a section of Alisma, was first
described as a genus by Engelmann, and was separated from Sagit-
taria chiefly by its perfect flowers and from Alisma by the fact that
the achenes are thus arranged in a head and not in a ring. The
genus has been sustained by the two high authorities, Buchenau and
Micheli, who have subsequently given monographic attention to the
Alismaceae. The distinction becomes especially clear when as in
Professor Buchenau's admirably lucid treatment ? the genus Alisma is
confined to its more typical species. The marked difference in the
fruit will be readily apparent if the reader will examine figures 2 and
10, representing the fruit of Æ. parvulus and Æ. radicans respectively,
and will compare them with figure 9, showing the fruit of our com-
mon Aisma Plantago,

In 1830, some eighteen years before our little North American
Echinodorus was characterized, a South American plant of identical
habit from the palm swamps of Brazil was very fully described as
Alisma tenellum, Mart.3 The carpels of this Brazilian plant were
described as “4-12, plures ut videtur abortivae, in orbem fere dis-
positae, attamen minus regulariter et multo minus approximatae quam
in A. Plantagine” and in a later figure, published in the Flora Bra-
siliensis by Seubert, the carpels are clearly represented in a single
ring. This figure accurately redrawn is shown in figure 6 of plate
45. In 1868 Professor Buchenau‘ in a general recension of the A/s-
maceae transferred Alisma tenellum to Echinodorus, forming. the new
combination Æchinodorus tenellus. At the same time he states ë that he
had found no specific distinctions between this South American plant
and the North American Æ. parvulus. Micheli® in the most exhaus-

1Mém. Mus. Par. i. 365 (1815).

? Buchenau in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. ii. Abt. 1, 227-232.

? Martius acc. to J. A. & J. H. Schultes, Syst. vii. pt. 2, 1600 (1830).
* Abh. naturw. Ver. Bremen, ii. 21 (1868).

* Buchenau, l. c., 38.

6 Micheli in A. & C. DC. Monog. Phan. iii. 48 (1881).

1903] Robinson,— Generic Position of Echinodorus parvulus 87

tive revision of the group, which has yet appeared, also treats Æ. par-
vulus as a synonym of Æ. Zene//us. Curiously neither Buchenau nor
Micheli speaks of the uniseriate carpels, originally described in
Schultes’ Systema! and so clearly figured by Seubert in the Flora
Brasiliensis,? although both of the later authors refer to the plate in
question. Struck by the difference between the North American and
the figure of the Brazilian plant I have examined all the South Ameri-
can specimens of A/isma tenellum (Echinodorus tenellus) in the Gray
Herbarium and find that they agree perfectly in having capitate,
spirally arranged achenes, quite in the manner of the North American
E. parvulus, with which, in other respects also, the South American
plant appears specifically identical.

The question at once presents itself whether we have here to do
with two South American plants, one with achenes in a single ring
and the other with achenes in a head. ‘There are many reasons, how-
ever, for believing that this is not the case, but that not only the orig-
inal description of Alisma tenellum but Seubert's description and
figure are entirely in error in representing the carpels in a single ring.
This question can only be decided by the examination of the original
material of the species. Happily, to those of us who apply priority
under the genus, the doubt about the true South American Alisma
tenellum will in no way affect the standing of our own Echinodorus
parvulus.

Until 1895 the North American plant was uniformly referred to
Echinodorus, but of late in the Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical
Club, in the Illustrated Flora,* and in Professor Britton’s recently
issued Manual,’ it is classified as an Alisma. It is natural to suppose
that this transfer, made in direct opposition to the expressed views of
three such authoritative writers and specialists upon the A/smaceae as
Engelmann, Buchenau, and Micheli, would have demanded more than
ordinary care and attention to the actual characters; and it is accord-
ingly disappointing to find, on the contrary, that the fruit, in which,
as we have seen, the chief generic distinctions are to be found,
instead of being critically studied could not have received even the
most cursory inspection by the writers making the transfer.

As shown above, the early representation of Aisma tenellum, pub-

1 vii. pt. 2, 1600 (1830). " *i. 85 (1896).

? Seubert in Mart. Fl. Bras. iii. pt. 1, 105 (1847), t. 15, f. II.

? v. 24 (1895). 5p. 54 (1901).

88 Rhodora (Marcu

lished in the Flora Brasiliensis ! and reproduced in our figure 6, is of
a very doubtful nature. If it is correct it must represent an other-
wise unknown South American plant, which with its single row of
carpels certainly can have nothing to do with our North American
capitate-fruited chinodorus parvulus. If, however, we choose the
other horn of the dilemma and assume that A/isma tenellum was in
reality nothing but Æchinodorus parvulus, we are forced to the con-
clusion that the figure in the Flora Brasiliensis is a mistake as to
carpels.

It is truly remarkable that another artist in preparing the figure for
the Illustrated Flora has fallen into the same curious error and has
produced a picture which in its contours, in the curve of each filament,
and in the annular arrangement of the carpels, is so like a looking-
glass replica of the one in the Flora Brasiliensis, that it would be
hard to believe that it had not been mechanically reproduced, were
we not informed in the preface of the Illustrated Flora that the cuts
for the work were “all from original drawings." Unfortunately, the
accompanying text is also neither accurate nor consistent. On page
84 Alisma is said in the key to have the carpels in a ring, but it is
described a few lines below as having the ovaries in one or several
whorls. On page 85, although figured with achenes in a single ring,
Alisma tenellum is described as having its achenes in several whorls.
As we have seen, whatever may have been the case in the original A.
tenellum, the achenes of the North American plant under discussion
are neither in a ring nor in several whorls, but are spirally arranged
in a head, and in this regard, as in every other, the plant is a good
Echinodorus, the genus to which it has been uniformly referred in all
editions of Gray's Manual and by the foreign specialists who have
worked upon the group.

There are in North America three species of Echinodorus, each of
which is beautifully characterized by its carpels. In the little Æ. par-
vulus, the rarest of the three, they are (as shown in figure 3) rounded
at maturity, glandless and essentially beakless. In Æ. rostratus,
Engelm. (Æ. cordifolius Griseb.) they are (as shown in figure 8)
provided with a conspicuous erect beak and with two small amber
colored glands on each lateral face near the summit, while in Z. radi-
«ans, Engelm. (figure 7) the beak is incurved and there is a single

Aili, pt. 1, t. £3, £. IT.

1903] Robinson,— Generic Position of Echinodorus parvulus 89

larger gland near the centre of each lateral face. Æ. parvulus is the
only one of these species as yet found in the northeastern states and
in this region seems to have been found only at the Winter Pond sta-
tion in Winchester, Massachusetts, and many years ago in fresh water
pools near Mt. Auburn, Massachusetts. The species has been found
several times in the neighborhood of St. Louis, Missouri, and on the
Illinois side of the Mississippi by Dr. Engelmann and by Mr. Henry
Eggert, at Canterbury, Delaware by Mr. W. M. Canby, on the Santee
Canal, South Carolina, by Mr. H. W. Ravenel, in Decatur County,
Georgia, by Mr. R. M. Harper, and at Tampa and Dunnellon, Florida,
by Mr. A. H. Curtiss. There are also indefinite reports of its occur-
rence in Michigan and on the north shores of Lake Superior. ‘These
last records need substantiation and, in general, the rarity of the species
is such that the discovery and record of new stations will have more
than ordinary interest. It is not improbable that the species from its
small size, inconspicuous flowers, and habit, to which Mr. Rand has
called attention, of growing in some cases entirely under water, has
been overlooked in many localities where it really occurs.

Plate 45, figure 1, representing the flower of Echinodorus parvulus
shows the petals very short and distinctly obcordate, but it should be
said that this was drawn from a young flower scarcely in anthesis, and
that a more mature flower would probably exhibit relatively larger
petals, which perhaps lose something of their obcordate form. ‘The
petals are so thin and “deliquescent” that, it is by no means easy to
trace their mature form in dissections made from dried material.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 45, FIGURES I TO 10. Fig. 1, Echinodorus parvulus,
Engelm., young flower; fig. 2, the same, fruiting head ; fig. 3, the same, carpel ;
fig. 4, the same, submersed state, showing phyllodial leaves; fig. 5, the same,
emersed state, showing usualleaf-form. Fig. 6, reproduction of Seubert's prob-
abiy incorrect figure of the flower of Alisma tenellum, Mart. Fig. 7, Echinodorus
radicans, Engelm., carpel. Fig. 8, E. rostratus, Engelm., carpel. Fig. 9, Alisma
Plantago, L., fruiting head, showing annular arrangement of carpels. Fig. 10,
Echinodorus radicans, Engelm., fruiting head, showing capitate carpels.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

90 Rhodora [Marcu

A NEW BIDENS FROM THE MERRIMAC VALLEY.

M. L. FERNALD.
' (Plate 45, figures 11-20.)

IN September, 1902, Mr. Alvah A. Eaton sent to the Gray Herba-
rium a Bidens which for some years he had vainly attempted to recon-
cile with descriptions. Mr. Eaton's plant occurred on brackish shores
of the Merrimac River above Newburyport, and, though in habit and
in the shape of its heads it strongly suggested Bidens bidentoides of
the lower Delaware River, its shorter heads and achenes and shorter
stouter awns prevented its identification with that local species.

The plant was so unlike any Bidens known to the writer, that
arrangements were made with its discoverer for a visit to the station
on October second. But since the tide at mid-day was so high that
the back-flow of the river covered the brackish shores above New-
buryport, the original locality of the plant was inaccessible before late
afternoon. In the meantime, however, the marshes on the Salisbury
side of the river were explored. ‘There on the brackish margins of
streams whose banks are overflowed during high-tide were Bidens cer-
nua, B. connata and B. frondosa and occasional colonies of the
strange Bidens previously known from above Newburyport. In foli-
age the plant somewhat resembled B. connata, but while that species
as well as B. cernua and the pinnate-leaved B. frondosa invariably had
broad hemispherical heads, the plant which had led us to the muddy
shores was readily distinguished by its cylindric or narrowly oblong
heads. Later in the day, on the muddy shore above Newburyport
where Mr. Eaton had first detected the plant with cylindric heads,
it was found maintaining its habital character as it had done by the
pools in Salisbury.

A detailed study of the material then collected has shown that the
plant of the Merrimac shows affinities with Bidens connata, B. com-
osa and B. bidentoides.

From Bidens bidentoides the Merrimac plant is distinguished by its
shorter heads, its much broader achenes and its shorter awns. From
B. connata and B. comosa as already stated it is readily distinguished
by its narrow elongate heads, but to both these species it approaches
in certain other characters. As in B, connata the inner bracts of the

1903] Fernald,— New Bidens from the Merrimac Valley 9I

involucre are as long as the disk, but in this they differ strikingly
from Æ. comosa whose broad flowering disk much exceeds the inner
involucre. In its achenes the Merrimac plant is somewhat interme-
diate between B. connata and B. comosa. ‘The achenes of the former
are rather tetragonous in section, the ribs on the two faces being very
conspicuously thickened and keel-like; and the inner achenes are 4.5
to 6 mm. long. In B. comosa the achenes are flat and essentially
nerveless, the innermost 8 or 10 mm. long. The achenes of the
cylindric-headed plant of the Merrimac shores are essentially flat, but
they usually have a well defined though narrow mid-rib on each face,
and the innermost achenes from 7 to 9 mm. in length. Thus in its
achene the Newburyport and Salisbury plant stands between P. con-
nata and B. comosa, though it differs from both in the shape of its
head in which character it strongly simulates the local and otherwise
unique Z. didentoides.

The awns of Bidens bidentoides are upwardly barbed, instead of
with the retrorse barbs which are ordinarily associated with Bidens.
On this account the plant of the Delaware flats was long supposed to
be a Coreopsis. Similarly when in 1866 A. H. Smith found near
Philadelphia a plant resembling in all other characters Bidens fron-
dosa, but with the awns upwardly barbed, the plant was supposed to
be a hybrid between Coreopsis bidentoides and Bidens frondosa, and
was later referred to by Dr. Gray as “doubtless a hybrid.” ! Subse-
quently however, a plant quite identical with the Delaware River
material has been found as far east as Cape Breton Island (Macoun,
no. 19,168), fully 800 miles from the nearest Bidens (Coreopsis) biden-
toides, so that the hybrid origin of the plant seems quite out of the
question. This extreme of B. frondosa with upwardly barbed awns
may be called var. anomala, Porter, a name under which the plant
was distributed by the late Thos. C. Porter.

Dr. N. L. Britton has recorded? the occurrence of downwardly
barbed awns in Bidens discoidea which commonly has the barbs
ascending, and Dr. K. M. Wiegand has recorded 3 upwardly barbed
awns in B. connata, concluding that such variations are rarely or
never due to hybridization. In view of these exceptional tendencies
already observed in the related species of Bidens it was interesting to

yn H8. 7p 092,22007
? Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xx (1893) 280.
3 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxvi (1899) 400.

92 Rhodora {Marcu

find that many of the plants from the Merrimac shores have the awns
upwardly barbed. In the examination of hundreds of heads it has
been found that with the exception of one single specimen all the
achenes of an individual plant have similarly barbed awns. The
material at hand shows that the Delaware River B. frondosa, var.
anomaía is likewise essentially constant in its single morphological
character, although as in the Merrimac Valley plant it shows no other
feature by which it can be distinguished from the more ysual form.

It is a striking coincidence that the habitat of Bidens frondosa,
var. anomala and B. bidentoides, on brackish mudflats at the mouth of
the Delaware River, should be so closely simulated by the brackish
shores of the lower Merrimac where alone the plant discovered by
Mr. Eaton has been found. B. frondosa, var. anomala, as already
stated, however, has recently been found in Cape Breton and it is
probable that the others will eventually prove to be of less restricted
distribution than is at present known.

The plant of the Merrimac shores first detected by a botanist
whose keen observation is adding materially to our knowledge of a
remarkaDle botanical area, may appropriately bear his name: —

BipENs Eatoni. Annual, simple or freely branched, 2.5 to 6 dm.
high: leaves simple, lanceolate, with long-acuminate tips and slender
petiolar bases, coarsely and often deeply serrate, 5 to 15 cm. long:
heads erect, cylindric or oblong, in fruit becoming obovoid, longer
than broad: outer involucre usually of 3 to 5 foliaceous bracts
slightly exceeding the disk: inner involucre mostly of 5 oblong blunt
or barely mucronate conspicuously striate bracts about 1 cm. long,
equalling the disk: rays none: disk flowers 15 to 25: achenes flat-
tish; the inner 7 to 9 mm. long, 1 to 1.7 mm. broad, with well devel-
oped but narrow midribs, linear-oblanceolate, usually with retrorse
hairs on the margins; awns 2 to 4, downwardly barbed, the marginal
longest, 3 to 4.3 mm. long, about equalling the pale yellow corollas. —
Brackish shores of the Merrimac River, Newburyport, Massachusetts,
Sept. 1902 (4. A. Eaton), Newburyport and Salisbury, Oct. 2, 1902
(A. A. Eaton & M. L. Fernald).

Var. fallax. Achenes and awns upwardly barbed.— With the
species, but essentially constant in its single morphological character.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 45, Figs. 11-20. — Bidens Eatoni: Fig. 11, portion
of flowering plant; fig. 12, outer achene; fig. 13, inner achene. 7. Eatoni, var.
fallax: Fig. 14, inner achene. B. bidentoides: Fig. 15, flowering head; fig. 16,
inner achene. Z. connata: Fig. 17, flowering head; fig. 18, inner achene. B.
comosa: Fig. 19, flowering head; fig. 2c, inner achene.

Vol. 5, no. 50, including pages 41 to 76 and plate 44 was issued
25 February, 1903.

Rhodora. Plate 45,

| Schuyler Mathews del.

ÉCHINODORUS, ALISMA, BIDENS.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 April, 1903 No. 52

ROSES VS. RATEROADS:;
GEORGE T. Moore.

WHILE it is not often that botanists and horticulturists have occa-
sion to testify in court, at least in a technical way, it is satisfactory to
fnow that recently when such testimony was given it resulted in a
most decided victory for the growers of flowers and helped establish
a principle which cannot but have considerable influence upon any
future case involving the question of damage to plants by smoke and
poisonous vapors. ‘The facts which resulted in the bringing of such
a suit were as follows:

The New York, New Haven and Hartford Railroad Company,
while making some general improvements in the vicinity of their
station at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, decided upon the removal of
an old engine house, which had outlived its usefulness. After this
building had been torn down and most of the material disposed of,
there still remained an old tar and gravel roof, which could be neither
used nor given away and since it would probably have cost a few
hundred dollars to transport this material to the ocean and sink it, it
was decided to set fire to the mass and thus consume it without
expense. Unfortunately for this bit of economy, there was in the
immediate neighborhood one of the finest rose gardens in this
country, formerly the property of Mr. J. S. Fay and now owned
jointly by Miss Fay and Mr. M. H. Walsh.

To those who are familiar with the various exhibitions of roses
which have taken place in Massachusetts and elsewhere within the
last few years, the mere mention of such names as the Jubilee, the
Lillian Nordica, the J. S. Fay, the Débutante, the Sweetheart and sim-
ilar famous plants, all the result of Mr. Walsh's skill, will be quite

94 Rhodora [APRIL

sufficient to establish his reputation as a grower and breeder of roses.
The fact that he received the first gold medal ever awarded for a
rose, together with his long list of first prizes and constant success
as a gardener, is well known and that he was the part owner of a
collection of roses and other plants that could not be duplicated,
except under exceptional circumstances, will be readily admitted.

At the time of the destruction of the engine house, about the mid-
dle of May, rgor, Mr. Walsh had a large number of stock plants on
hand, besides a climbing rambler, a hybrid tea and several other new
garden roses, which gave great promise, and were conceded by all
who had seen them to be of unusual beauty and superior worth.

When the burning of the rubbish from the engine house began, it
was the source of considerable annoyance to those living in the
vicinity, but it was not until the third and last day of the fire, when
the tar roof was being consumed, that anything seemed decidedly
wrong in the rose garden. At this time, the leaves began to fall
from a number of plants, while those which remained, together with
parts of the stems, became discolored and marked in various ways.
So severe was this external evidence of damage, that for months after-
wards the bushes which were able to survive showed large black and
gray scars, much as though they had been actually scorched by fire.

One can readily imagine the alarm with which the owners of this
wonderful garden viewed the destruction of their plants and the
immediate efforts made to discover the cause of such havoc. For
this it did not seem necessary to seek far. ‘The amount of dense
smoke and vapor that arose from the burning of the tar roofing was,
of course, tremendous and when this cloud was carried by the pre-
vailing wind directly upon the rose garden, settling there like some
heavy black fog, it could hardly be supposed to be beneficial.

As has been said, the immediate effect of this unusual environment
was to cause most of the leaves to drop off and to scar and mark the
young and tender stems so as practically to ruin them for exhibition
or other such purposes. But this proved to be the smallest part of
theloss. Asin any other case of poisoning from gases, the outward
evidences were but slight as compared with the internal and actual
damage done to the plants. Some were killed outright, while many
of those which survived were so weakened that they were of no further
use for propagation. Large areas of growing tissue died in most of
the shoots exposed to the action of the smoke and this together with

1903] Moore, — Roses vs. Railroads 95

the loss of foliage made it impossible for a number of plants to recover
even under the most careful nursing. The bushes which survived
were much more susceptible to the attack of fungus diseases and it is
a question whether even those plants which seemed to be but slightly
affected will ever be able to attain the perfection which they promised
before being subjected to the fumes of the burning tar.

When complaint was made to the Railroad Company, they failed
to appreciate that the roses had been damaged and declined to rec-
ognize their liability in the matter. Consequently, a suit for $9,000
was brought, which was subsequently increased to $25,000, Robert
M. Morse and Henry M. Hutchings appearing for the plaintiffs and
Thomas C. Day for the defendant.

It was soon recognized by the attorneys for the plaintiffs that how-
ever great the actual damage might be and whatever estimate com-
petent horticulturists might place upon the value of the destroyed
plants, the first and most necessary point was to establish the injurious
effect of the smoke and vapor from burning tar upon rose plants and
to demonstrate further that this effect was distinct from any produced
by changes in the weather, the use of germicides, attacks of fungi,
insects, or any other cause which might be put forward by the defen-
dant. The damage which may be produced in plants by the action of
sulphurous and carbolic acids, pyradins and other substances apt to
be found in tar, is well known. Gardeners know to their cost the
result of burning sulphur instead of merely vaporizing it, when
attempting to fumigate greenhouses and the effect of a crystal of
carbolic acid on a rose leaf is a simple yet convincing demonstra-
tion of the rapidity with which the plant is affected. It has been
shown by careful experiments that one part of sulphurous acid in one
million parts of air is sufficient to cause the death of an average rose-
bush in a few hours and the action of the various hydrocarbons is
but little less severe. An analysis of pieces of the tar roofing was
made by Dr. A. H. Gill of the Institute of Technology and showed
the presence of sulphur, phenols and other substances which, if
burned, would generate poisonous vapors in sufficient quantity to
damage or destroy any plant with which they remained in contact.
A microscopical examination of the discolored leaves and stems from
Mr. Walsh’s roses showed very clearly that the killing action had been
due to a poisonous gas rather than to the presence of a fungus or
other foreign organism. The contents of the cells were shrunken

96 Rhodora [APRIL

and distorted, the green coloring matter being completely disorgan-
ized and filled with small brown granules of “acid chlorophyl” which
gave rise to the characteristic yellow and brown splotches upon the
leaves and stems.

After it had been established by expert testimony that the effect of
such vapors as would be generated by the burning of tar was identical
with that produced in the plants of Miss Fay and Mr. Walsh, an
attempt was made to fix as nearly as possible the actual money
loss involved. Such well known authorities as Mr. B. M. Watson,
Mr. John K. Farquhar, Mr. Robert Cameron, Mr. Wm. H. Elliott
and others equally as competent testified as to the preéminent repu-
tation of Mr. Walsh as a rose grower and the specific worth of the
individual plants he had lost. Although there was the natural varia-
tion in the estimates that would be expected, where so many opinions
were given independently, the average of all the estimates on the value
of the roses damaged by poisonous gases amounted to $5,543.47 on
the plants of Miss Fay and $15,596 on those belonging to Mr. Walsh.
In addition to this sum it was maintained that Mr. Walsh was
entitled to special damages for the loss of prizes which he would
undoubtedly have received and for the loss of advertising due to his
inability to exhibit and keep his flowers before the public as usual.
These claims were allowed by the Auditor, who awarded $21,989.32
as the total amount of damages sustained. The Railroad Company
subsequently paid $20,000 in settlement, without taking an appeal.

While somewhat similar cases involving the question of damage to
vegetation due to certain noxious vapors have been tried in this coun-
try, no one has ever received anything like such a sum as was paid
in this instance. As Mr. Morse, in his closing argument, said, *I
need not say to the Auditor that this case is one of great importance.
It is important in a certain sense to the profession, not only to the
profession of law, but to the profession of florists, because no action
involving so serious a damage to plants or flowers has ever arisen in
this country, and, while there may not be much law to be settled by
it, it still will always be of interest." Considering the dignified and
unprejudiced manner in which the entire hearing was conducted and
the fair and careful way in which the amount of damage was esti-
mated, it certainly established a very strong precedent in favor of
those who have large interests in the growing of flowers for either
pleasure or profit.

WASHINGTON, D. C.

1903] Thaxter, — A New England Choanephora 97

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE CRYPTOGAMIC LABORA-
TORY OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY,—LV.

R. THAXTER.

-

MvcoLoGICAL NOTES, 1-2.
(Plate 46.)

1. A New England Choanephora. ‘The genus Choanephora
includes at present a small group of exceptionally interesting moulds
which have hitherto been regarded as strictly tropical in their range ;
two of the three described species, C. Sémonsit and C. infundibulifera,
having been discovered in India by Dr. Cunningham, while the third,
C. Americana, was found by Dr. Alfred Moeller in Brazil. The
natural habitat of these fungi is on the fading flowers or even young
tissues of flowering plants; but their chief interest lies in the fact that,
although they are closely related to the Mucors or “bread moulds ”
and possess similar sporangia and zygospores, their most common
and characteristic form of fructification is quite unlike that of any of
their relatives and closely resembles the so-called conidial fructifica-
tion of some of the higher fungi. This conidial type is often closely
simulated by certain species of Oedocephalum, a “form genus"
known to include imperfect conditions of both Basidiomycetes and
Ascomycetes, and further bears a marked resemblance to species of
Rhopalomyces, a genus the members of which are as yet unconnected
with any perfect form. The fertile hypha of Choanephora, which is
large and highly specialized, rises erect from the substratum on
which it grows, and becomes distally enlarged to form a more or less
clearly distinguished terminal head. But while in Rhopalomyces,
and normally also in Oedocephalum, this primary head, by a proc-
ess of budding, becomes completely covered by a layer of conidial
spores, in Choanephora it normally gives rise to short radiating
branchlets of variable number ; which, after becoming distally swollen,
produce the spores on the surfaces of the secondary heads thus
formed. Fig. 1 of the accompanying plate will illustrate the general
form of this fructification, although it gives but an inadequate idea of
its striking and graceful appearance. The spores are dark, like
those of Rhopalomyces, and it is of interest to note that Rhopalomy-

98 Rhodora [APRIL

ces-like conditions not infrequently occur, in which the primary head
gives rise directly to the spores. On the other hand it should be men-
tioned that in at least one described species of Oedocephalum,!
Choanephora-like conditions may occur in which the primary heads,
instead of producing spores, give rise *tosbranchlets bearing sporif-
erous capitula.

Having been greatly interested in this genus, which at the time
was only known to me through the description and figures of Cun-
ningham, I was not a little surprised, about a dozen years since, to
find growing on decaying squashes on the farm of Mr. Kendall, near
the Cascades at Waverley, Mass., a fungus having exactly the charac-
ters of the conidial form of Choanephora. Since no such plant had
ever been described from America, I was at first inclined to believe
that it was a new species, but further search for it in the literature led
to the conclusion that, notwithstanding the fact that its characters
were quite unlike those of Rhopalomyces, it had been included in
this genus by Berkeley as long ago as 1875, having been described
in Grevillea under the name JA. cucurbitarum from material on
squashes sent by Ravenel from Lower Carolina. This conclusion
was confirmed some years after by an examination of the type in the
herbarium at Kew, for which privilege I was indebted to the kindness
of Mr. Massee, who had already been so good as to favor me with a
sketch of its spores in connection with the preparation of an earlier
paper on Oedocephalum and Rhopalomyces published in 1891, ( Bot.
Gazette, Vol. XVI, p. 201). Material of R. cucurbitarum was also
received from Prof. Peck, who collected it in New York; as well as
from Ohio, where it was collected by Prof. Morgan ; and in both
instances the fungus proved identical with my New England Choan-
ephora. An examination of the Curtis Herbarium at Harvard, more-
over, brought to light specimens of the same plant under the name
“ Aspergillus cucurbitaceus” the material being labeled “ Hillsborough,
N. C., on squashes.”

Having in mind the supposed tropical proclivities of Choanephora,
I took advantage of the opportunity offered during a recent collect-
ing trip in Florida to make cultures of various faded flowers, and at

1 The species here referred to is redescribed by Matruchot in the January num-
ber of thenew Annales Mycologici as the type of a new genus, under the name
Cunninghamella africana. If this generic name is to stand, the species should be
known as C. echinulata, since it was originally described by me as Oedocephalum
echinulatum in 1891.

1903 | Thaxter,— A New England Choanephora 99

Eustis was rewarded by obtaining a luxuriant growth of Choanephora
on flowers of a cultivated Hibiscus, as well as of a wild Malvaceous
plant found in the vicinity. The species, however, proved identical
with the New England form and greatly to my disappointment pro-
duced only conidial fructifications.

Choanephora cucurbitarum appears to be a very common form in
the vicinity of Cambridge, and is no doubt widely distributed, at
least in the eastern and southern states. Not only is it frequently
found in the field growing usually on smaller squashes, but it may be
readily obtained by making moist-chamber cultures of squash blos-
soms that have begun to fade, on which it may appear nearly pure,
or mixed with other fungi. It seems somewhat remarkable that the
considerable injury to squashes, for which it is responsible, is not
referred to, as far as I am aware, by any of the Experiment Station
workers who have the best opportunities for observing such diseases ;
although Mr. Peck has twice called attention to it, in his 43d and 45th
Reports, and it is undoubtedly often responsible for the destruction
of no inconsiderable percentage of the crop. In a majority of cases
this injury appears to be due to the fact that the mycelium, which
has attacked a fading flower, spreads readily thence to the young
squash, the rapidly growing tissues of which it attacks like a true
parasite, causing a soft rot. This rot may be very easily induced by
cutting out a small plug from a young or full grown squash or pump-
kin, and inserting a few spores, or a little mycelium, and replacing
the plug. The mycelium spreads under these conditions with extraor-
dinary rapidity, and in a few days involves the whole fruit in a watery
decay. A coarse cottony mycelium appears at different points on
the surface, and if the culture is kept only partly covered, so that the
atmosphere is not too moist, an abundant coating of the conidial
fructification will develop; which, to the naked eye, has the appear-
ance of a luxuriant growth of some large Mucor, or of Rhopalomyces
Strangulatus, If the atmosphere is saturated, but few fructifications
appear in such cultures, and the most luxuriant development of
conidiophores seems to be adjusted within rather narrow limits, to
the conditions of moisture present. On flowers, however, which fur-
nish drier conditions, little difficulty is encountered in inducing the
fungus to fruit abundantly in a moist chamber. On potato agar and
similar nutrients in tubes, although the mycelium always develops
rapidly and luxuriantly, fructifications very rarely appear. The

100 Rhodora [APRIL

mycelium, however, in such cultures, retains its vitality for months
through the concentration of the protoplasm in definite portions of
the hyphae; without, as far as I have observed, producing the well
differentiated chlamydospores which have been described in the other
species. .

The fertile hyphae (fig. 1) which are very variable in size, often
reach a height of from five to six mm., and generally originate from
the rapid enlargement of a slender branch from a vegetative hypha.
They are whitish, with a more or less distinct purplish iridescence,
and the inflated extremity may rarely bear the conidia directly, as in
Rhopalomyces, but usually gives rise to from three or four to a dozen
or more ramuli. The latter are commonly simple, but very frequently
branched as in fig. 3, the tips swelling abruptly and forming second-
ary heads ; the surfaces of which, by a process of budding (fig. 2),
become covered by a layer of densely crowded spores (fig. 5). ‘The
conidia, are rich purplish brown, appearing almost black in the mass,
. varying from oblong to short or long oval or elliptical in outline, and
are marked by longitudinal striations which anastomose sparingly.
'The base of the spore is furnished with a more or less conspicuous,
short, tongue-like, hyaline appendage; which is merely an adherent
portion of the pedicel of attachment. The spores measure in well
developed heads about 20 X 10,4, though larger, and frequently
much smaller ones are found. They are caducous at maturity, leav-
ing the sporiferous head beset with short spinulose projections, with
corresponding faint areolations as in Rhopalomyces. Germination
takes place very rapidly in water, or in nutrients; the copious myce-
lium developing at once.

The fate of the sporigerous ramuli and heads appears to be an
important point in distinguishing the species of the genus, which
owes its name to the fact that in the type, C. zufundibulifera, the
branchlet and the lower half of the sporiferous head become some-
what indurated, through the thickening of the membrane. The dis-
tal portion of the head being thin-walled, shrivels, and the persistent
branchlet thus has the form of a little funnel. In C. Simonsii, the
second Indian species, there is no such modification; but although
the branchlet shrivels, it is more or less persistent. In our species,
however, the ramuli not only shrivel, but are caducous at about the
same time that the spores fall from their attachments, and leave the
primary head (fig. 4) clathrate through the presence of rounded ori-
fices corresponding to their insertions.

1903] Thaxter,— A New England Choanephora IOI

It is no doubt owing to this caducous character of the ramuli, that
C. cucurbitarum has been so long confused with Rhopalomyces. It
has been noted by both Cunningham and Moeller that the fructifica-
tions of these fungi usually mature very early in the morning, and
the same is generally true of C. cucurbitarum. Any one collecting it
in the field is thus likely to be misled as to its true characters; prep-
arations of such material showing only masses of spores, associated
with the persistent primary heads, the clathrate character of which is
readily overlooked.

I have never been able to obtain the sporangia of this species,
although it has been cultivated in abundance, and subjected to such
unfavorable conditions of nutrition as are said, in the other forms, to
induce this type of fructification. In the absence of any knowledge
of the sporangia the synonymy of the species must remain uncertain ;
but, in so far as concerns the conidial fructification, it seems to T
identical with the species described by Moeller as C. americana,
unless the caducous character of the ramuli, which is not referred to!
in his description, may prove to constitute a sufficient distinction.
The habitat is the same, while the form and variations of the fructifi-
cation are exactly similar; the spore measurements and shapes are
identical, the exospore is of the same color and similarly striate, and
the tongue-like remains of the attachment form a similar appendage
in both. Yet the two cannot be certainly united until the identity
of the sporangial spores can be determined. The latter are peculiar
in this genus and, although they are contained in nodding sporangia
which are very Mucor-like, are unique, in two of the species, from
the fact that they are furnished with tufts of hair-like appendages
which project from either end.

The zygospores are known only in the two Indian species, which
appear to produce them abundantly, and present no noteworthy
peculiarities as compared with those of other mucors: and although
the Peronospora-like parasitism of C. Simonsii on living leaves and
shoots of Ipomoea, together with the lateral production of conidia
which sometimes occurs, is certainly remarkable, it does not seem,
in the absence of any indication even of heterogamy in the sexual
reproduction, a sufficient reason for believing with Cunningham that
the genus forms a stepping stone to the Peronosporeae. Nor does

l Since the above was in press Dr. Moeller has informed me that he finds the
conidial fructification of our species identical with that of C. americana.

102 Rhodora [APRIL

it appear to me that this genus, however interesting in itself, throws
any important light on the at best dubious relationships which may
be supposed to exist between the Oomycetous and Zygomycetous
fungi.

Few references to our species appear in the literature under its
original name ; the description of Berkeley, and three notices of its
occurrence in Peck’s Reports, being, as far as I am aware, the only
ones which deal with it at first hand. In a note concerning it in my
revision of Oedocephalum and Rhopalomyces above referred to, I
suggested that it might prove a variety of A. elegans, basing this
opinion on the notes and sketches kindly sent me by Mr. Massee
who examined the type at Kew: and in a later paper Marchal
(Revue Mycol. Vol. XVI, p. 11, Jan. 1893) has assumed that this is
actually the case, since he includes it in his enumeration of the spe-
cies of this genus under the name AZopa/omyces elegans, var. cucurbi-
tarum. . ;

In this connection it may be suggested that the conditions found
in Choanephora render it not at all improbable that the species of
Rhopalomyces, all of which have dark spores and highly differenti-
ated sporophores rising from a mycelium of unseptate hyphae, may
eventually find a place among the Zygomycetes, when their perfect
condition is discovered. It is worthy of note, however, that the
conidial spores differ markedly in the two genera, from the fact
that while those of Choanephora germinate very readily and with
great rapidity, those of Rhopalomyces can usually be induced to do
so with very great difficulty if at all.

The synonymy of our species may be appended as follows :

Choanephora cucurbitarum (B. & Rav.)

Rhopalomyces cucurbitarum, Berkeley and Ravenel, Grevillea, III,
p. 11, 1875.

Rhopalomyces elegans var. cucurbitarum Marchal, Revue Mycolo-
gique XVI, p. 11, 1893.

Aspergillus cucurbitaceus Curtis in Herb.
to which may be added with a query,—

Choanephora americana A. Moeller, Schimper’s Botan. Mittheil. a. d.
Tropen. Heft 9, Phycomyceten u. Ascomyceten, p. 18, Plate I, figs.
1-4.

1903] Thaxter,— Notes on Monoblepharis 103

2. Notes on Monoblepharis. Ina paper published in 1895
(Botanical Gazette, Vol. XX, p. 433 with plate) I gave a short account
of certain species of this alga-like genus which were found grow-
ing on submerged branches in pools near Cambridge and else-
where; two new and striking forms being described as M. insig-
nis and M. fasciculata respectively. The discovery of these plants
was a matter of considerable interest at the time, for the reason that
no members of the genus had been seen since the two original spe-
cies on which it was founded (M. polymorpha and M. Sphaerica) were
observed by Prof. Cornu of Paris, twenty-five years earlier (1870) :
some persons even going so far as to doubt the very existence of
a genus of fungi having the unique characters which he described.
Anyone, however, who knows when, how and where to look for them
will find no difficulty in obtaining them; and since the publication
of my previous note at least two persons, Professor Lagerheim in
Sweden and Dr, Minden in Germany, have again encountered them
in Europe.

Lagerheim (Bihang till k. Vet.-Akad. Handlingar, Band 25, Afd.
III, No. 8, 1899) in the second part of his “ Mycologische Studien,”
has published his interesting observations; and describes in detail
two species, one of them new (M. brachyandra) and another which
he considers a variety of Cornu’s M. polymorpha. In connection
with this account he takes occasion to subdivide the genus, recogniz-
ing two subgenera under Monoblepharis, and placing the two forms
described by myself in a new genus Diblepharis ; basing this separa-
tion largely on the fact that, in these species, zoosporangia occur
which are morphologically the equivalents of oogonia, and in which
biciliate zoospores are produced; apparently overlooking the state-
ment in my former paper (l. c., p. 438) that they were zo/ peculiar
in this respect. The fact that this new name has been accepted in
other quarters has led me to publish the present note, although I
have been reluctant to do so in anticipation of a thorough examina-
tion of our New England forms which I have had in view.

The oogonia of these fungi, which are terminal or intercalary
enlargements of the main hyphae, or of short branches from them, or
of both combined (figs. 7, 8, 10), have a more or less characteristic
form in the different species; and with few exceptions are typically
associated with a finger-like antheridial cell, which appears to be
inserted on them, and is in all cases the terminal cell of a hypha, or

104 Rhodora [APRIL

branchlet, which has been cut off by a septum from the oogonium
which later forms below it. In some instances the antheridia may
normally arise in an intercalary fashion like the oogonia, in others,
again, both conditions may occur (fig. 10). In a majority of cases
typical antheridia may be formed apart from oogonia, while in two
this diclinous habit seems to be invariable. In several species, also,
these solitary antheridia are associated with larger clavate organs.
resembling the sporangia of some Saprolegneae, and between the
two forms there usually appear a variety of intermediate conditions.
These larger clavate organs have been assumed to be zoosporangia
containing uniciliate zoospores, but although Lagerheim describes.
and figures the germination of one of the latter which we must assume
he followed continuously from its exit from the sporangium to its
germination, the possibilities of error in such observations are so
numerous that it cannot be regarded as finally settled that these
structures are not all more or less modified antheridia.

Whether these structures are in reality sporangia or are merely
more luxuriantly developed antheridia is, however, a matter of little
importance in connection with the main point which I desire to
emphasize; namely that the species of Monoblepharis are character-
ized by the production of zoosporangia which are the morphological
equivalents of the oogonia, and in which biciliate zoospores are pro-
duced. This is not only true of the two forms which Lagerheim has
set apart under Diblepharis; but of all the other species including his
own M. brachyandra, a variable species which appears to occur not
infrequently in the vicinity of Cambridge. These sporangia (figs. 8,
9 and 11) show the variations of form characteristic of the oogonia
of the species in which they occur, and may be distinguished, after
the zoospores (fig. 12) have escaped, by the residual globule or
globules of oil which are conspicuous in them before and for some
time after the spore discharge.

Although theses porangia are less commonly produced in some
species than in others, and their abundance varies in different speci-
mens, I have seldom examined material in which they did not occur ;
and in M. polymorpha especially, they may almost wholly replace the
oogonia. It seems very improbable, in view of these facts, that such
organs are not equally characteristic in European material, and it is
necessary to assume that they have been overlooked. That they are
not accidental or unusual productions, is beyond question ; and it is

1903] Thaxter,— Notes on Monoblepharis 105

safe to assume that they are to be looked upon as ¢he characteristic
sporangia of the group. Although it would certainly add greatly to
the already sufficiently remarkable peculiarities of this genus did its
members possess, not only two kinds of sporangia, resembling anthe-
ridia on the one hand and oogonia on the other, but also two
varieties of zoospores ; the sporangial nature of the antheridium-like
type may well be doubted until indubitable evidence has been
obtained in corroboration of Lagerheim's observations.

The species of Monoblepharis appear to the writer to form so well
defined and coherent a group that it seems undesirable to follow
Lagerheim in subdividing it into genera, or even subgenera: for,
although the forms may be conveniently sorted according as they
mature their oospores within (endogynous) or without (exogynous)
the oogonia, such an arrangement would include M. insignis and M.
fasciculata in the same. section with M. spherica, which is evidently
more closely related to the exogynous M. polymorpha. Recognizing
then but a single well marked genus, the species may be summarized
as follows: ;

MONOBLEPHARIS Cornu.
* Oospores normally endogynous.

+ Oospores smooth.

M. insignis Thaxter. Oogonia large normally superposed in single
series. Vicinity of Cambridge, Mass., and of Kittery Point, Me.

AM. fasciculata Thaxter. Oogonia small, fasciculate at the tips of the
hyphae. Vicinity of Cambridge.

+ + Oospores bullate.

M. spherica Cornu. Antheridium hypogynous. Vicinity of Paris,
France.

* * Oospores normally exogynous.
+ Oospores adherent to mouth of oogonium.

M. polymorpha Cornu. Normally androgynous the antheridia inserted
above the middle third of the oogonium. Vicinity of Cambridge
and of Kittery Point. Vicinity of Paris, France and of Breslau,
Germany (Figs. 7-8).

M. brachyandra Lagerheim. Normally androgynous, the antheridium
arising from an abruptly distinguished insertion below the upper
third of the oogonium. Vicinity of Cambridge.

106 Rhodora [APRIL

+ + Oospores not adherent to mouth of oogonium.

M. macrandra, Lagerheim (as var. of M. polymorpha). Normally
diclinous. Holma, Sweden.

In addition to these forms Prof. Lagerheim describes two doubtful
species, M. ovigera and M. regnigens. Of these the first seems a
very doubtful Monoblepharis while the second should, I think, cer-
tainly be excluded from the genus. A form closely resembling it was
found at Kittery Point in the spring of 1896 in a permanent pond;
but although the material was just beginning to produce zoospores, I
had no opportunity to determine whether the latter were uniciliate,
or to ascertain whether the sporangia were proliferous as in M.
regnigens. The hyphae, however, have the characteristic vacuolate
contents which so clearly distinguishes members of this family, and
we are probably dealing here with a new genus.

What I assume to be M. polymorpha is the most abundant species
and can be found in almost any pond or swamp, being no doubt very :
widely distributed. The filaments are very slender with divergent
branches often much attenuated. The oogonium-like sporangia are
very common, and the oogonia are more frequently solitary, or not
more than two or three together, in marked contrast to the succeed-
ing species.

M. brachyandra, which is distinguished by a shorter stouter anthe-
ridium, differently placed and arising characteristically from an
abruptly distinguished notch-like insertion which breaks the even
outline of the oogonium, is further peculiar from the common occur-
rence of intercalary antheridia of the type shown in fig. 1o. The
spores tend to nearly smooth forms in the material examined, and I
have been unable to distinguish the two varieties described by
Lagerheim, the characters of which seem to be combined in the
American material. I think, however, that there can be little ques-
tion as to the identity of the Swedish and American forms. The
zoosporangium represented in fig. rr is unusually elongate and is
drawn from fresh material killed and stained just as the zoospores
were escaping. The antheridium which it bears is also abnormally
elongated. The usual form of these sporangia is exactly like that of
the oogonia.

M. macrandra, which is regarded by Lagerheim as a variety of M.
polymorpha, I have never met with. It seems to be so well distin-

1903] Thaxter,— Notes on Monoblepharis 107

guished from Cornu's species by its normally diclinous habit, hyaline
spores, copious oogonia and especially by its peculiar antheridia and
unique habit of discharging its oospores into the water, that I have
not hesitated to separate it as a distinct species in the above synopsis.

In addition to the forms above enumerated there appear to be at
least two, if not more, additional species which occur in New Eng-
land; but I prefer to withhold further notes concerning these, in the.
hope of having an opportunity to examine them more thoroughly in
the near future.

In this connection I am tempted to express my dissent from the
views of Lagerheim regarding the possible points of approach
that may be indicated between these fungi and existing alga which,
at the present time, might be assumed to represent their algal pro-
genitors. In his opinion one should look to forms related to Oedo-
gonium or Coleochaete, rather than to Vaucheria, in seeking such a
point of departure; basing this opinion mainly on the fact that the
oogonium in these genera is permanently uninucleate, while that of
Vaucheria, before the exit of the supernumerary nuclei, is multi-
nucleate. Apart from the,fact that we do not as yet know whether
the uninucleate condition in Monoblepharis or the preliminary multi-
nucleate condition in Vaucheria are constant phenomena in all the
species, it does not appear to be by any means certain that such a
difference, even were it constant, should be looked upon as phylogenet-
ically important, in view of the cytological eccentricities presented by
other coenocytic plants and so well illustrated in the genus Albugo.
The fact that both Oedogonium and Coleochete possess a thallus
of a totally different nature would in itself be a strong argument
against such an origin. On the other hand one finds in Vaucheria
not only a close resemblance in the Siphonaceous thallus, but so
remarkable a correspondence in the phenomena of sexual reproduc-
tion that it is merely necessary to select a species like Vaucheria
intermedia, in which, through a similar sequence in formation, the
antheridia appear as in Monoblepharis to be inserted on the oogonia,
deprive its thallus of chlorophyl and its antherozoids of one cilium,
and supply it with biciliate zoospores, to obtain a very presentable
species of Monoblepharis. The transformation of the zoospores
would perhaps be the most violent step in this process; yet even in
the Phycomycetes themselves our ideas of what a zoospore should be
in this group are rudely overturned by such a form as Myrioble-
pharis.

108 Rhodora [APRIL

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 46.

Choanephora cucurbitarum (Berk).

Fig. 1. Mature fertile hypha bearing about twelve secondary sporiferous
heads, X 100,

Fig. 2. Terminal portion of a similar hypha; the spores just beginning to bud
from the surface of the head, X 100.

Fig. 3. Primary head from which the fertile ramuli are developing, one at the
. right furcate, X 390.
Fig. 4. Primary head from which the ramuli have fallen leaving it clathrate

X 390.
Fig. s. Sporiferous secondary head, X 175.
Fig. 6. Spores, 860.

Monoblepharis polymorpha Cornu.

Fig. 7. Three oogonia the two upper with mature exogynous oospores, X 390.
Fig. 8. A zoosporangium and oogonium, 390.

Monoblepharis sp.
Fig. 9. Zoosporangium, X 500.
Monoblepharis brachyandra Lagerh.

Fig. ro. Two mature oogonia above an intercalary antheridium, X 390.
Fig. 11. Zoosporangium with abnormally developed antheridium at right, X 930.
Fig. 12. Biciliate zoospore, X 930.

The figures are drawn with camera lucida and slightly reduced from the approxi-
mate magnifications indicated.

RECENTLY RECOGNIZED SPECIES OF CRATAEGUS IN
EASTERN CANADA AND NEW ENGLAND, — II.

M C. S. SARGENT.

§ MOLLEs.

Crataegus exclusa, n. sp. Crataegus Pringlei, Sargent, RHO-
DORA, iii. 21 in part (1901). —

Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, rounded, truncate or broadly
cuneate at the glandular entire base, coarsely doubly serrate above,
with straight gland-tipped teeth, and divided into three or four pairs
of short acute lateral lobes ; when they unfold coated above and on the
midribs and veins below with long pale hairs, more than half grown,
membranaceous and still slightly villose or nearly glabrous on the
upper surface when the flowers open; at maturity thick and firm in

1903] Sargent,— Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 109

texture, dark yellow-green above, pale below, 6—7 cm. long, 5-6 cm.
wide, with slender yellow villose midribs and veins; petioles slender,
villose, sparingly glandular toward the apex, with large dark decidu-
ous glands, often red in the autumn, 1.5-2.5 cm. in length; stipules
linear, glandular, caducous. Flowers on stout pedicels, in broad com-
pound many-flowered densely villose corymbs ; bracts and bractlets
linear to oblong-obovate, acuminate, glandular-serrate, caducous;
calyx-tube narrowly obconic, covered with long thickly matted white
hairs, the lobes narrow, acuminate, glandular-serrate, with bright
red glands often only above the middle, villose, reflexed after anthe-
sis; stamens ro; anthers rose color; styles 3—5, often furnished at
the base with small tufts of pale hairs. Fruit drooping or erect on
short stout pedicels, in many-fruited villose clusters, oblong, gradu-
ally narrowed to the full and rounded more or less hairy ends, or
rarely ovate, bright cherry red, lustrous, marked by few large dark
dots, 1.7 to r.8 cm. long, about 1.3 cm. wide; calyx comparatively
small, sessile, with a deep narrow cavity and linear acuminate lobes
gradually narrowed from broad bases, coarsely glandular-serrate, vil-
lose-pubescent, dark red on the upper side near the base, reflexed and
closely appressed or rarely erect and incurved ; flesh thick, bright
yellow, slightly juicy; nutlets 3-5, thin narrowed and acute at the
ends, irregularly ridged on the back, with a high rounded ridge, 7-8
mm. long.

A broad shrub with numerous stout much-branched stems covered
with ashy gray bark, 3—4 m. in height, and comparatively slender con-
spicuously zigzag branchlets marked by many small oblong pale len-
ticels, dark orange-green and covered when they first appear with
scattered pale caducous hairs, bright red-brown and lustrous during
their first season, darker reddish brown the following year, and finally
ashy gray, and armed with numerous stout nearly straight bright
chestnut-brown lustrous ultimately gray spines 3.5-5 cm. in length.
Flowers during the last week of May. Fruit ripens late in September.

VERMONT: Open grassy slopes of Bald Mountain, Clarendon and
Shrewsbury, W. W. Eggleston, September 30, 1899, May and August
1900, May, August and October 1901; C. S. Sargent, June and
September 190o.

In the first account of Crataegus Pringlei the anthers were de-
scribed as yellow. This mistake was subsequently corrected; and
it now seems desirable to separate from that species the shrubby
plants of Bald Mountain which I formerly considered as representing
an extreme form of Crataegus Pringlei. Crataegus exclusa is a much
more hairy plant, with stouter pedicels and much thicker broadly
ovate not oval leaves, which show none of that tendency to droop

IIO Rhodora [APRIL

and become convex by the infolding of the two sides, a peculiarity
which makes it always easy to recognize Crataegus Pringlei in the
field. The habit of the Bald Mountain plant is also quite different
from that of Crataegus Pringlei which is arborescent, with a tall well
formed trunk.

CRATAEGUS ANOMALA, Sargent, RHODORA, iii. 74 (1901) ; Siwa N.
Am. xii. 187, t. 670. During the season of 1902 Mr.J.. G. Jack
has found a number of trees of this species formerly known only in a
few individuals, near Caughnawaga and on Ile Perrot in the St. Law-
rence River. What appears to be Crataegus anomala has been
collected at Crown Point, New York, by W. W. Eggleston, May
1902, and by Charles H. Peck, May and September 1902, and at
Hampton, New York, by W. W. Eggleston, May and October 1902.

§ LOBULATAE.

CRATAEGUS LOBULATA, Sargent, RHODORA, iii. 22 (1901); Silva
N. Am. xii. 117 t. 75. A large tree of this species just out of bloom,
with unusually hairy corymbs, was found on the 31st of May, 1902,
by Ezra Brainerd and C. S. Sargent in a meadow by the road leading
from Great Barrington to Alford, Massachusetts. Crataegus lobulata
has also been collected at Stanford, Connecticut, by Æ. H. Eames;
in May and September r9or, and September 1902.

Crataegus Robesoniana, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute or acu-
minate rounded, truncate or rarely broadly cuneate at the base, sharply
and often doubly serrate, with straight gland-tipped teeth, and divided
into numerous short acute lateral lobes; nearly fully grown when the
flowers open and covered above with short rigid pale hairs; at matu-
rity membranaceous, light yellow-green and scabrous on the upper
surface, pale and glabrous on the lower surface with the exception of
a few short hairs scattered along the light yellow midribs and primary
veins, 8—9 cm. long, 7-8 cm. wide, or on leading shoots often ro cm.
long and 9 cm. wide; petioles slender, nearly terete, occasionally
glandular, often tinged with red in the autumn, 3-4 cm. long. Flow-
ers about 1.5 cm. in diameter on stout pedicels covered with long white
reflexed hairs, in-very compact few-, usually 5-flowered compound
corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear to oblong-obovate, glandular,
caducous; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, villose, the lobes gradually
narrowed from broad bases, linear, long-pointed, irregularly gland-
ular-serrate, villose, reflexed after anthesis; stamens ro; anthers
small, rose-purple; styles 4 or 5. Fruit in erect few-fruited clusters,
oblong, full and rounded at the ends, bright scarlet, lustrous, marked
by few large dots about 2 cm. long and 1 cm. wide; calyx sessile,

1903] Sargent, — Recently recognized Species of Crataegus III

with a broad shallow cavity, and narrow elongated appressed lobes ;
flesh thick, juicy, pale yellow; nutlets 4 or 5, acute at the ends,
slightly and irregularly ridged on the narrow back, 6-7 mm. long.

A tree 7 or 8 m. in height, with a tall trunk sometimes 3 dm. in
diameter, stout wide-spreading or ascending branches forming an open
shapely head, and slender mostly unarmed branchlets marked by
many small oblong pale lenticels, olive green when they first appear,
dull reddish brown during their first season, and pale red-brown and
lustrous the following year. Flowers during the last week of May.
Fruit ripens the first of September and soon falls.

MassacHusETTS: Borders of woods, usually in low moist soil.
Lenox, Brainerd and Sargent, May 30, 1902; C. S. Sargent, Sep-
tember 8, 1902.

This species which is closely related to Crataegus lobulata, Sargent,
differs from it in its compact few flowered corymbs, in the peculiar
hairs which cover the pedicels of the flowers, in its remarkably thin
leaves which are shorter in proportion to their length, much less
deeply lobed and very rough on the upper surface, and in its early
ripening fruit which falls at least a month earlier than that of Cra/ae-
gus lobulata. The tree which should be considered the type of this
species is growing on the estate at Lenox which was owned for many
years by the late William R. Robeson of Boston, and was probably
moved at least forty or fifty years ago from the woods in the neigh-
borhood to its present position close to the front door of the house.
The name of a family of Pennsylvania and Massachusetts which has
produced at least four generations of intelligent and cultivated lovers
of trees can thus properly be associated with this handsome plant.

Crataegus polita,n.sp. Leaves ovate to oval, acute or acuminate,
full and rounded, or on vigorous shoots sometimes truncate or sub-
cordate at the base, slightly and often doubly serrate, with straight
glandular teeth, and divided into numerous short acuminate lateral
lobes; tinged with red and covered on the upper surface with short
lustrous white hairs when they unfold, nearly fully grown when the
flowers open and then membranaceous, light yellow-green and scabrate
above and pale and glabrous below; at maturity thick and firm in
texture, smooth and dull dark yellow-green on the upper surface, light
yellow-green on the lower surface, 7-9 cm. long, 6—7.5 cm. wide, with
slender yellow midribs deeply impressed above and four or five pairs
of thin primary veins running to the points of the lobes; petioles
slender, nearly terete, sparingly glandular toward the apex, often red
in autumn, 2.5-3 cm.long. Flowers about r cm. in diameter on
elongated slender pedicels, in broad open thin-branched glabrous

II2 Rhodora [APRIL

compound corymbs; bracts and bractlets small, linear, acuminate,
glandular-serrate, caducous; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, more or
less deeply tinged with red, the lobes narrow, elongated, acuminate,
coarsely glandular-serrate, red at the apex, reflexed after anthesis ;
stamens 5; anthers rose-purple; styles 3 or 4. Fruit in erect few-
fruited clusters, subglobose to short-oblong or rarely broadly obovate,
bright, cherry red, lustrous, often blotched with green or yellow,
marked by few large pale dots, 1-1.3 cm. long, 9-12 mm. wide;
calyx small and sessile, with a comparatively broad deep cavity and
elongated lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, coarsely glan-
dularserrate, red on the upper side near the base, spreading or
incurved, often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thick, pale yel-
low, dry and mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, thin, acute at the ends, promi-
nently ridged on the back, with a high rounded ridge, about 7 mm.
long.

A broad round-topped shrub 3-4 mm. high with few or many
much branched stems covered with pale gray bark, often much
roughened near the ground, and slender slightly zigzag glabrous
branchlets marked by many small lenticels, olive green slightly tinged
with red when they first appear, bright reddish brown during their
first season, darker the following year, and usually only slightly armed
with stout straight bright red-brown spines from 2.5—5 cm. in length.
Flowers about May 2oth. Fruit ripens and begins to fall during
the first week of September.

CONNECTICUT: Open rocky pastures near the Niantic River, East
Lyme, C. B. Graves, May 26 and September 6, 1902. MassacHu-
SETTS: hill west of the main street of Great Barrington, and roadside
between Great Barrington and Alvord, Æ. Brainerd and C. S. Sar-
gent, May 31, 1902; Great Barrington, C. .S. Sargent, September 9,
1902.

CRATAEGUS HOLMESIANA, Ashe, Sargent Siva JN. Am. xii. 119, t,
676. A form of this species with glabrous or pubescent corymbs.
slightly larger flowers and fruit which ripens from ten to twenty days
later than the form figured in Zhe Silva of North America, is common
near Montreal where Mr. Jack has found it in several stations; it is
also common in the neighborhood of Toronto and at Rochester,
New York.

Crataegus fretalis, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate,
full and rounded at the broad base, sharply and except towards the
base mostly doubly serrate, with straight gland-tipped teeth, and
divided into three or four pairs of short acute lateral lobes; tinged
with red and covered when they unfold with short pale hairs, and
more than half grown when the flowers open and then membranaceous,

1903] Sargent,— Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 113

pale yellow-green and scabrate on the upper surface and paler on
the lower surface; at maturity thin but firm in texture, light yellow-
green and almost smooth above, pale yellow-green below, 7—10 cm.
long, 6-9 cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs and thin remote
primary veins arching to the points of the lobes; petioles slender,
nearly terete, often furnished above the middle with occasional min-
ute dark glands, frequently tinged with red in the autumn, 2.5-3 cm.
long. Flowers 2-2.3 cm. in diameter on slender pedicels, in small
thin-branched s-:2-flowered glabrous compound corymbs; bracts
and bractlets linear to ovate, glandular-serrate, small, caducous ;
calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes narrow, elongated, acuminate.
coarsely glandular-serrate mostly only near the middle, bright red at
the apex, reflexed after anthesis; stamens usually s, rarely 6 or 7,
small, deep rose-color; styles 3. Fruit in few-fruited erect or droop-
ing clusters, oblong to obovate, full and rounded at the ends, crim-
son, lustrous, 1.1-1.2 cm. long, about 1 cm. wide; calyx cavity deep
and shallow, the lobes erect and incurved, often deciduous from the
ripe fruit; nutlets 3, thin, acute at the ends, slightly and irregularly
ridged on the back, 6 mm. long.

A tree 6 or 7 m. in height with a trunk rarely more than 1 dm. in
diameter covered with gray bark separating into thin flakes near the
ground and smooth above, long slender erect and spreading branches
forming an open irregular head, and stout nearly straight branchlets
marked by many small oblong pale lenticels, green more or less
tinged with red when they first appear, bright reddish brown and
lustrous during their first season, darker red-brown the following
year, and slightly armed with stout straight red-brown shining spines
2-4 cm. in length. Flowers about May 2oth. Fruit ripens at the
end of September.

Connecticut: Oak woods, Rumford’s Point, Groton, close to the
shore of Long Island Sound, C. B. Graves, May and September,
1902 ; and probably at Oxford, Æ. B. Harger, May and September,
I9OI.

Crataegus Thayeri, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the
hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate to
obovate, acute, gradually narrowed from near the middle and con-
cave-cuneate at the entire base, sharply doubly serrate above, with
straight gland-tipped teeth, and divided into numerous narrow acumi-
nate lateral lobes; tinged with red when they unfold and covered
above with short pale hairs, and membranaceous when the flowers
open, and then dark yellow-green, lustrous and scabrate on the upper
surface and pale on the lower surface; at maturity dark green, lus-
trous and smooth above, pale below, 5-6 cm. long, 3.5-4.5 cm. wide,
with stout yellow midribs deeply impressed above like the 5—7 pairs of

II4 Rhodora [APRIL

very prominent thick primary veins extending obliquely to the points
of the lobes; petioles slender, more or less wing-margined above
by the decurrent bases of the leaf-blades, slightly grooved, 2.5-3 cm.
in length; stipules linear, acuminate, glandular-serrate, caducous.
Flowers 1.6 cm. in diameter on slender pedicels, in broad many-
flowered thin-branched compound corymbs; bracts and bractlets
linear, acuminate, entire or finely glandular-serrate, caducous ; calyx-
tube broadly obconic, the lobes rather abruptly narrowed from the
base, slender, elongated, acuminate, tipped with small dark red
glands, grandular-serrate or rarely entire; stamens 10; anthers large, °
deep-rose color; styles 3-5. Fruit erect on short or long rigid pedi-
cels, subglobose to oblong or obovate, full and rounded at the ends,
orange-red, marked by occasional small pale lenticels, 1—1.4 Cm. long,
8-10 mm. wide; calyx sessile, with a broad shallow cavity and spread-
ing and closely appressed mostly entire lobes; flesh thin, yellow, dry
and mealy ; nutlets usually 3, full and rounded at the ends, ridged on
the rounded back, with a low broad ridge, about 8 mm. long and
almost as broad.

A wide round-topped shrub 3 or 4 m. in height with many intri-
cately branched stems, and very stout much contorted branchlets
dark green, lustrous, and marked by numerous large pale lenticels
when they first appear, dull red-brown during their first season and
dark gray-brown or brown tinged with red the following year, and
apparently unarmed. Flowers from the 2oth to the end of May.
Fruit ripens from the rst to the middle of September.

MASSACHUSETTS: Upland rocky pastures, West Boylston, 7. G.
Jack, Mrs. John E. Thayer, C. S. Sargent, May and September 1900,
1902.

This species, of which I have seen but two individuals, resembles
in the shape of the leaves Cratacgus scabrida, Sargent, of western
New England and the St. Lawrence valley, with which it should be
associated. The leaves, however, are more sharply and deeply lobed
and their midribs and veins are much stouter and more prominent,
and the fruit is erect, much smaller and more often subglobose. The
specific name of this species testifies to my appreciation of the help
which I have received during several years from Mr. and Mrs. John
E. Thayer of Lancaster in my studies of Crataegus in central Massa-
chusetts.

§ FLABELLATAE.
* Stamens 20.

+ Anthers rose color.

CRATAEGUS FLABELLATA Spach. Sargent, RHODORA, iii. 75 (1901).

1903] Sargent, — Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 115

This species, which is common in the valley of the St. Lawrence
River in the neighborhood of Montreal, has been found at Walpole,
New Hampshire, by W. W. Eggleston, October 1902, and at Crown
Point, New York, by W. W. Eggleston, June and September, 1902,
and by C. ZA. Peck, September 1902. A specimen with immature
fruit collected by Ezra Brainerd at Ferrisburg, Vermont, July 1901,
should perhaps be referred to this species.

Crataegus contigua n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, full
and rounded or broadly cuneate at the glandular base, coarsely and
often doubly serrate, with straight gland-tipped teeth and deeply
divided into five or six pairs of acuminate spreading lobes; about
one third grown when the flowers open and then membranaceous,
covered above with short white hairs and glabrous below; at
maturity thin but firm in texture, dark green, lustrous and scabrate on
the upper surface, pale yellow-green on the lower surface 6-8 cm.
long, 4.5—7 cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs and thin primary
veins extending to the points of the lobes ; on vigorous shoots often
broader than long, 7 cm. long, 7.5-8 cm. wide; petioles slender,
nearly terete, frequently slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandu-
lar with scattered minute dark glands 3-5 cm. in length. Flowers r.3—
1.5 cm. in diameter on elongated slender pedicels, in many-flowered
thin-branched glabrous compound corymbs; calyx-tube broadly
obconic, the lobes abruptly narrowed from broad bases, linear, acu-
minate, entire or rarely furnished with a few small scattered glandu-
lar teeth, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers small, pink;
styles 3-5. Fruit in few-fruited drooping clusters, obovate at first
when fully grown, becoming oblong and full and rounded at the ends
at maturity, scarlet marked by occasional small pale dots; calyx
cavity broad and shallow, the lobes spreading and appressed, often
wanting from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow; nutlets 3—%, usually
4, thin, acute at the ends, conspicuously ridged on the back, with a
broad grooved ridge, about 8 mm. long.

A shrub 2-3 m. in height with numerous erect stems spreading
into small thickets and stout nearly straight branchlets marked by
few large pale lenticels, yellow-green when they first appear, light
red-brown and lustrous during the first season and dull gray-brown
the following year, and armed with stout nearly straight bright red-
brown shining, ultimately ashy gray spines, 2.5—4.5 cm. long.
Flowers during the first week of June. Fruit ripens about the 2oth
of September and soon falls.

VERMONT: banks of White River, Stockbridge, W. W. Eggleston,
June, July and September 1901. Common.

116 Rhodora [APRIL

+ + Anthers light yellow.

Crataegus irrasa, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute, broadly cuneate
or on leading shoots rounded at the base, laciniate, doubly, or below
the middle mostly simply, serrate, with incurved glandular teeth; more
than half grown when the flowers open and then covered with short
lustrous white hairs and villose below along the slender midribs and
thin veins arching to the points of the lobes; at maturity thin but
firm in texture, dark green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale
yellow-green on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long, 4-5 cm. wide, or
on leading shoots sometimes 7 cm. long and 8 cm. wide; petioles
slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, grooved, glandular, with
minute dark red glands, 2-2.5 cm. long; stipules oblong-obovate
and acuminate, to falcate, acuminate and auriculate on leading
shoots, villose, glandular-serrate, Flowers 1.3-1.5 cm. in diameter
on elongated slender densely hairy pedicels, in thin-branched 9-12-
flowered villose narrow compound corymbs; bracts and bractlets
linear, small, caducous; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, thickly coated
with long pale hairs, the lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases,
short, acute, glandular, with minute bright red glands, villose, reflexed
after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers small, pale yellow; styles 4 or
5. Fruit drooping or erect on stout slightly villose pedicels, in broad
many-fruited clusters, oblong, full and rounded at the ends, dark red,
lustrous, marked by a few large pale dots, 1.2-1.4 cm. long, about
1 cm. wide; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a broad deep cavity
and spreading closely appressed persistent lobes; flesh thin, soft
and pulpy, orange color tinged with dull red; nutlets 4 or 5, full and
rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a high wide deeply
grooved ridge, 8 mm. long.

A shrub 3 or 4 m. in height with numerous stems spreading into
broad thickets, and slender nearly straight or conspicuously zigzag
branchlets marked by large oblong pale lenticels, olive green when
they first appear, dark or light reddish brown during their first season,
gray or light brown tinged with red the following year and ultimately
ashy gray, and armed with numerous stout straight bright red-brown
and shining ultimately ashy gray spines varying from 2.5-9 cm. in
length. Flowers at the end of May and early in June. Fruit ripens
at the end of September and occasionally does not fall unti! the fol-
lowing spring.

PROVINCE OF QuEBEC: Rocky fields, the borders of woods, and
banks of the St. Lawrence River, at Sault au Ricollet on the north
side of Montreal Island, 7. G. Jack, May and September 1902. Com-
mon.

Distinguished from the closely related Crataegus flabellata by its

1905] Sargent, — Recently recognized Species of Crataegus 117

broader and thicker leaves, by its much more hairy corymbs and
calyx, by its pale yellow anthers and by the color of the flesh of the
ripe fruit.

* * Stamens 10. Anthers pale rose color.

Crataegus fluviatalis, n. sp. Crataegus acutiloba, Sargent, RHO-
DORA, lii. 76 in part, (1901).

Leaves ovate, acuminate, broadly cuneate or rounded at the base,
sharply and mostly doubly serrate, with straight teeth tipped with
dark glands and divided into 5 or 6 pairs of narrow acuminate
spreading lateral lobes; tinged with red and villose above and along
the midribs and veins below with long pale hairs when they unfold,
more than half grown when the flowers open and then membrana-
ceous, coated above with short shining white hairs and glabrous
below; at maturity thin but firm in texture, smooth and dark yellow-
green on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long,
3.5-5 cm. wide, with stout yellow midribs often becoming rose color in
the autumn, and slender primary veins extending to the points of the
lobes; petioles slender, grooved, slightly wing-margined at the apex,
glandular, with numerous small dark red glands mostly deciduous
before autumn, often rose color late in the season, r.5—-2.5 cm. in
length ; stipules linear to linear-obovate, glandular-serrate, caducous ;
on vigorous shoots leaves deeply lobed, with spreading acuminate
narrow lobes, often 7-8 cm. long and 6—7 cm. wide, with short stout
glandular petioles wing-margined below the middle. Flowers r.5 cm.
in diameter on elongate slender densely or slightly villose pedicels,
in broad thin-branched more or less villose many-flowered compound
corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear, glandular, small, caducous;
calyx-tube broadly obconic, villose toward the base, glandular above,
the lobes narrow, elongated, acuminate, entire or slightly and irregu-
larly serrate, villose on the inner side above the middle, reflexed after
anthesis; stamens ro; anthers pale rose color; styles 4 or s. Fruit
in broad many-fruited drooping glabrous or slightly villose clusters,
oblong or rarely obovate, crimson, lustrous, marked by numerous
small dots, 9-13 mm. long, 8-1o mm. wide; calyx sessile, with a
broad shallow cavity, and spreading closely appressed usually entire
lobes villose on the upper side: flesh thin, firm and yellow ; nutlets
4 Or 5, acute at the ends, conspicuously ridged on the back, with a
narrow rounded ridge, about 6 cm. long.

A shrub with many slender erect stems spreading into small clus-
ters and frequently 6 or 7 m. tall, and thin zigzag branchlets dark
orange-green and slightly villose when they first appear, soon glabrous,
marked by numerous oblong pale lenticels, bright red-brown and lus-
trous during their first season, pale orange-brown and lustrous in

118 Rhodora [APRIL

their second year, and finally dark gray-brown, and armed with
numerous stout often curved red-brown shining spines 3-4 cm. in
length. Flowers at the end of May. Fruit ripens from the rst to
the middle of October. s

PROVINCE OF QuEBEC: Dry limestone ridges near the south bank
of the St. Lawrence River in the Caughnawaga Indian Reservation,
and on Montreal Island at Highlands and Rockfield, 7. Œ. Jack, Sep-
tember and October 1899, May and September 1go1 and 1902.

AN INTERESTING FORM OF LEERSIA ORYZOIDES. — During the lat-
ter part of September, 1902, while collecting along the tidal shores of
the Merrimac river near “the laurels” in the western part of New-
buryport, Mass., in company with Mr. Oakes Ames and Mr. R. G.
Leavitt, I chanced to examine an apparently sterile grass that grew
on the tide-swept shores, and found it to be a cleistogamous, smooth
Leersia. It grew to about fifteen inches in height, and its leaves
were horizontally spreading, soft and flaccid. Several specimens
were taken home, and a study showed them to be very similar to Z.
oryzoides Swartz. Several trips made in the vicinity of Seabrook, New
Hampshire, to observe this species growing in the field resulted in the
interesting discovery that while Z. oryzoides is often cleistogamous
when growing in air, it is always rough under such circumstances ;
but when growing submersed it is a/ways cleistogamous and smooth.

On another trip to the Newburyport locality in company with Mr.
M. L. Fernald, a diligent search revealed a patch extending up the
shore from well within the influence of the tide to nearly out of its
reach. ‘The lower part of this patch was identical in all respects with
the plants of my first collection, while the upper part was the typical
rough form with exserted panicles, thus beautifully demonstrating
the oddity to be a physiological form, produced by submersion. It
may be described as follows:

L. oryzorpEs forma glabra. Submersed or inundated regularly
by tides; a few inches to 14 ft. tall, smooth; leaves horizontal, soft
and flaccid, each bearing a cleistogamous panicle in its sheath, the ter-
minal with sheaths swollen by the enclosed flowers, but never rup-
turing. Spikes as in the type, but with fewer setae. — ALvAH A.
Eaton, The Ames Botanical Laboratory, North Easton, Massachu-
setts.

1903] Fernald,— Linum catharticum on Cape Breton IIO

WESTERN PLANTS AT CUMBERLAND, MariNE.-— In the summer of
1902 three western plants, Solanum rostratum, Dunal, Rumex mariti-
mus, L., and Verbena bracteosa, Michx., made their appearance in
sandy waste soil at Cumberland Center, Maine. The first has been
reported several times from other parts of Maine, and has been spon-
taneous around buildings at Cumberland for the last two or three
years. Rumex maritimus, L., was collected on a salt marsh at Old
Orchard, Maine, a few years ago by Mr. J. C. Parlin. The present
station extends the range slightly further northward and inland.
The third plant, Verbena bracteosa, Michx., has not, to my knowledge,
been reported previously from Maine. All three species were doubt-
less introduced from the West by impurities in grain.— EDWARD
B. CHAMBERLAIN, Washington, D. C.

LINUM CATHARTICUM ON CAPE BRETON.— In August last, while
examining the excellent sketches of Cape Breton plants made by
Mrs. John S. McLennan, I was much interested in the drawing of
a delicate little flax-like plant with opposite leaves and white flowers.
The plant was so'unlike anything with which I was familiar that
Mrs. McLennan kindly guided me to the spot near her home in Syd-
ney where she had found the plant. There it abounded in damp
spots in an open field, and sufficient flowering and fruiting material
was secured for later identification. Comparison of the plant with
European specimens shows it to be the Old World Zzwm catharti-
cum, L., the Fairy Flax of English pastures, which has been once
before reported in Nova Scotia — on waste ground at Pictou,' 120
miles in direct line and more than twice that distance around the
coast from Sydney.

At Sydney the Fairy Flax is not in waste ground, but grows
thoroughly wild, suggesting to the casual observer the Bluet (ZZous-
tonia caerulea) of our New England fields. It may, however, have
been first introduced in ballast, as a small colony of ballast-weeds
occurs on the wharf not far away ; or it was more probably first intro-
duced into the region in imported seed. Unlike our native species of
flax, Linum catharticum has opposite leaves and white flowers, and
by these characters it may be readily distinguished should it appear
in other portions of eastern America.— M. L. FERNALD.

1 Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. i. gor.

120 Rhodora [APRIL

The EIGHTH ANNUAL WINTER MEETING OF THE VERMONT BOTAN-
ICAL CLUB was held at the University of Vermont on January 16 and
17. The attendance was the largest in the history of the Club and
the program was crowded with good papers. President Brainerd
discussed the violets of the state as at present understood; W. H.
Blanchard reported from the vicinity of Westminster a number of
interesting plants new to Vermont, and some new to science; Mrs.
E. B. Davenport gave her recollections of *the shoemaker botanist,"
C. C. Frost; Professor E. A. Burt discussed the Zhe/ephorae of Ver-
mont; Mrs. N. F. Flynn reported the discovery of 41 additional
species in Burlington and vicinity during 1902, making the total
number of seed plants and ferns recorded for the local flora of this
region 1066; Dr. G. T., Moore discussed the pollution of water sup-
plies by algae. "There were r5 other shorter papers presented.

The annual address was by Mr. Clifton D. Howe of the University
of Chicago, upon Some Results of Deforestation in Vermont. Mr.
Howe, in his capacity as field agent for the National Bureau of
Forestry, has made an extended survey of the forests of the state
during the past year. It is hoped that Vermont will soon fall into
line with the other New England states in formulating a forestry .
policy which will tend to alter the present methods of destructive
lumbering.

Seventeen new members were elected and the former officers reap-
pointed, namely: President, Ezra Brainerd; Vice-President, C. G.
Pringle; Secretary, L. R. Jones. It was the sentiment that the
summer meeting, which occurs about July first, be held on Stratton
mountain. As this is near the Massachusetts and New Hampshire
lines it is hoped that botanists from the neighboring states may join
the party. Any desiring to learn more definitely the dates and plans
should address the secretary, at the v of Vermont, Burling-
ton.— L. R. Jones, Secy.

Tue following members of the Connecticut BOTANICAL SOCIETY
have been appointed as a committee to take charge of its work upon
the lower cryptogams: Bryophytes, Professor A. W. Evans, New
Haven; Algae, Mr. Isaac Holden, Bridgeport; Fungi, Dr. G. P.
Clinton, New Haven.

Vol. 5, no. 51, including pages 77 to 92 and plate 45, was issued 3 March,
1902.

Rhodora 46

R. Thaxter del.

CHOANEPHORA, MONOBLEPHARIS.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 May, 1903 No. 53

LORIN LOW DAME.

F. S. COLLINS.
(With Portrait.)

Lorin Low Dame, the son of Samuel and Mary Anne (Gilman)
Dame, was born in Newmarket, New Hampshire, March 12, 1838.
His father was a descendant of Samuel Dame, who settled in Dover
about 1630; Governors Simon Bradstreet and Thomas Dudley of
Massachusetts were ancestors of his mother. In 1846 the family
removed to Lowell, Massachusetts, and Lorin completed the full
course of the public schools, fitting for college at the High School,
entering Tufts College in 1856, and graduating at the head of his
class in 1860. In the same year he became principal of the High
School at Braintree, Massachusetts, where he taught two years, and
then resigned the position to begin the study of law. In 1863 he
was married to Miss Isabel Arnold of Braintree, and in the same
year he was commissioned Second Lieutenant in the Fifteenth
Massachusetts Battery. He saw active service in the Gulf States
and in Tennessee, was promoted to First Lieutenant, and mustered
out in August, 1865; the same year he became principal of the
Lexington High School, a position which he held for three years.
He was principal of the Nantucket High School for two years, of the
Stoneham High School for six years, and in 1876 was chosen prin-
cipal of the Medford High School, the position which he held for
the rest of his life. The high standard of efficiency the school has
attained during his administration and its remarkable equipment, both
from the material and from the aesthetic point of view, are due very
largely to his judgment and taste, and to the complete confidence
felt in him by his pupils and graduates, and indeed, by all with

122 Rhodora [Mav

whom he came in contact. His death, January 27, 1903, without
suffering and with no previous impairment of his abilities, was what
he would have chosen for himself, could he have made the choice.
Mrs. Dame and four daughters survive him.

Every boy has the collecting spirit, at one time or another, and in
Mr. Dame's case it first took the form of insect collecting ; but even
in his school days at Lowell he did some collecting of plants, and
botany then soon superseded entomology. Even in his roughest
campaigning in the south, he would notice the trees and flowers, and
mention them in his letters home. At Lexington he began to collect
with a definite intention of becoming familiar with the plants of the
region: then the Nantucket flora, with its many peculiar forms in a
limited area, especially attracted him, and thereafter botany was his
one especial interest, outside of his family and his professional rela--
tions.

I first met him at a meeting of the Middlesex Field Club, formed
for promoting interest in the botany of the county; we were together
in many field excursions, and in 1882 we undertook the preparation
of a county flora, which was published in 1888 under the auspices of
the Middlesex Institute, the successor of the Field Club. Practically
all our spare time for these six years was devoted to this work, and
I learned to appreciate thoroughly his many noble and lovable char-
acteristics. Intellectually, thoroughness was perhaps his strongest
feature; no amount of time or work was too much to give to get the
facts; nothing was allowed to go into the “copy” until every possi-
ble question had been answered. Naturally, we had from various
quarters lists of species that would be very interesting additions to
our local flora, but unless good evidence could be brought forward
for them, he was inexorable, and they remained in the file known
to us as the “rogues’ gallery.” Occasionally some new evidence
would transfer a plant to the accepted list, but the number of the
incorrigible finally bore quite a large proportion to the number
included in the printed work. During the preparation of this work
he took especial charge of the trees, and from that time, while not
losing his interest in general botany, he made the trees a specialty.

I was not associated with him in his later publications, but I know
that the same care, patience and judgment were used in the folio
volume, Typical Elms and other Trees of Massachusetts, and in the
Handbook of the Trees of New England, both of which he prepared

1903] Collins,— Lorin Low Dame 123

in connection with Henry Brooks; the same was the case with
smaller papers, chiefly on botanical or historical subjects, published
in magazines ; the history of the Middlesex Canal published in the
Bay State Monthly, Nov., 1884, is a model of a clear, accurate, read-
able monograph.

He was an excellent classical scholar, and had a good knowledge

of modern languages; a fine mathematician, and well read in the
-best literature. Though exacting in his requirements in regard to
the work either of himself or of others, he had always a kindly spirit
towards the worker; indeed, one cannot think of him as having an
unkindly thought even to those of whose aims and methods he dis-
approved. :

With the exception of observations during trips to Nova Scotia in
1900 and Newfoundland in 1902, his botanical work was done in
New England; a visit to Europe in 1880, mostly on foot through
England and Scotland, was for recreation, not for science, but his
journal shows that he was always noticing the flowers and trees with
whose names he was familiar, but which he had never seen growing
wild. It is doubtful if any one else was as well acquainted as he
with our New England trees, as they grow uncultivated; and the
many summers he spent at Nantucket had made him familiar with
its curiously rich flora, with very limited stations for the rarer species;
probably no one else knew them as well as he did.

For nine years he was trustee of Tufts College; in 1866 he
received from the College the degree of Master of Arts, and in 1902
of Doctor of Science; he was a member of the Phi Beta Kappa and
Zeta Psi societies; a member of the Boston Society of Natural His-
tory, the Medford Historical Society, and an original member of the
New England Botanical Club.

Though at first sight his manner seemed somewhat reserved, he
had warm friends in many and widely separated quarters, and his
loss will be felt in all. President Capen's address in the Tuftonian
and the memorial notice by the Massachusetts Schoolmastets’ Club
are tributes of deep personal feeling as well as of professional
appreciation; the Nantucket fishermen will miss one who was
-always a welcome companion on a cruise; a host of his pupils will
cherish his memory ; all will miss an honest, modest, able, lovable
man.

124 Rhodora [May

THE PLANT-FORMATIONS OF EASTERN
MASSACHUSETTS.

J. W. BLANKINSHIP.

Tuis paper is the result of studies on the eastern coast of Massa-
chusetts and includes in general the region from Cape Ann to Plym-
outh and from Cape Cod to some 15 miles west of Boston. In the
north this region is mainly broken and hilly, but southward spreads
out into extensive sandy plains. It is bounded on the east by the
sea with its extensive salt marshes and there are innumerable ponds
and slow-flowing streams which support a characteristic vegetation,
while the Blue Hills some 600 feet high are the most prominent land-
mark. Almost the whole region is sparsely wooded (about half with
conifers), and much of it is covered with glacial drift. The numer-
ous hills have usually their tops and upper slopes well denuded of
soil and sparse of vegetation, and these hilltop barrens often support
characteristic species. The bogs of the North here approach their
southern limits and bring with them their own northern species.
Withal, this debatable ground between the Carolinian and Canadian
regions — often misnamed the Transitional Zone, possessing a flora
made up of the mingling of the species of two very different regions
and rich with intergrading forms, is one well worthy of study from
the ecological as well as the systematic standpoint and these brief
notes are offered more as an aid to others interested in its ecology
than as a study complete in itself.

The range or area over which a given species may be naturally
distributed is determined by latitude, altitude, humidity and geo-
graphical barriers, which serve to group species into “floras,” each
occupying an essentially distinct biological area. In each of these
biological regions the flora comprises a number of segregated groups
of plants occupying different areas called “ habitats," each composed
of essentially different species adapted to this particular combination
of physical, chemical and biological conditions. ‘The efficient factors
of these plant-habitats are the chemical nature of the soil with its
physical condition, the amount of contained water, the relative
amount of sunlight and the effect of biological agents, somewhat
modified by variation in temperature, exposure and proportion of
humus present in the soil. The total aggregation of species usually

1903] Blankinship,— Plant formations of E. Massachusetts 125

found occupying a given habitat is called a “plant-formation” from
its analogy to geological formations.

There is often a considerable difference in the prevailing plant-
formations of adjacent districts within the same biological region, due
to difference in physiography and in the underlying rock formations,
upon which the nature of the soil depends. In the district here con-
sidered the limestone areas with their characteristic plant-formations
appear to be wholly absent, while more inland the saline formations
are wanting. Another important element in the study of the ecology
of a region is the variation in altitude above sea-level. The variation
here scarcely exceeds 600 feet and may be left out of consideration,
but in more mountainous districts this altitudinal variation is often
sufficient to affect materially the distribution of species, which tend
to group themselves at the different altitudes into zones correspond-
ing in large part to the larger latitudinal zones of the continent, each
having its own system of species and plant-formations.

In every district there is usually some dominant plant-formation,
throughout which the other formations occur as lines and patches,
without materially affecting the general physiognomy of the region,
determined by the flora of this dominant formation, which is here the
upland forest composed of the Sand Plain and Hilly Upland Forma-
tions, dependent upon the nature of the soil.

The classification followed differs in several important particulars
from those usually given and is based (1) upon the soil, (2) the
amount of contained moisture and (3) upon the relative amount of
sunlight, which by their several combinations form the plant-habitats
of this region, to which must be added the three biological forma-
tions dependent upon other factors. The table below represents the
possible combinations of these factors with the resulting plant-forma.
tions as they appear in our flora.

126 Rhodora [May

TABLE or HanirAL FACTORS. "c

(The numbers refer to the synopsis of Plant formations following.)

saline
calcare- (/7a/o-
Soil silicious argillaceous ous øytes)
Humidity ub In sunlight (1) (2) ix oto MS
slight |
Arid Plants In shade DU hie ag
Humidity — In sunlight (2) (o)
medium |
Upland Plants In shade (3) (4) + Gas aoe
Humidity oer In sunlight (5) (6) RE
great i
Dist Plants (In shade (8) (8) Bow: aes
Saturated Mos is bs sunlight (ga & 95) (ga & 95) .... (10)
or
nearly so Swai Plants In shade (11) (11) EE F D
Hydrophytes rooted (12) (13) cast HD
Submersed or
Aquatic Plants floating (15) (15) reir T
Special Adaptations: Dependent upon human habitation (17)
" uU * cultivation. (18)
Saprophytic or parasitic on other organisms. (19)

It is probable that there are other plant-formations besides those
here given. "There may be found a limestone formation with its char-
acteristic species to parallel the silicious, argillaceous and saline
series given. A sea-cliff formation (m) may occur northward along
the coast, as a number of peculiar species are found at Nahant and
Cape Ann in such situations. There may be a district flora charac-
teristic of “dry open places" (n), (0), or of the upland thickets inter-
mediate between (1—2) and (3-4), but, if so, it certainly is not very
pronounced. In this classification, I have endeavored to give only
those plant-formations which stand out with clearness and are easily
segregated by their flora, recognizing the fact that they all intergrade
with each other and that many species are common to a series having
the same soil or the same relative amount of humidity, while others,
like weeds, pay little regard to any of these conditions.

The species here italicized as “characteristic” of each formation
are those usually found here only in the given formation and occurring
rarely elsewhere ; the other species listed are common in the forma-
tion but not at all confined to it. By far the greater part of the flora

1903] Blankinship, — Plant-formations of E. Massachusetts 127

appears to fall into this latter class of generalized species, though the
list of characteristic species may be largely extended.

It is only by thus dividing the flora of a district into its component
plant-formations and recognized habitats that any system can be intro-
duced into the present unscientific method of quoting specific habi-
tats and any studies attempted on specific variation based upon the
influence of environment.

The local plant-formations may best take their names from the
habitats of which they are characteristic and hence in the district
here considered we have the following :

SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT-FORMATIONS OF EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS.

I. Soil humidity slight. Xeropkytes or Arid Plants.
(Little or no forest Mi dai and hence no shade.)

A. Soilsilicious . : c f I, SAND-BARREN FORMATION.
B. Soilargillaceous. : : 2. MirrToP-BARREN FORMATION.
II. Soil humidity medium. Mesophytes or Upland Plants.

(These uplands forested and consequently mainly shade vegetation.)
A. Soilsilicious . i : 3 3. SAND-PLAIN FOREST FORMATION.
B. Soil argillaceous . 4. HILLY UPLAND-FoREST FORMATION.
III. Soil humidity gr reat. ` Hygr ophytes or Lowland Plants.
a. In full sunlight.
A. Soil silicious . : . : 5. SAND-POND MARGIN FORMATION.
B. Soilargillaceous . : , À 6. Low-MEADow FORMATION.
C. Soil saline (Halophytes) . . : . 7. SEA-SHORE FORMATION.
b. In the shade.
A & B. Soilsilicious or argillaceous with abundant humus.

8. Low-WooDLAND FORMATION.
IV. Soil saturated. Helophytes or Swamp Plants.
a. In full sunlight.
A & B. Soilsilicious or argillaceous.

with little or no Sphagnum ^ ga. SWAMP FORMATION.
with much Sphagnum : 1 gb. Boc FORMATION.
C. Soil saline (7/alophytes) . : » IO. SALT-MARSH FORMATION.

b. In deep shade.
A & B. Soilsilicious or argillaceous 11. BoGGv-WooDLAND FORMATION.
V. Soilsubmersed. AHydrophytes or Aquatic Plants.
(All necessarily in full sunlight.)
a. Plants fixed.

A. Substratum sandy : , : : 12. SAND-POND FORMATION,

B. Substratum argillaceous : . : 13. Mup-Ponp FORMATION.

C. Substratum saline : : 14. SEA-SHOAL FORMATION.
à. Plants floating freely; substratum unimportant.

A&B. In fresh water . : . r 15. FRESH-WATER FORMATION.
C. In salt water : : : ; " . 16. PELAGIC FORMATION.
VI. Special Adaptations. Brophytes.

a Dependent upon human habitation 17. WASTE-LAND FORMATION.

b. Cultivated by man for his use or admiration
18. ECONOMIC FORMATION.

c. Saprophytic or parasitic on other organisms
19. FUNGOID FORMATION.

128 Rhodora [May

In the following lists given for the different formations the nomenclature
of Gray’s Manual, 6th edition, is mainly followed and also in general the
same specific limits. Trees are starred (*) and shrubs marked thus (°), while
the species characteristic of the different formations are étalicized.

1. SAND-BARREN FORMATION. XeropAytes.

Habitat: dry sand hills, drifting sands, and open sandy fields and
plains, where the common species fail to maintain a foothold; flora
well-marked but rather local, except in the Cape Cod region ; species
few and characteristic. Passes into (3) and (7).

Hudsonia tomentosa, Nutt. Krigia Virginica, Willd.
H. ericoides, L. Aralia hispida, Vent.

? Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Spreng. Aster linariifolius, L.
Lechea minor maritima, Gray. Lechea thymifolia, Michx.
9 Ilex glabra, Gray. ? Myrica cerifera, L.
Hypericum nudicaule, Walt. Spiranthes simplex, Gray.
Cyperus filiculmis, Vahl. ? Smilax rotundifolia, L.
Chrysopsis falcata, EN. Corema Conradii, Torr.
Cyperus Grayit, Torr. Lechea tenuifolia, Michx.

2. HILLTOP-BARREN Formation, Xerophytes.

Habitat: high points of slate or granite exposed by denudation, or
cliffs; very local; passing into (4).

° Quercus prinoides, Willd. Cardamine parviflora, L.

9 Q. ilicifolia, Wang. Polygonum tenue, Michx.

* Juniperus Virginiana, L. Aster linariifolius, L.

9 7. communis alpina, Gaud. Aristida dichotoma, Michx.
9 * Prunus Pennsylvanica, L. f. Corydalis glauca, Pursh.

? P. cuneata, Raf. Krigia Virginica, Willd.
? Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Spreng. Houstonia purpurea longifolia, Gray.

? Rhus typhina, L. ? Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum, Lam.
* Pinus rigida, Mill. Ranunculus fascicularis, Muhl.
Silene Pennsylvanica, Michx. Lespedeza capitata, Michx.

Viola pedata, L. Andropogon scoparius, Michx.

V. ovata, Nutt. Selaginella rupestris, Spring.
Aralia hispida, Vent. *° Prunus Virginiana, L.

Lechea tenuifolia, Michx.
More frequent on the cliffs :
Saxifraga Virginiensis, Michx. Woodsia ilvensis, R. Br.

Aquilegia Canadensis, L. Asplenium Trichomanes, L.
° Rhus Toxicodendron, L. Polypodium vulgare, L.

1903] Blankinship,— Plant-formations of E. Massachusetts 129

3. SAND-PLAIN FOREST Formation. Mesophytes.

Habitat: Sand or sandstone substratum, nearly level and covered
with an open forest growth, which affords suitable conditions of shade
and humidity and moderate accumulation of humus; passing into (1)
in more exposed situations, into (5) or (8) in low ground and
into (7) along the coast. Species relatively few and vegetation often `
scattered.

* Quercus alba, L. Cyperus filiculmis, Vahl.

* Pinus rigida, Mill. Danthonia spicata, Beauv.

* Carya alba, Nutt. Spiranthes gracilis, Bigel.

* Quercus coccinea tinctoria, Gray. Hieracium venosum, L.

° Gaylussacia resinosa, T. & G. Lupinus perennis, L.

° Vaccinium vacillans, Soland. Helianthemum Canadense, Michx.
? Rhus copallina, L. Baptisia tinctoria, R. Br.

° Myrica asplenifolia, Endl. Viola pedata, L.

Apocynum androsemifolium, L. Polygala polygama, Walt.
Cypripedium acaule, Ait. Lespedeza capitata, Michx.
Epigea repens, L. Deschampsia flexuosa, Trin.
Linaria Canadensis, Dumort. Oenothera pumila, L.
Asclepias obtusifolia, Michx. Festuca tenella, Willd.
Gaultheria procumbens, L. Sericocarpus conyzoides, Nees.
Crotalaria sagittalis, L. * Betula populifolia, Ait.
Solidago odora, Ait. Tephrosia Virginiana, Pers.

? Ceanothus Americanus, L. Prenanthes serpentaria, Pursh.

4. HILLY UPLAND-FonEesT Formation. Mesophytes.

Habitat: Argillaceous soil with slate or granite base, often glacial
drift; rough hilly woodlands including most of the region, with a rich
and diversified flora, but apparently with few species characteristic ;
passing in exposed situations into (2) and in low ground into (6), (8),
(9) or (11), but is often contiguous to and may pass into nearly all
the other formations; often denominated “dry hillsides,” “rocky
slopes,” “rocky open woods," etc. This is the dominant formation
of the region.

* Quercus alba, L. Viola ovata, Nutt.

Q. coccinea tinctoria, Gray. Hedeoma pulegioides, Pers.
* Q. rubra, L. Gerardia tenuifolia, Vahl.
* Carya alba, L. G. quercifolia, Pursh.

* C. porcina, Nutt. G. flava, L.

* Prunus serotina, Ehrh. Lobelia inflata, L.

* Sassafras officinale Nees. Solidago nemoralis, Ait.

* Populus tremuloides, Michx. S. bicolor, L.

130 Rhodora ' [May

* Ostrya Virginica, Willd. Solidago Canadensis, L.

* Castanea sativa Americana, Gray. S. rugosa, Mill.

* Fagus ferruginea, Ait. Aster undulatus, L.

* Tsuga Canadensis, Carr. Geum album, Gmelin.

? Rhus typhina, L. Lespedeza polystachya, Michx.
°R. glabra, E. Geranium maculatum, L.

? Rubus Canadensis, L. Anemone nemorosa, L.

? R. occidentalis, L. A. Virginica, L.

? Corylus Americana, Walt. Hieracium scabrum, Michx.

? C. rostrata, Ait. Carex Pennsylvanica, Lam.

? Vaccinium vacillans Soland. Desmodium paniculatum, DC.
? Myrica asplenifolia, Endl. Polygala paucifolia, Willd.
Lysimachia quadrifolia, L. Baptisia tinctoria, R. Br.
Melampyrum Americanum, Michx. Bidens frondosa, L.

s. SAND-POND MARGIN Formation. ZZygrofAytes.

Habitat: wet open sandy places, about ponds and along streams ;
passing into (3) above and into (12) below. Very local and species
few but characteristic; mainly in the Plymouth and Cape Cod regions.

Coreopsis rosea, Nutt. Hemicarpha subsquarrosa, Nees.
Drosera filiformis, Raf. Eleocharis tuberculosa, R. Br.
D. intermedia Americana, DC. Panicum virgatum, L.

Viola lanceolata, L. P. verrucosum, Muhl.

Rhexia Virginica, L. Solidago tenuifolia, Pursh.
Utricularia resupinata,B.D.Greene. Stachys hyssopifolia, Michx.

U. cornuta, Michx. Cyperus aristatus, Rottb.
Hypericum Canadense, L. Bartonia tenella, Muhl.

Polygala sanguinea, L. Ranunculus Cymbalaria, Pursh.
Lobelia Dortmanna, L. Myriophyllum tenellum, Bigel.
Juncus pelocarpus, E. Meyer. Cyperus flavescens, L.

J. dichotomus, EN. Eriocaulon septangulare, With.
Cyperus dentatus, Torr. Eleocharis olivacea, Torr. !
Psilocarya scirpoides, Torr. Juncus Greenei, Oakes & Tuckerm.
Eleocharis melanocarpa, Torr. Fimbristylis autumnalis, R. & S.

6. Low-MEgaApow FoRMaTION. ZZygropAytes.

Habitat: wet open places with argillaceous soil; often denomi-
nated “low open places,” “swamp and stream margins," “about
springs,” “wet meadows,” “muddy pond margins,” * brooksides,”
“river-banks,” “wet thickets,” &c; passes normally into (4) above
and into (9), (11) or (13) below. Flora abundant and characteristic.

1905] Blankinship, — Plant-formations of E. Massachusetts 131

? Cornus sericea, L'Her. L. sznuatus, L.

? Pyrus arbutifolia, L. f. Epilobium coloratum, Muhl.

? Rubus hispidus, L. Polygonum acre, HBK.

° Spiræa salicifolia, L. P. Hydropiper, L.

° S. tomentosa, L. Arenaria lateriflora, L.

° Vaccinium corymbosum, L. Gerardia purpurea paupercula, Gray.
? Salix discolor, Muhl. Houstonia cerulea, L.

? S, rostrata, Rich. & other spp. Eupatorium purpureum, L.

? Viburnum dentatum, L. Hypericum mutilum, L.

? [lex verticillata, Gray. Viola blanda, Willd.

Spiranthes cernua, Rich. V. lanceolata, L

Lysimachia stricta, Ait. Tris versicolor, L.

Steironema ciliatum, Raf. Elodes campanulata, Pursh.
Saxifraga Pennsylvanica, L. Mimulus ringens, L.
Eupatorium perfoliatum, L. Cyperus strigosus, L.

Glyceria Canadensis, Trin. Lobelia spicata, Lam.

Hypericum ellipticum, Hook. Juncus effusus, L.

Scirpus atrovirens, Muhl. Aspidium Thelypteris, Swartz.
Carex crinita, Lam. & other spp. A. Noveboracense, Swartz.
Eleocharis ovata, R. Br. Aster paniculatus, Lam.

E. acicularis, R. Br. Bidens connata, Muhl.
Ranunculus septentrionalis, Poir. B. cernua, L.

Solidago lanceolata, L. Asclepias incarnata pulchra, Pers.
Phragmites communis, Trin. Cardamine Pennsylvanica, Muhl.

Lycopus Virginicus, L.
7. SEA-SHORE FORMATION. Halohygrophytes.
Habitat: sandy sea-beaches and high-tide flats, or sandy sea-shore

immediately adjacent; soil more or less saline, passes into (3) above
and (14) below. Flora sparse ; species few and characteristic.

Cakile Americana, Nutt. A. caudata, Michx.

* Prunus maritima, Wang. Salsola Kali, L.

Euphorbia polygontfolia, L. Xanthium Canadense echinatum,
Chenopodium rubrum, L. Gray.

Atriplex arenarium, Nutt. Ammophila arundinacea, Host.
Glaux maritima, L. Lathyrus maritimus, Bigel.
Arenaria peploides, L. Polygonella articulata, Meisn.
Triodia purpurea, Hack. Solidago sempervirens, L.

Statice Limonium Caroliniana, Gray. Buda maritima, Dumort.

Artemisia Stelleriana, Bess. Salicornia ambigua, Michx.

8. Low-WooDLAND FORMATION. Aygrophytes.

Habitat: low alluvial woodlands ; soil moist with deep shade and
much humus; substratum unimportant; passes from (3) or (4) above
into any lowland or aquatic formation; often spoken of as “low

132

Rhodora

[May

woods,” “moist shady places,” “deep forests,” “rich woods” and

like terms.
tation.

* Acer rubrum, L.

* A. saccharinum, Wang.

* Tilia Americana, L.

* Platanus occidentalis, L.

* Ulmus Americana, L.

* Pinus Strobus, L.

* Quercus coccinea, Wang.

* Fraxinus Americana, L.

? Amelanchier Canadensis oblongi-
folia, Torr. & Gray.

? Alnus incana, Willd.

? A. serrulata, Willd.

? Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Michx.

? Rhus Toxicodendron, L.

Arisaema triphyllum, Torr.

Maianthemum Canadense, Desf.

Circaea Lutetiana, L.

C. alpina, L.

Boehmeria cylindrica, Willd.

Aralia nudicaulis, L.

Viola pubescens, Ait.

V. blanda, Willd.

ga. SWAMP FORMATION.

These moist cool woods have a very characteristic vege

Sanguinaria Canadensis, L.
Trillium cernuum, L.
Oakesia sessilifolia, Wats.
Erythronium Americanum, Ker.
Impatiens fulva, Nutt.
Pilea pumila, Gray.

Allium Canadense, Kalm.
Ranunculus abortivus, L.
Geranium maculatum, L.
G. Robertianum, L.
Osmunda cinnamomea, L.
Asplenium Filix-foemina, Bernh.
Medeola Virginica, L.
Cornus Canadensis, L.
Viola cucullata, Ait.
Actaea alba, Bigel.
Solidago latifolia, L.

S. ulmifolia, Muhl.

S. serotina, Ait.

Veratrum viride, Ait.
Prenanthes alba, L.

Helophytes.

Habitat: open swamps and marshes ; soil more or less submersed ;
water shallow, often drying up in summer; plants amphibious or
partly emersed ; similar conditions in margins of ponds and shallow

streams.

Sagittaria variabilis, Engelm.
S. heterophylla, Pursh.

? Alnus incana, Willd.

? A. serrulata, Willd.

? Rosa lucida, Ehrh.

? Myrica Gale, L.

? Rhus venenata, DC.

? Cephalanthus occidentalis, L.
Ludwigia palustris, L.
Proserpinaca palustris, L.
Cicuta maculata, L.

C. bulbifera, L.

Acorus Calamus, L.

Sium cicutaefolium, Gmelin.
Alisma Plantago, L.
Pontederia cordata, L.

Lathyrus palustris, L.
Equisetum limosum, L.

Decodon verticillatus, Ell.
Veronica scutellata, L.
Cardamine Pennsylvanica, Muhl.
Caltha palustris, L.

Sparganium eurycarpum, Engelm.
Iris versicolor, L.

Typha latifolia, L.

Carex stricta, Lam.

Sparganium simplex, Huds.
Peltandra undulata, Raf.
Zizania aquatica, L.

Glyceria fluitans, R. Br.

Rumex Brittanica, L.

Bidens chrysanthemoides, Michx.

1903] Blankinship,— Plant-formations of E. Massachusetts 13 3

gb. Boc Formation. ZeopAytes.

Habitat: similar to the preceding but characterized by the abun-
dance of Sphagnum species, which form a close mat over the surface
and maintain. more equable conditions of temperature and moisture
and thus permit the southern extension of many northern species.
Flora very distinct from the preceding, with many Ericaceous shrubs.

? Vaccinium macrocarpon, Ait.
? V. Oxycoccus, L.

? Cassandra caliculata, Don.

° Andromeda polifolia, L.

° Kalmia glauca, Ait.

? Ledum latifolium, Ait.

° Rhododendron Rhodora, Don.
Sarracenta purpurea, L.
Chiogenes serpyllifolia, Salisb.
Smilacina trifolia, Desf.
Rhynchospora alba, Vahl.
Epilobium lineare, Muhl.
Menyanthes trifoliata, L.

Sphagnum spp.

10. SALT-MARSH FORMATION.

Eriophorum gracile, Koch.

E. vaginatum, L.

Arethusa bulbosa, L.

Cladium mariscotdes, Torr.
Drosera rotundifolia, L.

D. intermedia Americana, DC.
Utricularia cornuta, Michx.
Clintonia borealis, Raf.

Calla palustris, L.

Geum rivale, L.

Calopogon pulchellus, R. Br.
Pogonia ophioglossoides, Nutt.
Habenaria lacera, R. Br.

Haloheloph ytes.

Habitat: mud, flats covered by the sea at extreme tides and sup-
porting a short but dense vegetation; frequent along the coast.
Brackish meadows have a mixture of this flora and that of (ga).

No shrubs.

Gerardia maritima, Raf.
Salicornia herbacea, L.
Suaeda linearis, Moq.
Juncus Gerardi, Loisel.
Spartina juncea, Willd.

S. stricta glabra, Gray.
Distichlis maritima, Raf.
Triglochin maritima, L.
Puccinellia maritima, Parl.

Atriplex patulum hastatum, Gray.

Jva frutescens, L.
Pluchea camphorata, DC.

ri. BoGGy-WoopLAND FORMATION.

Solidago sempervirens, L.
Carex maritima, O. F. Mueller.
Statice Limonium Caroliniana, Gray.
Aster subulatus, Michx.
Potentilla Anserina, L.

Scirpus maritimus, L.

Buda maritima, L.

Scirpus pungens, Vahl.

Iris prismatica, Pursh.

Typha angustifolia, L.

Aster tenuifolius, L.

Helophytes.

Habitat: low wet woodlands, swampy or boggy with a dense
Sphagnum growth; much humus and substratum unimportant.

134 Rhodora [May

Contains many northern species, possible here only in cool, shady,
humid situations.

* Larix Americana, Michx. ? Rhus venenata, DC.

* Pinus Strobus, L. Symplocarpus foetidus, Salisb.
* Platanus occidentalis, L. Veratrum viride, Ait.

* Betula populifolia, Ait. Osmunda regalis, L.

* Chamaecyparis sphaeroidea, Spach. Viola cucullata, Ait. -

* Acer rubrum, L. Equisetum sylvaticum, L.

* Carpinus Caroliniana, Walt. Onoclea sensibilis, L.

? Lindera Benzoin, Blume. Osmunda cinnamomea, L.

? Ilex verticillata, Gray. ° Rhus Toxicodendron, L `

° I. laevigata, Gray. Sphagnum spp.

° Nemopanthes fascicularis, Raf.

12. SAND-Ponpd Formation. //ydrophytes.

Habitat: ponds and slow-flowing streams throughout the sand-
plain region with sandy bottom and little humus; plants rooted and
usually submersed or upper leaves floating.

Proserpinaca pectinacea, Lam. Myriophyllum tenellum, Bigel.
Limnanthemum lacunosum, Griseb. M. ambiguum, Nutt.

Hottonia inflata, Ell. Nuphar Kalmianum, Ait.
Nymphaea odorata, Ait. Lobelia Dortmanna, L.

Sagittaria teres, Wats. Brasenia peltata, Pursh.

Naias Indica gracillima, A. Br. Eriocaulon septangulare, With.
Orontium aquaticum, L. Lycopodium inundatum Bigelovii,
Potamogeton Spirillus, Tuckerm. Tuck.

13. Mup Ponp Formation. ZZydropAyfes.

Habitat: ponds and slow-flowing streams with bottom of clay or
humus, often “mucky”; plants rooted and submersed or upper
leaves floating, rarely emersed.

Nuphar advéna, Ait. Ranunculus aquatilis trichophyllus,
Naias flexilis, R. & S. Gray.

Myriophyllum spicatum, L. Callitriche heterophylla, Pursh.
Nymphaea odorata, Ait. Ranunculus multifidus, Pursh.
Marsilia quadrifolia, L. Potamogeton crispus, L.

Chara fragilis, Desv. P. natans, L. and other species.
Nitella flexilis, Ag. Elodea Canadensis, Michx.

Podostemon ceratophyllus, Michx. Vallisneria spiralis, L.

1903] Blankinship, — Plant-formations of E. Massachusetts 135

14. SEA-SHOAL FORMATION. Sfalohydrophytes.

Habitat: shallow water along the.sea-shore or in salt-marsh pools.
Marine plants mainly sea-weeds, fixed to rocks and soil, submersed.

Ruppia maritima, L. Potamogeton crispus, L..

Zostera marina, L. Various marine algae, largely F uca-
Zannichellia palustris, L. ceae.

15. FRESH-WATER FORMATION. JZZydrophytes.

Habitat: fresh-water ponds, streams and ditches; free-floating
aquatics or submersed but unattached.

Utricularia vulgaris, L. Spirodela polyrhiza, Schleich.

U. purpurea, Walt. Riccia fluitans, L.

U. inflata, Walt. R. natans, L.

Lemna minor, L. Desmids, Diatoms and other algae.

featrisuica. E

16. PELAGIC FORMATION. Halohydrophytes.

Habitat: deep sea. Plants free-floating in salt water.
Various marine algae.

17. WaASTE-LAND FORMATION. Biophytes,

Habitat: yards, roadsides, waste places, cultivated fields, wher-
ever the native vegetation has. been weakened or destroyed by the
activities of man and his domestic animals. Mainly introduced
species;

Taraxicum officinale, Weber. Rumex crispus, L

Capsella Bursa-pastorts, Moench. Ranunculus bulbosus, L.

Poa annua, L. IS doris]

Plantago major, L. Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, L.
P. lanceolata, L. Cerastium vulgatum, L.
Chenopodium album, L. Amaranthus retroflexus, L.
Arctium Lappa, L. Medicago Lupulina, L. :

Lepidium Virginicum, L. Cichorium Intybus, L.

L. ruderale, L. Xanthium Canadense, Mill.
Leontodon autumnalis, L. Hypericum perforatum, L.

Stellaria media, Cyrill. l Polygonum aviculare, L.

136 Rhodora [May

18. Economic FORMATION, Siophytes.

Habitat: cultivated fields, orchards and grounds. Species planted
and cared for by man to supply his food, clothing, shelter or to be
used for ornament or other purposes in his economic life.

The various cultivated plants.

19. FuNnGoID FORMATION. Siophytes.

Habitat: growing on living or dead organisms, from which they
derive their sustenance. Parasites and saprophytes, mainly fungi.

Cuscuta Gronovii, Willd. Epiphegus Virginiana, Bart
Monotropa uniflora, L. Aphylion uniflorum, Gray.
M. Hypopitys, L. Conopholis Americana, Wallr.

Fungi various.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(Some of the works consulted in the preparation of this paper.)

Christ, D. H. Vegetation und Flora der Canarischen Inseln.
Engler's Botan. Jahrb. 6 : 458—526.

Contejean, Ch. Géographie Botanique, influence du terrain sur
la végétation. Paris, 1881.

Costantin, J. Les végétaux et les milieux cosmiques. Paris,
1898.

Coulter, J. M. Plant Relations. New York, 1899.

Coville, F. V. Botany of the Death Valley Expedition. Cont.
U. S. Nat. Herb. vol. 4. Washington, 1893.

Daveau, Jules. La flore littorale du Portugal. Bull. Herb.
Boissier, 4:209-313. Genève, 1896.

De Candolle, A. Géographie botanique raisonnée. Paris, 1855.

Drude, O. Manuel de géographie botanique. French trans. by
G. Poirault. Paris, 1897.

Drude, O. Ueber die Principien in der Unterscheidung von Veg-
etationsformationen. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 11:21-51. Leipzig, 1889.

Gray, Asa. Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States,
6th Edition. New York, 1889.

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 137

Hitchcock, A. S. Ecological Plant Geography of Kansas.
Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. 8:55-69. St. Louis, 1898.

Hock, F. Laubwaldflora Norddeutschlands. Stuttgart, 1896.

Kerner & Oliver. The Natural History of Plants. London,
1895. :

Pound, R. & F. E. Clements. The Phytogeography of
Nebraska. Lincoln, Neb. 1898.

Schimper, A. F. W. Pflanzen-Geographie auf physiologischer
Grundlage. Jena, 1898.

Warming, E. Lehrbuch der Oekologischen Pflanzengeographie.
German trans. by E. Knoblauch. Berlin, 1896.

Warming, E. Om Grönlands Vegetation. 1887.

Willis, J. C. A Manual and Dictionary of the Flowering Plants
and Ferns. Cambridge (Eng.), 1897.

MONTANA AGRICULTURAL CoLLEGE, Bozeman, Montana.

RECENTLY RECOGNIZED SPECIES OF CRATAEGUS IN
EASTERN CANADA AND NEW ENGLAND, —III.

C S. SARGENT.

§ TENUIFOLIAE.
Anthers rose color or purple.
* Stamens 5-10.

CRATAEGUS TENELLA, Ashe, Ann. Carnegie Mus. i. 388, (May
1902).

I have referred provisionally to this eastern Pennsylvania and Del-
aware species a thin-leaved Thorn with 5-8 stamens, dark rose-colored
anthers and oblong crimson fruit ripening early in September, which
has been found in Connecticut by C. &. Graves at Waterford, and
by Æ. B. Harger at Oxford where it is very abundant.

Crataegus fucosa, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, broadly con-
cave cuneate to rounded at the entire base, finely doubly serrate, with
incurved glandular teeth, and more or less deeply divided into numer-
ous acuminate laterallobes; when they unfold bright red and covered
on the upper surface with short pale hairs, nearly fully grown, still

138 Rhodora . "cns o LE

slightly villose and dark green tinged with red when the flowers open ;
at maturity thin, smooth, and dark yellow-green on the upper surface,
paler on the lower surface, 3-5 cm. long, 2.5-3 cm. wide, with very
slender yellow midribs and thin veins extending obliquely to the
points of the lobes; petioles slender, often slightly wing-margined at
the apex, obscurely grooved, 1.5-2 cm. long; stipules linear to lance-
olate, bright red, often 1 cm. in length; on vigorous shoots leaves
often pendant against the branch on stout winged glandular red peti-
oles, more deeply lobed than the leaves of fertile branchlets, long-
pointed, mostly truncate at the base, coarsely serrate, with straight
teeth, 7-8 cm. long, 6-7 cm. wide, with stout bright rose colored
midribs. Flowers 1.5 cm. in diameter on slender pedicels, in broad
many-flowered thin-branched glabrous corymbs; bracts and bractlets
linear to lanceolate, glabrous, bright rose color, large. and conspicu-
ous; calyx-tube broadly obconic, bright red before anthesis like the
narrow elongated acuminate mostly entire gland-tipped lobes; sta-
mens 5-10; anthers large, bright red; styles 3, surrounded at the
base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. Fruit drooping on slender
pedicels, in many-fruited clusters, oblong, full and round at the ends,
scarlet, lustrous, marked by minute pale dots, 1.3—1.5 cm. in length,
9-12 mm. in diameter; calyx only slightly enlarged, with a small
shallow cavity and reflexed lobes, entire or slightly and irregularly
dentate towards the base, bright red on the upper side below the
middle, mostly deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow-
green; nutlets 5, large for the size of the fruit, acute at the ends,
prominently ridged on the broad back, with a high often grooved
ridge, about 7 mm. long.

A shrub usually about 1 m. in height with nearly erect stems
forming small thickets and covered with ashy gray bark, and stout
zigzag branchlets dark dull red when they first appear, red-brown and
very lustrous and marked by large pale lenticels during their first
season, and ashy gray the following year, and armed with numerous
very stout straight or slightly curved shining red-brown ultimately

.

gray spines 3—4 cm. in length. Flowers about May 2oth. Fruit

ripens early in September and soon falls.

MassacHusETTS: Upland rocky pastures, Berlin, /. G. Jack, May
1900, West Boylston, Mrs. J. E. Thayer and C: S. Sargent, May and
September 1901 and 1902. Common.

Easily distinguished in early spring by the bright red color of the
young leaves, bud-scales and bracts, which make it conspicuous from
a long distance, and in the autumn by the large drooping leaves
with their bright rose colored midribs on the ends of the branches,
and by the small very lustrous early ripening fruits.

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 139

Crataegus delucida, n. sp.— Crataegus acutiloba, Sargent,
RHODORA, iii. 23 in part (1901).

Leaves ovate to broadly oval, acute, full and rounded or rarely
cuneate, or on leading shoots truncate or slightly cordate at the
mostly entire base, finely and often doubly serrate, with glandular
teeth, and divided into 4 or 5 pairs of short acuminate spreading lat-
eral lobes ; covered above, early in the season, with short pale hairs ;
at maturity membranaceous, glabrous, very smooth and light yellow
on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 3.5—4.5 cm. long, 3-4
cm. wide, or on leading shoots sometimes 6 cm. long and wide, with
slender yellow midribs and very thin primary veins arching to the
points of the lobes; petioles slender, nearly terete, 2—2.5 cm. long.
Flowers about 1.2 cm. in diameter on slender elongated pedicels, in
compound usually 7—1i2-flowered glabrous thin-branched compact
corymbs ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed
from broad bases, long, slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally
furnished with a few minute glandular teeth; stamens 5—10; anthers
large, light red; styles 3 or 4. Fruit in drooping clusters, oblong,
full and rounded at the ends, bright scarlet, very lustrous, about 1.2
cm. in length; calyx small, sessile, with a narrow deep cavity and
spreading closely appressed lobes, mostly deciduous from the ripe
fruit; flesh thick, succulent, light yellow; nutlets 3 or 4, full and
rounded at the ends ridged on the broad back, with a wide rounded
ridge, 9 mm. long.

A treelike shrub 3 or 4 m. in height with slender stems covered
with ashy gray bark, small ascending branches and thin nearly
straight branchlets, dark green tinged with red when they first appear,
light orange-red, lustrous and marked by numerous large white
lenticels during their first season, becoming light gray-brown the
following year and armed with numerous stout curved dark red-brown
shining spines 3.5—4.5 cm. in length. Flowers from the 2oth to the
25th of May. Fruit ripens late in September or early in October.

VERMONT: Low slopes of Bald Mountain in Clarendon and
Salisbury, W. W. Eggleston, September 1899, May and September
1901; C. S. Sargent, June and September 1g00. Common, often
forming small thickets, and in the autumn very conspicuous from the
abundance of its large bright colored fruits.

Crataegus demissa, n. sp. Leaves ovate to deltoid, acute,
broadly cuneate to truncate at the base, sharply doubly serrate, with
straight teeth tipped with large bright red glands, and slightly divided
into numerous short acute lateral lobes; when the flowers open
nearly fully grown, membranaceous, dark green and coated above
with short silky white hairs; at maturity thin glabrous, 3—3.5 cm.
long, 2.5-3 cm. wide, with slender midribs and primary veins

140 Rhodora [May

extending obliquely to the points of the lobes; on vigorous shoots
mostly deltoid and truncate or cordate at the base, deeply lobed, 4-6
cm. long ; petioles slender, nearly terete, glandular, with minute dark
glands 1—1.2 cm. long. Flowers 9 or ro mm. in diameter on short
slender pedicels, in compact s-—ro-flowered glabrous corymbs ;
bracts and bractlets linear, entire, bright red, caducous ; calyx-tube
narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes gradually narrowed from the
base, elongated, acuminate, entire, tipped with dark red glands,
reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-10; anthers small, dark rose
color; styles 3 or 4, usually 3, surrounded at the base by a broad
ring of pale tomentum. Fruit in few-fruited drooping clusters, short-
oblong to subglobose or slightly obovate, scarlet, lustrous, 8 or 9 mm.
long and nearly as broad ; calyx sessile, with a broad shallow cavity
and closely appressed lobes bright red on the upper side below the
middle; flesh very thin, yellow, dry and mealy ; nutlets 3 or rarely 4,
unusually large for the size of the fruit, obtuse at the ends, promi-
nently ridged on the broad back, with a high wide ridge, about
7 mm. long. t

A slender shrub generally not more than 1 m. in height with small
erect stems and slender nearly straight branchlets marked by occa-
sional large dark lenticels, green tinged with red when they first
appear, becoming bright red-brown and lustrous during their first
season and gray-brown the following year, and armed with numerous
stout or slender slightly curved bright red-brown shining ultimately
ashy gray spines 3-5 cm. long. Flowers during the last week of May.
Fruit ripens late in August or early in September and soon falls.

MASSACHUSETTS: Meadows near the Stockbridge Bowl, Lenox,
C. S. Sargent, August 1885, Brainerd and Sargent, May 30, 1902.
VERMONT: Meadows, Charlotte, C. S. Sargent, September 7, 1900,
F. H. Horsford, May 1902.

Well distinguished by the deltoid deeply lobed usually heart-shaped
leaves on vigorous shoots, the small flowers and small nearly globose
early-ripening fruit.

Crataegus glaucophylla, n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate, acute
or short-pointed at the apex, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base,
sharply and often doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved
glandular teeth, and divided into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acute or
long-pointed lateral lobes; more or less tinged with red and rough-
ened above by short pale caducous hairs when they unfold, more
than half grown when the flowers open and then smooth light yel-
low-green and covered with a glaucous bloom above, pale and glau-
cous below, at maturity thin but firm in texture, light yellow-green on
the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, about 6
cm. long and 4.5 cm. wide, or on vigorous shoots 7-8 cm. long and 6

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus I4I

cm. wide, with thin yellow midribs deeply impressed above and slen-
der veins extending to the points of the lobes; petioles slender,
slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, 2—2.5 cm. in length.
Flowers small, on short slender pedicels, in long slender-branched
glabrous usually 8—10-flowered compound corymbs ; bracts and bract-
lets linear, minute, glandular, caducous ; calyx narrowly obconic, green
tinged with red, the lobes slender, elongated, acuminate, entire or
occasionally glandular-serrate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis 7
stamens usually ro or 5—10; anthers small, dark rose color ; styles 3
or 4. Fruit on short thickened pedicels in drooping few-fruited
clusters, short-oblong or rarely ovate, full and rounded at the ends,
bright scarlet, very lustrous, marked by few large dots, 1.2—1.4 Cm.
long, about 1 cm. wide; calyx small, closely appressed, with a deep
narrow cavity and lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases,
acuminate, often slightly glandular-serrate ; flesh thick, juicy, yellow,
of a pleasant flavor; nutlets 3 or 4, thin, acute at the ends, promi-
nently ridged on the back, with a broad sometimes slightly grooved
ridge, about 8 mm. long.

A broad round-topped shrub 2-3 m. in height with numerous
thick stems, covered with ashy gray bark, and stout zigzag branchlets
marked by pale lenticels, yellow-green when they first appear, bright
red-brown and lustrous during their first season, becoming dull light
red-brown the following year, and armed with many slender red-brown
shining straight or slightly grooved spines 2—7 cm. in length. Flow-
ers during last week of May. Fruit ripens early in September but
does not fall until the middle of October.

MassACHUSETTS: Meadows near the Stockbridge Bowl, Lenox,
C. S. Sargent, August 17, 1885; Brainerd and Sargent, May 30,
1902; C. S. Sargent, September 8, 1902; by the road from Great
Barrington to Alvord, Brainerd and Sargent, May 31, r9o2 ; Great
Barrington, C. S. Sargent, September 8, 1902. New YORK: incom-
plete specimens collected by C. Z Peck at Sand Lake, Rensselaer
County, and at Westport during the season of 1902 appear to belong
to this species.

Crataegus ascendens, n. sp. Crataegus acutiloba, Sargent,
RHODORA, iii. 23, in part.

Leaves oblong.ovate, acuminate, full and rounded or cuneate at
the glandular base, finely and occasionally doubly serrate, with
straight or incurved gland-tipped teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or
5 pairs of short broad acuminate lateral lobes; tinged with red as
they unfold and covered above early in the season with short white
appressed hairs; more than half grown when the flowers open, and
at maturity thin but firm in texture, glabrous, dark yellow-green on

142 Rhodora [Mav:

the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 5.5-8.5 cm. long, 4.5-6
cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs and very thin primary veins
extending to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, glandular with
minute scattered dark mostly early deciduous glands, 2-3 cm. in
length; stipules linear, acuminate, glandular-serrate, caducous.
Flowers 1.4-1.5 cm. in diameter on slender pedicels, in broad com-
pact many-flowered compound thin-branched glabrous corymbs ;
bracts and bractlets oblong-obovate, acute, finely glandular-serrate,
caducous ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes slender, elongated,
entire or sparingly and minutely glandular-serrate, reflexed after
anthesis; stamens 10; anthers pink; styles 3 or 4. Fruit in broad
drooping many-fruited clusters, oblong-obovate until late in the sea-
son, becoming oblong and full and rounded when fully ripe, dark
crimson, lustrous, r.3—1.4 cm. long, about 1.2 cm. wide ; calyx small,
sessile, with a deep shallow cavity and spreading lobes; flesh thick,
yellow, soft and succulent; nutlets 3 or 4, thin, full and rounded at
the ends, ridged on the narrow back, with a low round ridge, 9 mm.
long.

A shrub 2-3 m. in height with numerous slender stems spreading
into small thickets or rarely arborescent, ascending branches, and
thin nearly straight branchlets dark olive green when they first
appear, dark dull red-brown and marked by oblong pale lenticels
during their first season, becoming light reddish brown the following
year, and armed with few stout curved bright chestnut-brown spines
1.5-3 cm. in length. Flowers at the end of May. Fruit ripens the
middle of October.

Vermont: Low mountain slopes and hillsides at the western base
of the Green Mountains up to elevations of 500 feet above the sea-
level only in loamy or gravelly soil, Bristol, C. G. Pring/e, Septem-
ber 1879; New Haven, May, July, September and October, 1900,
Middlebury, October 13, 1900, Ezra Brainerd; West Rutland, W.
W. Eggleston, May 1900.

Crataegus Randiana, n. sp. Leaves ovate to broadly oval,
acute or acuminate, cuneate or rounded at the base, finely and above
the middle mostly doubly serrate, with straight or incurved gland-
tipped teeth, and slightly divided into short acute or acuminate
spreading narrow lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open
and then light yellow-green and covered above with short appressed
white hairs and glabrous below ; at maturity membranaceous, gla-
brous, yellow-green, 5—6 cm. long, 4.5-5 cm. wide, or on leading
shoots 7.5 cm. long and broad, with very slender yellow midribs
slightly impressed on the upper side and thin primary veins extend-
ing obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, nearly
terete, sparingly glandular, with minute dark glands, 2—4 cm. long.

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 143

Flowers about 1.5 cm. in diameter on elongated slender pedicels, in
lax thin-branched glabrous 7—1:2-flowered compound corymbs ; calyx-
tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from broad
bases, acuminate, entire or occasionally slightly serrate, tipped with
bright red glands, reflexed after anthesis; stamens usually c, occa-
sionally 7; anthers large, dark rose color; styles 3 or 4. Fruit
drooping on slender pedicels, oblong, full and rounded at the ends,
scarlet, lustrous, marked by occasional pale dots, r—:.2 cm. long,
8-9 mm. wide; calyx small, sessile, with a narrow shallow cavity
and erect incurved lobes mostly deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh
thin, dry and mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, broad, rounded at the ends,
prominently ridged on the back, with a wide rounded ridge, 6 mm.
long.

A shrub 3-4 m. in height with numerous stout stems covered with
ashy gray bark, erect branches forming an open irregular head, and
slender nearly straight branchlets marked by small pale lenticels,
dull green and tinged with red when they first appear, bright red-
brown and lustrous during their first season, becoming pale gray-
brown the following year, and armed with very slender straight
bright red-brown shining ultimately ashy gray spines 3.5—4 cm. in
length. Flowers from the sth to the roth of June. Fruit ripens
from the middle to the end of September.

MAINE: Low moist meadows near Bar Harbor, Mt. Desert Island,
C. S. Sargent, September 4, 1899; Miss Beatrix Jones, September 20,
1899, June and September r9or.

The name of Edward L. Rand, one of the authors of the Zora of
Mt. Desert Island and the secretary of the New England Botanical
Club, may be appropriately connected with this handsome and dis-
tinct plant.

Crataegus crudelis, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute, broadly cuneate
or rarely rounded at the usually entire base, finely and often doubly
serrate, with glandular straight or incurved teeth, and deeply divided
into numerous narrow acute spreading or reflexed lobes; when they
unfold villose above and along the midribs and viens below, about
half-grown when the flowers open and then membranaceous, light
yellow-green and covered above with short, appressed, lustrous
white hairs and nearly glabrous below; at maturity thin, dark yellow-
green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface,
6-7 cm. long, 5—6 cm. wide, with thin midribs slightly impressed
above and 5 or 6 pairs of slender primary veins arching obliquely to
the points of the lobes ; petioles nearly terete, slightly winged at the
apex, glandular with numerous small dark persistent glands, 2—3 cm.
long; stipules linear, glandular, caducous. Flowers 2 cm. in diame-

144 Rhodora [May

ter on long slender slightly villose pedicels, in broad compound many-
flowered thin-branched hairy corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear,
small, caducous ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, villose at the base, gla-
brous above, the lobes linear, acuminate, sparingly glandular-serrate,
mostly only above the middle, villose on the inner surface, reflexed
after anthesis; stamens ro; anthers pink; styles 3-5, surrounded at
the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. Fruit on stout glabrous
or slightly hairy pedicels, in broad drooping many-fruited clusters,
oblong, full and rounded at the ends, crimson, lustrous, marked by
large pale dots, 1—1.2 cm. long, 9-10 cm. wide; calyx sessile, with
a broad deep cavity and much elongated lobes gradually narrowed
from broad bases, villose and dark red on the upper side toward the
base; flesh thin, juicy, greenish white; nutlets 3—5, full and rounded
at the ends, conspicuously ridge on the broad back, with a high nar-
row ridge, about 7 mm. long.

A shrub with numerous ascending stems 5-7 m. in height, and
stout slightly zigzag branchlets marked by many large pale lenticels,
dark yellow-green when they first appear, light red-brown and lus-
trous during their first season, gray tinged with red the following
year, and armed with many stout straight or slightly curved bright
red-brown lustrous ultimately ashy gray spines, on some individuals
about 4 cm. long and on others from 8—r10 cm. in length, and often
furnished near the middle with a short lateral branch. Flowers at the
end of May or early in June. Fruit ripens at the end of September.

PROVINCE OF QuEBEC: Valley of the St. Lawrence River near the
City of Quebec; Montmorency Falls, August 1895; Montmorency
Falls, Levis, and Isle of Orleans, September 1900; Montmorency
Falls and Levis, May and September 1901, Y. G. Fack.

This species resembles Crataegus acutiloba, Sargent (RHODORA, iii.
23), in the shape of its deeply lobed leaves, but differs from that
species in its much larger flowers, in its villose corymbs and large
fruits, and in the great size of the spines on some individuals, the
largest of these being larger than those of any other species of this
group which I have seen. Crataegus acutiloba, based on specimens
gathered on Mt. Desert Island and at other points on the coast of
Maine will, in view of the collections made during the last two years
in the St. Lawrence valley, and western New England, be found prob-
ably to be confined to the coast region north of Massachusetts Bay.

CRATAEGUS MATURA, Sargent, RHopora, iii. 24 (1901). This
early-ripening species was first seen by Mr. Ezra Brainerd and myself
near Middlebury, Vermont, in August and September r9oo, and the

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 145

early ripening of the fruit noticed. When it was described flowers
of the Middlebury plant had not been collected but flowering speci-
mens of a species with twenty stamens which had been collected by
Mr. A. W. Edson at Burlington, Vermont, were thought to belong to
this species and on these specimens so much of the description as
relates to the flowers was based. Flowers collected the following
year by Mr. Brainerd from the plant which had furnished the fruiting
specimens on which Crataegus matura was in part established show
the error of the previous determination and the importance of drawing
the descriptions of Crataegus only from flowering and fruiting speci-
mens taken from the same individual. The description of the flower-
ing specimens from Middlebury is as follows :

Leaves more than half grown when the flowers open, membrana-
ceous dark yellow-green and roughened above by short appressed white
hairs, pale and glabrous below; stipules oblong-obovate and acumin-
ate to lanceolate, coarsely glandular-serrate, often 1.3-5 cm. in
length, caducous. Flowers about r.6 cm. in diameter on slender
pedicels, in broad many-flowered thin-branched glabrous compound
corymbs; bracts and bractlets oblong-obovate to linear, acuminate,
very coarsely glandular-serrate, large, conspicuous, turning red before
falling, caducous; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually
narrowed, slender, elongated, acuminate, bright red and glandular
at the apex, entire or furnished with occasional minute teeth, reflexed
after anthesis; stamens 5-10, usually 5—7 ; anthers red; styles 3-5,
usually 3 surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum.

Crataegus florea, n. Sp; Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate,
rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, sharply and often doubly
glandular-serrate, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of short acute
lobes; nearly fully grown and slightly roughened above by short
white hairs when the flowers open; at maturity thin but firm in tex-
ture, dark yellow-green and scabrate on the upper surface, paler and
glabrous on the lower surface, 5.5-6 cm. long, 4-5 cm. wide, with
slender yellow midribs and 5 or 6 pairs of thin primary veins arch-
ing to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, narrowly wing-mar-
gined at the apex, slightly grooved, sparingly glandular, with mostly
deciduous glands, 2.5-3 cm. long; on vigorous shoots sometimes as
broad as long, more deeply lobed, abruptly long-pointed. Flowers
about 1.5 cm. in diameter on long slender pedicels, in numerous
crowded many-flowered compound corymbs; bracts and bractlets
linear, glandular, small, caducous ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the
lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, slender, acuminate, entire
or occasionally undulate or obscurely serrate, reflexed after anthesis;
stamens 6-10; anthers red; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by
a thin ring of pale tomentum. Fruit oblong, full and rounded at the

146 Rhodora [May

ends, scarlet, lustrous, 1.3—1.5 cm. long; calyx sessile, with a broad
shallow cavity and elongated spreading lobes often deciduous from
-the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow ; nutlets 3 or 4, thin acute at the
ends, ridged on the back, with a high rounded ridge, 8 mm. long.

An arborescent shrub sometimes 4 m. in height or often a broad
low bush, with stout nearly straight branchlets. marked by small pale
lenticels, dull red-brown when they first appear, rather light reddish
brown and lustrous during their first season, dull and darker the
following year and ultimately ashy gray, and armed with very
stout slightly curved red-brown shining spines 2.5—4 cm. in length.
Flowers at the end of May. Fruit ripens late in September.

Marne: valley of the middle Penobscot River, borders of streams
and woods, Orono, M. L. Fernald, May and September, 19or.

Crataegus monstrata, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of
the short hairs on the upper side of the young leaves. Leaves ovate
to oval, acuminate, cuneate at the entire base, sharply serrate above,
with straight glandular teeth, and divided into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow
acuminate lateral lobes ;- about half grown, light yellow-green and
scabrate above and glabrous below when the flowers open, at matu-
rity membranaceous, scabrate and yellow-green on the upper surface,
pale on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long, 3.5-4 cm. wide, with very
slender nearly terete petioles 2.5—3 cm. in length ; on leading shoots
leaves ovate, full and rounded at the broad base, often 6 cm. long
and wide, with stout petioles slightly wing-margined above the middle
and often conspicuously glandular. Flowers on elongated slender
pedicels, in broad many-flowered thin-branched compound corymbs ;
bracts and bractlets linear, small, glandular, turning red in fading,
caducous ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed
from the base, slender, acuminate, entire or rarely obscurely serrate,
tipped with small red glands, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-7 ;
anthers light violet color; styles usually 3. Fruit in, few-fruited
drooping clusters, oblong, full and rounded at the ends, bright scar-
let marked by many minute pale dots, about 4 cm. long and 9 or ro
mm. wide; calyx small, sessile, with a broad shallow cavity, closely
appressed entire or slightly serrate lobes; flesh thin, yellow, some-
what juicy; nutlets 3, rounded at the ends, thin, prominently ridged
on the back, with a broad slightly grooved ridge, 7 mm. long.

Usually shrubby, but occasionally arborescent in habit and 3 m. in
height, with ascending branches and slender slightly zigzag branch-
lets, light orange-green when they first appear, dull red-brown and
marked by occasional small pale lenticels during their first season,
and light reddish brown or ashy gray the following year, and armed
with many slender slightly curved red-brown ultimately gray spines

1903] Sargent,—Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 147

3-5 cm. in length. Flowers during the last week in May. Fruit
ripens about the middle of September.

CONNECTICUT : northern part of the valley of Eight Mile Brook,
Southbury and Middlebury, E. B. Zarger, May and September,
1901. Very abundant. “Most of the trees were so white with
blossoms that they were noticeable from a distance of from one
quarter to one half of a mile." (E. B. Harger zz Z//f.)

Crataegus blandita, n. sp. Crataegus pastorum, Sargent, RHo-
DORA, iii. 76, in part (1901).

Leaves broadly ovate, acute, truncate, rounded or rarely cuneate
or on leading shoots mostly subcordate at the base, sharply some-
times doubly serrate, with glandular teeth, slightly divided into 30r4
pairs of broad short-pointed lateral lobes; tinged with red and cov-
ered with short pale hairs when they unfold, more than half-grown
when the flowers open and then dark green and roughened on the
upper surface with short lustrous white hairs and pale and glabrous
on the lower surface; at maturity thin but firm in texture, smooth,
dark yellow-green above, light yellow-green below, about 5 cm. long
and 4 cm. wide, or on vigorous shoots often 6 cm. long and wide,
with slender yellow midribs slightly impressed above and 3-5, usually
4, pairs of thin primary veins arching obliquely to the points of the
lobes; petioles slender, nearly terete, glandular, with small dark red
deciduous glands, frequently rose-color in the autumn, 2-3.5 cm. long ;
stipules linear, acuminate, often lobed at the base on vigorous shoots,
glandular with bright red glands, caducous. Flowers r.2—1.3 cm. in
diameter on long slender pedicels, in thin-branched glabrous mostly
ro-flowered compound corymbs with 3- or 4-flowered peduncles from
the axils of the upper and occasionally also of the second leaf ; bracts
and bractlets linear, acuminate, glandular, small, caducous; calyx-
tube narrowly obconic, the lobes slender, elongated, acuminate, finely
and irregularly glandular-serrate, villose on the inner surface, reflexed
after anthesis; stamens 5-10, usually ro; anthers purple; styles 3
or 4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum.
Fruit in drooping many-fruited clusters, oblong, full and rounded at
the ends, 1.2—1.5 cm. long, 8 or 9 mm. wide, scarlet, lustrous, marked
by many small pale lenticels ; calyx small, sessile, with a narrow deep
cavity, and lobes villose above, spreading and reflexed, often decidu-
ous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow; nutlets 3 or 4, acute at
the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad rounded ridge, about 8
mm. long.

A shrub 2-4 m. in height with numerous erect stems spreading
into small thickets, and stout zigzag branchlets marked by large pale
lenticels, dark dull orange-green tinged with red when they first

appear dull reddish or orange-brown during their first season, light

148 Rhodora : [Mav

reddish brown the following year, later becoming lustrous and gray
tinged with red, and armed with many very stout curved light red-
brown spines 2.5—4.5 cm. in length. Flowers at the end of May.
Fruit ripens late in September or early in October.

Province or Querrec: Rocky limestone ridges, Caughnawaga
Indian Reservation [Adirondack Junction]; Montreal Island, [Mont-
real West]; Ile Perrot, Longueil, /. G. Jack, August and September
1899, May 1900, May and September 1900, 1902.

Specimens of this species were referred by me two years ago to
Crataegus pastorum, Sargent, a species which is probably confined
to central and southern Massachusetts. From this species Cratae-
gus blandita differs in its more deeply lobed yellow not blue-green
leaves, in its larger flowers, in fewer-flowered corymbs, and its larger
darker-colored fruit.

Crataegus genialis, n. sp. Crataegus pastorum, Sargent,
RHODORA, iii. 24 (1901) in so much as relates to Berkshire County,
Massachusetts, and the Champlain Valley of Vermont.

Leaves oval, acute or acuminate, rounded or cuneate or often
oblique at the entire base, finely and usually doubly serrate above,
with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and mostly slightly divided
above the middle into 1—4 pairs of short acute lobes; slightly tinged
with red or light bronze color and roughened above by short pale
hair when they unfold, nearly fully grown, membranaceous, dark
green and scabrate above when the flowers open; at maturity thin
but firm in texture, smooth and very dark green on the upper surface,
pale blue-green on the lower surface, mostly pendant, 5-7 cm. long,
5.5-6 cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs and primary veins run-
ning obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles very slender, nearly
terete, 2—3 cm. long; stipules linear, acuminate, glandular-serrate,
caducous; on vigorous shoots leaves often 6—7 cm. long and broad
and rounded or acuminate at the apex, coarsely serrate, their lateral
lobes sometimes broad and rounded, coriaceous, very dark green,
with stout rose-color midribs and thick dark red petioles generally
wing-margined to below the middle, not more than 1 cm. in length
and about as long as the broad foliaceous lunate stipules. Flowers
1.3—1.5 cm. in diameter on slender elongated pedicels, in broad many-
flowered compound glabrous corymbs ; bracts and bractlets linear,
glandular, red before falling, caducous; calyx-tube narrowly obconic,
the lobes slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally sparingly dentate,
reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-10; anthers small, rose color or
purple; styles 3. Fruit on long slender pedicels in drooping many-
fruited clusters, oblong, full and rounded at the ends, yellow-green
when fully grown, becoming at maturity dark crimson, and lustrous,
marked by numerous small pale dots, 1.1—1.2 cm. long, 8-9 mm. wide;

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 149

calyx somewhat enlarged, closely appressed, with a broad shallow
cavity and slender lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, acumi-
nate, mostly entire, bright red on the upper side near the base; flesh
thin, greenish yellow; nutlets 3, acute at the ends, prominently ridged
on the narrow back, with a high ridge, about 6 mm. long.

A shrub 3 or 4 m. in height with slender stems covered with pale
gray bark, ascending branches forming an open head, and stout very
zigzag branchlets marked by large pale lenticels, yellow-green more
or less tinged with red when they first appear, bright red-brown and
lustrous during their first season, gray-brown the following year, and
armed with many stout mostly curved bright red-brown shining ulti-
mately gray spines 1.8-3.5 cm. in length. Flowers during the last
week of May. Fruit ripens early in October, often remaining on the
branches after the leaves have fallen.

MASSACHUSETTS: Meadows near the Stockbridge Bowl, Brainerd
and Sargent, May 30, 1902, C. S. Sargent, September 9, and October
3, 1902; roadside, North Adams to Williamstown, Brainerd and
Sargent, May 29, 1902, C. S. Sargent, September 1902. VERMONT:
New Haven and North Ashburnham, October 1899, New Haven,
August 1900, Salisbury Plain and Middlebury, September 1900, along
the New Haven River, August and October 1900, Æ. Brainerd;
Middlebury, C. S. Sargent, September 1900; Putney, W. W.
Eggleston, October 1902; Bellows Falls, 7. G. Jack, September 19or,
(with earlier ripening fruit). l

Crataegus dissimilis, n. sp. Leaves acuminate, full and rounded
or broadly cuneate at the entire more or less oblique base, finely often
doubly glandular-serrate above, and slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs
of small acute or acuminate lateral lobes ; more than half grown, dark
green and scabrate above and pale below when the flowers open; at
maturity thin but firm in texture, glabrous, dark yellow-green and
smooth on the upper surface, light yellow-green on the lower surface,
4-5 cm. long, 3-5 cm. wide, with thin yellow midribs and slender
primary veins extending very obliquely to the points of the lobes ;
petioles slender, nearly terete, 1.5-3 cm. in length; on vigorous
shoots leaves sometimes 6—7 cm. long and wide, usually slightly cor-
date at the base and more deeply lobed than the leaves of lateral
branchlets, with stout petioles 1—1.2 cm. in length. Flowers 1.1-1.2
cm. in diameter when fully expanded, on slender pedicels, in loose
thin-branched glabrous compound corymbs, the axillary peduncles
elongated, sometimes 3-5 flowered, and rising above the terminal
central part of the inflorescence ; calyx tube narrowly obconic, tinged
with red, the lobes slender, acuminate and long-pointed, entire or
finely glandular-serrate below the middle, tipped with bright red

150 Rhodora (May

glands, reflexed after anthesis; stamens usually ro, rarely 8 or
g; anthers deep rose-purple; styles 3-5. Fruit in few-fruited erect
clusters, short-oblong to obovate, in the early autumn dull red and
slightly pruinose, when fully ripe, dark red, lustrous, destitute of
bloom, r.2—1.4 cm. long, about 1.2 cm. wide; calyx sessile, with a
broad shallow cavity and spreading or reflexed lobes often deciduous
from the ripe fruit ; flesh thin, juicy, acidulous reddish orange color ;
nutlets usually 3 or 4, thick, acute at the ends, rounded and promi-
nently ridged on the broad back, with a high rounded ridge, about
8 mm. long.

A shrub 3 or 4 m. in height with stems not more than 8 cm. in
diameter, covered with light gray bark scaly near their base, spread-
ing branches and slender nearly straight branchlets marked by
numerous oblong pale lenticels, dull reddish brown and pruinose
when they first appear, soon becoming bright red-brown and lustrous,
and dark gray-brown or ashy gray in their second season, and armed
with stout straight or slightly curved bright chestnut-brown and shin-
ing ultimately gray spines 4-5 cm. in length. Flowers about the
20th of May. Fruit ripens and begins to fall from the 1st to the
middle of October.

Connecticut: Open rocky pastures near the Niantic River, East
Lyme, C. B. Graves, May and September 1902.

This species appears to be well distinguished by the unusual
development of the lower branches of the inflorescence, by the
character of the leaves which are thicker and more rigid than is
usual in species of this group, and by the short-oblong or short-
obovate fruit with red-tinted flesh.

Crataegus media, n. sp. Glandular with the exception of the
caducous hairs of the young leaves. Leaves ovate to rhombic,
acute, broadly cuneate or rounded at the entire base, coarsely often
doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly
divided into 3 or 4 pairs of short acuminate lateral lobes, bright red
and covered above with short lustrous white caducous hairs when
they unfold, about half-grown, membranaceous, light yellow green
and almost glabrous when the flowers open ; at maturity subcoriace-
ous, dark dull blue green on the upper surface, pale blue-green on
the lower surface, 4-6 cm. long, about 4 cm. wide, with thin light
yellow midribs and usually 4 pairs of thin primary veins extending
to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, wing-margined at the
apex, slightly grooved, glandular above the middle early in the
season, often tinged with red in the autumn, 1.5 to 3 cm. long ;
stipules linear to oblong, acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate, turn-
ing red before falling, caducous; on vigorous shoots leaves usually

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 151

full and rounded at the broad base, coarsely serrate, more deeply
lobed than the leaves on lateral branchlets, often 7-8 cm. long and
nearly as wide. Flowers 1.3—1.4 cm. in diameter on slender pedicels,
in small usually 5 or 6-flowered thin-branched compact corymbs ;
bracts and bractlets linear, acute, glandular-serrate, caducous ; calyx-
tube broadly obconic, the lobes slender, acuminate, entire or rarely
sparingly serrate above the middle, tipped with minute red glands,
reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-8 ; anthers light rose color; styles
3-5, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. Fruit
in few-fruited drooping clusters, obovate, full and rounded at the
apex, gradually narrowed from above the middle to the slender base,
bright scarlet, 1.4-1.8 cm. long, 1-1.4 cm. wide; calyx enlarged,
sessile with a broad shallow cavity and reflexed closely appressed
lobes often slightly dentate toward the apex, bright red on the upper
side at the base, mostly persistent ; flesh thick, sweet, nearly white,
dry and mealy; nutlets 3-5, thick or thin according to their number,
acute at the ends, rounded and prominently ridged on the back, with
a high rounded ridge, about 8 mm. long.

An arborescent shrub 3-4 m. in height with erect branches and
slender slightly zigzag branchlets, light yellow-green when they first
appear, dull dark red-brown and marked by occasional large oblong
pale lenticels during their first season, orange color and rather lus-
trous the following year, and armed with numerous slender slightly
curved dark purple shining spines 4-6 cm. in length. Flowers dur-
ing the last week of May. Fruit ripens early in October.

ConneECTICUT: Borders of swamps in low moist soil, Oxford, Æ. B.
Harger, May and August 1901, October 1902; C. S. Sargent, Sep-
tember 1902.

This interesting species with its small flowers in few-flowered
corymbs, small number of stamens, leaves at first hairy on the upper
surface but dark green and subcoriaceous at maturity, and pear-
shaped fruits without bloom or a calyx-tube, appears intermediate
between the Zenutfolia and Pruinosa sections of the genus and
might be referred with equal propriety to either.

* * Stamens usually 20.

Crataegus Forbesae, n. sp. Leaves ovate to oval, acuminate,
gradually narrowed and rounded or broadly concave-cuneate at the
mostly entire base, serrate, often doubly with small straight or incurved
glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs of short acute
lateral lobes; tinged with red when they unfold and coated above
until after the flowers open with short soft pale hairs, at maturity
dull dark bluish green and glabrous on the upper surface, paler on

152 . Rhodora [May

the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long, 3.5-4.5 cm. wide, with slender yellow
midribs deeply impressed above and very thin primary veins extend-
ing obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly
grooved, often wing-margined at the apex by the decurrent bases of
the leaf-blades, 1.5-2.5 cm. long; stipules linear, acuminate, glandu-
lar, caducous ; on leading shoots leaves sometimes 5—6. cm. long and
nearly as wide as long, more deeply lobed than the leaves of fertile
branchlets, their petioles stout, wing-margined to below the middle,
conspicuously glandular, often rose color. Flowers r.8-2 cm. in
diameter on long slender pedicels, in broad thin-branched many-
flowered compound glabrous corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear to
oblong-obovate, glandular, caducous; calyx-tube broadly obconic,
the lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, acuminate, entire or
rarely sparingly serrate near the middle, glandular and reddish at
the apex; stamens 20, rarely 15-18 ; anthers large, dark rose color;
styles 4 or 5, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomen-
tum. Fruit in many-fruited erect or drooping clusters, subglobose
to short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, scarlet, lustrous,
marked by numerous large pale dots, 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx
prominent, sessile, with a broad deep cavity and nearly entire
appressed lobes, dark red on the upper side near the base and
generally persistent on the ripe fruit; flesh thin, juicy, pale yellow ;
nutlets 4 or 5, usually 5, thin, acute at the ends, slightly or promi-
nently ridged on the back, about 7 mm. long.

A broad round-topped shrub 3-5 m. in height, sometimes beginning
to flower when less than 1 m. tall, with numerous stout stems covered
with smooth gray bark, and slender branchlets marked by many
small pale lenticels, dull red-brown when they first appear, bright
red-brown and lustrous during their first season, dull gray-brown the
following year, and ultimately ashy gray and armed with stout
slightly curved often blunt spines 2—4 cm. in length. Flowers about
May 20. Fruit ripens from the roth to the middle of September and
soon falls.

MASSACHUSETTS: Open rocky pastures in moist soil, Clinton,
Stirling, West Boylston, Evelyn Forbes Thayer, May and September
1901 and 19o2. Connecticut: In a hedge on Harris Court, New
London, C. E. Graves, May and September 1902, C. .S. Sargent,
August 1902.

'The maiden name or Mrs. John E. Thayer, an industrious collector
and student of Crataegus growing in her native County of Worcester,
Massachusetts, may properly be associated with this handsome plant,
one of several undescribed forms which she has helped to make
known.

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Specics of Crataegus 153

Crataegus Alnorum, n. sp. Leaves acute or acuminate, sharply
and usually doubly glandular-serrate or simply crenately serrate at
the broad rounded or cuneate base, and divided into four or five
pairs of small acuminate spreading lobes; coated with short lustrous
white hairs when they unfold, nearly fully grown when the flowers
open and then membranaceous, light yellow-green and still covered
with hairs above and glabrous below; at maturity thin but firm, gla-
brous, dark bluish green on the upper surface, pale blue-green on
the lower surface, 4.5-5.5 cm. long, 3.5-4.5 cm. wide, with slender
yellow midribs slightly impressed above and thin primary veins arch-
ing to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, nearly terete, slightly
wing-margined at the apex, glandular with small dark red deciduous
glands, 1.5-3 cm. in length. Flowers 1.7 cm. in diameter on slender
pedicels in broad thin-branched glabrous many-flowered compound
corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear, glandular, small, mostly fallen
before the flowers open; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes
abruptly narrowed from wide bases, slender, acuminate, entire or
finely serrate, with occasional small gland-tipped teeth; styles 3-5,
surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit
in gracefully drooping few or many-fruited clusters, oblong-obovate,
bright scarlet, lustrous, about 1.2 cm. long and 8 mm. wide; calyx
sessile, with a broad shallow cavity and reflexed appressed lobes
often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow, dry and meally,
nutlets 3-5, thin, acute at the narrow ends, prominently ridged on
the back, with a high grooved ridge, about 7 mm. long.

A slender arborescent shrub 3-5 m. in height with ascending
branches and slender nearly straight or slightly zigzag branchlets
marked by occasional oblong pale lenticels, dark yellow-green more or
less tinged with red when they first appear, bright red-brown during
their first season, becoming light or dark gray-brown in their second
year, and only slightly armed with stout straight or somewhat curved
bright red-brown ultimately ashy gray spines 2.5-3 cm. long. Flowers
at the very end of May or in early June. Fruit ripens toward the
end of September.

MaiNE: Valley of the middle Penobscot River in.low sandy soil
mixed with or bordering Alder thickets, Orono, M. L. Fernald, May
and September 19or. The most common species in the region often
covering acres of ground with many hundreds of plants.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

154 Rhodora [May

AJUGA GENEVENSIS IN New ENGLAND.—In the last edition of
Gray’s Manual and in Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora only one
species of Ajuga is given and that is introduced, growing in New
England and the Middle States, 4. reptans, L. Dr. Britton’s later
Flora, however, states in the appendix that Æ. genevensis, L., has
become established at a station in Pennsylvania. This is similar to
A. reptans, L., but differs from that species in its larger flowers,
stouter habit, more pubescent stem and leaves, and in its lack of run-

ners. .
A. reptans is established near Saco, Maine, about New York City,

and is reported from various other stations. A recent investigation
shows that some reports of stations for this species are erroneous
and that the plant is 4. genevensis instead. Many of the reports of
Ajuga are not based on herbarium specimens so it is at present
impossible to say just how many should be credited to 4. reptans
and how many to A. genevensis.

I have seen specimens of the latter species from New York City,
collected many years ago by Judge Brown (the station is now prob-
ably improved out of existence), from Danville, Pennsylvania (the
station noted in Dr. Britton's Flora), from New Haven, Connecticut,
where it seems to be well established, and from Southington, Conn-
ecticut, where it is established at two stations. This is the plant
listed in the recent Southington Flora as A. reptans, L. We certainly
have both species of Ajuga established here in New England and the
writer would be very glad to get specimens of either from any station
so that we may find their exact distribution.— C. H. BissELL, South-
ington, Connecticut.

RED-FLOWERED ANEMONE RIPARIA.— Anemone riparia, the tall
graceful Anemone of calcareous northern river-banks, was originally
described! as having large white sepals, rarely varying to greenish
white. Recently, however, Mr. George H. Richards has brought to
the Gray Herbarium, with Dryas Drummondii, Anemone multifida,
and other unusual plants collected by him on the banks of Grand
River, Gaspé County, Quebec, a specimen of Anemone riparia with
deep red sepals. This extreme color-variation, although previously

1 RHODORA, i, 51, t. 3 (1899).

1903] Robinson,— Viola arvensis in New England 155

unknown in A. rifarda and its immediate allies, is not unprecedented
in the subgenus Æuanemone. Our common Wood Anemone, 4.
guinguefolia, varies from white to crimson-tinged, and the northern
A. multifida, ordinarily with red flowers, is not rare with white or
even greenish sepals.

It is interesting in this connection to note that Mr. Richards col-
lected on Grand River flowers of Anemone multifida having as many
as fourteen sepals. — M. L. FERNALD.

VIOLA ARVENSIS IN NEW ENGLAND.

B. L. ROBINSON.

THE success with which the little pale-flowered pansy of the
Alleghany region has been shown to be a distinct American species
instead of the V. arvensis, Murr. (or as many authors prefer V. tri-
color, var. arvensis) of the Old World has led students of our violets
to the over hasty conclusion that all our violets of this type from
Maine to Georgia are of the same endemic species and are to be
classed as V. Rafinesguii, Greene (V. tenella, Muhl., not Poir.). Itis,
however, a fact familiar to many New England observers that the little
yellowish white flowered pansy, locally abundant from southern New
England to Newfoundland, instead of appearing endemic, has the
habits of an introduced’ plant. It is seldom if ever found far from
dwellings and is chiefly seen in old fields, about dumping places,
etc., almost always in soil which has been artificially loosened.

Some months ago Dr. E. H. Eames called my attention to the fact
that this violet of New England of which he had observed specimens
near Bridgeport, Connecticut, was not the plant of the South and
West, now classed as V. ARafinesquit. A careful examination of mate-
rial sent by Dr. Eames and specimens from other sources fully con-
firms his view.

V. Rafinesquii is a slender delicate plant with peculiar many-parted
and palmately cleft stipules of roundish contour. The petals are of
a pale blue or lavender tinge shading at the base into yellow, and they
are nearly or quite twice as long as the very short sepals. This spe-
cies is frequent from Eastern New York to Kansas and southward.

156 Rhodora [May

The plant of New England, however, is decidedly stouter. The
stipules are also deeply cleft but the divisions are less numerous and
more pinnate in their arrangement. The flowers are larger, and the
petals, which are pale yellow (the upper sometimes with a faint tinge
of lavender), scarcely if at all exceed the relatively large sepals. An
examination of specimens and plates of the Old World material of
related forms convinces me that this is just the plant figured as V.
arvensis, Murr., in the English Botany, t. 2712, in the Flora Danica,
t. 1748, and Reichenbach’s Icones Florae Germanicae, t. 4517,
figures which are accepted as representative of V. arvensis, Murr.,
by such critical students of Viola as Messrs. Rouy and Foucaud in
their exhaustive subdivision of the violets of France.!

This violet, in America at least, shows no tendency to intergrade
with V. tricolor, L., nor with V. Rafinesquit, Greene.

To date I have seen specimens of V. arvensis from the following
American localities. NEWFOUNDLAND: on rocky bare slopes of hills
immediately back of habitations in the poorer suburbs of St. John's,
Robinson & von Schrenk, no. 19o. Maine: in an old field, Orono,
Fernald; in a rich field, North Berwick, Parlin, no. 654. Massa-
chusetts: abundant in an old field, Cambridge, Fernald; Medford
Street, Somerville, C. E. Perkins; Northampton, Mrs. E. H. Terry,
CONNECTICUT: sandy wastes along the beach, Black Rock, Bridge-
port, Hames; in a garden (without cultivation), Southington, 55e.
New York: Oak Point, Buchheister.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1 F], de France, iii. 1 to 58.

Vol. 5, no. 52, including pages 93 to 120 and plate 46, was issued 1 April, 1903.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 June, 1903 No. 54

THE IDENTITY OF IRIS HOOKERI AND THE ASIAN
I. SETOSA.

M. FosTER.

[EDITORIAL NorE.— The discovery by Dr. G. G. Kennedy two years ago
at Cutler, Maine, of the unique Zris Hookeri, Penny, formerly known only
from the coast of eastern Canada, Labrador and Newfoundland, has drawn
much attention to that handsome plant.! As a result of recent observations,
the range of the species has been more clearly defined than heretofore, and
we now know Z. Hookeri on sea-beaches and headlands from Mallijak (Ham-
ilton Inlet), Labrador, to the Baie des Chaleurs, New Brunswick, and up the
St. Lawrence to Saguenay and Kamouraska Counties, Quebec; on New-
foundland, the Magdalen Islands, and Prince Edward Island; and from
Sydney, Cape Breton, to Jonesport, Maine. With the attention of New Eng-
land botanists so recently directed to this northern Iris, it was an especially
happy chance which led Miss Mary A. Day, Librarian of the Gray Herba-
rium, to discover among some papers of the late Sereno Watson a manuscript
note upon this plant from Sir Michael Foster, the distinguished secretary of
the Royal Society and for twenty years Professor of Physiology at Trinity
College, Cambridge. This note which its author permits us to publish was
addressed to Dr. Watson shortly before his death.]

In an interesting note in Botanical Gazette, xii. p. 99, May, 1887,
on “Our *tripetalous ' species of Iris,” you shew that Z Hookeri has
priority as a name for the Canadian tripetalous species. I have
several times received plants under the name * Z. tridentata,” clearly
not specimens of Walter's plant [Z. zrz?eza/a], but so identical in all
respects with Z. se/osa, Pallas, that, though some of them were said
to come from Canada, I thought there must have been some mistake,
and that what I had received were simply specimens of the Asian Z.
setosa.

Two years ago, however, Mr. James Fletcher of the Agricultural
Department, Ottawa, was so very kind as to send me ripe full cap-
sules and living roots of the tripetalous Iris growing at Dalhousie,

! See Kennedy, RHODORA, iv. 24, and Collins, ibid, 179, t. 39.

158 Rhodora [Jus

New Brunswick. The capsule and seed were exactly like the capsule
and seed of the Asian Z. setosa. In your note you point out the
features of the capsule of the Canadian Iris. I may add that the
small dense seed, pyriform or oval except for the very conspicuous
raphe, is most distinct. Not only is it wholly different from the
wedge-shaped seed of Z. versicolor (which in turn is almost identical
with that of the European Z. pseudacorus, the two plants being the
New World and Old World forms of the same type) but so unlike the
seed of other Irises known to me that I think I could always recog-
nize it and detect it mixed with other seed. ‘That of Z. ensata comes
nearest to it.

Mr. Fletcher's root flowered with me last summer (1889), and I
must confess that I cannot see in itany specific differences from the
Asian /ris setosa. The distinguishing feature of Z. setosa is the
diminished inner perianth-segment or standard, in which a very short
narrow claw suddenly expands into a minute ala on each side, the
two together not reaching the width of 1 cm., and then rapidly nar-
rows to a bristle-like point, the whole segment being only about 1.5
or at most 2 cm. in length. In Z. versicolor, the standards are some-
times small but never so small as this, and, moreover, they are
always ovate or ovate-lanceolate.

The Canadian plant differs from what I may perhaps consider as
the typical Asian plant, in the standard not narrowing rapidly to a
point from the alae, but, after narrowing somewhat, maintaining the
same width for a space and then suddenly becoming pointed; in the
blade of the outer perianth-segment being more orbicular; in the
claw of the same having a more pronounced flange at its base ; in the
white patch or “signal” at the junction of the claw and blade being
less sharply defined, and in the ovary being more distinctly grooved
on the sides. In all these features, however, except the first, seed-
lings of the Asian Z. sefosa vary a good deal. The inflorescence of
the Canadian plant was not so full and the foliage not so luxuriant
as those of a well grown Asian plant; but these, I take it, are merely
matters of cultivation. The slight apparently permanent difference
noted above, seems to be hardly enough to found a species upon.
The Canadian plant is at most a variety and might be called Zrzs
setosa, var. canadensis.

I may add that a plant said to come from Newfoundland, which
my friend Mr. Max Leichtlin of Baden Baden gave me, appears to

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 159

be identical with Mr. Fletcher’s plant. Both are much more like the
Asian /ris setosa than a plant, which I also received from Mr.
Leichtlin, which was said to come from Alaska, and which, though
really an Z. setosa, more fully perhaps deserves an independent name
than does the Canadian form. Its deep rich purple flowers and
tall habit make it a handsome plant.

It is interesting to observe that Zrs setosa, like so many other of
your North American plants of Asian origin, has been driven to
your eastern seaboard, and nearly pushed out of the country. I can
learn no evidence of its existence between Alaska on the west and
East Canada. The Z. versicolor of Canada appears to me wholly
identical with the /. versicolor of the States but of less luxuriant
growth.

SHELFORD, CAMBRIDGE, ENGLAND, January rr, 1890.

RECENTLY RECOGNIZED SPECIES OF CRATAEGUS IN
EASTERN CANADA AND NEW ENGLAND,— IV.

C. S. SARGENT.

$ COCCINEAE.
* Anthers pale yellow.

CRATAEGUS COCCINEA, Linnaeus. Sargent, Siva JV. Am. xiii, di
t. 683.

The range of this species can now be extended along the coast of
CONNECTICUT where it has been found by Graves near New London,
by Harger at Oxford and Southbury, and by Hames at Stanford on
the Hoosatonic River.

Crataegus Gravesii, n. sp. Leaves ovate to obovate, acute or
rounded at the apex, narrowed from below the middle to the concave-
cuneate or rarely rounded entire base, and slightly divided above the
middle into 3 or 4 pairs of broad acute lobes; when they unfold
tinged with red and coated above with silky white hairs and nearly
fully grown when the flowers open and then membranaceous, light
green and slightly hairy above with scattered pale hairs; at maturity
thin but firm in texture, glabrous, dark green and lustrous on the
upper surface, pale yellow-green on the lower surface, usually 3.5—4
cm. long and 2.5-3 cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs and 3 or 4

160 Rhodora [JUNE

pairs of slender primary veins extending obliquely to the points of
the lobes, or occasionally 3-nerved; petioles slender, more or less
wing-margined at the apex by the decurrent base of the leaf-blades,
slightly hairy and often glandular early in the season, 1—1.4 cm. in
length; on leading shoots leaves often broadly ovate, rounded,
slightly cordate or broadly cuneate at the base, coarsely serrate and
divided into numerous short acute lateral lobes, 5—6 cm. long and
nearly as wide, with thick rose-colored midribs and stout winged pet-
ioles. Flowers r.5—1.6 cm. in diameter on slender slightly hairy or
glabrous pedicels, in compact 5-16, mostly 10-12, flowered com-
pound corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear and acuminate to lanceo-
late, glandular, pink; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, light green, the
lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, linear, acuminate, tipped
with bright red glands, finely glandular-serrate usually only above
the middle, reflexed after anthesis, deciduous from the ripe fruit ; sta-
mens 4-10, usually 7 or 8; anthers small, pale yellow; styles 2 or 3,
very rarely 4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomen-
tum. Fruit in erect few-fruited compact clusters, globose or
depressed globose, dark orange-red, marked by numerous large dark
dots, 7—11, usually about 8 mm. in diameter; calyx small with a
broad, shallow cavity; flesh pale yellow-green, dry and mealy; nut-
lets 2 or 3, full and rounded at the ends, prominently ridged on the
broad rounded back, about 6 mm. in length.

A tree occasionally 6 m. in height with a trunk r—1.5 dm. in diam-
eter, covered with dark gray bark separating into small thin scale-
like plates, wide-spreading and ascending branches forming a flat-
tened dome-shaped head, more often shrubby with several stout stems
and a broad round-topped or flattened head, 2-3 m. tall and broad;
branchlets slender, nearly straight or slightly zigzag, marked by
large pale lenticels, dark orange-green and slightly or densely villose
or glabrous when they first appear, light red-brown and lustrous dur-
ing their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and
armed with numerous slender nearly straight bright red-brown and
shining ultimately ashy spines 3-6 cm. in length. Flowers during
the first week in June. Fruit ripens late in September and begins
to fall about the 1oth of October. In the autumn the leaves turn a
dull yellow color.

Connecticut: Abundant on the glacial gravel of Poquonomoc
Plain east of Poquonomoc River and on adjacent boulder-covered
ridges, Groton, C. B. Graves, June and September 1:i9or, C. S.
Sargent, August 1902; Terrace north of Gales Ferry Cove, Ledyard,
C. B. Graves, June and September 19or ; Southington, Z. Andrews,
June and September 1902; North Canaan, C. ZZ. Bissell, September

7903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 161

1901; State Line, Salisbury, C. Æ. Bissell, May and September 1902.
MASSACHUSETTS; hill west of the main street, Great Barrington,
Brainerd and Sargent, May 31, 1902, C. S. Sargent, September 1902 ;
roadside, North Adams to Williamstown, Brainerd and Sargent, May
29, 1902, C. S. Sargent, September 1902; Amherst, G. Æ. Stone, May
1902. VERMONT: Vergennes, Ezra Brainerd, August and Septem-
ber 1900, June 1901. New York: Westport, C. Z7. Peck, May 1902.

The plants growing on the Poquonomoc Plain should be considered
to represent the type of this species. The specimens collected by
Andrews at Southington have much more hairy young branchlets and
corymbs and larger fruit, and the plants from northern Connecticut,
Massachusetts and New York are quite glabrous with the exception
of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves.

I am glad to associate with this distinct species the name of Dr.
C. B. Graves of New London, who has patiently and successfully
studied during the last two years the numerous forms of Crataegus
which he has found in New London County, Connecticut.

Crataegus Faxoni, n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate to suborbicular
or rarely oval, rounded and short-pointed or acuminate at the apex,
rounded, truncate or cuneate at the usually broad entire often glan-
dular base, finely serrate above, with straight incurved teeth tipped
with large dark glands, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of short
acute or acuminate lobes; coated above until after the flowering time
with long soft white hairs and densely hoary tomentose below; at
maturity thin but firm in texture, dark dull green and glabrous on
the upper surface, pale and glabrous on the lower surface, with the
exception of a few hairs scattered along the stout midribs deeply
impressed above and the prominent primary veins arching obliquely
to the points of the lobes, 4-5 cm. long and 3.5—4 cm. wide, or on
leading shoots often 6 cm. long and wide; petioles slender, grooved,
often slightly winged at the apex by the decurrent base of the leaf-
blades, villose at first, glandular with minute dark red scattered
glands caducous except on vigorous shoots, glabrous in the autumn,
2—2.5 cm. in length; stipules linear to oblong-obovate, acute, finely
glandular-serrate, villose, 7-8 mm. in length, caducous. Flowers 1
cm. in diameter on short stout villose pedicels, in compact 7—9-flow-
ered densely villose compound corymbs ; bracts and bractlets linear
to oblong-obovate, acuminate, finely glandular-serrate, turning brown
in fading, caducous; calyx-tube broadly obconic, villose particularly
toward the base, the lobes gradually narrowed, slender, acuminate,
slightly villose, glandular-serrate; stamens 5—10, usually 5; anthers
pale yellow; styles 3 or 4. Fruit mostly erect on stout glabrous or
slightly villose peduncles, in few-fruited clusters, oblong, full and
rounded at the ends, dark crimson, lustrous, marked by few large

162 Rhodora [June

pale lenticels, 1—1.2 cm. long, 8-10 mm. wide; calyx small, with a
narrow deep cavity and spreading and reflexed villose lobes, the
tips mostly deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow, dry and
mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, full and rounded at the ends, prominently
ridged on the broad back, with a high rounded ridge, 8-9 mm. long.

A shrub 3-3.5 m. in height with numerous stout spreading stems
forming a broad round-topped handsome head, and slender nearly
straight branchlets coated at first with long matted pale hairs, soon
glabrous, light red-brown and marked by occasional large pale lenti-
cels during their first season, dark gray-brown the following year and
armed with slender slightly curved light chestnut-brown and shin-
ing ultimately ashy gray spines 4-4.5 cm. in length. Flowers from
the 2oth to the end of May. Fruit ripens at the end of September.

New HAMPSHIRE: river banks and open rocky pastures, Fran-
conia, C. Æ. Faxon, September 1890, 1899, 1900, May 19or.

Crataegus Jackii,n.sp. Leaves obovate-cuneate to oblong-cune-
ate or rarely oval, acute, or on vigorous shoots broadly ovate and
rounded or cordate at the base, to orbicular, finely and doubly
serrate except toward the base, with incurved glandular teeth, and
sometimes slightly divided above the middle into short acute lobes ;
tinged with red and villose-pubescent above, this often as they unfold
and nearly fully grown and almost glabrous when the flowers open ;
at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark dull green on the upper
surface, pale on the lower surface, 3-4 cm. long, 2-3 cm. wide, or on
leading shoots often 5 cm. in diameter, with stout midribs and 3 or 4
pairs of slender primary veins extending to the points of the lobes ;
petioles slender, more or less wing-margined toward the apex, glandu-
lar, with numerous small bright red glands, mostly deciduous before
autumn, 3-4 cm. long; stipules oblong-obovate to linear, acuminate,
glandular-serrate, caducous. Flowers 2 cm. in diameter, in broad
many-flowered thin-branched compound villose corymbs ; bracts and
bractlets conspicuous, oblong-obovate, glandular-serrate ; calyx-tube
broadly obconic, glabrous, the lobes gradually narrowed from broad
bases, oblong, acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate, slightly villose
on the upper surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5—ro, usually
5; anthers pale yellow ; styles 2 or 3, surrounded at the base by a
narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit in many-fruited drooping
glabrous clusters, ovate to oblong, prominently angled, full and
rounded at the ends, dull dark red, marked by occasional small pale
dots, 1.2—1.4 cm. long, 1-1.2 cm. thick; calyx small, with a narrow
shallow cavity and acuminate closely appressed lobes coarsely ser-
rate above the middle, villose-above, dark red toward the base on the
upper side; flesh thick, somewhat juicy, bitter, white tinged with red ;
nutlets 2 or 3, broad, rounded at the ends, rounded and prominently
ridged on the back, with a broad grooved ridge, 8 mm. in length.

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 163

A broad round-topped very intricately branched shrub rarely extend-
ing 3 metres in height with slender zigzag branchlets light green more
or less tinged with red when they first appear, orange or reddish brown
during their first season, becoming dull gray-brown in their second
year and armed with numerous nearly straight slender spines from 3
to 6 cm. in length. Flowers at the end of May. Fruit ripens late
in September.

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC: lime stone ridges near the shores of Lake
St. Lawrence; Caughnawaga, May 1900, May and September r9or,
May 1902, Highlands, May and September 1901; St. Ann, May
and September 1902, 7. G. Jack.

Crataegus Aboriginum, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception
of a few long pale caducous hairs on the upper surface of the young
leaves. Leaves ovate to rhombic, concave-cuneate at the entire
glandular base, finely and often doubly serrate, with incurved teeth
tipped with small red glands, and more or less deeply divided above
the middle into broad acute lobes; membranaceous, pale yellow-green
and almost glabrous when the flowers open; at maturity thin but firm
in texture, dark yellow-green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale
yellow-green on the lower surface, 5—6 cm. long, 3.5-5 cm. wide, with
stout often rose-colored midribs and 3 or 4 pairs of slender veins
arching obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles stout, narrowly
wing-margined and grooved nearly to the middle, glandular with
minute dark glands mostly toward the apex, often rose-color late in
the season, about 2 cm. in length; stipules linear and acuminate to
lanceolate, coarsely glandular-serrate, sometimes 1-2 cm. in length,
caducous. Flowers about 1.4 cm. in diameter on long slender
pedicels, in thin-branched rather compact many flowered compound
corymbs ; bracts and bractlets very large and conspicuous, oblong-
obovate, acute, sometimes falcate, coarsely glandular-serrate, mostly
deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the
lobes abruptly narrowed from the base, broad, acuminate, coarsely
glandular-serrate, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers pale
yellow ; styles 2—4. Fruit in drooping few-fruited clusters, subglo-
bose to short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, dark red, slightly
pruinose, about 1.4 cm. long; calyx enlarged with a broad deep
cavity and foliaceous coarsely serrate lobes dark red on the upper
side near the base, usually erect and incurved, 7-9 mm. in length ;
flesh thin, hard, green and bitter; nutlets full and rounded at the
ends, thick, ridged on the back, with a broad rounded often grooved
ridge, about 9 mm. in length.

A broad shrub with stems about 3 m. in height and very stout
branchlets marked by oblong pale lenticels, dark orange-green when
they first appear, bright red-brown and lustrous during their first

164 Rhodora [June

year, light reddish brown or gray slightly tinged with red and lustrous
during their second season, and armed with thick nearly straight
bright chestnut-brown shining spines 3-4 cm. in length. Flowers
at the end of May. Fruit ripens the first of October.

PROVINCE oF QueBEC: Roadside in the Indian village of Caugh
nawaga in the Caughnawaga Reservation, near the southern bank of
the St. Lawrence River at the Lachine Rapids, /. G. /ack, August
and September 1899, May and September 1900.

Although still known only in a single individual, I venture to
describe this plant as it is one of the most interesting and distinct of
Mr. Jack's numerous discoveries in the neighborhood of Montreal,
differing as it does from all the other species of this group in the large
and very conspicuous bracts and bractlets of the inflorescence, and
the much enlarged foliaceous lobes of the mature calyx.

Crataegus Brunetiana, n. sp. Leaves rhombic to oblong-
obovate or rarely and usually only on vigorous shoots to ovate, acute,
mostly concave-cuneate and gradually or abruptly narrowed to the
glandular base, sharply and generally doubly serrate, with straight or
incurved teeth tipped with small dark red persistent glands, and more
or less deeply divided into numerous acuminate lobes; as they unfold
tinged with red, and villose above and along the midribs and veins
below, and when the flowers open nearly fully grown and glabrous
with the exception of a few pale hairs on the upper surface; at
maturity subcoriaceous, glabrous, dark green and lustrous above,
light yellow-green below, 5-8 cm. long, 3.5-5 cm. wide, with stout
midribs and 4 or 5 pairs of primary veins arching to the points of
the lobes ; petioles stout, more or less wing-margined above, glandu-
lar, with numerous small dark red glands mostly deciduous before
autumn, often bright red late in the season like the lower part of the
midrids; stipules oblong-obovate, rounded or acute at the apex to
lanceolate, coarsely glandular-serrate, caducous. Flowers about 1.8.
cm. in diameter on elongated slender pedicels, in broad thin-branched |
open compound many-flowered corymbs ; bracts and bractlets oblong-
obovate to lanceolate, glandular-serrate, caducous; calyx-tube nar-
` rowly obconic, thickly coated with long matted white hairs, the lobes
gradually narrowed from broad bases, acuminate, coarsely glandular-
serrate, villose on the upper surface; stamens ro; anthers pale
yellow; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale
tomentum. Fruit on long pedicels, in many-fruited gracefully
drooping slightly villose clusters, oblong or slightly obovate, full and
rounded at the ends, crimson, lustrous, marked by occasional large
pale dots, 1.3 to 1.5 cm. long, about 1 cm. thick; calyx-cavity deep
and narrow, the lobes elongated, acuminate, glandular-serrate, villose
on the upper surface, red above toward the base, closely appressed,

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 165

persistent; flesh thick, greenish yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets 3 or
4, thick, acute at the ends, prominently ridged on the back, with a
broad often grooved ridge, 5-6 mm. long.

An arborescent shrub beginning to flower when not more than
1.5 metres high, and when fully grown often 6 or 7 metres in height,
with numerous stems sometimes 3 dcm. in diameter, forming an
open irregular head, and stout zigzag branchlets sparingly marked
by oblong pale lenticels, villose and yellow-green when they first
appear, soon glabrous, bright red-brown and lustrous during their
first season, ashy gray or light brown the following year, and armed
with numerous stout straight bright chestnut-brown spines 5—7 cm.
in length. Flowers June rst. Fruit ripens at the end of September
and often remains on the branches until the end of October or until
after the leaves have fallen.

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC: valley of the St. Lawrence River near the
City of Quebec, Montmorency Falls, September 1900, May and
September 1901, Levis, September 1900, May and September 1900,
Isle of Orleans, September 1900, May and September 1901, /. G.
Jack; banks of St. Charles River, City of Quebec, May and October
1902, &. Bell. A specimen with immature fruit collected by Mr.
Ezra Brainerd at Roberal, Lake St. John, Province of Quebec,
August 11, 19or, is probably of this species.

This handsome shrub, first found near the city where he lived
for many years, recalls in its name that of the Abbé Ovide Brunet, a
professor at Lavalle University and the author of important papers
on the trees and other plants of Canada.

Crataegus Keepii, n. sp. Leaves obovate to rhombic, rarely to
oval, acuminate, gradually narrowed to the entire glandular base,
finely sometimes doubly serrate above, with straight teeth tipped with
large dark red persistent glands, and slightly divided above the
middle into 3 to 5 pairs of short acuminate lobes; nearly fully
grown when the flowers open and then membranaceous, dark green
and slightly hairy above, with white caducous hairs and pale and
glabrous below; at maturity coriaceous, dark green and very lus-
trous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4-6 cm. long,
3-4 cm. wide, with stout yellow midribs deeply impressed above
like the slender, primary veins arching to the points of the lobes;
petioles slender, wing-margined at the apex by the decurrent base of
the leaf blades, slightly grooved, glandular, at first sparingly hairy,
soon glabrous, often rose color in the autumn, 2—2.5 cm. in length;
stipules linear; acuminate turning red before falling. Flowers on
elongated slender slightly villose pedicels, in lax 6—1:1-flowered thin-

166 Rhodora [Juse

branched villose compound corymbs ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic,
glabrous except at the very base, the lobes gradually narrowed from
below, acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate, villose on the inner
surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens usually 8; anthers pale
yellow; styles 3 or 4. Fruit in drooping slightly villose clusters,
oblong, full and rounded at the ends, bright clear red, lustrous, con-
spicuously marked by very large white dots, r.1—1.2 cm. long, about
9 mm. wide; calyx small, sessile, with a deep narrow cavity and
spreading closely appressed lobes villose on the upper side; flesh
thin, yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, thin, acute at the ends,
prominently ridged on the back, with a narrow rounded ridge, 8 mm.
in length.

A large arborescent shrub sometimes 4 or 5 m. in height with
numerous stems forming a broad open head, and slender nearly
straight branchlets marked by large pale lenticels, dark orange-green
and villose when they first appear, dull light reddish brown during
their first season, dull ashy gray the following year, and unarmed or
sparingly armed with nearly straight dark red-brown spines about 4
cm. in length. Flowers during the first week of June. Fruit ripens
early in October.

MAINE: river thickets of the valley of the lower Aroostook where
it is the common species and very beautiful in autumn when it is
covered with its abundant brilliant fruit; Fort Fairfield, September
1900, June and September 1901, M. Z. Fernald.

This species is named for Marcus Rodman Keep, “ Parson”
Keep, for forty-eight years a resident in Aroostook Co., a clergyman
and missionary at large, widely identified with the educational and
agricultural development of his adopted state, a friend of the poor,
and the helpful adviser of all who sought information on the flora of
northern Maine.

* * Anthers pink.

Crataegus Fernaldi, n. sp. Leaves ovate to rhombic, long-
` pointed at the apex, gradually or abruptly narrowed at the entire or
glandular base, finely often doubly serrate above, with incurved teeth
tipped with large dark red glands, and deeply divided above the
middle into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate lobes; nearly fully
grown when the flowers open and then membranaceous, light yellow-
green and slightly hairy along the midribs above, pale and villose
below, with scattered hairs persistent during the season on the stout
yellow midribs and primary veins extending very obliquely to the
points of the lobes; at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark green
and lustrous on the upper surface, light yellow-green on the lower

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 167

surface, 5—6 cm. long, 4—5 cm. wide; petioles slender, wing-margined
at the apex, deeply grooved, at first villose, soon glabrous occasionally
glandular with minute scattered caducous glands 2—3 cm. in length;
stipules linear, acuminate turning red before falling, caducous.
Flowers 2 cm. in diameter on slender elongated villose pedicels, in
lax many-flowered thin-branched villose corymbs ; bracts and bractlets
linear, acuminate, glandular-serrate, caducous ; calyx-tube narrowly
obconic, thickly coated with long matted white hairs, the lobes broad,
acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate, glabrous; stamens 10; anthers
pink; styles 3, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale
tomentum. Fruit on long slightly hairy pedicels, in many-fruited
gracefully drooping clusters, obovate and gradually narrowed at the
base, bright scarlet, lustrous ; calyx small, sessile, with a small deep
cavity and spreading mostly appressed lobes often deciduous from
the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets 3, acute at
the ends, prominently ridged on the broad back, with a high rounded
ridge, about 8 mm. in length.

A shrub sometimes 4 or 5 m. in height with numerous stems form-
ing an open head often broader than high, and comparatively slender
nearly straight branchlets light orange-green and hairy when they
first appear, with pale hairs, mostly caducous, but occasionally
persistent until autumn, light red-brown, lustrous and marked by
large pale lenticels during their first season, becoming darker in their
second and usually ashy gray in their third year, and armed with
many stout straight or slightly curved red-brown and lustrous ulti-
_ mately ashy gray spines 5—7.5 cm. in length. Flowers during the
first week of June. Fruit ripens at the end of September and soon
falls.

MaInE: valley of the lower Aroostook River, river banks at Fort
Fairfield, July 1893, June and September 1901, M. L. Fernald;
Valley of the St. John River at Fort Kent, July 1900, E. F. Williams.

Crataegus Fernaldi with its lax elongated extremely villose corymbs,
large flowers, pink anthers, and pear-shaped fruits gracefully droop-
ing on their long stems in wide clusters, is one of the most distinct
plants in this group, and one of the interesting discoveries made by
the industrious and successful explorer and student of the flora of
Maine whose name is appropriately associated with it.

CRATAEGUS PRAECOX, Sargent, RHODORA, iii. 27 (1902). Thisname
having been used by Loudon for the early flowering Glastonbury
Thorn, a variety of Crataegus Oxyacantha (Arb. Brit. ii. 833 [1830]),
I propose the name of Crataegus praecoqua for this American
species. It was through an error that the anthers of the type of

168 Rhodora [JUNE

this species from Crown Point, New York, were described as pale
yellow. They are pink, and the specimens collected by Mr. Jack in
the Province of Quebec, with yellow anthers and previously referred
to Crataegus praecox, can perhaps best be referred to Crataegus
coccinea, Linnaeus, although these Canadian plants show great varia-
tion in the time their fruit ripens.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

A NEW STATION FOR DENTARIA MAXIMA.
C. H. BISSELL.

Or the three species of pepper-root known to New England, Dent
aria maxima, Nutt. is the most rarely found and the reported stations
for it have all been in the state of Vermont, although I learn that
there is in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club a
specimen of this species collected at Lowell, Massachusetts, by Mr.
W. P. Atwood, May, 1883. The two other species, D. laciniata,
Muhl. and D. diphylla, Michx., are found in various parts of New
England and are locally pretty well known. All the species develop
foliage and flowers very early in the season before most other plants
have started and they have finished their growth and often disappear
by the first of July. In this part of Connecticut D. /aciniata and D.
diphylla are found in moist or wet places in rich soil among rocky
woods and are not common. At one station of which I shall speak,
they are comparatively plentiful. This place, a rocky wooded hill-
side with soil mostly a rich humus, moist all through, with springs
along its lower edge, covers an area of perhaps an acre and is a fine
station for early flowers. In late April or the first week in May, the
date varying according to the season, when most of the woods are
still brown and bare this spot is a mass of flowers and verdure. The
first to come is the delicate little squirrel corn, Dicentra canadensis,
DC. This is quickly followed by its near relative the Dutchman's
Breeches, Dicentra Cucullaria, DC., and one of the pepper-roots,
Dentaria laciniata, these two in greater numbers than any of the
others. A few days later the other pepper-root, D. diphylla and the
smooth yellow violet, Viola scabriuscula, Schwein. add their flowers

1903] Bissell,— Station for Dentaria maxima - 169

to the display. When visiting this spot last year in the first days of
May I collected some plants that at first I thought were only a
peculiar form of D. diphylla. A more careful examination of the
specimens, however, showed a decided difference in the rootstock.
Another visit was then made to the station, more material collected
and observations made.

Specimens of this peculiar form were later sent to the Gray Her-
barium and found by Dr. Robinson to be the rare Dentaria maxima,
Nutt. Hartford County, Connecticut can now be added to the
recorded stations for this species in New England. As the plant is
little known some notes may be of interest.

'There were found two colonies of about a dozen plants each sur-
rounded by plants of both the other species. "There has been some
discussion as to the time of flowering of D. maxima. At this station
D. laciniata bloomed a week or ten days earlier than D. diphylla.
D. maxima was almost exactly intermediate in time between the other
two. It is supposed to be a larger plant hee the others but was
about the same size in this case.

The: basal leaves were like those of the stem. There were usually
three leaves on a stem, sometimes two and occasionally four, when
three the upper one was smaller, when four, the last one was very
much smaller than the others.

The flowers were nearly white, just tinged with rose or purple
much like those of D. /aciniata. None of the plants matured fruit,
in this respect following D. diphylla which seems hardly ever to form
seed in this section.

The rootstock is larger and longer than that of D. /aciniata, it is
jointed and tubercled, grows deeper in the ground and is not at all
like that of D. diphylla.

SOUTHINGTON, CONNECTICUT.

SINCE above was in type has come a report of the finding of
Dentaria heterophylla, Nutt. in Litchfield County, Connecticut, thus
making four known species of Dentaria in New England instead of
three as stated above.—C. H. B.

SPLACHNUM AMPULLACEUM, A CoRRECTION.— The moss reported
from Mt. Ktaadn as .SP/achnum roseum (RHODORA 5: 44) has proved
on further study to be S. ampullaceum and I wish to place on record
this correction.— LeRoy H. Harvey, University of Chicago.

170 Rhodora [JUNE

PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND PLANTS,— XI,
HEPATICAE!

ALEXANDER W. EVANS.

[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has
been seen; the sign — that a printed record has been found. |

z|.|$|4|8

RICCIACEAE. il t "I

Zu Mee AME.. . 57 CUIU X —|+
“ crystallina L. RPA E ba ec +
a a o aaa aaa aie rg
* — Sullivantii Aust. R wo. Tp
Ricciocarpus natans (L.) Corda e 9 4? 0; c ee e LA
MARCHANTIACEAE. iT" £

z z j> |Z |x JO

Asterella tenella (L.) Beauv. +) |\—|+|+|+
Conocephalum conicum (L.) Dumort. Tot EPIFT
Grimaldia fragrans (Balb.) Corda +/—|-—|+
Lunularia cruciata (L.) Dumort. +|+|—|+
Marchantia polymorpha L. . . +/+) 4 (+1 41+
Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees . . +/+) +) T -|-
Reboulia hemisphaerica (L.) Raddi . +| |t|ti—l-t
METZGERIACEAE ó = | 4 si

| xus |= |e |S

Blasia pusilla L. titb ti tee
Fossombronia foveolata Lindb. i+ +1 FTF
salina Lindb. . . +
Wondraczekii (Corda) Dumort. + +
Metzgeria conjugata Lindb. . id —|t|t|t|—|t
Pallavicinia Lyellii (Hook.) S. F. Gray. tis) | +i
Pellia epiphylla (L.) Corda i ; —Tt|t ttt
Riccardia latifrons Lindb. . : JS] P+ | + +
" multifida (L.) S. F. Gray : t|t-|-T--|-

" palmata (Hedw.) S. F. Gray — —|—|+

vi pinguis (L.) S. F. Gray t|t-| |—|+

nt sinuata (Dicks.) Trevis. +|—|+

1 Printed in RHODORA as supplementary material.

1903] Evans,— Lists of New England Plants,— XI

JUNGERMANNIACEAE.

Anthelia Juratzkana (Limpr.) Trevis.

Archilejeunea clypeata (Schwein.) Schiffn.
Sellowiana Steph. .

Bazzania triangularis (Schleich.) Lindb.

* trilobata (L.) S. F. Gray
Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dumort.
Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dumort.

catenulata (Hüben.) Lindb.

Es connivens (Dicks.) Lindb.

ps curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort. .
divaricata (Smith) Dumort.
fluitans (Nees) Spruce
Francisci (Hook.) Dumort. .
Jackii Limpr. :
lunulaefolia Dumort.

Macounii Aust. .

E pleniceps(Aust.) Lindb.
Chiloscyphus ascendens Hook. & Wils.

2 polyanthus (L.) Corda .
Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae ( Aust.) Evans
Diplophylleia albicans (L.) Trevis.

apiculata Evans. .

Ji taxifolia (Wahl.) Trevis.

Frullania Asagrayana Mont. .

Brittoniae Evans .
i Eboracensis Gottsche

Oakesiana Aust.

H plana Sulliv.

riparia Hampe . ‘

E squarrosa (R. Bl. & N.) Dumort.

Tamarisci (L.) Dumort.

Virginica Gottsche

Geocalyx graveolens (Schrad.) Nees

Gymnomitrium concinnatum (Lightf.) Corda.
E corallioides Nees .

Harpanthus scutatus (Web. & Mohr) Spruce i

Jamesoniella autumnalis (DC.) Steph.
Jubula Hutchinsiae (Hook.) Dumort.
Jungermannia lanceolata L. :

i pumila With.
sphaerocarpa Hook. .
Kantia Sullivantii (Aust.) Underw. .

* — 'Trichomanis (L.) S. F. Gray
Lejeunea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb.

[11

-
MI
—

Me.

mie NG

+ I++ ++++ ns

++ ++ +

| +++
+++++++++4 + ++ ++

+
++

++++
| ++++

+ +

++

Vt.

++ ++

+++

Mass.

+++ ++++ 4

++

+++++ 441]

+++

+++ +++++ +++

t+++++++++ + Conn.

—

++

+++ +++++

172 Rnodora

Lepidozia reptans (L.) Dumort.
A setacea (Web.) Mitt.

» sphagnicola Evans
Lophocolea Austini Lindb.. . .
s bidentata (L.) Dumort.
E heterophylla (Schrad.) Dumort. i
«>. minor Nees . ,

Lophozia alpestris (Schleich.) Evans
barbata (Schreb.) Dumort.
" bicrenata (Schmid.) Dumort. .
X Floerkii (Web. & Mohr) Schiffn.
" gracilis (Schleich.) Steph.
E incisa (Schrad.) Dumort. .
" inflata ( Huds.) M. A. Howe .
. lycopodioides (Wallr.) Cogn. .
x Lyoni(Tayl) Steph. .
- Marchica (Nees) Steph.
- ventricosa (Dicks.) Dumort.
Marsupella emarginata (Ehrh.) Dumort.
sphacelata (Gieseke) Dumort.
S ustulata (Hüben.) Spruce
Mylia anomala (Hook.) S. F. Gray .
* 'Taylori (Hook.) S. F. Gray
Nardia crenulata (Smith) Lindb. .
* — haematosticta (Nees) Lindb.
* hyalina (Lyell) Carringt. .
* — obovata (Nees) Lindb.

Odontoschisma denudatum (Mart.) Dumort.

- prostratum (Swartz) Trevis.
Plagiochila asplenioides (L.) Dumort.
- Sullivantii Gottsche

Porella pinnata L.

* ^ platyphylla (L.) Lindb.

* rivularis (Nees) Trevis.
Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Nees .
Radula complanata (L.) Dumort.

* obconica Sulliv.

"v tenax Lindb... .
Scapania convexula C. Müll. Frib.
curta (Mart.) Dumort.
W irrigua (Nees) Dumort.
* nemorosa (L.) Dumort. .
* ` paludosa C. Müll. Frib. .
" subalpina (Nees) Dumort.

t NE.

| + Vt.
io Mass:

t Me.

+
++ |

Bie a4
++++ tH+t+t¢¢+4+4+4

+++) ++4+4+4

++ +++

+
++ +++

++ +
+ ++ ++++

n hs

+++++

+++ + +/+ ++

+

++ ++ + + +

++ ++

+++

++ ++ +++ + +

++ cl
+++++++++++ + + + ++

+

+. 4 + +445 Come

++ ++

++

1903] Evans,— Lists of New England Plants,— XI 173

| z 9 — A
CREA FE EEE-
= jz j> J= |x O
Scapania umbrosa (Schrad.) Dumort. > . . . i++ |
“ undulata (L.) Dumort. oe ae ae teal
Sphenolobus exsectaeformis ( Breidl.) Steph. t| |
4 exsectus (Schmid.) Steph. —|—|—| |+
Y Michauxii (Web.) Steph. uw ET
d minutus (Crantz) Steph. . . . . |+/+
Temnoma setiforme (Ehrh.) M. A. Howe ttu
Trichocolea tomentella ( Ehrh.) Dumort. I+|+|+|+|{—|+
EINE c
ANTHOCEROTACEAE, Sie lele ls (8
Z |> ja |% |O
Anthoceros laevis L. re EIl
cs punctatus L. i. ER |—|—|—|+
Notothylas orbicularis (Schwein.) Suliv. . . . | | [t|-j-*

GALIUM ERECTUM AND ASPERULA GALIOIDES IN AMERICA.— While
at the Gray Herbarium recently the writer showed specimens of a
plant found growing at Southington, Connecticut, which he supposed
to be Galium Mollugo, L., but called attention to the fact that in some
respects it did not agree with the descriptions of that species. Mr.
Fernald then made a careful examination of the material at the
Herbarium finding as a result that the plant above noted as well as
specimens from some other stations should be referred not to G.
Mollugo, but to the nearly related G. erectum, Huds.

It is not strange that the two species have been confused by col-
lectors as Galium erectum is not reported in any of our Manuals as
growing in America. G. Mollugo has panicled cymes, of which the
branches are short and forking, the very numerous flowers being
borne on strongly diverging pedicels. The inflorescence of G.
erectum is of the same general form but has cymes with fewer and
more erect branches, the much less numerous and larger flowers
being borne on ascending pedicels. As far as shown by the material
at the Gray Herbarium, G. erectum is confined to Nova Scotia and
New England, its range being from Nova Scotia to Connecticut. G.
Mollugo has a wider distribution, ranging from Newfoundland south-
ward through the Middle States. |

When Mr. Fernald was looking up the above mentioned species
the writer showed him a specimen of another plant apparently also a

174 Rhodora [JUNE

Galium and found growing with G. erectum, but not answering to any
description in our Manuals. ‘This Mr. Fernald determined to be
Asperula galioides, M. Bieb. and stated this to be the first report of
the species in New England. There is also a specimen of this plant
at the Gray Herbarium, from the Michigan Agricultural College dis-
tributed as Galium Mollugo. ‘These two are the only stations at pre-
sent known at which the plant has been collected’ in this country.
As the name indicates it has every appearance of being a Galium
but is separated from that genus on account of the corolla, which,
instead of being wheel-shaped and without a definite tube, is tubular-
campanulate below the flaring limb.— C. H. BrssELL, Southington,
Connecticut.

SOME VARIATIONS OF TRIGLOCHIN MARITIMA.
M. L. FERNALD.

THE common Arrow-grass, Z7iglochin maritima, is uniformly
described in our floras as well as those of Europe, and in Engler and
Prantl’s Natürlichen PHanzenfamilien, as having 6 carpels. Yet in
July, 1902, while examining with Dr. G. G. Kennedy, and Messrs.
J. F. Collins and E. F. Williams the Triglochins on the shore of
Schooner Cove, at Cutler, Maine, the writer was surprised to find
below high-water mark a belt of 7: maritima with carpels varying in
number from 3 to 6. Examination of these flowers shows that in
some cases there are 5 normal carpels and a sixth undeveloped
one, while in others the sixth is quite wanting. In several cases
there are merely 4 good carpels, and in a few flowers 3 good carpels
and a single undeveloped one.

Higher upon the beach, just above high-water mark, normal
Triglochin maritima with 6 carpels was growing with the slender
3-carpelled 7. palustris. The belt of 7: maritima with 3, 4, 5, Or 6
carpels was, as stated, considerably below high-water mark, and
twice a day it was entirely covered by the chilling ocean water. The
plants of this belt were very low and caespitose, forming dense
clumps a decimeter or so in height, with racemes only 2 to 6 cm.
long, and often distorted or umbelliform. The dwarf caespitose

1903 | Josselyn Botanical Society, Annual Meeting. 175

development of the plant was apparently due to the discouraging
conditions under which it grew, for the 7: maritima above tide-limit
grew tall and with the elongate racemes ordinarily expected in that
plant.

That the remarkable reduction of carpels in the periodically
refrigerated plant was in any way due to its unfavorable habitat is
not so clear, for under similarly adverse conditions, at the mouth of
the Téte-a-Gouche River, in Gloucester County, New Brunswick,
Triglochin maritima with the normal 6 carpels was later found by Mr.
Williams and the writer fruiting when only 3 to 6 cm. high, while in
warmer parts of the marsh tall plants often had only 5 carpels; and
a sheet in the Gray Herbarium shows a specimen of characteristic
T. maritima 6 dm. high, collected by David Lyall on the Kootenai
River in Idaho or British Columbia, with only 3 carpels. It seems
probable, then, that under ordinary circumstances the number of
carpels in Z. maritima may vary from 3 to 6, and that this variation
is unaccompanied by concomitant differences in size or habit of the
plant.

The Annual Meeting and Field Day of the Jossetyn BOTANICAL
SOCIETY OF MAINE will be held at Skowhegan, June 29th to July 3rd,
1903. For detailed information, apply to Miss D. H. Mou tron,
Secretary, 9 Hill Street, Portland Maine.

A HITHERTO UNDESCRIBED PIPEWORT FROM NEW JERSEY.— The
following species occurs so near the southwestern boundary of New
England that it may well be sought in Connecticut.

ERrocAULON Parkeri, n. sp. Caespitosum pumilum 6-11 cm.
altum glaberrimum, caule subnullo, radice fibris numerosis albis
transverse septatis composita, foliis tenuibus planis lanceolato-lineari-
bus a basi 3-4 mm. lata ad apicem peracutum gradatim attenuatis
3-6 cm. longis circa 7—9-nervatis reticulatis quasi fenestratis, pedun-
culis 10-22 erectis subrigidis obscure circa 7-angulatis 5-10 cm.
altis, capitulis monoeceis depressis 3-4 mm. diametro a squamis
plurimis subhyalinis non lucidis late ellipticis glabris flores aequanti-
bus et eis arcte adpressis suffultis; floribus 2-meris, 9 exterioribus,
sepalis cymbiformibus 1.7 mm. longis fuscis glaberrimis vel prope
apicem subtruncatum obscure parceque pubescentibus, petalis oblan-
ceolato-oblongis 1.5 mm. longis extus ad apicem sparsim albo-pube-
scentibus intus ad apicem glandula nigra munitis, ovario compresso
1 mm. longo et lato, stylo o.8 mm. longo, stigmatibus 2 filiformibus,

176 Rhodora [JUNE

seminibus ovoideis rubro-brunneis o.y mm. longis basi truncatis ;
floribus d, sepalis 2 anguste spatulatis apice sparse pubescentibus,
petalis perbrevibus nigroglanduliferis, staminibus 4, antheris quad-
ratis non longioribus quam latis.— New Jersey : on the shore of the
Delaware River near Cooper's Creek, 7: P. James, September, 1858
(hb. Gr.); on the shore of the Delaware River, between high and
low water mark, Camden, C. F. Parker, 7 October, 1877 (hb. Gr.).

Both specimens of Æ. Parkeri were distributed as E. septangulare,
but they differ from that species in their numerous heads scarcely
4 mm. in breadth, and especially in the form of the fruiting head,
which in Æ. Parkeri is campanalate at the base, the erect flowers
being surrounded by an obvious and persistent involucre of their
own length in the manner of a composite, while in Æ. septangulare
the fruiting head through the widely spreading or even reflexed posi-
tion of the outer flowers becomes ellipsoidal somewhat surrounding
and obscuring the more or less deflexed involucre. The short thick
pubescence, which in Æ. septangulare renders the head white is in
E. Parkeri almost lacking.

The species is obviously related to the southern Æ. Ravenelii
(unfortunately omitted by Ruhland from his treatment of the family
in the Pflanzenreich), but Æ. Ravene//ii is a much more slender plant
with filiform peduncles and shining involucral scales.

It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to the late Charles F.
Parker, an able botanist, for many years one of the curators of the
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences.— B. L. RoBINsON, Gray
Herbarium.

Fon the privilege of using the excellent portrait engraving, which
in our last issue accompanied the biographical sketch of the late
Lorin Low Dame, the editors and managers of Ruopoma wish to
express their gratitude to Mr. R. B. Lawrence, Chairman of the
School Committee of Medford, Massachusetts.

[3

Vol. 5, no. 53, including pages 121 to 156, a reprint of plate 46, and a por-
trait (unnumbered), was issued 3 May, 1903.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5

July, 1903 No. 55

CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM AND THE
AMERICAN WHITE WEED.

M. L. FERNALD.

No plant in the eastern United States and Canada, it is safe to say,
is more familiarly known than the White Weed, Marguerite, or Ox-eye
Daisy, the Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum of our floras. So abundant
is the plant in all settled regions that, like many others of our common-
est plants, it is very generally ignored by the botanical collector.
From late May to August the piant whitens with its showy heads
millions of acres of field and meadow, and in the trail of the explorer
it is among the first field-plants to make its appearance. Its closest
botanical affinity is with a large group of Old World species, and it
was apparently not noted in New England as a wild plant by Josselyn
in the 17th century, though in 1785 Manasseh Cutler recorded it
from about Boston “in fields and pastures .... very injurious to grass
land.”! These facts together with the tendency of the plant during
more than a century to follow closely the path of the white man in
America have led to the natural conclusion that our White Daisy
was brought to us within historic time from Europe; and, as it
strongly resembles the Old World Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum,
the American plant has been universally accepted as identical with
that European species.

The common American plant scarcely needs special description,
yet it is important to note that, as it occurs in the fields and clear-
ings of New England and as represented in the Gray Herbarium from
many stations ranging from Nova Scotia to the Rocky Mountains,
the Gulf of Mexico and southern California, the long-petioled obovate

! Mem. Am. Acad. i. 483.

178 Rhodora [Jur.v

basal leaves are coarsely and unequally toothed or even cleft, the
slightly broadened bases usually fimbriate; the lower cauline leaves
are oblanceolate, shorter-petioled, with irregular coarse teeth and
lacerate broadened bases; the middle and upper cauline are narrowly
oblong or narrowly oblanceolate, with irregular teeth, and with deeply
lacerate broadened bases, and the very uppermost are linear or
almost filiform and greatly reduced in length. With slight variation
in the degree of toothing, practically all the American material exhib-
its these general tendencies of the foliage, though, as would be
expected, the plants vary extremely in size and development accord-
ing to the nature of the soil in which they have grown.

In July, 1902, however, while visiting the shores of the Baie des
Chaleurs in the County of Bonaventure, Quebec, Mr. Emile F.
Williams and the writer noticed that the Daisy of that district had
leaves of quite different outline from those with which we were famil-
iar in New England. ‘The long-petioled spatulate-obovate basal
leaves were closely and almost regularly crenate, the petioles with
slightly broadened rarely fimbriate bases; the lower cauline shorter-
petioled broadly spatulate leaves had regularly crenate or dentate
blades, entire broad petiolar portions and somewhat coarsely toothed
bases, the middle and upper cauline were oblong or broadly oblance-
olate, with coarse subascending teeth much shorter than in the New
England plant.

A study of this chrysanthemum from the Bonaventure region shows
it to be quite identical with the European material in the Gray Herba-
rium passed by Nees von Esenbeck, Schultz Bipontinus, Klatt, and
other eminent European students of the Compositae as typical
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, L. (Leucanthemum vulgare, Lam.,
Tanacetum Leucanthemum, Schz. Bip.). The specimens further match
such representative plates of the European Chrysanthemum Leucan-
themum as those of Reichenbach (Icones Florae Germanicae, xvi. t.
97, fig. 1) and Thomé (Flora von Deutschland, iv. t. 584). This
broad-leaved plant, the common CArysanthemum Leucanthemum of
Europe, is apparently little known in America. Besides the plant col-
lected in Bonaventure, Quebec, the only American material seen by
the writer is an uncharacteristic sheet from St. John’s, Newfoundland,
and two individuals which have recently appeared in a lawn on the
estate of Oakes Ames, at North Easton, Massachusetts.

In attempting to identify the plant which abounds in fields so gen-

1903] Fernald,— Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum 179

erally through the eastern United States and southern Canada much
difficulty has been encountered. Careful search through European
literature has shown that Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum is there
regarded as a species very variable in its foliage, but in only one
flora has the form so generally established in America been clearly
defined. Lamarck & De Candolle in their Flore Française divided
C. Leucanthemum into six varieties ; and of these var. “y, foliis semi-
pinnatifidis” with the further note that “la variété y a les feuilles
toutes découpées et presque pinnatifides,” ! seems to be the plant so
generally established in America. In the Gray Herbarium two
French specimens, one cultivated in 1832 in the Luxembourg Garden,
the other from the fields of Arenthon, Haute-Savoie, labeled “V. à
feuilles pinnatifides," are quite like the common American plant ; but
these, as indicated by their labels, were collected in France as note-
worthy variations, An old English specimen, collected in 1838 by
John Ball in Westmoreland, departs considerably from the typical
form of C. Leucanthemum as recognized by Nees, Schultz, Klatt, Blytt,
and others, as does the plate in Sowerby's English Botany (ix. t.
601) showing that in England as well as France an extreme form
very like the American tendency of the plant occurs.

In order further to verify the conclusions to which the study of
these plants was leading, the writer sent specimens from Vermont of
the characteristic American form and from New Carlisle, Quebec, of
the Baie des Chaleurs plant, to Dr. Max Gürke, Custodian of the
Royal Botanical Museum at Berlin, whose continuation of Richter's
Plantae Europeae is setting so high a standard of scholarship in the
preparation of botanical check-lists. In response to the letter accom-
panying these specimens, Dr. Gürke says under date of May 25, 1903:

* Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum ist in Mitteleuropa ausserordent-
lich variabel in Bezug auf die Blattform, und viele Autoren erwahnen
dies auch in ihren Beschreibungen. So sagt, um nur ein Beispiel
anzuführen, Dö in seiner Flora von Baden p. 920: ‘Untere
Blatter gestielt, verkehrt-eifórmig, kerbig-geziihnt; die stengelstandi-
gen sitzend, halb-stengelumfassend, lünglich-lineal, gesägt. ^ Variirt
mit eingeschnittenen, selbst fast fiederspaltigen Blättern, mit fast
ebenstrüussigem Blütenstand und mit einem durch stärkere Behaarung
graulich-weissem Stengel.’

* Soweit ich aus der Litteratur ersehen habe, führt aber kein Autor
Varietäten in Bezug auf die Blattform mit desonderem Namen an, und

! Lam. & DC. Fl. Fr. iv. 178 (1805).

180 Rhodora rjurv

ich habe mich auch an dem im Berliner Herbarium aufbewahrten
Material überzeugt, dass es schwer sein würde, aus der langen Reihe
von Blattformen, deren Endglieder die von Ihnen gesandten zwei
Exemplare darstellen, bestimmte Typen herauszugreifen.

* Es scheint, als ob in der Verbreitung der Formen ein Unterschied
zwischen Amerika und Europa vorhanden ist. In Mitteleuropa ist
entschieden die Form mit spatelfórmigen oder langlich-lanzettlichen,
gesiigten Blattern, also die Form, welche Sie mir von Quebec gesandt
haben, entschieden bei weitem Adufiger, und kann bei uns wohl als
Typus der Art betrachtet werden, während die Form mit schmáleren,
eingeschnittenen oder fiederspaltigen Blättern, d. h. also die Form,
welche gleich ist der Greenman'schen Pflanze von Vermont, seltener
ist. Eine gesonderte geographische Verbreitung dieser beiden
extremen Formen habe ich aus dem mir vorliegenden Material nicht
ersehen können.”

Thus, from these observations of Dr. Gürke it appears, as had
already seemed probable from the material in the Gray Herbarium,
that the extreme form of Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum found on
the Baie des Chaleurs is the abundant form in central Europe and
may be considered the type of the species; while the form ordinarily
abundant in America is rare in Europe, where, however, it does not
differ in geographic range
from the typical plant, and
though noted by various
authors has received no
distinctive name. In
America, on the other
hand, the variety with
narrower more deeply
and sharply toothed
leaves is so widely dis-
tributed and has so uni-
formly held its distinctive
features that it seems
worthy special recogni-
tion. The two extremes
of the plant, whose essen-
tial differences of foliage
are well brought out in
the accompanying draw-
ings prepared by Mr. F.
Schuyler Mathews, are quickly distinguished as follows.

Fig. 1.

1903] Fernald,— Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum IŜI

CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM, L. (Fig. 1.) Basal leaves
spatulate-obovate, on slender elongate petioles, the blades crenate-
dentate, the slightly broadened petiole-bases rarely fimbriate; lower
cauline leaves on shorter broader petioles, with slightly pinnatifid or
laciniate bases ; middle and upper leaves oblong or broadly oblance-
olate, coarsely and regularly short-crenate or -dentate above, with
somewhat larger teeth at base.— Common in Europe. In America,
established in fields, Bonaventure Co., QUEBEC, and at St. John’s,
NEWFOUNDLAND (Robinson & Schrenk) ; locally as a lawn-weed, North
Easton, MASSACHUSETTS, and to be expected elsewhere.

Var. subpinnatifidum. (Fig. 2.) Basal leaves coarsely and
irregularly toothed or lobed, often with
the petioles fimbriate at base; lower
cauline oblanceolate or narrowly spatu-
late, subpinnatifid, often even along the
petioles, with sharp or bluntish simple
or serrate irregular teeth, and with lacer-
ate bases; middle and upper cauline
narrowly oblong or narrowly oblanceo-
late, similarly subpinnatifid.— C. Leucan-
themum, y. Foliis semipinnatijidis, Lam.
& DC. Fl. Fr. iv. 178 (1805).—Abun-
dant in fields and meadows in eastern
United States and Canada, and locally
westward to the Pacific, apparently intro-
duced from Europe, where it is rare.
Represented by very many specimens,
among them the following numbered
ones from America: Nova SCOTIA,
Yarmouth, June, 1901 (Howe & Lang,
no. 94); New HAMPSHIRE, Jaffrey, July
4, 1897 (Robinson, no. 123); VERMONT,
Manchester, June 24, 1898 (M. A. Day, E die
no. 97); MassacHusETTs, Nantucket, May 29, 1900 (M. A. Day,
no. 112); CONNECTICUT, Southington, June ro, 1898 (Z. Andrews,
no. 23); Uran, Wahsatch Mts., Aug. 14, 1879 (Jones, no. 1266) ;
CALIFORNIA, Sta. Cruz, 1860-62 (Brewer, no. 814): and from
FRANCE, Jardin du Luxembourg, June, 1832 (Herb. 7. Gay); Aren-
thon, Haute-Savoie, May, 1862 (Herb. Joad).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

182 : Rhodora [Jury

RECENTLY RECOGNIZED SPECIES OF CRATAEGUS IN
EASTERN CANADA AND NEW ENGLAND,— V.

C. S.: SARGENT.
§ TOMENTOSAE
Anthers pink or rose color.

* Stamens 10 or less.

Crataegus fertilis, n. sp. Leaves oval to obovate, acuminate,
gradually narrowed from near the middle and concave-cuneate at
the entire base, sharply doubly serrate above, with straight teeth
tipped with minute glands, and slightly divided above the middle into
numerous narrow acuminate lobes ; nearly fully grown when the flow-
ers open and then membranaceous, sparingly villose, dark yellow-
green above, pale below; at maturity thin but firm in texture, glab-
rous, dark green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale yellow-green
on the lower surface, 7-9 cm. long, 5—6 cm. wide, with slender yellow
midribs and 5-7 pairs of primary veins deeply impressed above ;
petioles slender, grooved, more or less broadly wing-margined often
nearly to the middle by the decurrent base of the leaf blades, 1.5-2.5
cm. in length ; stipules linear, acuminate, minute, caducous. Flowers
about 1.6 cm. in diameter on long slender pedicels, in broad thin-
branched many-flowered compound villose corymbs; bracts and
bractlets linear, glandular, small, mostly deciduous before the flow-
ers open; calyx-tube broadly obconic, villose at the base, glabrous
above, the lobes broad, acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate, villose
on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 8—r3, usually
10; anthers rose color; styles 2 or 3. Fruit on stout slightly villose
pedicels, in wide many-fruited slightly drooping clusters, subglobose,
short-oblong or rarely ovate, dark red, very lustrous, marked by few
small pale dots, about 1 cm. long; calyx prominent with a broad deep
cavity and enlarged coarsely serrate lobes villose on the upper side,
erect and incurved, mostly persistent; flesh yellow, thick and succu-
lent; nutlets 2 or 3, about 7 mm. in length, thick, full and rounded at
the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad deeply grooved ridge, the
ventral cavities broad and deep.

A shrub with numerous stems 3 or 4 m. in height and slender
slightly zigzag branchlets marked by few large pale lenticels, orange-
green when they first appear, soon becoming chestnut-brown and
lustrous, darker during their second year and ultimately ashy gray,
and armed with stout nearly straight bright red-brown spines 3.5-8.5
cm. in length. Flowers early in June. Fruit ripens about the 2oth
of September.

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 183

MaINnE: middle Penobscot valley, river banks in rich alluvial soil,
Orono, M. L. Fernald, May, June and September 1901.

To be distinguished from the closely related Crataegus succulenta,
Link, by its thinner leaves, larger flowers, fewer stamens, erect caiyx-
lobes of the fruit, and usually stouter spines,

Crataegus dumicola, n. sp. Leaves oval to obovate, rounded
and short-pointed or acute at the apex, concave-cuneate or rounded
at the entire base, coarsely doubly serrate above, with glandular
teeth, and slightly divided into numerous small acuminate lateral
lobes; tinged. with red and coated above with pale hairs as they
unfold, more than half grown when the flowers open and then thin,
dull yellow-green and sparingly villose on the upper surface, pale
and glabrous on the lower surface; at maturity thin but firm in tex-
di dark yellow-green, lustrous, and scabrate above, pale below, 6—7

. long, 4-4.5 cm. wide, with slender yellow midribs and 4 or 5
an of thin primary veins arching obliquely to the points of the
lobes; petioles stout, wing-margined often to the middle, villose at
first, glabrous in the autumn, 9-14 mm. in length; stipules linear,
acuminate, sometimes falcate, glandular, small, caducous. Flowers
about 1.5 cm. in diameter on long slender slightly villose pedicels,
in broad many-flowered thin-branched usually glabrous compound
corymbs ; bracts and bractlets linear, slightly glandular, small, mostly
deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-tube broadly obconic, gla-
brous, the lobes abruptly narrowed from the base, slender, acuminate,
finely glandular-serrate,:villose on the inner surface, reflexed after
anthesis; stamens 7—10, usually 8; anthers pink; styles 3. Fruit on
rigid glabrous pedicels, in erect few-fruited clusters, subglobose, dark
red marked by many small pale dots, about 1 cm. in diameter; calyx
small, sessile, with a narrow shallow cavity and spreading lobes
generally deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh very thin and dry;
nutlets 3, about 8 mm. in length, broad, rounded at the ends, ridged
on the back, with a broad rounded ridge, the ventral cavities shallow,
irregular, often obscure.

A shrub 2-3 m. in height with many small nearly erect branches,
and stout nearly straight branchlets marked by few oblong pale lenti-
cels, dark orange-green when they appear, orange-red and lustrous
during the first season, becoming light red-brown the following year
and ultimately ashy gray, and armed with stout nearly straight bright
chestnut-brown shining spines 3.5-7 cm. long. Flowers during the
first week of June. Fruit ripens about the middle of September
and mostly falls before the end of the month.

MAINE: river thickets, Fort Fairfield, at the mouth of the Aroos-
took, M. L. Fernald, June and September rgor.

Crataegus rhombifolia, n. sp. Leaves broadly rhombic to
obovate or rarely ovate on leading shoots, acute or acuminate, gradu-

184 Rhodora [Jurv

ally narrowed to the entire base, coarsely and doubly serrate above,
with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle
into many narrow acuminate lobes; nearly fully grown when the
flowers open and then membranaceous, roughened above by short
rigid pale hairs and slightly villose below along the slender yellow
midribs and primary veins; at maturity thin but firm in texture, dull
dark green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale yellow-green and.
still slightly villose on the lower surface, 6—7 cm. long, about 5 cm.
wide; petioles stout, more or less wing-margined above, slightly
villose, about 1.5 cm. in length. Flowers 1.2 cm. in diameter on
long slender villose pedicels, in compact thin-branched many-flowered
hairy compound corymbs; bracts and bractlets linear, acuminate,
glandular, mostly caducous before the flowers open; calyx-tube
narrowly obconic, villose at the base, glabrous above, the lobes
broad, acuminate, very coarsely glandular-serrate often only above
the middle, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis;
stamens 10; anthers purple; styles 2 or 3. Fruit on erect rigid
slightly villose pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose, often
hairy at the base, bright clear red, lustrous, 8 or 9 mm. in diameter;
calyx enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity and broad coarsely serrate
spreading and closely appressed lobes densely coated above with long
white hairs; flesh thin, yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets 3, 7 mm.
long, full and rounded at the ends, thick, slightly ridged on the back,
with a broad low ridge, the ventral cavities short, deep and narrow.

A shrub 1—2 m. in height with slender nearly straight branchlets
bright orange-colored when they first appear, becoming bright chest-
nut-brown and lustrous during their first season and light red-brown
the following year, and armed with many stout straight chestnut-
brown shining spines 2.5—3 cm. in diameter. Flowers during the first
week of June. Fruit brightly colored and full grown by the middle of
August, ripening a month later.

CONNECTICUT: rare; sandy terrace near Trading Cove, Norwich,
C. B. Graves, August 23, 1900, June 4, 1901; Southington, C. Z7.
Bissell, June and September r9or.

Crataegus Robinsoni, n. sp. Leaves obovate, acute or acum-
inate, gradually narrowed from above the middle and cuneate at the
entire base, finely and often doubly serrate above, with straight or
incurved teeth tipped with bright red glands, and slightly divided into
3 or 4 pairs of short acute lateral lobes; when they unfold conspicu-
ously plicate, light yellow-green and covered above with short shining
white hairs and glabrous below, about one-third grown when the
flowers open, and at maturity thin and firm in texture, dark yellow-
green and lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface,
about 4.5 cm. long, 3-4 cm. wide, with very slender midribs and thin
primary veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes ; petioles

:903j Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 185

slender, grooved, more or less wing-margined toward the apex,
glandular with minute dark red glands, 1.5-1.8 cm. in length.
Flowers 8-10 mm. in diameter on short slender pedicels, in compact
mostly 6-7-Howered thin-branched sparingly villose compound
corymbs; bracts and bractlet linear, acuminate, bright red, mostly
deciduous before the opening ofthe flowers; calyx-tube narrowly
obconic, lizht green, the lobes narrow, red at the acuminate apex,
tipped with bright red glands, finely serrate or nearly entire, pubes-
cent on the inner face, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5—7, usually 5 ;
anthers large, magenta; style 2—4, usually 3. Fruit on bright red
elongated glabrous pedicels in drooping clusters, oblong to slightly
obovate, full and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the
base, bright scarlet, lustrous, marked by occasional large dark dots,
about 1 cm. long, 7-8 mm. wide; calyx prominent, with a short tube,
a broad deep cavity and reflexed and closely appressed lobes pubes-
cent on the upper surface, usually persistent; nutlets generally 3, thin,
acute at the ends, prominently ridged on the back with a broad often
grooved ridge, the ventral pits broad but shallow, about 6 mm. in
length.

A shrub or small tree sometimes 3 m. in height: with a slender
stem occasionally 1 dm. in diameter, covered with ashy gray bark
scaly toward the base, slender erect branches and thin nearly straight
branchlets marked by a few large pale lenticels, light orange-green
when they first appear, bright red or red-brown and lustrous during
their first and dark gray-brown during their second year, and unarmed
or sparingly armed with short stout light chestnut-brown shining
spines. Flowers during the first week of June. Fruit ripens early
in October.

Nova Scotia: Lock Broom, near Pictou, Zsa?e//e McCabe, June
and October 1902; Rustico, Pictou County, C. B.. Robinson and
Florence Scott, June 1902.

One of the most distinct of all the species belonging to this dif-
ficult group and well characterized by its small thin nearly glabrous
leaves with very slender midribs and veins, small flowers with few
stamens, oblong or obovate fruits, and by the unusually shallow
cavity on the ventral faces of the nutlets. Received with numerous
other forms of northern Nova Scotia from Mr C. B. Robinson,
Science Master of the Pictou Academy for whom it is named.

Crataegus aquilonaris, n. sp. Leaves ovate to oval, acuminate,
broadly cuneate or rounded at the entire often oblique base, sharply
and often doubly glandular-serrate, and slightly divided into numerous
short broad acuminate lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers
open and then light yellow-green and covered with short lustrous

186 Rhodora [Jurv

white hairs on the upper surface and pale and glabrous on the lower
surface; at maturity membranaceous, dark yellow-green and scabrate
above, pale below, 5-6 cm. long, 3.5—4 cm. wide, with thin yellow
midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, more or less wing-
margined at the apex, grooved, glandular at first, with minute decid-
uous glands, often rose-colored in the autumn, 1.5—2 cm. in length ;
stipules linear, acuminate, often falcate, glandular, caducous; on
vigorous shoots leaves long-pointed, coarsely serrate, subcoriaceous,
often 8 cm. long and 6 cm. wide, with thick rose-colored midribs and
stout petioles broadly winged to below the middle, and lunate coarsely
serrate persistent stipules. Flowers on short pedicels in slightly
villose many-flowered compound corymbs, with long 3-flowered ped-
uncles from the axils of the two upper leaves; calyx-tube narrow,
elongated, slightly villose below the middle, the lobes long, slender,
acuminate, tipped with bright red glands. finely glandular-serrate,
villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis: stamens 5-10,
usually 5; anthers purple; styles 2 or 3. Fruit on slender glabrous
or slightly villose pedicels, in few-fruited drooping clusters, oblong,
gradually narrowed to the rounded ends, dull greenish red, not fully
ripe the middle of September, 1 cm. long, about 8 mm. wide; calyx
small, with a narrow shallow cavity and spreading closely appressed
nearly entire lobes, villose above the middle and dark red toward the
base on the upper side; flesh greenish yellow; nutlets 2 or 3, about
8 mm. long, full and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a
very broad high slightly grooved ridge, the ventral cavities broad
but shallow, oblique, widening from the base of the nutlet upward
to 1ts margins.

A shrub 20r 3 m. in height with upright stems and stout nearly
straight branchlets marked by small pale lenticels, light orange green
when they first appear, orange or reddish brown and lustrous during
their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed
with stout slightly curved or straight bright chestnut-brown shining
spines 2-3.5 cm. in length. Flowers from the roth to the middle of
June. Fruit probably ripens toward the end of September.

PROVINCE OF OnTARIO: Nipissing ; not common and the only
species reported, Milton Jack, June 15 and September 18, 1902.

Very distinct in the shape and thinness of the leaves, in the oblong
fruits and in the short stout spines.

* * Stamens 20.

Crataegus membranacea, n. sp. Leaves elliptical to obovate,
or rarely ovate, acute or acuminate, cuneate or occasionally rounded
at the entire often oblique base, coarsely doubly serrate above, with
straight glandular teeth, and divided into 4 or 5 pairs of short acumi-

1903] Sargent,— Recently Recognized Species of Crataegus 187

nate lateral lobes; more than half grown when the flowers open and
then very thin, light yellow-green and roughened above by short rigid
white hairs, pale and glabrous below with the exception of a few
hairs along the base of the midribs; at maturity membranaceous,
yellow-green, lustrous and scabrate on the upper surface, pale on
the lower surface, 6-7.5 cm. long, 4—6 cm. wide, with slender midribs
and 4 or 5 pairs of thin primary veins extending obliquely to the
points of the lobes; petioles slender, grooved, mostly wing-margined
to below the middle, sparingly glandular, with minute red deciduous
glands, often rose-colored late in the season like the under side of
the midribs, 1.2-1.6 cm. in length. Flowers r.8-2 cm. in diameter
on long slender pedicels, in broad many-flowered thin-branched
slightly villose compound corymbs ; bracts and bractlets acuminate,
bright red, small, mostly deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-
tube broadly obconic, glabrous, the lobes wide, acuminate, conspic-
uously glandular-serrate, villose on the inner face, reflexed after
anthesis; stamens 20; anthers pale rose-color; styles 3-5, usually
3. Fruit on slender glabrous pedicels, in few-fruited spreading clus-
ters, oblong, full and rounded at the ends, 1-1.1 cm. long, 9-10 mm.
wide, crimson, lustrous, marked by few large pale dots; calyx prom-
inent with a broad deep cavity and spreading closely appressed
coarsely glandular-serrate lobes, villose and bright red at the base on
the upper side; flesh yellow, thick and succulent; nutlets usually 3,
about 7 mm. in length, rounded at the ends, broad, ridged, the ven-
tral cavities wide and deep.

A tall shrub, rarely arborescent in habit with a short stem 7 or
8 cm. in diameter, and slender nearly straight or slightly zigzag
branchlets marked by small pale lenticels, glabrous and light orange-
green when they first appear, light red-brown and lustrous during
| their first season, becoming dark gray-brown the following year and
armed with slender nearly straight light chestnut-brown shining spines
2.5-4 cm. in length. Flowers at the very end of May. Fruit ripens
the middle of September and soon falls.

VERMONT: clay soil on lime stone ridges, Middlebury, Azra Brain-
erd, September 1900, May and September igor.

Well distinguished from the other species of this group with 20
stamens, by its very thin mostly. elliptical leaves, larger flowers and
early-ripening fruits with usually three nutlets.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

188 Rhodora

PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND
PLANTS,— XII.

B. L. ROBINSON.

[JuLy

[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has
been seen; the sign — that a printed record has been found. |

ERIOCAULACEAE,

Eriocaulon septangulare, With.

*

PHYTOLACCACEAE.

Phytolacca decandra, L.

AIZOACEAE.

Mollugo verticillata, L.

PORTULACACEAE.

Claytonia caroliniana, Michx. .
* virginica, L.

Montia fontana, L.

Portulaca oleracea, L.

CARYOPHYLLACEAE.

Agrostemma Githago, L. .
Arenaria groenlandica, Spreng.
n lateriflora, L. ,

" leptoclados, Guss. .

“ macrophylla, Hook.

* peploides, L. a
- serpyllifolia, L.
E stricta, Michx. .

+ Mass.

F.

+ Conn. i

+ Conn.

t NE.

+ Conn.

++ | + Me.

| + N.H.
+ ++ Vt.

+

+ t F Con

| + ++++ Me.

+ Fe Bi EE
FEE XE

+++
+ +

1 Printed in RHODORA as supplementary material.

—

+ | + Mass.

mls

EEPE

++
+++

+ ++ Com

1903] Robinson, — Lists of New England Plants,— XII

Arenaria verna, L., var. hirta, Wats.
Cerastium arvense, L.
E nutans, Raf.
" semidecandrum, L.
E viscosum, L. .
às vulgatum, L. .
Dianthus Armeria, L.
E barbatus, L.
ri deltoides, L.
Gypsophila muralis, L.

Lychnis alba, Mill. (Z. vespertina, Sibth.) ;

* chalcedonica, L.
Coronaria, Desr. .
* dioica, L. S diurna, Sibth.)
Flos-cuculi, L
Sagina decumbens, Torr. & Gray .
E nodosa, Fenzl. :
s S var. pubescens, Koch
* — procumbens, L:
Saponaria officinalis, L.
i Vaccaria, L.
Silene acaulis L.
* antirrhina, L.
[11 [11
* Armeria, L. .
* — Cucubalus, Wibel .
* dichotoma, Ehrh.
gallica, L.
* nivea, Muhl.
* noctiflora, L.
* — mutans, L.
* — pendula, L. di
* pennsylvanica, Michx.
" stellata, Ait.
Spergula arvensis, Lom.:
Spergularia borealis, Robinson
y rubra, J. & C. Presl
* salina, J. & C. Presl
Stellaria aquatica, Scop. .
borealis, Bigel. .
graminea, L.
"oe Holostea, L.
- humifusa, Rottb.
“longifolia, Muhl.

189

Var divaricata, I bison

Me.

+++++ ++] ¢+4+4+44+1 4

+

++++++++

|

++++
++++

ran

ES

H.

| +++ ++ ++

++

++++

++ + +++

Rt

+ ++++

++ 44+

+++4+4++4
++++ +++

t+++t+4t44 i

E

+ +++

+

+++++++

-H

Mass.

+++

++
+++++++++++l

re

++
++ ++

Conn.

+++

+ +++

++

190 . Rhodora [Jury

|
| d
"le PIE ILE
5| Z> e| O
Stellaria longipes, Goldie t
* media, Cyrill. ud il d da
* uliginosa, Murr. TÉ
| ; | 5 al
ILLECEBRACEAE Fe $18 esi
cm Sz
Anychia capillacea, DC. bere: tt
7 dignowemin, Michxi. s. e vo.» QI Se
CU MONA E Ves ee SES ha
Paronychia argyrocoma, Nutt. ere [E
BERN annus, L. — Eso ceo ov a M wF
S AERE
ARRACENIACEAE. COME
ZZ >) a) % 5
SARRACENIA PURPUREA, E... . . oss AEI FIFI EIRT

NOTES ON THE ABOVE List.—-A few apparently erroneous reports
have been purposely omitted. Of those which are included several
seem open to considerable doubt. ‘Thus, I suspect that the plant
reported as Anychia dichotoma, Michx. in New Hampshire and
Rhode Island has been A. capillacea, DC., although there is a con-
siderable likelihood that 4. dichotoma will sooner or later be found
in these two states.

A broad-leaved form of Ste//aria graminea, L., the var. /anceolata
of Fenzl, has been found. at several stations in New England, but
appears to be only a form or perhaps merely a luxuriant state of the
typical plant.

Portulaca grandiflora, Hook. (P. pilosa, Dame & Collins, not L.)
has been reported both from Massachusetts and Connecticut, but is
too casual in its occurrence or too obviously a relic of cultivation
to be regarded as a part of our flora.

Repeated efforts to verify reports of Sagina apetala, L., have led to
the conclusion that that species does not occur in New England and
that plants hitherto referred to it from this region belong to .S. decum-
bens, Torf. & Gray, or to S. procumbens, L.

The sole basis for the report Sve//aria aquatica, Scop. in New

1903] Robinson, — Lists of New England Plants,— XII. 191

England is a single but unmistakable specimen collected near the
Boston & Albany Railway at Newtonville, Mass., July 28, 1881, by
C. J. Sprague. It is very doubtful if this species has persisted in
our flora.
Some further notes regarding the plants of this list will be pub-
lished in the August number of RHODORA.
Gray HERBARIUM.

Henry Gnisworp Jesur.— It is with deep regret that botanists
will learn of the death at Hanover, New Hampshire, on June 15th, of
Henry Griswold Jesup, for twenty-two years professor of botany at
Dartmouth College and since 1899 emeritus. Professor Jesup was
one of three noted botanists who graduated from Yale College in the
class of 1847, the others being the late Sereno Watson, for many
years curator of the Gray Herbarium, and Mr. John Donnell Smith
of Baltimore, well known for his extensive and critical work upon the
Hora of Central America. Professor Jesup’s botanical work was
chiefly systematic and devoted to the local flora of the region about
Amherst, Massachusetts, and later in the vicinity of Dartmouth
College. His most important publication was his Catalogue of the
Flowering Plants and Higher Cryptogams, both native and intro-
duced, found within thirty miles of Hanover, New Hampshire ;
issued in 1891, after some preliminary publications upon the same
subject.

In his teaching his gentle and kindly nature, combined with his
obvious affection for his subject, has left for him a deep and lasting
regard in the minds of his many students. Among those who enjoyed
his instruction and who have since become known for their profes-
sional or amateur work in botany are Professor F. O. Grover of
Oberlin College, Mr. W. W. Eggleston, an energetic collaborator on
the recent and admirable Vermont catalogue, and Mr. H. E. Sargent.

Two plants, Astragalus Robbinsii, var. Jesupi, Eggleston & Sheldon,
and Crataegus Jesupi, Sargent, have been named in Professor Jesup's
honor. His herbarium has been permanently deposited at Dartmouth
College, and is now in charge of his successor, Professor George R.
Lyman.

A SECOND STATION FOR CyPERUS HOUGHTONI IN VERMONT.—
While driving in Cholchester, Vermont, in October, rgor, at a place
where the road passes through a piece of dry shifting sand, I noticed

192 Rhodora [Jury

a Cyperus which seemed different from the common species of this
vicinity. It was past its prime, dead ripe in fact, and I was not able
to name it to my satisfaction but called it provisionally C. Schweinttsit,
Torr. This winter President Ezra Brainerd identified it as C. Hough-
toni, Torr., a species which appears to have been found only once
before in this state, namely at Fairlee Lake by Professor Jesup. I
also collected it at Keeseville, New York, in September, 1900, which
must likewise be a new station, as the range of the species in Britton
and Brown's Illustrated Flora is Massachusetts to Minnesota, Kansas
and Oregon. Thetwo stations here recorded are almost opposite each
other, the one on the eastern and the other on the western shore of
Lake Champlain, and about the same distance back from the lake
shore.— NELLIE F. FLvNN, Burlington, Vermont.

CLEMATIS VERTICILLARIS IN THE MIDDLESEX FELLs.— On May
20, 1902, and again on May 13, 1903, I found in Middlesex Fells
Clematis verticillaris, DC. growing on the ledges around Pine hill.
This species is not mentioned in Dame and Collins’ Z7ora of Middle-
sex County, nor in the catalogue of plants of the Middlesex Fells pub-
lished by the Metropolitan Park Commission. It is growing over a
space of fully 250 sq. ft. In r9go2 when a specimen was shown to
Dr. Dame he recalled having a single plant brought to him by a
pupil when he was making his catalogue, but he could not find the
species himself in the locality described and therefore did not put it
into his list. The large number of plants now growing there seems
to indicate that it has been established a long time, and the specimen
he then had probably came from this place. Dr. Dame’s remem-
brance of the locality described to him more than fifteen years ago
agrees with the present place of growth. — ROBERT DILLINGHAM
Morss, West Medford, Massachusetts.

Vol. 5, no. 54, including pages 157 to 176, was issued 6 June, 1903.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 August, 1903 No. 56

THE AMERICAN REPRESENTATIVES OF LUZULA
VERNALIS.

M. L. FERNALD.

ONE of the earliest flowering plants of New England is the Wood
Rush which is known in our current manuals as Zuzula vernalis or
Juncoides pilosum. The plant abounds in rich woods, mountain
ravines and gullys, and in recent clearings in the interior districts
of New England, New York and Eastern Canada, though it closely
approaches the coast only in the northern portion of its range. And
on account of its early flowering, in April and May, the species is
familiar to many who later in the season devote little attention to the
Juncaceae.

Since the days of Muhlenberg,’ the American plant has been
generally maintained as identical with the European species Zuzula
vernalis, Lamarck & DeCandolle (Z. piosa, Willd., Juncus vernalis,
Reichard, /. pilosus, var. a, L.), yet that remarkable student of our
northern vegetation, Sir William Hooker, noted in 1839 that the
American plant differs from the European, and he designated it as
Luzula pilosa, B, with “floribus pallidis.”? Again, in 1890, Pro-
fessor Franz Buchenau, though treating the American and European
plants as essentially the same, commented on the tendency of the
American plant to produce elongate stolons: * Bei den Exemplaren
aus Nordamerika sah ich wiederholt eine ausläuferartige Streckung
der grunständigen Triebe. Es bleibt zu beachten, ob dies in der
neuen Welt häufiger vorkommt als in der alten." These two
features, paler flowers and more elongate or stoloniferous base, are
usually evident in the American plant, but they are accompanied by

1 Muhl. Gram. 200 (1817). ? Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 188 (1839).
? Buchenau, Mon. Junc. 85— Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xii. 85 (1890).

194 Rhodora [AucusT

other and more significant characters which separate the New World
material very readily from the European.

If we examine specimens or good plates! of the European Zuzula
vernalis (L. pilosa) we shall see that the plant is caespitose but
scarcely if at all stoloniferous. The inflorescence is umbelliform,
but most of the unequal elongate stiff peduncles are terminated by
small cymes, the lateral branchlets or pedicels being strongly diver-
gent. The sepals and petals are firm and lucid, deep brown or
castaneous, with paler margins. ‘The lucid (as if varnished) capsule is
conic-globose at base, blunt or subtruncate with a short mucro at tip.

The American plant which has oftenest passed as Zuzula vernalis is
loosely caespitose with slender elongate and freely branching root-
stock. Its umbelliform inflorescence is usually quite simple, though
a few of the filiform flexuous peduncles are sometimes anthelate,
bearing 2 (or very rarely 3) remote flowers toward their tips. The
sepals and petals are softer and duller, usually pale brown with white
margins. The slightly lucid or dull capsule is broadly conic-ovoid,
tapering gradually to the tip. In fact, the plant so characteristic of
rich woods in the Appalachian district and the interior forested
region of North America has little in common with Zuzula vernalis
of Europe. It is not, however, strictly confined to eastern America,
butlike many other species with which it is associated, this plant
reappears in northeastern Asia.

In his discussion of Zuzula plumosa, Meyer, a Central Asian spe-
cies resembling Z. vernalis (Z. pilosa), Professor Buchenau says:
“echte Z. pilosa aus Ostasien sah ich noch nicht; vielleicht gehört
aber doch dahin die von der Amerikanischen Pacific-Expedition
(1853-56) bei Petropaulowsk in Kamschatka gesammelte Pflanze." ?
The Kamtschatkan plant referred to by Professor Buchenau was
collected by Charles Wright, and the material in the Gray Herbarium
matches exactly in stolons, inflorescence, flower and capsule the plant
of eastern America.

This American and Kamtschatkan plant so long confused with
the European Zuzula vernalis is quite as unlike other recognized
species of the subgenus ZYerodes, although by Dr. J. K. Small it has
been considered 3 the same as Zuzula Carolinae, Watson.* Z. Caro-

1 For example: Flora Danica, iii. t. 441 (1770); Sowerby, Engl. Bot. xi. t. 736
(1800) ; Host, Gram. iii, t. 100 (1805); or Syme, Engl. Bot. x. t. 1548 (1873).

$ Buchenau, |. c. 86. — ? Torreya, i. 74 (1901). ‘Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 302
(1879).

. 1903] Fernald,— Luzula vernalis 195

linae is a little known plant of the Carolina Mountains. It was
based on an over ripe specimen from Grandfather Mountain, and
again collected at Biltmore (Bilt. Herb. no. 118sb distributed as Z.
Pilosa) ; and though the species is reduced by Dr. Small to Z. pilosa
Vuncoides pilosum), the two sheets of it in the Gray Herbarium show
a plant with the cauline leaves 5 to 13 cm. long, the dark flowers on
loose anthelate peduncles, the filaments nearly as long as the
anthers, and the valves of the old capsules much narrower than in
the common American plant and quite unlike those of the European
L. vernalis (L. pilosa). L. Carolinae is more nearly related to the
Asiatic Z. plumosa, Meyer. From that species, however, it is
distinguished by its broader longer leaves and more flexuous ped-
uncles ; and from the material at hand it seems to be a local species
of the Carolina Mountains. The widely distributed American plant
which has been associated with it and more generally with the
European Z. vernalis (L. pilosa) is here proposed as

LuzuLA saltuensis. Loosely caespitose, with elongate slender
branching rootstocks: stems erect, smooth, terete, 1 to 4 dm. high:
basal leaves lance-linear, flat, loosely hairy or glabrate, 1 to 2.5 dm.
long, 4 to 12 mm. broad: the 2 to 4 stem-leaves 1.5 to 4.5 cm. long,
lanceolate, with thick blunt callous tips: inflorescence umbelliform,
subtended by a short leaf like bract; the 5 to rs filiform somewhat
unequal loosely spreading or flexuous peduncles in anthesis 0.5 to 1
cm. long, in fruit becoming r.5 to 3 cm. long, usually r-flowered,
rarely with 2 or 3 remote flowers: flowers 3 to 4 mm. long; pro-
phylla ovate, whitish, translucent, erose: sepals and petals firm, sub-
equal, triangular-lanceolate, attenuate, brown with pale translucent
narrow margins: stamens 6, one-half or two-thirds as long as the
sepals and petals; the linear-oblong anthers many times exceeding
the filaments: ovary conic, deeply three lobed ; style about equalling
the three erect stigmas: capsule broadly conic-ovoid, attenuate, pale,
3-5 to 4.5 mm. long, equalling or exceeding the calyx: seed sub-
globose, reddish brown or darker, 2 mm. in diameter, terminated by
a long pale twisted caruncle.— Z. pilosa, Muhl. Gram. 200 (1817),
and Am. authors, not Willd. Z. pilosa, B, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 188
(1839). Z. vernalis, Wats. & Coult. in Gray Man. ed. 6, 546 (1890),
not Lam. & DC. Juncoides pilosum, Coville, Mem. Torr. Club, v. 108
(1894), not Juncodes pilosum, O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. ii, 725 (1891).
— Rich woods, clearings and banks of streams, Newfoundland to
Saskatchewan, south to New York, Michigan, and Minnesota, and
in the mountains to Georgia; also Kamtschatka. The following are
characteristic specimens. MAINE, Masardis, June 8, 1898, Orono,
June 4, 1898 (M. L. Fernald, nos. 2510, 2511); Orono, May 14,
1902 (M. L. Fernald in Plantae exsiccatae Grayanae, no. 85); Somes-

190b o Rhodora [AvGvsT

ville, June 23, 1891 (Æ. & C. Æ. Faxon); Mechanic Falls, May 15,
1897 (/. A. Allen); North Berwick, June 8, 1391 (J. C. Parlin):
New HawrsHiRE, Franconia, June 9, 1887 (E. & C. E. Faxon);
Barrett Mt., New Ipswich, June 5, 1896 (M. L. Fernald); Walpole,
May 3, 1901 (W. H. Blanchard): VERMONT, Charlotte, May 30,
1892 (C. G. Pringle & W. W. Eggleston) ; Johnson, May 23, 1893,
May 2, 1894 (A. J. Grout): MASSACHUSETTS, Mt. Wachusett, May
18, 1895 (/. F. Collins); Southbridge, May 5, 1899 (R. M. Harper);
Williamstown, May 29, 1898 (7. Æ. Churchill): CONNECTICUT, Salis-
bury, June 5, 1901 (C. H. Bissell): New YORK, Pleasant Valley,
Oneida Co., May 21, 19o1 (/. V. Haberer, no. 962); Rochester,
May 21, 1863 (Wm. Boott): Ontario, Belleville, May 20, 1878 (/.
Macoun): Micuican, Sand Hills near Detroit, May 7, 1865 (Wm.
Boott): Wisconsin, Milwaukee (Z. A. Lapham): Grorcia, Clarke
Co., March, 1897 (A. M. Harper): KAMTSCHATKA, Petropaulovski
(C. Wright, Herb. U. S. North Pacific Expl. Exped. 1853-56).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

\
AN HOUR IN A CONNECTICUT SWAMP.

OrRA PARKER PHELPS.

SALISBURY, the town occupying the northwestern corner of Con-
necticut, seems to be especially rich in species commonly reported
further north. At least two articles relating to its flora have
appeared in Ruopora within a year. The town presents a diversity
of soil, and within its borders may be found lakes, mountains, mead-
ows and cold swamps. It is, perhaps, in the swamps that one may
find the greatest treasures. A twenty acre swamp bordering on two
tiny lakes and extending to limestone cliffs on the east almost tempts
me to accept the challenge of Mr. Rich in RHODORA, iv. 87. But
that must wait until another season. Let this article hint at its
possibilities. Along the western border of the swamp is a dense
wood of pines and hemlocks. In a little opening where the brook
comes through is a colony of ostrich ferns, together with many other
species more common. A form of Osmunda cinnamomea with deeply
incised pinnules making a beautiful “freak” is not unusual. On the
cliffs to the east the walking fern flourishes. Among the many
shrubs, Rkamnus alnifolia is abundant and Taxus Canadensis clothes
the scattered dry hummocks and knolls with its own peculiarly
brilliant dark green.

1903] Webster,— A Beautiful Pluteolus 197

May 26. An hour’s trip to the swamp resulted in a number of
"finds." Leaving the road near the two ponds I went along the
grassy bank between them. Almost immediately I came upon a
small colony of Spiranthes latifolia. Only one plant was in blossom
though the entire colony looked strong and vigorous. This orchid is
not common in Connecticut being reported from only three stations.
I have since located three other colonies of it.

At the north end of one of the ponds a stranded piece of board
attracted my attention and presently I was rewarded for an almost
microscopic survey, by finding three tiny plants of Utricularia minor
in flower and fruit. Much care was needed to separate the filmy
seaweed-like plants from the entangling pond drift. One specimen
was especially fine, the plant being about 24 inches long. This
Utricularia was new to me. Bishop's list locates it at Hamden and
New Haven.

Leaving the ponds I plunged into the swamp. There among the
tangle of ferns, skunk cabbage and Tiarella I found a large colony of
Mitella nuda, L. This species so far as I know, has never been
reported from Connecticut. May 19, I had found a small colony of
this same species on the other side of the same swamp. Both colo-
nies seemed well established.

The flower is so very tiny and lace-like that it may be easily over-
looked. Doubtless a more carefui survey of swamps on the northern
border of our state would result in its being found in other localities.

Before reaching home I had added three unusual grasses, /oa
debilis, Avena striata and Oryzopsis asperifolia, to my collection.

CHAPINVILLE, CONNECTICUT.

A BEAUTIFUL<PLUTEOLUS.
H. WEBSTER.

THE species of the genus Pluteolus are so few and of such occa-
sional occurrence that they are not generally known. It is of little
avail to search especially for them, a remark applicable to many
another toadstool, as collectors know well enough. ‘The rarer spe-
cies happen under ones eyes quite accidentally, if at all. It was only
after some years of experience in the field that the writer made the

198 Rhodora [AvGUsT

acquaintance of the genus, and then through the kindness of a' friend,
who showed him the delicate pinkish gray P. coprophilus Peck grow-
ing on a heap of street sweepings by the side of the boulevard in
Allston, Massachusetts. A second species, P. expansus Peck,
appeared near the laboratory of the Alstead School in late July, 1902,
and gave material for a few notes.

'The genus Pluteolus is closely similar to the more familiar Pluteus.
The free gills, fibrous-cartilaginous stem, and absence of veil or
ring, make the two genera easy of recognition, and the brown spores
of the former quickly distinguish it from the rosy-spored Pluteus.

Pluteolus expansus, Peck, the species observed in Alstead, New
Hampshire, is not a good example of the genus. In fact its author!
placed it originally under Galera. Twenty years later,? in a revision
of the species of the genus growing in the State of New York, he
transferred it to Pluteolus, remarking:

“The species has been removed to this genus because of the vis-
cidity of the pileus, nevertheless it must be confessed?that such a
feature is scarcely satisfactory for generic distinction." Moreover,
the gills, as he also notes, are slightly attached.

Examination of the Alstead specimens showed a stronger reason
for this transfer, in the relation of the stipe to the pileus. The sub-
stance of the two is plainly not homogeneous, a characteristic empha-
sized by Fries? in establishing for the Pluteoli a separate (sub-)
genus. À

The Alstead plants showed themselves after rain in grassy ground,
near horse droppings. The viscid, greenish yellow caps, elevated on
long slender stems, white, tinged with yellow, announced a novelty at
first sight. When the plants were fresh and moist the color was
charming in its delicacy, As they dried, the greenish tint faded,
and gave place at last to grayish yellow or brown. There was scarcely
any substance to the caps, except at the centre. They were trans-
lucently thin, long and deeply striate, the attenuated margin, from a
side view, appearing gracefully arched between the attachments of

1 Peck: 26th Report of the N. Y. State Museum, p. 58.

2ib.: 46th Report, p. 60.

3 Fries: Hymenomycetes Europaei, p. 266, “ Pileus carnosulus, viscidus ....
Stipes subcartilagineus, ab hymenophoro discretus. Lamellae rotundato-liberae om-
nino Pluteorum. Ob has notas necesse videtur Pluteolos peculiare subgenus cen-
sere, inter Hyporhodios Pluteis analogum.”

19011 Collins,—— Some Notes on Mosses - 199

the yellowish gills. "Though apparently smooth when moist, the caps
were pruinose, or fibrous-pruinose when dry. The gills, though
appearing free, were rounded behind up to a very slight attachment.
The brittle stem, long, hollow, and rather thin-walled, was yellow-
scurfy below and mealy pruinose above, with obscure striations at
the tip. The base, in some specimens, was slightly swollen. In
the dried plant the gills became cinnamon color.

The spores,12 4 to 15 u by 71 to 9 p, were broadly elliptical, smooth,
very regularly rounded at one end, a little flattened or blunted at the
other. In side view they showed a depression on one side, and thus
appeared concavo-convex.

In the buttons the pileus was somewhat globular, with straight
margins, appressed at first. Later the pileus became hemispherical
rather than campanulate, and was finally expanded and upturned,
exposing the mature brown gills. The expanded plants were 1 to 13
inch broad; the stems were 3 to 4 inches high, and slender, though
proportionally thicker than in Galera or Panaeolus.

A plant so delicate as this is soon affected by hot sun. It is seen
at its best on a cloudy day, or early in the morning, and is most
beautiful when beaded with moisture, that clings in minute globules
to the tips of the fibrils on the stem.

ALSTEAD SCHOOL OF NarURAL HisrORv, Alstead Centre, New
Hampshire.

SOME NOTES ON MOSSES, WITH EXTENSIONS
OF RANGE.

J. FRANKLIN COLLINS.

HyvPNUM CORDIFOLIUM, Hedw. In specimens collected by Dr. R. H.
True at North Haven, Maine, Sept. 2, 1900, the alar regions of the
leaves of some stems show all gradations from the gradually enlarged
cells of typical Æ. cardifolium to forms in which they are abruptly
enlarged, making well defined auricles. The leaves of the specimens
which exhibit the last mentioned character are often smaller than in
the typical plant, otherwise the characters are apparently identical.
The peculiarity of having the alar cells more or less abruptly inflated
seems to be rather characteristic of certain stems in material which

200 . Rhodora [AvGusT

I have examined from two other localities in Maine; Hebron (Mrs.
Stevens) and Orono (Fernald).

Hypnum RicHarpsonu, (Mitt.) L. & J. Man. (Stereodon Rich-

ardsonii, Mitten.) Collected July 16, 1902, in a mixed cedar swamp,
. Fort Fairfield, Maine. In leaf characters this agrees very closely
with specimens from Styria, Austria (Breidler), Norway (Lindberg)
and North Wakefield, Quebec (Macoun). It has somewhat larger
leaves than Dr. Richardson’s plant from Great Bear Lake. In gen-
eral habit, however, it does not agree as closely with the specimens
mentioned above as with some collected at Houlton, Maine, in 1899
(J. F. C.) and at Barnet, Vermont (Dr. F. Blanchard) in 1886.
The three New England stations here mentioned are the only rec-
ords of the plant in the United States which have come to the
writer’s notice. The Vermont station was published in 1898.! Æ.
Richardsonii is closely related to 77. cordifolium. ‘The former differs
in the somewhat pinnately arranged short branches of the fruiting
plant, in the shorter costa, the abruptly enlarged alar cells and usu-
ally in the cuspidate or tapering tips of the stems and branches,
due to closely imbricated leaves. ‘The two last mentioned characters
have been noticed occasionally in Æ. cordifolium.

i MNIUM CINCLIDIOIDES, (Blytt) Hüben., often varies from most of
the published descriptions in having slightly margined leaves, fre-
quently with distinct, obtuse teeth. Costa sometimes percurrent.

CATOSCOPIUM NIGRITUM, (Hedw.) Bridel. Collected by E. F. Wil-
liams, M. L. Fernald and the writer in the gorge of the Aroostook

River, New Brunswick, July 17, 1902. The specimens were finely
fruited though not very abundant. This species has been reported
from several places in British North America ? but, so far as known
to the writer, from only one locality in the United States (Montana) 3.
Anticosti Island, more than 250 miles to the northeast appears to be
the previously reported station nearest to the one here mentioned.
The gorge of the Aroostook River is within two miles of the eastern
border of Maine, so that the finding of Catoscopium there is of special
interest to students of the New England flora. Catoscopium nigritum,
with its tiny, horizontal, dark capsules, is a well marked species of

1 Grout: Mosses of Vermont.

2 Macoun: Catalogue of Canadian Plants, Part VI: 108 (1892) & VII :242,
(1902). .

*R. S. Williams: Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden 2: 364 (1902).

1903] Collins, — Some Notes on Mosses 20I

high alpine and arctic tendencies. Conditions as favorable for its
growth as those at the New Brunswick station appear to exist in
several places in northern New England and it is to be expected in
such localities.

ANACAMPTODON SPLACHNOIDES, (Frölich) Bridel. ‘This moss was
originally described by Frólich and published in S. E. Bridel's Spe-
cies Muscorum, Pars II (1812), as Orthotrichum splachnoides. In
his Mantissa (1819) Bridel transferred the species to a new genus,
Anacamptodon. For more than forty years it remained the only spe-
cies in the genus, as it is now understood, and to-day it is apparently
the only well-known species outside the tropics. It occurs in Europe,
Asia and North America and is always regarded as a rarity. Prior
to 1898 it was reported in New England only from the White Moun-
tains of New Hampshire (Oakes) and from western Massachusetts.’
Anacamptodon splachnoides has been collected by the writer at three
New England stations. One of these was discovered in 1896 in
North Anson, Somerset County, Maine. ‘The moss was finely fruited,
growing around an old wound in a living Elm. It apparently fruits
nearly every year at this station as specimens have been collected in
fine condition several times since 1896. ‘The other two stations are
in Providence, Rhode Island. One collection was from the hollow
‘summit of a decaying stump (July, 1893) and the other from the
margin of a decaying cavity in a living maple (June, 1903). Mrs.
M. L. Stevens has collected this moss in Hebron, Oxford County,
Maine (Sept, 1900), <A. splachnoides was reported from Vermont
in 1898? and is thus known from five of the New England States.
It has not been reported from Connecticut though it undoubtedly
occurs there and is awaiting discovery by some of the sharp eyed
collectors of that region.

BRowN UNIVERSITY.

!Tuckermann and Frost's “Amherst Catalogue " p. 50 (1875) and other pub-

lications.
2Grout: Mosses of Vermont. Collected by Dr. G. G. Kennedy.

202 Rhodora [AvGUsT

THE Dwarr MISTLETOE IN Connecticut.— While studying the
flora in a wooded sphagnum swamp bordering Spectacle Ponds,
Kent, Connecticut, in company with Mr. E. H. Austin, the so-called
* witches'-brooms ” on both black spruce and tamarack trees attracted
us to an investigation.

These conspicuous growths occur rather sparingly on the older
trees, here 20 to 25 feet high, and examination displayed Arceuthobium
pusillum Peck in abundance among their branches. On normal and
vigorous shoots adjoining these were still other colonies, in not a
few of which the parasites were as numerous as on those forming
* brooms."

Several branches of the spruce bore from 18 to 22 plants of the
mistletoe within one inch, a number but little exceeding that on à
like area upon one branch of tamarack. In the latter species, how-
ever, while the “brooms” were similar in size they were less branched
and usually bore scarcely two per cent of the number common to the
other host.

Plants upon the spruce were more slender, with longer internodes,
and varied in color through dull yellow to chestnut or purple-brown,
which became much darker in drying. On the tamarack they were
brighter in color, varying through more bronzed or golden tints to
somewhat olive-brown which is appreciably retained in the more
robust dried state.

No deleterious results were apparent from this parasitism, although
from other influences neither host seems to attain more than moder-
ate size or length of life.

The altitude of this station is about 1200 feet, and at this time,
May 11, 1903, signs of flowers or fruit were wanting.— E. H. Eames,
Bridgeport, Connecticut.

MEETING OF THE JOSSEELYN SOCIETY.
Dora H. Movurrow, SEC.

THE Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine held its Annual Meeting
and Field Day from June 29th to July 3rd at Skowhegan on the
banks of the Kennebec. ‘There was an unusually large attendance of
the members, whose enthusiasm and persistence, aided by the fair

1903] Moulton,— Meeting of the Josselyn Society 203

weather, resulted in excellent field-work. The neighboring towns of
Norridgewock and Madison were also visited.

It was at Norridgewock that Mr. A. A. Eaton gathered Æguise-
tum pratense which had never been collected from New England —
later he found the same species at Madison. In this locality he
found every New England species of Equisetum. Fine specimens
of Botrychium lanceolatum, B. matricariaefolium, and B. tenebrosum
were also gathered by him.

Mr. Eaton delivered one of the lectures before the Society, taking
for his subject * The Fern Plants of New England." Many fine and
rare specimens were shown to illustrate the interesting talk.

Mr. William P. Rich gave the other lecture on “The Flora of Fast-
ern Massachusetts in relation to the Flora of Maine.” He exhibited
specimens of some seventy plants which might with good reason be
expected to occur in Maine. At the close of the lecture, Mr. Rich,
by request, explained fully the manner of collecting, pressing, and
mounting plants. His success in this line is so great, that his own
sheets are perfect specimens of the art. The talk of the evening was
most practical and delightful, and not without immediate results, as
the next morning Cryptotaenia Canadensis, one of the plants men-
tioned was found on the banks of the river.

The following is the list of plants, prepared by Mr. M. L. Fernald,
to which attention was called by Mr. Rich. Nearly all are common
species in Eastern Massachusetts, and many of them can be looked
for with confidence in Southern Maine. Some have been already
reported in the first edition of the Portland Catalogue, but as no
stations are known for them and no authenticated specimens have
been seen by Mr. Fernald, they will have to be again collected to
gain recognition in the flora of the state.

Thalictrum purpurascens, L. Geranium Carolinianum, L.
Ranunculus A llegheniensis, Britt. Oxalis violacea, L.

Ranunculus fascicularis, Muhl. Ceanothus Americanus, L.
Magnolia glauca, L. Lupinus perennis, L.

Arabis Canadensis, L. Desmodium rotundifolium, DC.
Draba Caroliniana, Walt. Desmodium cuspidatum, T. & G.
Draba verna, L. Desmodium Marilandicum, F. Boott.
Viola pedata, L. Lespedeza violacea, Pers.

Silene Pennsylvanica, Michx. Strophostyles angulosa, El.
Anychia dichotoma, Michx. Cassia Marilandica, L.

Anychia capiltacea, DC. Cassta nititans, L.

Hibiscus Moscheutos, L. Ludwigia alternifolia, L.

204

Rotala ramostor, Koehne.
Hydrocotyle umbellata, L.
Sanicula gregaria, Bick.
Cryptotaenia Canadensis, DC.
Galium pilosum, Ait.

Eupatorium teucrifolium, Willd.

Eupatorium sessilifolium, L.
Mikania scandens, L.
Sericocarpus solidagineus, Nees.
Aster subulatus, Michx.

Aster tenuifolius, L.

Solidago speciosa, Nutt.
Solidago tenuifolia, Pursh.
Pluchea camphorata, DC.

Iva frutescens, L.

Coreopsis trichosperma, Michx.

Bidens chrysanthemoides, Michx.

Cnicus horridulus, Pursh.
Prenanthes alba, L.

Prenanthes serpentaria, Pursh.
Gaylussacia frondosa, T. & G.
Leucothoe racemosa, Gray.
Rhododendron nudiflorum, Torr.

Rhodora

[AUGUST

Chimaphila maculata, Pursh.
Ilex opaca, Ait.

Llex laevigata, Gray.

flex glabra, Gray.

Castilleia coccinea, Spreng.
Pycnanthemum muticum, Pers.
Collinsonia Canadensis, L.
Galeopsis Ladanum, L.
Asclepias purpurascens, L.
Asclepias quadrifolia, L.
Asclepias obtusifolia, Michx.
Asclepias tuberosa, L.
Asclepias verticillata, L.
Salicornia ambigua, Michx.
Celtis occidentalis, L.

Betula nigra, L.

Salix tristis, Ait.
Chamaecyparis sphaeroidea, Spach.
Hypoxis erecta, L.

Uvularia perfoliata, L.
Woodwardia augustifolia, Smith.
Woodsia obtusa, Torr.
Lygodium palmatum, Swartz.

Other plants of interest collected on this trip include Ranunculus
multifidus, Barbarea stricta, Polygala polygama, Prunus pumila,
Potentilla arguta, Zizia aurea, Houstonia purpurea, var. longifolia,
Lysimachia thyrsiflora, Pentstemon pubescens, Phryma Leptostachya,
Corallorhiza odontorhiza, and Spiranthes latifolia.

PORTLAND, MAINE.

^

NOTES ON ALGAE,— V.

F: 5. GOLDINE

In Ruopora, Vol. IV, p. 176, there was noted the possibility that

the Delesseria collected near Machias, Maine, as D. alata (Huds.)
Lamour., might be distinct from the European species of that name ;

a comparison with many specimens from different parts of Europe
has since changed the suspicion to a belief. D. alata has an entire
margin, rounded tips and indistinct lateral veins, while the specimens
from Starboard Island have a dentate margin, pointed tips and dis-
tinct lateral veins, agreeing with the arctic plant usually known as
D. Montagnei Kjellman. In looking up the literature for this species,

1903 | Collins,— Notes on Algae 205

it appears that this name cannot stand, and a recapitulation of the
facts in regard to the matter will show curious instances of unneces-
sary names given, one can hardly say why, by botanists of high rank.
The earliest name appears to be Delesseria alata var. denticulata,
given by Montagne in Ann. Sci. Nat., Series 3, Bot., Vol. XI, p. 62,
1849. In Vol. XII, p. 290, 1850, Montagne raised it to the rank of
a species, D. denticulata, A description of it appears under the same
name in Montagne, Sylloge Cryptogamarum, p. 408, 1856. The
specimens were all from Labrador, collected by Lamare-Picquot.

In part 2 of the Nereis Boreali-Americana, p. 94, 1853, Harvey
uses the same name, referring to the Labrador specimens in herb.
Montagne, and giving an additional locality, * Brandy Pot Island,
River de Loup, Mr. Allom. (v. s. in herb. T. C. D.),” the last clause
indicating that his description, which is fuller than Montagne's, was
from specimens in the herbarium of Trinity College, Dublin, of which
he was keeper. With this in mind, it is certainly surprising to find
Harvey, two years later, describing a new D. denticulata from
Australia in Trans. Royal Irish Acad., Vol. XXII, p. 548; distribut-
ing specimens of the same in Alg. Austr. Exsicc., No. 274; and
illustrating the same in the Phycologia Australica, Pl. CCXLIV, in
1862; nowhere mentioning at all Montagne's species of the same
name, which he had fully recognized in the Nereis Boreali-Americana.
Kützing, Tab. Phyc., Vol. XVI, p. 6, Pl. XLV, 1866, retains the
specific name for Montagne's plant, but with a new generic name, as
Hypoglossum denticulatum. This appears to be the last appearance
of Montagne's plant under his specific name; J. G. Agardh accepts
Harvey's plant, Sp. Alg., Vol. III, p. 495, 1876, at p. 483 incident-
ally mentioning Montagne's species under D. spinulosa (J. Ag.
mscr. with synonym D. Beeringiana var. spinulosa Rupr., Alg.
Ochotsk., p. 243, and note * D. denticulata Mont. Syll. p. 408 cum
D. Beeringiana spinulosa Rupr., sec. spec. a Montagneo comparatum
identica dicitur" ^ Montagne certainly considered them identical,
and naturally treated Ruprecht's name as a synonym of his own,
published seven years earlier. In Ruprecht's description he says
“Diese form (sPzzuw/osa) steht gewiss sehr nahe der D. alata var.
denticulata Montagne in Ann. Sci. Nat., XI (1849) p. 62, aus Lab-
rador...”

In Analecta Algologica, Cont. II, p. 66, 1894, Agardh proceeds to
complicate the situation by describing a third D. denticulata, with the

206 Rhodora [AuGusT

following notes: * Hab. ad King George's Sound, Harvey.” .“ Inter
algas exsiccatas Australasicas sub no, 279 B haec a Harveyo distri-
buta fuit, nomine D. revo/utae inscripta....”

The next reference of importance is by Kjellman, Algae of the
Arctic Sea, p. 135, 1883, wheré the author refers to Montagne, but
says “In order to distinguish the present species, D. denticulata
Mont., from D. denticulata Harvey, I have changed the name of
denticulata for that of Montagnei." Here arises a double confusion ;
Montagne's species antedates Harvey's by six years; and there is a
D. Montagneana J. Ag., Sp. Alg., Vol. II, p. 492, 1876, seven years
before Kjellman's D. Montagnei. Rosenvinge, Grønlands Havalger,
p. 802, 1893, recognizes this last difficulty, but merely — “Ikke
at forvexle med D. Montagneana J. Ag. Sp. p. 492.” In J.G.
Agardh’s final revision of the Delesseriaceae, Sp. Alg., Vol. III, part
3, 1898, the genus De/esseria is broken up and the species distributed
among several new genera. Montagne's plant becomes Pteridium
spinulosum, p. 225; with the note, * Ad hanc Speciem refero tum
specimina Ruprechtiana, tum specimina sub nomine D. Montagnet
mihi ex Ungava Bay missa, tum alia sub nomine D. Montagne: var.
angustifolia Rosenv. quae comparare licuit.” ^ Harvey's plant
becomes Heterodoxia denticulata, p. 131; Harvey’s D. revoluta =
Agardh's D. denticulata becomes Hypoglossum denticulatum, p. 188 ;
and Agardh's D. Montagneana is Apoglossum Montagneanum, p. 194.
If these new genera are accepted, Heterodoxia denticulata and Apoglos-
sum Montagneanum seem to be satisfactory; it is not quite so sure
about Hypoglossum denticulatum, as Kützing's species of that name,
a synonym for 2. denticulata Mont., dates from 1866. There seems
to be some doubt, however, as to the validity of the new genera, and
it i$ perhaps safer to retain the old genus for the present, with the
name D. denticulata Mont. to represent the species occurring from
Maine northward. New names will then be needed both for the
West Australian plant and for the plant from King George's Sound.
Ruopora, however, is hardly a suitable place for their re-christening.

The references for the plant in question may be summed up as
follows :

DELESSERIA DENTICULATA Montagne, Ann. Sci. Nat., Series 3, Vol. XII,
p. 290, 1850; Sylloge Cryptogamarum, p. 408, 1856. Harvey, Nereis Bor.-
Am. part 2, p. 94,1853. Collins, Holden & Setchell, Phyc. Bor.-Am., No. 995,

too D. alata var. denticulata Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat., Series 3, Bot. Vol. XI,
p.62,1849. Not D. denticulata Harv., Tr. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXII, p. 548, 1855 ;

1903 | Collins,— Notes on Algae 207

Alg. Austr. Exsicc, No. 274; Phyc. Austr., Pl. CCXLIV, 1862; J. G.
Agardh, Sp. Alg., Vol. III, p. 495. 1876, = Heterodoxia denticulata J. Ag., Sp.
Alg., Vol. III, part 3, p. 131, 1898. Not. D. denticulata J. G. Agardh Ana-
lecta Algologica, Cont. II, p. 66, 1894, = Hypoglossum denticulatum J. Ag.
Sp. Alg., Vol. III, part 3, p. 188, 1898, not of Kützing. D. Baerr? e spinu-
losa Ruprecht, Tange des Ochotskischen Meeres, p. 244, 1856. Hypoglossum
denticulatum Kützing, Tab. Phyc., Vol. XVI, p. 6, Pl. XLV, not Æ. denticu-
latum J. Ag. Sp. Alg., Vol. IIl, part 3, p. 188, 1898. D. spinulosa (Rupr.)
J. G. Agardh, Sp. Alg., Vol. III, p. 483, 1876. D. Moutagnet Kjellman, Algae
of the Arctic Sea, p. 135, 1883. Farlow, Proc. Amer. Acad., Vol. XXI, p.
471, 1886. Not D. Montagueana J. G. Agardh, Sp. Alg., Vol. III, part 1,
p. 492, 1876, = Apoglossum Montagneanum J. G. Agardh, Sp. Alg., Vol. III,
part 3, p. 194, 1898. D. Montagne: a typica Rosenvinge, Grénlands Haval-
ger, p. 902, 1893. Pteridium spinulosum J. G. Agardh, Sp. Alg., Vol. II,
part 3, p. 225, 1898, in part.

The species seems to be common from Maine to Greenland, but
at the southern limit to approach the narrower forms of D. alata.
Some specimens from Gloucester are hard to assign. It would seem,
however, that the true D. alata does occur on the New England
coast; as for instance No. 140 of Farlow, Anderson and Eaton, Alg.
Am. Bor. Exsicc.

At Gloucester occurs, though apparently quite rare, D. angustis-
sima Griff., which must be carefully distinguished from the narrow-
est forms of D. alata. A single specimen, from Cape Ann, seems to
be 2. denticulata var. angustifolia (Lyng.), agreeing well with speci-
mens from Greenland named D. Montagnet angustifolia by Rosen-
vinge, and with others named D. Holmiana by Strömfelt.

'The references to this variety would appear to be as follows:

DELESSERIA DENTICULATA Var. ANGUSTIFOLIA (Lyng.) Collins.

D. alata B angustifolia Lyngbye, Tent. Hydr. Dan., p. 8, 1819.

D. Holmiana Strómfelt in Holm, Beiträge zur Flora Westgrónlands, p.
286, 1887.

D. Montagne: B angustifolia Rosenvinge, Grénlands Havalger, p. 803, 1893.

PiLINIA RIMOSA Kützing, Phyc, Gen., p. 273, 1843.

The original description of this genus and species is as follows :
“ Pilinia. Trichomata hologonimica, radicata, erecta, ramosa, fascicu-
lata, in stratum spongiosum coalita. .. rimosa. P. crustacea, ligni-
cola, primo porosa, deinceps rimosa, olivaceo-virescens, ¢richomatibus
tenuissimis (diam. 545”) ramosis, articulis diametro aequalibus."

It appears with practically the same description in Kütz. Sp. Alg.,
p. 425 ; in Tab. Phyc., Vol. IV, p. 20, Pl. XC, figs. 1-19, there is no
description.

In Rabenhorst, Fl. Eur. Alg., Sect. 3, p. 386, 1868, the description

208 Rhodora [AuGustr

is *P. lignicola, crustacea, olivaceo-viridis, initio porosa, postea
rimosa, mucosa : filis ramisque fasciculatis ; articulis diametro (41, —
sls ^ = 0.00029 — 0.00038”) aequalibus vel duplo longioribus " ;
and the fig. r11 is a reproduction of Kützing's in Tab. Phyc.

In the Botanische Zeitung, Vol. XXXVII, p. 361, Pl. III, A, 1879,
Reinsch describes and figures a new genus of the Chroolepideae,
which he names Acrod/aste. ‘The plant grew on shells and pebbles
in Buzzard's Bay, Massachusetts, and the description and figures are
quite characteristic, but no name is given to the species. In Engler
& Prantl, Die Natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien, i. abt. 2, p. 97, Wille
recognizes the genus, and names the species A. Reinschii. In
Notarisia, Vol. IV, p. 653, De Toni considers the two genera Pidinia
and Acrod/aste as identical, and from the descriptions and the plates
concludes that Reinsch's plant is merely the fruiting state of Z.
rimosa. ln Syl. Alg., Vol. I, p. 259, 1889 he adds that this is
confirmed by authentic specimens of Kützing's plant. Wille, how-
ever, states, p. ror, that an investigation of authentic specimens of
P. rimosa shows them to consist of young stages of various algae,
especially Phycochromaceae, and he rejects the genus.

In July, 1902, the writer was collecting algae at Harpswell, Maine,
at the old tide-mill, mentioned in Ruopora, Vol. IV, p. 178, gathering
especially Calothrix pulvinata (Mert.) Ag., which grows in extensive
sheets on beams and posts under the mill. Dr. F. D. Lambert, of
Tufts College, who was of the party, called attention to the fact that
some of the coating on the timbers was of a yellowish green, quite
distinct from the usual very dark, blackish green of the Calothrix.
The writer supposed it must be due to exposure to the sun ; but when
a specimen of the lighter colored material was examined, the next
day, it proved to be quite a different plant, but agreed in every par-
ticular with the description and plate of P. rimosa, and under this
name it has been distributed as No. 971, Phycotheca Boreali-
Americana.

On a second visit to the place it was found that the P%/inia
occupied a zone about half a meter in width, just below high water
mark. Below this it passes into the Ca/o¢hrix, the “neutral ground ”
occupying about half a meter, through which distance the Calothrix
increases from a very slight admixture and the Piinia diminishes
correspondingly. Below this neutral ground there is no ZY/aa.
The color changes gradually, from the rather light yellowish green

1903] Collins, — Notes on Algae 209

of the Piinia to the almost black Ca/othrix. The honeycombed,
Symploca-like surface is common to both species, somewhat more
marked, however, in the Calothrix. Under the microscope the two
are amply distinct; the Ca/o/Arix with unbranched, tapering fila-
ments, with no basal layer, the cells of the trichome disk-shaped ;
the Pinia with branching, nearly cylindrical filaments, cells longer
than broad, and arising from a basal layer of cells of irregular form.

The apparent contradiction of the reports of De Toni and Wille,
both from the original specimens, is easily explained by the manner
of growth of the Harpswell plant. In Casco Bay the tide has a rise
and fall of four meters or somewhat more and the ZY/za extends,
pure or mixed with Ca/o¢hrix, for about a meter ; in the North Sea the
tide is much less and it is probable that the space occupied by the
Pilinia would not exceed a few decimeters. ‚Under such circum-
stances a strip could be peeled off the wood, which would be practi-
cally pure Piinia at one end, Calothrix at the other. If then
Wille's specimen came from one end, De Toni's from the other, both
would be correct in their observations. It is the old story of the
shield, and the two knights who fought to maintain, one that it was
silver, the other that it was gold.

A plant has been distributed as No. 162, Phyc. Bor-Am., under the
name of Acroblaste Reinschit, which is amply distinct from the Harps-
well plant. It occurs abundantly at Revere Beach, Mass., on shells
of Lunatia heros, forming a rich dark green coating about the spire
of the shell. The coating is uniform with a smooth level surface, the
upright filaments packed as closely as those of a Ralfsia, quite differ-
ently from the loosely intertwined Piinia filaments; the latter are
also more regularly cylindrical, and the basal layer is less of a mem-
branous character than in Acrod/aste. In the spring months it is
unusual to find a live Zuzaf£ia without its coating of Acroblaste, and
the sporangia, like those in Reinsch's figure, are abundant. It has
not been noticed on empty shells, nor indeed on any substratum other
than the live shells. //nza, on the other hand, both at Harpswell
and in Europe, occurs only on woodwork between tide marks.
Whether the Revere Beach plant is identical with the plant from
Buzzard's Bay, cannot be absolutely determined; but the latter is
said to occur abundantly on shells, Turritella in this case, and some-
times on pebbles. The figures given by Reinsch agree perfectly with
the Revere Beach plant, and though one who had never seen the lat-

210 Rhodora [AvGUsT

ter might consider the figures as applicable to P. rimosa, a compari-
son of the two plants would convince any one that the two species
were distinct, and that Reinsch's plate fitted better to the Revere
plant than to P. rimosa: That they belong to different genera, how-
ever, may be open to question until the fruit of P. rimosa is known.
‘The sporangia of the latter may prove to be intercalary, which, in the
present arrangement of the Chroolepideae would be sufficient to
maintain it as a distinct genus. If the sporangia prove to be the
same as in Æcroblaste, then the latter name will have to be dropped,
and both species placed under Piinia.

Another Pilinia species is P. diluta Wood, F. W. Algae of the U. S.,
p.211, 1872. This has been thoroughly studied by Miss Josephine
Tilden, Minnesota Bot. Studies, Vol. I, p. 601-635, and the conclu-
sion that she reaches, that it is merely a stage of growth of some
Stigeoclonium, is undoubtedly correct; but her further deduction,
that all species of Acrodlaste and Pilinia are growth forms, is, as
pointed out by Hazen,! unjustifiable. This appears clearly from her
figures in Plate XXXII; the band-shaped chromatophores are very
different from the chromatophores in Reinsch’s and Kützing's figures,
where they occupy the whole of the thick-walled cell.

A third species has been added to the genus, P. maritima (Kjellm.)
Rosenv. to include Chaetophora maritima and C. pellicula, both of
Kjellman. Both of these species have abundant hairs, the presence
of which is characteristic of the subfamily Chaetophoreae, as defined
by Wille in Engler & Prantl. Rosenvinge figures terminal sporangia,
whose presence is characteristic of the Chroolepideae, their absence
of the Chaetophoreae. It would appear that some new character
must be found, if these subfamilies are to be kept distinct; at any
rate Kjellman's C. maritima, with abundant hairs and smooth globu-
lar thallus, can hardly be placed in the genus 7/xza as here under-
stood.

THE GENUS PonPHYRA is represented in Farlow's Marine Algae of
New England by only one species, P. /aciniata ( Lightf.) Ag., although
the author notes that Z. /eucosticta Thuret is to be expected. In the
list given by the writer in Rropona, Vol. II, p. 41, four species were

'The Ulothrichaceae and Chaetophoraceae of the U. S., Mem. Torr. Bot. Club,
Vol. XI, p. 200, 1902.
? Rosenvinge, Grénlands Havalger, p. 932, 1893.

1903] Collins,— Notes on Algae 211

given, and it now seems that two more are to be added. There has
recently been published an excellent paper on the Porphyras of the
Pacific coast,! and while in most genera of algae, the species com-
mon to the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts are so few that a monograph
for one coast would be of little use on the other, in this case five of
our six species are fully treated in the paper in question. The stu-
dent is referred to this paper for full accounts of structure and
development, and only a key for distinguishing our species, and
an indication of localities will here be given.

KEY TO THE NEW ENGLAND SPECIES OF PORPHYRA.

1. Fronds monostromatic . : : i : : : ; : 2.
Fronds distromatic
2. Color pink to crimson, ‘fronds small and delicate, 15- -20 p thick.
P. coccinea J. Ag.
2. Color usually bluish or brownish pe fronds a CM large size,
25-50 p thick . : . ; 4 3-
3. Antheridia forming a colorless marginal zone.
P. laciniata. (Lightf.) Ag.
. Antheridia tormipg small elongated colorless patches among the darker
sporocarps. . : P. leucosticta Thuret.
4. Fronds about E p thick. P. tenuissima (Strömf.) Setchell and Hus.
4. Fronds 30-75 p thick, cells in cross section square to twice as long

as broad. : . P. miniata (Lyng.) Ag.
4. Fronds 50-80 p thick, cells in cross section square to somewhat
higher than br EA P. amplissima (Kjellm.) Setchell and Hus.

The thickness of the frond is taken in the middle of the vegeta-
tive part; near the base the frond is often considerably thickened.
P. coccinea has been found only once in America; it grew on a frond
of Desmarestia aculeata washed ashore at Hampton, New Hampshire.
It has the distinction of being the only species of algae recorded for
the little strip of New Hampshire coast, but not found in any other
New England state; it is hardly likely that it will retain this distinc-
tion permanently. P. /aciniata is a cosmopolitan species, found
throughout our range, and quite variable in form and color. The
type ranges from lanceolate to much laciniate in outline ; in addition
to this we have forma wmbi/icafis Ag., with umbilicate fronds, often
much plicate; this seems to be common on exposed rocky shores

! Henri T. A. Hus, An Account of the Species of Porphyra Found on the
Pacific Coast of North America. Proc. Calif. Acad, Sci., 3d Series, Botany, Vol.

TI p 173 (1902).

212 Rhodora [AucvsT

from Nahant northward. Forma epiphytica n. f. is abundant from
Nahant to Portland, Maine, growing on Polysiphonia fastigiata (Roth)
Grev., or on Ascophyllum nodosum (L.) Le Jolis, the host plant of
the Polysiphonia. The young fronds are ovate to orbicular in out-
line, becoming torn and irregular as they grow older ; they are seldom
over four or five cm. long. On the coast of eastern Maine the form
seems to pass into the type, but on the Massachusetts coast the two
are quite distinct. It is a plant of spring and early summer, while
the type and var. umbilicalis are found throughout the year. The
plant distributed as P. /aciniata in Phyc. Bor.-Am., No. 235 is forma
epiphytica. P. leucosticta is a plant of the spring months and of warm
waters; it has not been found north of Boston. It has been dis-
tributed as Phyc. Bor.-Am., No. 376. The other three species are
all northern forms, P. femuissima and P. miniata occurring as far
south as Nahant, while P. amplissima has been found only at Jones-
port, Maine, as noted in Ruopora, Vol. IV, p. 177. P. miniata, from
Newfoundland, has been distributed as Phyc. Bor. Am., No. 377,
and P. amplissima, from Washington as No. XLIX of the same.!

It should be noted that Rosenvinge, Grønlands Havalger, p. 827
includes P. amplissima, P. tenuissima and P. abyssicola, the latter not
occurring in New England as varieties under P. miniata. Rosen-
vinge's rule, to include under one species all forms which are con-
nected by intermediate forms, leads to many such inclusions, where
other authors see distinct species. As Hus, after careful study, and
with the approval of Prof. Setchell, keeps them distinct, it has seemed
best to do so here.

! P, linearis Grev. with linear fronds 15-20 cm. long, and one half to two cm.
wide, with distinct stipe and cordate base, has been found by Mr. Isaac Holden
at St. Johns, Newfoundland, growing in tufts on exposed rocks, and may be
expected on the Maine coast. Whether it is a distinct species, or a variety of P.
laciniata is uncertain.

Vol. 5, no. 55, including pages 177 to 192, was issued 7 July, 1903.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 September, 1903 No. 57

THE DENTARIAS OF CONNECTICUT.
Epwin H. Eames, M. D.

IN a tract of rocky hillside woodland in Sherman, Connecticut,
within half a mile of the New York state-line, there is a large colony
of the daintily beautiful C/aytonia Caroliniana Michx., which Mr.
E. H. Austin had enthused me to visit April 19, 1903, at a time when
it was flowering abundantly.

With this and other interesting species were a few plants of Den-
taria diphylla Michx., with swelling flower-buds, together with others
in the same condition but strikingly different in appearance. Vari-
ously situated in the damp humus of these cool woods, on rocks and
in deeper accumulations of soil along the hillside, extending down a
more open northerly-facing slope, nearly to the rapid waters of the
Housatonic River, this peculiar plant was found in quantity at alti-
tudes varying from 405 to 445 feet.

The stem-leaves were opposite as in D. diphylla, but their leaflets
at once arrested my attention: distinctly narrower, more pointed and
incisely-toothed, in marked contrast with the accompanying much
broader and still more deeply and irregularly incised or somewhat
lobate basal leaflets, they were distinctive at a glance.

When the superficial rootstocks, at times directly upon the surface
and green or purple in varying degree, were uncovered, they were
found to be composed of four or five to eleven or more interrupted,
distinctly fusiform, toothed and tuberculate segments of annual
growth and wholly unlike those of its companion species.

In flowering specimens kindly gathered for me by Mr. Austin, on
May 3, and in others which we both collected one week later, the distinc-
tions noted were strengthened by an additional one of equal interest :

214 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

the white flowers were remarkable for their large size, exceeding
those of any other of our species, especially its companion of these
woods, the extremes of each barely connecting.

D. diphylla is our only species to which the term “rootstock
continuous” has been applied, in apposition to “jointed” as noted
for all the other species. Studies in both field and herbarium seem
to show that the latter term has been loosely applied. Each annual
segment of most so-called “jointed” rootstocks may be a joint, but
in those of the plants observed in Sherman and in all others known
from our region, with one exception, there is not the faintest indica-
tion macroscopically or by fracture of a fixed or definite place of the
union between these enlarged parts of the rootstock.

Just prior to the close of a field meeting of the Connecticut Botan-
ical Society, held at Rainbow, on the Farmington River, June 6, 1903,
I was particularly fortunate in finding a colony of D. maxima. In
rich soil along the banks and alluvial bottoms of a woodland stream
_and nearly concealed by luxuriant later vegetation, were quantities of
this rare and little understood species, chiefly noticeable for the
array of bright yellow foliage like spots of sunshine filtered through
the leaves overhead.

Careful search was instituted for the best the colony afforded, in
company with Mr. B. B. Bristol. Although occasional plants bore
pods of about mature size, few of these seemed destined to mature
seeds owing to the aestival decadence prevailing among their kind.
This colony seems to occupy a narrow area approximating a length
of ten or twelve rods.

In this species the rootstock has been specially noted as “ jointed.”
These plants seem to be fairly representative of the species, but
there are no joints in any proper sense of the term. In fact, the
rootstock is made up of constricted fusiform portions in a manner
similar to the Sherman plants, but tubercled in the axils of prominent
incurved teeth. A noteworthy and distinctive character seems to be
the lifelong persistence, near the base of each segment, of the pre-
morse remains of former stems and leafstalks and more conspicuous
than any other appendages.

Since this appeared to be the second ! Connecticut station for this
species and, as it happens, in the same county of Hartford, studies
were made to include specimens from the recorded station. These

! See RHOD. V, 168—169.

1903] Eames,— The Dentarias of Connecticut 215

were found to have rootstocks somewhat anomalous in character and
in other respects differed from any species now recognized, as will
be described. This leaves the station for D. maxima noted in the
present article the only one so far known in the state.

The plants reported by Mr. Bissell and D. AeferopAy//a do not
have jointed rootstocks although in the latter the fragile constricted
connecting parts promotes easy rupture. D. /aciniata, on the other
hand, does have truly jointed and characteristic rootstocks in which
fracture must and does occur at the precise place in which the apex
of one portion is seated within a corresponding depression in the one
beyond.

Inasmuch as our northeastern species are, in part, still imperfectly
known and revision of these seems desirable, an attempt is made to
outline the more important characters in the following summary, in
which I have had the valued advice and coöperation of Dr. B. L. -
Robinson.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.

* Rootstock continuous, prominently toothed: stem glabrous: leaflets
dentate, bluntly mucronate.

D. DIPHYLLA Michx. Rootstock long and continuous, prominently
toothed, the annual segments elongated, 3 to 9 cm. long, very slightly
tapering; on or near the surface and propagating by its branches.
Stems 2 to 4 dm. high, glabrous, stout, simple rarely with an addi-
tional flowering branch bearing a single ternate leaf. Leaves ternate,
glabrous, those of the stem 2, opposite or nearly so, rarely 3 and
alternate, on petioles r.2 to 3.6 cm.long; basal usually present,
long-petioled and similar. Leaflets 2 to ro cm. long, 1.5 to 6 cm.
wide, sessile or short-petiolate, minutely serrulate, unequally and
coarsely subacute- to round-dentate, bluntly mucronate; central ones
rhomboid-subovate, lateral obliquely so, often slightly lobed. Flow-
ers white; petals roto 15 mm. long, twice as long as the sepals.
Pedicels 1 to 3 cm. long. Pods rarely matured, 2.5 cm. long or more
including style 6 to 8 mm. long. —In rich damp moist or springy
soils containing much humus, in woods and shaded situations.
Apparently throughout the state except near the coast in the south-
eastern part. Usually in colonies and local, but rather frequent in
the northwestern third of the state.

* * Rootstock interrupted by distinct constrictions, distinctly toothed : stem
glabrous: leaflets incisely-dentate, -cleft or -lobate, sharply
mucronate. (Exceptions in last species).

216 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

D. incisa n. sp. Rootstock interrupted by the union of. 4 to 11
or more distinctly fusiform annual segments 1 to 3.5 rarely 6 cm.
long, slightly tubercled in the axils of distinct teeth, commonly on or
near the surface and propagating by late-appearing branches ;
remains of earlier stems and leaf-stalks occasional, from obscure to
5 mm.long. Stems 2 to 4 dm. high, glabrous, simple stout. Leaves
ternate, glabrous, those of the stem 2, opposite or nearly so, rarely
3 and alternate, on petioles 1 to 4 cm. long; basal usually present,
on petioles 1.2 to 2 dm. long. Leaflets sessile or slightly united at
the base, rather sparingly and minutely serrulate to ciliolate-serrulate,
unequally, coarsely, and more or less deeply incised-dentate, the teeth
from subacute to rounded and acutely mucronate: of the stem-leaves
4 to 9 cm. long, 1 to 3.5 cm. wide, narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate,
the central one a little longer than the strongly inequalateral and
commonly more deeply incised lateral ones: those of the base and
detached rootstocks commonly 1.5 to 2 times wider than accompany-
ing stem-leaflets, 5 to 1o cm. long, 1.5 to 6 cm. wide, more deeply
incised or lobate, short-petiolate. Flowers averaging 9 (5-13),
white, drying nearly so or more or less purple-tinted; petals 15 to
20 mm. long, 5 to 8 mm. wide, obovate, rounded at the apex, fully
2.5 times length of sepals. Pedicels 1 to 3 cm. long. Style soon 6 to
8mm.long. Pods not seen. — Sherman, ona rich damp slightly open
to thickly wooded hillside, 2-15 m. above the Housatonic River,
125-128 m. alt., 19 April, 1903, Austin & Hames, no. 3820; 3 May,
1903, Austin, no. 3820a ; 10 May, 1903, Austin & Eames, no. 3820b ;
16 June, 1903, Austin, no. 3820 c. (Type material in the author's
herbarium, also in herb. Gray.)

‘This species differs particularly from D. dipylla in the rootstock,
the incised and sharply mucronate teeth of the leaflets which are
distinctly narrower on the stem, and in the large petals: from D.
maxima in its usual freedom from the premorse remains of former
stems and leaf-stalks fairly characteristic of that species, its opposite
leaves which are markedly different in situation, size, shape and mar-
ginal characters, sessile leaflets, length of pedicels and of the petals
actually and comparatively with the sepals.

D. Maxima Nutt. Rootstock interrupted by the union of 4 to 1o
or more distinctly fusiform annual segments 1.2 to 3.5 rarely 5 cm.
long, tubercled in the axils of prominent incurved teeth; commonly
on or near the surface and propagating by late appearing branches;
remains of earlier stems and leaf-stalks generally present, premorse,
prominent, persistent and distinctive, 2 to 6 mm. long. Stems 2 to
3.5 dm. (2 ft. Vutt.) high, glabrous and commonly stout. Leaves
ternate, glabrous, those of the stem 2 or more commonly 3 (2 to
7 Nutt.), alternate, often remote, rarely 2 and subopposite, much
smaller than in the preceding, on petioles 1 to 8 cm. long; those
from the base, when present, and detached rootstocks on petioles 1
to 2 dm. long. Leaflets prominently petiolate, moderately to freely

1903] Eames,— The Dentarias of Connecticut 217

ciliolate, irregularly incised-dentate, the teeth subacute to rounded
and acutely mucronate: of the stem-leaves ovate and obtuse, 2 to 5
rarely 7 cm. long, 1.2 to 4 cm. wide, the central one rarely somewhat
lobed, the oblique lateral ones frequently 1-cleft or -lobed on the outer
side: those from the base and detached rootstocks sometimes simi-
lar, usually larger, much broader, 3 to 5.4 cm. long, 2.8 to 5.8 cm.
wide, central one broadly rhombic-ovate, -orbicular or broader than
long, 1-cleft to -parted bilaterally, lateral ones r-parted to -divided on
the outer side, the inner division sometimes 1- to 2-cleft, obliquely
rhomboidal. Flowers purple-tinted, drying pale purple; petals 12 to
15 mm. long, about twice length of sepals which are ovate-oblong,
obtuse, 5 to 7 mm. long. Pedicels .6 to 1.5 cm. long in flower, 1.5
to 2 cm, long in fruit. Pods rarely matured, 2.5 to 3 cm. long includ-
ing style 6 to 8 mm. long. — Windsor, in rich soil on banks and allu-
vial bottoms beside a woodland stream flowing into Farmington River,
6 June, 1903, Hames, no. 3970.

Apparent hybrids between D. diphylla and D. laciniata are in her-
baria as D. maxima, and often require careful study to be rightly
understood, as they bear more or less resemblance to this species,
and possess no constant characters.

D. anomala, n. sp. Rootstock interrupted by the union of sev-
eral prominently fusiform annual segments, slightly to moderately
tuberculate-bracteate on a somewhat smooth surface: deep-seated:
apparently intermediate between this section and the following.
Stems 2 to 3.5 dm. high, somewhat pubescent, rather slender, soli-
tary or two together, simple or occasionally with an axillary flowering
branch. Leaves ternate, pubescent on both surfaces: those of the
stem 2, subopposite or separated 1 to 2 cm., or 3 and irregularly
alternate a fourth on the branch when present, leafless in one instance,
on petioles 1 to 5.5 cm. long: basal rarely present, similar. Stem-leaf-
lets 2 to 5.5 cm. long, 1 to 3 cm. wide, distinctly short-petiolate,
somewhat ciliolate, irregularly subacute- to obtuse-dentate or incised,
acutely mucronate; central one more or less deeply cleft to 1-parted
on each side, the lateral ones 1-parted to -divided on the outer side.
Flowers “nearly white, just tinged with rose or purple:"! petals ro
to 12 mm. long, obovate, rounded at the apex, 3 times length of the
ovate-oblong obtuse sepals which are 3 to 4 mm. long and distinctly
smaller than in any other of our species. Pedicels 7 to 20 mm. long,
slender in flower. Pods not seen.— Plainville, rich moist woods,
5 May, 1902, C. H. Bissell; 11 May, 1902, C. H. Bissell. ( Type
material in herb. Bissell, also in herb. Gray and in the author's
herbarium. )

Growing with D. diphylla and D. laciniata and flowering about
midway between them in time. This species may have had a hybrid
origin between the widely different accompanying species, but it is

! Bissell, RHOD. V, 169.

218 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

well established in two small colonies, is very constant in all its char-
acters and apparently well worthy of specific rank, at least tentatively.
It differs particularly from any of the preceding in the pubescent
stem and leaves, deeply cleft to divided stem-leaflets, the actual and
comparative length of sepals and petals and in the surface characters
of the rootstock: from either of the following in the situation of the
leaves, size, shape and lobation of the leaflets and in the sepals and
petals, together with the anomalous rootstock.

* * * Rootstock interrupted by fragile constrictions, tuberous, obscurely
bracteate: stems glabrous to pubescent: leaflets variable.

D. HETEROPHYLLA Nutt. Rootstocks interrupted by fragile con-
strictions connecting the few narrowly fusiform annual segments 1.4
to 3 cm. long, bearing few small bracteate tubercles on a smooth sur-
face: premorse remains of former stems sometimes 2 to 3 mm. long:
often deep-seated. Stems r.5 to 3.5 dm. high, glabrous or somewhat
pubescent, commonly slender and several together with 1 to several
basal leaves, sometimes with one or two slender few-flowered axillary
or erratic branches bearing a simple or cleft leaflet 1.5 to 2 cm. long.
Leaves ternate, those of the stem generally 2 (2 to 3), variably oppo-
site, subopposite, alternate or verticillate, commonly. near top of stem
at flowering time on petioles o.4 to 3 cm. long: basalon petioles 2 to
15 cm. long, very different. Leaflets minutely serrulate: those of
the stem r.3 to 3.5 cm. long, linear to narrowly lanceolate, sparsely
and obscurely to sharply mucronate-serrate, sometimes laciniate-
dentate or multifid; acute or acuminate at the apex, sessile to dis-
tinctly petiolate at the tapering base: those of the base r.2 to 4.5
cm. long, nearly the same width, prominently petiolate, and although
sometimes similar to those of the stem, usually obtuse at base and
apex, broadly rhombic-ovate, the central leaflet equally, the lateral
oblique and unequally trilobate by varying clefts, the teeth and apices
rounded and mucronate. Flowers light purple, closely cymose-panic-
ulate at first; petals 10 to 16 mm. long, narrow, rounded at the apex,
twice as long as the oblong-lanceolate obtuse sepals. Pedicels 0.3 to
2 rarely 3.5 cm. long. Pods 2.5 cm. long.-— Not known from Con-
necticut.

D. LaciNIATA Muhl. Rootstocks jointed at the constricted ends of
the few narrowly fusiform to oblong, often thick tuberous annual seg-
ments 2 to 5 cm. long, 4 to 12 mm. thick at maturity, and bearing on
the smooth surface few small bracteate tubercles from some of which
branches arise late in the season: segments uniformly separable at
certain fixed places. Stems 1 to 3.5 dm. high, pubescent, at least
above, rarely glabrous, stout, solitary or several together, with or gen-
erally without accompanying rootleaves. Leaves primarily ternate,
often appearing quinate, those of the stem 3, commonly near top of
stem, verticillate or nearly so, on petioles 2 to 5 cm. long: basal usu-

1903] Collins, — Isaac Holden 219

ally common in the colonies, similar, on longer petioles, 2.5 to 12 cm.
wide. Leaflets glabrous to pubescent, sparingly ciliolate, simple and
linear or narrowly lanceolate to ovate, and 1- to 3-lobed, -divided, or
somewhat multifid, sparingly appressed-serrate to laciniate or gash-
toothed, mucronate: those of the stem scarcely petiolate, of the base
distinctly so. Flowers white or purple-tinted: petals ro to 16 rarely
18 mm. long. Pedicels in flower 0.3 to 2.5 cm. long, in fruit 1 to 2
and sometimes 3.5 cm. long. Pods common, strongly ascending on
stout pedicels, 2 to 4.5 cm. long including style 6 to 9 mm. long.

In rich damp or often springy soils containing much humus, in
woods or along their borders. Apparently rather rare eastward
(Killingly and Old Lyme, C. Z. Bissell), it is found at infrequent
intervals throughout a large part of central and western Connecticut
away from the coast, sometimes in large colonies, as in Plainville,
C. Hf, Bissell, and in Gaylordsville, Austin & Eames. Our earliest
species to flower.

BRIDGEPORT, CONNECTICUT.

ISAAC HOLDEN.
F. S3 COLLINS.

Isaac HoLDEN, son of Samuel and Sally (Brewster) Holden, was
born in Preston, Connecticut, June 11, 1832. He entered Dartmouth
College as sophomore in the spring of 1850, and was graduated in
1852. For twenty years after his graduation he was engaged in
teaching in various places, the longest time being the last, at Clifton,
Staten Island, New York, where he made a specialty of preparing
young men for college and scientific schools. In 1872 he gave up
teaching, and became connected with the Wheeler and Wilson Com-
pany, removing in 1878 to Bridgeport, Connecticut, where the rest
of his life was spent, the last ten years as vice-president of the com-
pany, and practically in charge of its business. His death in New
York City, June 25, 1903, was the result of an operation, rendered
necessary by a severe attack of gall stone just on the eve of a pro-
posed trip to Europe, June ro. He is survived by a wife, two sons
and three daughters.

Mr. Holden was a man of strong character, great intellectual abil-
ity, absolute integrity, and broad sympathies. He was thoroughly at
home in both ancient and modern literature, and corresponded regu-

220 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

larly with the company’s agents in France, Germany, Spain, and Italy
in their own languages. He was familiar with the best English lit-
erature of all periods, an excellent mathematician, a lover of good
music, and a good amateur player on the violin. He believed in
thoroughness in all things and had a strong dislike to shams, whether
in high or low position, but was always in sympathy with honest work.
He was of a genial character in social relations, and made hosts of
friends in every quarter.

His interest in botany was lifelong, but it was only in the last fif-
teen years of his life that he made systematic collections and notes,
chiefly on algae. In the study of these plants he was indefatigable,
and had explored every nook and corner of the coast near Bridgeport,
as well as the fresh water streams and lakes for a considerable dis-
tance inland. In preparing his specimens he had an eye for the
aesthetic as well as the scientific value; it would be hard to find
specimens of marine algae from any other collector at the same
time so scientifically adequate and so beautiful as those that he
made. He was one of the three founders of the Phycotheca Boreali-
Americana, and many of the best contributions in this work are
from him. He was intending to publish a list of the algae of Con-
necticut, but though his notes and records seem amply sufficient,
he delayed it from his desire for almost ideal accuracy and com-
pleteness. — ZZydrocoleum Holdeni Tilden and Gomontia Holdeni
Collins, the former a marine, the latter a fresh water alga, both
discovered by him in Connecticut, commemorate his work.

He was a member of the Phi Beta Kappa, and of the New Eng-
land Botanical Club; and was for eight years president of the Bridge-
port Scientific Society. In 1883 he spent six weeks in Florida ;
though going there on account of his health, his time was spent
mostly in studying the land and marine plants; in 1897 he visited
Newfoundland, collecting many algae, some of which were distributed
in the Phycotheca. A visit to Europe in 1900 was for business and
social objects and not connected with botany.

1903] Cushman,— Notes on New England Desmids,—— I 221

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND DESMIDS, — I.
JosEpH A. CUSHMAN,

IN a series of short papers the writer wishes to add to the records
of the forms and distribution of the Desmids of our New England
flora. New England forms have not been extensively reported with
the exception of the lists given at the end of the present paper,
the localities given by Wolle are about all we have to depend upon
for the distribution. The records of Wolle while in many points
inaccurate, are nevertheless the type of work which with greater care
should sometime be done for New England. It is in the spirit of
adding. to that work that the present series is attempted. The
measurements in many cases are more full than given by Wolle.

The variety of forms noted from one pond in Bridgewater, Mass.
(Ruopora, March 1903) shows what may be found in any of our
numerous New England ponds. In these papers the writer hopes to
record the species from as many stations in New England as possi-
ble. If the readers of RuopoRA would send small amounts of
material to be examined it would help the work and be thankfully
received.

The following species were identified in a small collection from
Steep Brook, Massachusetts, about three miles north of Fall River
Railway Station. They were collected in a swamp brook on March
28, 1903, by the writer. Staurastrum-was especially well represented.

Euastrum elegans Kg. This species appears to be common here
as elsewhere, the specimens obtained differing considerably in this
collection. One form is somewhat different from any of Wolle's fig-
ures of this species, having the end lobe more square, the angles
between it and the lateral lobes almost 9o degrees and the lateral
lobes divided into two well separated lobules, more distinct than in
any of the figures. This was a large form measuring ; diam. 35 p,
length 50—55 p, thickness through inflation 12 a. Of this species
another smaller form, which is more common, measures: length 22 p,
diam. 18 u, being about half the size of the first.

Cosmarium undulatum Corda, var. crenulatum Wolle. Wolle does
not give the measurements of his variety but the specimen corre-
sponds well with his description. Length 28-30. Diam. 25 p.
Isthmus 8 y.

222 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Cosmarium scenedesmus Delp. The specimens collected here differ
from the description and figures of Wolle in two points: surface
decidedly granular, bases of semicells diverging very much more than
shown in Wolle’s figure (Pl. LXI, fig. 7). These characters are very
constant in all specimens seen from this locality and it is very abun-
dant. Length 30-32 m. Diam. 32-36 w. Isthmus ro p.

Penium digitus (Ehrb.) Breb. Specimen a little smaller than the

. measurements of Wolle. Length 228 u. Diam. 54 p.

Staurastrum pygmaeum Breb. A little larger than the measure-
ments of Wolle but agreeing in all other points. Difference very
slight. Length 33 &. Diam. 28 u. Isthmus 11 p.

Staurastrum dejectum Breb. Diam, 25 p.

Staurastrum subarcuatum Wolle. Wolle does not give the locality
where he has recognized this species or the exact dimensions observed.
The form found, measured: length 32 p, diam. 30 pw, isthmus 12 y.
= Staurastrum saxonicum Bulnh. A very little smaller than the
measurements given by Wolle. Sides in end view distinctly con-
cave, removing it from S. Azrsu/(um, which it resembles although
slightly smaller. Maine is the only New England state from which
this has been reported. Diam. 65 y.

The following forms were identified in a collection made near
Stony Brook Station, Massachusetts, the last week in March, 1903,
by Mr. A. F. Blakeslee. As but very little material was examined
it will be seen from the following that it was rich and varied in its
contained forms. No filamentous forms were noted in the material
examined.

Closterium acerosum (Schrank) Ehrb. Length 650 pm.. Diam.
45 p. Very common.

Closterium lineatum Ehrb. Length 540 m. Diam. 38 p. Slightly
larger than the measurement of Wolle. Common.

Closterium cucumis Ehrb. Length 325 m Diam. 50 m. Wolle
gives size in a comparative way only. ‘The specimen fits the figure
well and the size as given. Very slight ventral swelling noted.

Cosmarium speciosum Lund. Length 54 p. Diam. 36 p. Isthmus
15 a. Chlorophyll with a morulate appearance, of large granules.
Another specimen measures: Length 47 p. Diam. 32 u. Isthmus
I3 p.

Cosmarium broomei 'Thwaites. Length 32 x. Diam, 30 p. Isth-
mus 9—10 p. Central inflation present, thus separating it from the
following species.

1903] Cushman,— Notes on New England Desmids,— I 223

Cosmarium pseudobroomei Wolle. Length 50 pw. Diam. 40 y.
Isthmus r5 pw. No distinct central inflation thus separating it
from the preceding. Decided difference in this case in size between
the two. Wolle considers the inflation the only difference. Appar-
ently new to New England. Wood Lake, New Jersey, is the only
locality mentioned by Wolle.

Cosmarium tumidum Lund. Length 29 p. Diam. 25 m. Isth-
mus 8 u. Maine is the only other of the New England States from
which this has been previously reported.

Cosmarium laeve Rab., var. septentrionale Wille. Length 25 p.
Diam. 18 u. Isthmus 7 u. A little larger than the dimensions given
by Wolle. He gives no locality in his mention of this form.

Cosmarium tetrophthalmum (Kg.) Breb. Length 72 yq. Diam.
58 p. Isthmus 22 p. Wolle simply mentions this species as “ com-
mon” without giving any definite localities for it. Not reported
before from New England.

Cosmarium octhodes Nord. Length 72 u. Diam. 54 u. Isthmus
18 4. Apices slightly retuse in center.

Cosmarium pyramidatum Breb. Length 62 p. Diam. 50pm. Isth-
mus IS p. i

Cosmarium amoenum Breb. Length 50 p. Diam. 25 p. The
typical form.

Cosmarium subcrenatum Hautzsch. Length 38 p. Diam. 25 p.
Isthmus 14 u. Common. Reported previously from Maine also.

Cosmarium coelatum Ralfs. Length so u. Diam. 42 p. Isthmus
12 p. A somewhat aberrant form with three lateral lobules instead
of one as is usually the case. This variation is indicated in Ralfs’
figures but not in his description. The specimen in question agrees
exactly with one of his original figures (The British Desmidieæ PI.
xvii, fig. ıc). This species is new to New England.

Arthrodesmus incus (Ehrb.) Hass. Diam. without spines 20 p.
Length 15 p. Length of spine r5 p.

Micrasterias americana (Ehrb.) Kg. Length 145 p. Diam. 97 m.
Isthmus 3o u. Form slightly narrower than usual.

Euastrum elegans Kg. Length 32 u. Diam. 22 m. Isthmus 7 p.
Of the form of the smaller variety from Steep Brook, Massachusetts.

Staurastrum orbiculare (Ehrb.) Ralfs. Length 22-32 p. Diam.
22-27 p. Isthmus 7-9 p. Specimens are very common and as the
measurements indicate they show a considerable variation in size.

224 Rhodora (SEPTEMBER

The mucous covering is present, causing specimens to stick to the
slide so firmly that they are with difficulty turned over for examina-
tion. ‘The dimensions are considerably smaller than those given by
Wolle.

Staurastrum pseudosebaldi Wille. Length 30 u. Diam. 61-70 p.
Isthmus 13-15. Found frequently in the material examined. One
specimen apparently of this same species was much broader com-
paratively, measuring. Length 36 y. Diam. 72pm. Isthmus ro y.

Staurastrum muticum Breb. var. minor Wolle. Length 20-25 p.
Diam. 22-25 m. Isthmus 7 p. Common in this material and show-
ing many zygospores. "These are of very similar character to those
of S. mucronatum Ralfs as figured by him. Zygospore very spinose,
spines acute at ends showing no tendency to branch. Diameter of
zygospore without spines, 32 p.

Staurastrum hirsutum (Ehrb.) Breb. Length 45 m. Diam. 42 y.
Isthmus 18 y.

Staurastrum echinatum Breb. Length 33 m. Diam, 32 p. Isth-
mus 12 4. Slightly larger than the measurements of Wolle. More
densely clothed with oculei but far less so than in S. Airsutum.
About fourteen on a side in end view.

LITERATURE ON NEw ENGLAND DESMIDS.

Bailey, Jacob Whitman. MicroscopicaL OBSERVATIONS MADE
IN SOUTH CAROLINA, GEORGIA AND FrLoripA. Smithsonian
Contrib. to Knowl. ii. art. 8, pp. 27-34. Washington, 185r.

Bennett, James Lawrence. PLANTS or RHODE ISLAND. Prov-
idence, 1888, pp. 107—113.

Cushman, Joseph Augustine. Dersmips OF BRIDGEWATER,
MassacHUsETTS. Rhodora, v. 79-81, 1903.

Dame, Lorin Low and Collins, Frank Shipley. FLORA or
MIDDLESEX County, MASSACHUSETTS. Malden, 1888, pp.
159—162.

Harvey, Francis Leroy. THE FRESH WATER ALGAE OF MAINE.
I-III. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xv. 135-161, 1888 : xvi. 181—188,
1889: xix. 118-125, 1892.

Hastings, William N. A proposep New Desmip. Am. Month.
Micros. Jour. xiii. p. 29, 1892.

1903] Fernald,— Arabis Drummondi and its Relatives 225

New DeEsmips FROM New HAMPSHIRE, I. Am. Month. Micros.
Jour. xiii. 153—155, 1892.

Johnson, Lorenzo Nickerson. SOME NEW AND RARE DksMIDS
OF THE UNITED STATES, I-II. Bull Torr. Bot. Club, xxi.
284—291, t. 211, 1894; xxii. 289—298, t. 239, 240, 1895.

Olney, Stephen Thayer. ALGAE RHODIACEAE. Providence,
1871, pp. 10-12.

Stone, George Edward. FLORA or LAKE QUINSIGAMOND.
Massachusetts Agric. Coll. 1899.

West, William. THe DrsMips or Marne. Jour. Bot. xxvi.
339-340, 1888. l
List or DesmIDS FROM MassacHusETTS, U. S. A. Jour. Roy.
Micros. Soc. Lond. 1889, 16-21.

THE FRESH-WATER ALGAE OF MAINE. Jour. Bot. xxix. 353—
357, 1891.

West, William and West, George Stephen. ON SOME
NORTH AMERICAN DESMIDEAE. ‘Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser.
2, Bot. v. 229-274, t. 12-18, 1896.

ON SOME DESMIDS oF THE UNITED STATES. Jour. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Bot. xxxiii. 279—322, t. 16—18, 1898. i

Wolle, Francis. DESMIDS OF THE UNITED Srares. Bethlehem,
Pa. 1884. New and enlarged edition, 1893.

Wood, Horatio C. A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HISTORY OF THE
FRESH-WATER ALGAE OF NORTH AMERICA. Smithsonian
Contrib. to Knowledge no. 241. Washington, 1872.

SOCIETY OF NATURAL History, Boston.

ARABIS DRUMMONDI AND ITS EASTERN RELATIVES.

M. I$ FERNALD.

IN late July, 1902, Mr. Emile F. Williams and the writer found in
open sandy woods and on the adjacent sand-dunes of “the commons,"
on the north shore of the Baie des Chaleurs, at New Carlisle, Quebec,
an unfamiliar Arabis with pink flowers on divergent pedicels, spread-
ing or loosely ascending pods, and basal leaves quite covered with
stellate usually 3-forked hairs. A week later, on ledges and cliffs
near the confluence of the Rivière du Loup and the St. Lawrence

226 Rhodora | SEPTEMBER

another Arabis was found strongly resembling the New England plant
with strict inflorescence which has been known as Arabis confinis, but
with the pods much broader than in New England specimens, This
strict plant of Rivière du Loup had the basal leaves, like those of the
New England plant which it resembled, glabrous or with some simple
stiff hairs usually attached at the middle (malpighiaceous hairs) but
rarely 3-forked. The two plants were so very different that the result
of the first comparison of them with the current manuals and with
extensive herbarium material was a complete surprise, for, according
to these sources of information, both plants were Arabis confinis,
Watson (4. brachycarpa, Britton). Further study showed that both
Arabis confinis and A. brachycarpa have been the source of much
confusion. :

When, in 1887, Dr. Watson described Arabis confinis, he included
at least two plants, and his description which follows gives little clue
to the special form he intended as typical of his species:

“ARABIS (TURRITIS) CONFINIS. Biennial, rarely somewhat glau-
cous; stems erect, one or several, usually simple, 1 to 3 feet high:
lower leaves oblanceolate, usually dentate, finely stellate-pubescent
or sometimes glabrous, the cauline oblong to linear-lanceolate, auric-
ulate: flowers white or pinkish: pods more or less spreading or sub-
erect, a line broad or less, straight or slightly curved, usually more
or less attenuate above and beaked: seeds small, narrowly oblong,
winged.— A. laevigata, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1. 43. Zwrritis glabrg,
and var. B, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 78 and 666. T. brachycarpa, Torr.
& Gray, l.c. 79. TZ. stricta, Torr. Fl. N. Y. 1. 53, not Grah. ; Gray,
Gen. Ill. 1. 144, t. 59. A. Drummondii, Gray, Manual, 69. From
the lower St. Lawrence (Tadoussac, Pickering) along the Great Lakes
to Lake Winnipeg (Bourgeau), and more rarely southward (Mt.
Willard, axon; Dracut, Concord, and Brookline, Mass., Dame,
Deane, Faxon; Thimble Islands, Conn., 4. Z. Winton; Cayuga
Co., N. Y., Dudley; Elgin and Dixon, OL, Vasey). It includes all
the ‘4. Drummondii’ of the Atlantic region.” !

As shown by the herbarium specimens as well as by studies of the
plants in the field, the characters, “leaves.... finely stellate-pubes-.
cent” and “pods more or less spreading,” belong to one plant; while
the characters, “leaves .... sometimes glabrous " and “ pods. .. . sub-
erect,” are exhibited by a plant of quite different habit, habitat, and
geographic range. Of the specimens cited by Dr. Watson, those

from Tadousac, Lake Winnipeg, and Dixon, Illinois, belong to the

! Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxii. (1887) 466.

1903] Fernald, — Arabis Drummondi and its Relatives 227

species with basal leaves stellate-pubescent and the pods spreading ;
while those from the other stations have the lower leaves glabrous or
with some malpighiaceous hairs and the pods on erect pedicels.

As already stated, there is nothing in the descriptive text of Dr.
Watson to show which plant he intended as Arabis confinis. Judging
from the two differential features, the leaves and pods, the precedence
given in the description to the characters, "leaves finely stellate-
pubescent " and “ pods more or less spreading," as well as the citation
first of the Tadousac plant would indicate one species; while the
citation of Arabis laevigata, Hook. as the leading synonym points to
the plant with smoother leaves and erect pods, though the remaining
synonymy points partly to the former plant. Nor does the separa-
tion in the 6th edition of the Manual of var. brachycarpa (following
A. Drummondii, var. brachycarpa of the 5th edition) merely on the
length of the pod sufficiently clear the two plants; while the some-
what fuller definition of the plants in the Synoptical Flora still allows
A. confinis with leaves either “finely stellate-pubescent or glabrate.”

The only clue now obtainable as to Dr. Watson's conception of
_ Arabis confinis is from the note following his description, where he
says. "Of related species, A. DRUMMONDII, Graham [Gray], is con-
fined to the western mountains, glaucous and glabrous, or usually
pubescent below with appressed hairs attached by the middle, with
broader straight erect blunt pods, and broadly elliptical winged
seeds."? From this note the natural assumption might be that by 4.
confinis was meant the plant with stellate pubescence and spreading
pods ; but since most of the specimens cited are of the other plant it
is more probable that Dr. Watson, following an artificial principle
still too prevalent, was simply separating from the supposedly local
Rocky Mountain species “all the ‘A. Drummondii’ of the Atlantic
region.” At any rate, there is little reason to keep up for either of
the eastern plants a name so indefinitely applied as A. confints,
` especially since both the components of that compound species were
already clearly defined.

14, laevigata; erecta, glabra, glauca, foliis radicalibus obovatis petiolatis sinu-
ato-dentatis, caulinis linearibus sessilibus intigerrimis, siliquis erectis, seminibus
marginatis : : : : : : : : : : : ; à

Hab. About Lake Huron. Dr. Todd.— A foot high. Pedice/s 3-4 lines long.
Siliguae quite erect, 11 to 2 inches long, linear, plane, tapering at the extremity

into a very short style Hook, Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 43 (1829).
? Watson, l. c.

228 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

In 1838 Torrey & Gray described as follows

Turritis brachycarpa: glabrous and glaucous; radical leaves
spatulate, toothed; cauline ones linear-lanceolate, acute, sagittate and
somewhat clasping ; siliques short, rather broadly linear; pedicels of
the flowers pendulous, of the fruit spreading or ascending.

Fort Gratiot, Michigan, and Shore of Lake Superior, Dr. Pitcher /
—2 Stem 1-2 feet high, simple or sparingly branched above.
Radical leaves pubescent. Flowers rather large, pale purple; the
pedicels mostly bent downward. Silique about an inch long and
nearly a line wide, straight or somewhat curved, usually spreading at
right angles to the stem. Seeds mostly abortive, in 2 distinct rows
when young ; the ripe and perfect ones nearly as broad as the cell,
winged on the margin. — The whole plant is sometimes of a purple
color. Nearly related to the preceding [7: retrofracta, Hook. Arabis
retrofracta, Graham, probably A. Holboellii, Hornem.]; but dis-
tinguished by its short siliques." !

From the description alone it is tolerably clear that Torrey & Gray
had a plant habitally resembling the Tadousac-Winnipeg com-
ponent of Arabis confinis. This interpretation has been further
strengthened by a tracing and by fragments of the original Pitcher
material from Fort Gratiot kindly furnished -the writer by Dr. John
K. Small of the New York Botanical Garden. ‘This material shows
that not only in habit but in the closely stellate basal leaves is
Turritis brachycarpa exactly the plant found by Mr. Williams and the
writer at New Carlisle, and included by Dr. Watson under 4. confinis
from Tadousac, Lake Winnipeg. and Dixon, Illinois. This charac-
teristic plant should be known, therefore, as Arabis brachycarpa,
Britton, based upon Zurritis brachycarpa, Torr. & Gray, the first
clearly defined name for the plant with spreading pods and stellate-
pubescent basal leaves.

The other component of Arabis confinis, the plant with erect pods
and with the basal leaves glabrous or somewhat pubescent with cen-
trally attached hairs, although separated by Dr. Watson from 4.
Drummondi, presents surprising similarities to that species. In fact,
the very characters by which the * western” 4. Drummondi was dis-
tinguished from the eastern plant are present in this second compo-
nent of A. confinis.

A. Drummondi, Gray, was based upon Zurritis stricta, Graham,
“which is a true Arabis. — A. Drummond’? Turritis stricta,
Graham, based upon material raised in the Royal Botanic Garden at

! Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 79 (1838).
? Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 187 (1866).

1903] Fernald, — Arabis Drummondi and its Relatives 229

Edinburgh from Rocky Mountain seed collected by Drummond, was
a plant with “foliis omnibus glabris, subintegerrimis, radicalibus in
petiolam attenuatis, caulinis amplexicaulibus, sagittatis; siliquis
strictissimis, pedicello stricto, glabro, quadruplo longioribus," and
further, with leaves “at the root attenuated into petioles as long as
themselves, both the leaf and petiole being ciliated with minute
reflected hairs." !

A “rubbing” from the Drummond plant is in the Gray Herbarium
and in the letter accompanying it Mr. Daniel Oliver wrote from Kew
to Dr. Gray, under date of April 17, 1866: “I have been looking this
afternoon at our specimens of Zurritis stricta with a view to the settle-
ment of the question put in yours of the 2nd inst. I enclose a * rub-
bing' from the fruiting branch of Drummond's Rocky Mountain
specimen. This plant agrees entirely with Bourgeau's plant sent out
— apparently through mistake — under the name Z. patula, Grah.
(Rocky Mountains — Alpine region — 18 Augt., 1858), excepting
that the petals of Drummond's plant are, in its present state, white,
while in the Bourgeau plant they are tinged with purple."

The Drummond plant and the Bourgeau specimen identified by
Mr. Oliver with it and labelled by Dr. Gray Arabis Drummondi are
the narrow-podded plant (in the Drummond specimen pods 5.3-6
cm. long, 1.6—2.3 mm. broad; in the Bourgeau specimen 7 cm. long,
2 mm. broad) represented by many western plants (for example,
Wolf & Rothrock’s nos. 657, 658, 660 from Colorado; Baker, Earle
and Tracy's no. 128 from Colorado; C. F. Baker's no. 48 — Arabis
oxyphylla, Greene — from Colorado; Henderson's no. 2396 from
Mt. Adams, Washington; and M. E. Jones's no. 1177 from Utah)
and by most of the so-called A. confinis of the East. That the two
plants are identical in habit, foliage, pods and seeds, and the occa-
sional presence upon the basal leaves of malpighiaceous hairs, and
only rarely of 3-rayed hairs like those of A. brachycarpa, is very
apparent from examination of a large suite of specimens; and in view
of these identities of characters and the lack of any apparent points
of difference there seems no reason to separate from 4. Drummondi
the strict plant which in the East has passed as A. confinis.

The large plant with broad pods, found at Riviére du Loup and
referred to in the introduction to these notes, differs from Arabis

! Graham, Edinb. New Phil. Jour. 1829, 350.

230 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Drummondi only in its much wider pods (mostly 3 mm. wide). A
plant quite like it in habit and with similarly broad pods is repre-
sented in the Gray Herbarium by several Rocky Mountain specimens,
one of which, Hall & Harbour’s no. 35, was apparently a source of
some perplexity to Dr. Gray, who first referred to it as Streptanthus
augustifolius ‘and later took it to be Zwrritus brachycarpa “a short-
fruited form of 7: stricta, Graham.” ? Other similar specimens from
Colorado (as Patterson’s of 1875) ‘and from Washington (Hender-
son's no. 2397) have passed as true 4. Drummond, while a recent
Colorado collection (Baker's no. 341) has been made the type of a
proposed new species, 4. connexa, Greene. As an extreme of A.
Drummondi this plant seems very well marked, but with the same
habit and pubescence, and with only the inconstant tendency to
broader pods, it seems better treated as a variety of that widely dis-
tributed plant.

The three eastern plants which have been associated as Aradis
Drummondi and the ill-defined A. confinis may be briefly distinguished,
then, as follows.

* Basal leaves glabrous or with some simple centrally attached hairs: pods
erect or strongly ascending.

A. DnuMMONDI, Gray. Biennial, usually slightly glaucous, gla-
brous throughout (except for the occasionally pubescent basal leaves),
2 to 9 dm. high: basal leaves oblanceolate, slender-petioled, entire
or dentate; cauline erect or strongly ascending, oblong- to linear-lan-
ceolate, entire, sagittate-clasping: flowers pink or whitish, 7 to 1o mm.
long, on slender erect pedicels: pods erect (except in age), straight
or slightly curved, normally flat, 3.5 to ro cm. long, 1.3 to 2.3 mm.
broad, bluntly pointed: seeds in 2 irregular rows, short-oblong to
broadly elliptical, winged.— Proc. Am. Acad. vi. (1866) 187.
A. Drummondii Gray, Man. ed. 5, 69, in part; Watson, Syn. Fl. i
pt. 1, 166, in part. 4. /aevigata, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 43 (1829), not
Poir. A. confinis, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxii. (1887) 466 ; Wats.
Syn. Fl.l. c. 163; in part; Watson & Coulter, in Gray, Man. ed.
6,67,in part. A. brachycarpa, Britton, Mem. Torr. Cl. v. (1894) 174,
Ill. Fl. ii. 150 and Man. 464; in part. A. oxyphylla, Greene, Pittonia,
iv. (1900) 196. Zurritis stricta, Graham, Edinb. New Phil. Jour.
1829, 350; Hook. l. c. 40; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 79; Torr. Fl. N. Y. i.
53; Gray, Gen. Ill. i. 144, t. 59; not Arabis stricta, Huds. — 7: glabra,
B., Torr. & Gray, l. c. 78, 666. Streptanthus angustifolius, Nutt. in

! Gray, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1865, 57.
? Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 187.

1903 | Collins,— Notes on Algae,— VI 231

Torr. & Gray, l. c. 76 (1838). — Rocky or ledgy banks, northern
. Maine to the Rocky mountains of British Columbia, south to Nova
Scotia, eastern Massachusetts, Rhode Island, southern Connecticut,
central and western New York, Ottawa Co., Ohio, Kane Co,, Illinois,
and along the mountains to Colorado, Utah, and Oregon, and Cali
fornia (?).

Var. connexa, n. comb. Stout: the pods 3 to 3.3 mm. broad.
— A. connexa, Greene, Pittonia, iv. (1900) 197.— Mountains of Colo-
rado and Washington, and at Riviere du Loup, Quebec. Passing
gradually to the species.

* * Basal leaves pubescent with mostly 3-forked stellate hairs: pods wide-
spreading or loosely ascending.

A. BRACHYCARPA, Britton. Similar to 4A. Drummondi: radical
leaves densely pubescent; cauline glabrous: flower-pedicels soon
widely spreading or even pendulous: pods 1.7 to 9 cm. long, 1 to 2
mm. broad, mostly divergent, rarely even somewhat reflexed.— Mem.
Torr. Cl. v. (1894) 174, Ill. FL, l. c. and Man: I c, in part. 2.
Drummond and var. brachycarpa, Gray, Man. ed. 5, 69, in part. A.
confinis, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxii. (1887) 466, in part, and
(including var. brachycarpa) Syn. Fl. |. c., in part; Watson &
Coulter, l. c., in part. A. divaricarpa, A. Nelson, Bot. Gaz. xxx.
(1900) 193. Zurritis brachycarpa, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 79 (1838).—
Sandy soil of open woods, banks and shores, more rarely on rocky
banks, from Saguenay Co., Quebec, to Saskatchewan and Assiniboia,
south to Restigouche Co., New Brunswick, Lake Memphremagog,
Quebec, Lake Champlain, Vermont and New York, Jefferson . Co.,
New York, the Great Lakes, Lee Co., Illinois, and along the moun-
tains to Colorado.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

NOTES ON ALGAE,— VI.
F. S COLLINS.

GRACILARIA CONFERVOIDES (L.) Grev. It has been the practice:
for many years to assign all specimens of Gracilaria from the New
England coast to G. multipartita (Clem.) J. Ag., the broader forms
as the type, the. slenderer as var. angustissima Harv. Just outside
of our limits, politically, Farlow! doubtfully reports another species.

! Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fishes and Fisheries for 1871 & 1872,
p. 289, 1873.

232 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

“ In September, 1870, I found large masses of a Gracilaria, which I
picked up by the armful at East Marion, Long Island. I think likely
it was G. confervoides Grev., but have misplaced my specimens." In
N. E. Marine Algae, p. 164 is a similar note, giving the locality as
Orient. Other than this, there appears to be no record of anything
but G. multipartita north of the Carolinas.

It is by no means easy to tell from a herbarium specimen of
Gracilaria whether the living plant was flat, compressed or terete ;
and though the writer had seen several specimens from Buzzard’s
Bay that in every way resembled the European G. confervoides, he
did not venture to consider them identical, as he could not be cer-
tain that the flattening shown in all the specimens in question was
due to their pressing. On Sept. 14, 1902, however, he found on a
muddy shore at Mattapoisett, Mass., quantities of Gracilaria, in
dense rounded tufts, the fronds in every part terete with no trace of
flattening; the branches long, attenuate, acute. There was no indi-
cation of the flattening at the axils, or of the palmatifid tips, charac-
teristic of G. multipartita var. angustissima, and it would appear to
be safe to add G. confervoides to the list of. New England algae.
The specimens have been distributed under that name as No. 1041,
Phycotheca Boreali-Americana.

ACTINOCOCCUS PELTAEFORMIS Schmitz. This plant was formerly
considered as the tetrasporic fruit of Gymnogongrus Norvegicus
(Turn.) J. Ag.’ but is now known to be a parasite on the latter, in
the same way as A. aggregatus Schmitz is on Gymnogongrus Grif-
Jithsiae (Turn.) Mart. and A. sudcutaneus (Lyng.) Rosenv. on Phy/lo-
phora Brodiaei (Turn.) J. Ag. It was found by the writer in July,
1902, at Cutler and at Baker's Island, near Harpswell, both on the
Maine coast. It will probably be found wherever the host plant
grows.

CopIOLUM PUSILLUM (Lyng.) Foslie. In Ruopora, Vol. III, p.
280, the writer noted the occurrence of this species at Marblehead,
Massachusetts, but in a form different from the type, and to which
Foslie gave the name forma Americanum, distinguished by the clava
being nearly or quite as long as the stipe. At Cutler, Maine, in July,
1902, the same species occurred, forming a dense coating on rocks
near high water mark, and composed of plants showing all stages
from the typical European form to that of the Marblehead plant.

Farlow, N. E. Marine Algae, p. 146.

1903] Collins,—— Notes on Algae,— VI 233

The more one sees of Codio/um, the more difficult it is to draw sharp
lines; forms can be found strikingly different from each other, but
there are also many intermediate forms. The great need to clear up
this matter is for some one to study them, in their natural conditions,
through a whole season of growth: this might result in giving us reli-
able distinctions, or might result in uniting all under one name or a
few names.

SPIROGYRA DECIMINA var. triplicata n. v. In a pool in the old
slate quarry near Mystic Avenue, Somerville, Massachusetts, the
writer found, May 20, 1902, a Spirogyra that does not agree exactly
with any description accessible, but resembles .S. decimina (Müll.)
Kütz. so much that it seems best for the present to consider it a
variety only. The type has two spirals, but occasionally three; cells
two to four times as long as the diameter, which is 35—40 m; spores
broadly oval to subglobose. In the variety the spirals are uniformly
three; the length of the cells varies from one and a quarter to
five times the diameter, which is 40-45 um; the spores in the shorter
cells are nearly globose, in the longer cells cylindrical with rounded
ends. The variety has been distributed as No. 960, Phycotheca
Boreali-Americana. ]

In RHopnona, Vol. IV, p. 177, brief mention was made of the
occurrence of ZYVectonema Battersii Gom. near Jonesport, Maine. It
has since been found at Harpswell, Maine and Marblehead, Mass.,
and may naturally be expected anywhere along our northern coast,
in the mixture of various minute Cyanophyceae which one so com-
monly finds in tide pools and under overhanging cliffs. It is nearly
related to P. Go/en&inzanum Gom., which occurs in similar localities,
but the filaments are somewhat larger, 2—3.5 » in place of 1.2—2 p,
and the trichomes are pale aeruginous in color instead of roseate.
In both the trichomes are somewhat torulose, with articulations one
third to one quarter their diameter. While Gomont's description !
represents the two as branching to the same extent, the American .
specimens show fewer pseudo-branches in P. Golenkinianum than in
P. Battersii.

MICROCOLEUS TENERRIMUS Gomont, Monographie des Oscillariées,
p.93, Pl. XIV, figs. 9-11. The cosmopolitan species M. chthono-
plastes (Fl. Dan.) Thuret is very common in warm bays, lagoons and
marshes, all along our coast; in the Gulf States and in California

! Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, Vol. XLVI, pp. 35 & 36.

234 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

there has often been found growing with it a second species, M. ten-
-errimus. While the two are alike in general characters they are
amply distinct by the following: M. chthonoplastes has trichomes
2.5—6 u diam., densely packed in sheaths 20-30 u wide. M. tener-
rimus has trichomes 1.5—2 y diam., few in number, in a sheath ro-
15 p Wide. It was found in rather small quantity with M. chthon-
oplastes at Southwest Harbor, Mount Desert Island, Maine, by Mr.
Isaac Holden, and is to be expected anywhere that the ‘commoner
species is found.

XENococcus KERNERI Hansgirg, Phys. & Alg. Studien, p. 111,
Pl. I, 1887. The cells of this species form a denser and more mem-
branous coating to the host plant than do the cells of X. Schousboei
Thuret, our only species previous to this. Probably as a conse-
quence of this arrangement, the cells are vertically elongated, and
may reach a height of 10 w with a diameter of 4 ù. The species was
originally described as growing in fresh water in Bohemia ; as No.
685 of Hauck & Richter, Phycotheca Universalis, specimens were
distributed, collected in brackish water in East Africa; it was found
by the writer growing abundantly on old plants of Cladophora, in a
high tide pool at Cohasset, Mass., Oct. 12, 19or, and was distributed
as No. 952, Phycotheca Boreali-Americana.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

CHARLES JAMES SPRAGUE died August sth at his summer home in
Hingham in his eighty-first year. Mr. Sprague was born in Boston
January 16th, 1823, and was a banker by profession, although he
retired from active business many years ago, devoting himself there-
after to literary and botanical pursuits. He was a poet and musician
of rare taste. For some years he was the botanical curator of the
Boston Society of Natural History. He was an intimate friend of
the late Dr. Asa Gray, to whose collections he contributed many valu-
able specimens and critical notes. Like the late Edwin Faxon, Mr.
Sprague was more anxious to aid others in their investigations than
to publish the results of his own patient and critical observations.
Realizing the importance of specialization he directed his attention
chiefly to the lichens. His valuable collection representing this dif-
ficult group of plants has for some time been property of the Boston
Society of Natural History. One of Mr. Sprague's most important
botanical papers was his treatment of the lichens contributed to Mr.
John Robinson's Flora of Essex County, Massachusetts.

1903] On the twelfth List of New England Plants 235

FURTHER NOTES ON THE TWELFTH PRELIMINARY LIST oF NEW
ENGLAND PLants.— Most local lists of plants of central and south-
ern New England have reported more or less definitely both Cerastium
vulgatum and C. viscosum. But these reports must in most cases
have rested upon some misunderstanding of the characters of these
plants. The larger-flowered longer-pedicelled plant of the two (the
Cerastium vulgatum of recent American works) is very common
throughout New England, but the other species would according to
our present knowledge, appear to be very rare in our region. After
examining the CazyopAy//aceae in many of the larger herbaria of New
England the writer has been able to find only one specimen of the
true C. viscosum from any New England locality. This is a bit col-
lected at Providence in 1845 by Calder and preserved in the collec-
tion of Professor W. W. Bailey, now incorporated in the Herbarium
of Brown University.

Stellaria longipes is another species reported in the older lists for
various parts of New England, but this is certainly due to erroneous
determinations of S. graminea made by persons consulting works like
Wood's Classbook, from which the latter species is omitted.

A careful re-examination of the distinctions between Arenaria
serpyllifolia and its so-called variety fenuior seems to show them of
specific value and to make it desirable to classify the latter as a
species under its first specific name, A. /eptoclados, Guss. To the
differences of leaves and inflorescence noted in the Synoptical Flora,
the following distinctive traits may be added. In A. serpyllifolia the
capsule at maturity is decidedly flask-shaped, and the walls are of a
rather firm texture. In 4. Zeptoc/ados (in which the whole flower is
only half to two-thirds as large as in A. serpyllifolia) the capsule is
subcylindric, and its walls are papery.

Lychnis alba, Mill, may now be definitely recorded from New
Hampshire (Starrking, Mrs. E. 4. Zerry) and L. Flos-cucult, L.,
from Vermont (Greensboro, Miss H. M. Hodge), specimens from
these localities having been kindly deposited in the Gray Herbarium.

Tetragona expansa, Murr., was recently observed by Professor H.
L. Clark as a transient ruderal plant. near Woods Hole, Massachu-
setts, see RHODORa, iii, 88.

Silene apetala, Dame & Collins, Fl. Middles. Co., 15, not Willd.,
is S. antirrhina, L., var. divaricata, Robinson.

Silene nivea of Bishop’s Cat. Pl. Ct. ed. 1g01, p. 25, proves to

236 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

have been a Lychnis, either Z. a/ba, Mill. or possibly a white-flowered
form of Z. dioica, L.
Buda marina, var. (?) minor, Wats. in Gray, Man. ed. 6, p. 9o,
seems to be only a dwarfed state of Spergularia salina, J. & C. Presl.
Sagina nodosa, Fenzl., var. pubescens, Koch, appears to have only
formal value.—B. L. ROBINSON.

THE NINTH ANNUAL FIELD MEETING OF THE VERMONT BOTANICAL
CLUB was held at Arlington and Manchester, Vermont. The Ver-
mont Bird Club participated in the meeting and there were about
thirty members of both clubs present. The projected trip to Stratton
. Mountain, proposed at the last winter meeting, had to be abandoned
owing to the lack of suitable accommodations for so large a party.
It is hoped, however, that the Club may be able to visit this moun-
tain some future season. ‘The place and time of meeting announced
were Arlington, July 3rd, at noon. Five members, however, arriving
somewhat in advance of the others, took a tramp in the forenoon,
finding as a reward an abundance of 4cer Saccharum, Marsh., var.
nigrum, Britton, a tree which is pretty local in Vermont, although
common in the Middle States. In the afternoon the Club tramped
through Arlington Gap, where the Batterkill River cuts through the
Taconic Range. Desmodium cuspidatum, Torr. & Gray, Arabis Can-
adensis, L., and CoZ/insonia Canadensis, L., were new to most of the
members. Fine plants of Viola sororia, Willd., were also found, both
on rocky hillsides and on interval land.

On the morning of July 4th, a train was taken for Manchester, and
from there, some on foot and others riding, the party reached the top
of Mt. Equinox about two in the afternoon. ‘The most notable plant
observed on the way was a pubescent form of Viola rotundifolia,
Michx. Botrychium matricariacfolium, A. Br. and B. lanceolatum,
Angst., were also found. After lunch the party descended the steep
and slippery eastern slope of the mountain, being rewarded by one
specimen of Aspidium aculeatum, Sw., var. Braunii, Koch, on the way,
and Galium boreale, L., near the foot of the mountain.

The weather on both days was ideal and the meeting one of the
pleasantest in the history of the Club. "Thanks are due to Mrs. Mun-
son, whose forethought and attention to the matter of teams and a
guide, smoothed the way on the Mt. Equinox trip.— NELLIE F.
FLvNN, Burlington, Vermont.

Vol. 5, 20.56, including pages 193 to 212, was issued 3 August, 1903.

B

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 October, 1903 No. 58

INSECTICIDES USED AT THE GRAY HERBARIUM.
B. L: ROBINSON.

One of the questions most frequently asked by visitors at the Gray
Herbarium is what means are employed to prevent the insect depre-
dations to which all large collections of plants are to a greater or less
extent exposed. ‘This interest in the matter leads to the belief that
it may be worth while to record the methods, which have been
adopted, after a varied experience of many years, in dealing with
this problem.

Until about 1885 it was the custom to poison with corrosive subli-
mate all specimens placed in the organized part of the Gray Herba-
rium. This was done in two ways. The first and crudest was to
paint the specimens, after mounting, with an alcoholic solution of the
sublimate, much to the disfigurement of the sheets. This way was
soon abandoned as a general method and only resorted to in cases
in which it was found that a sheet, already mounted, was infested by
insects. The second method, used for many years, was to dip each
dried plant, before mounting, into a shallow tray of the same solution
and then dry it between blotters. This mode of procedure is, with
various modifications, the one now followed in many private herbaria
and in several of the great European collections. There is no doubt
that it has a certain efficiency, but it also has considerable disadvan-
tages. The slowness and expense of the treatment, while not bur-
densome in collections of moderate extent, become much more seri-
ous when the number of specimens mounts to many thousands
annually. However, these are not the chief drawbacks. There is
the difficulty of keeping an alcoholic solution at such a point of

238 Rhodora [OCTOBER

density that it will be most effective and yet not deposit a perceptible
coating of the sublimate upon the plant and thus alter the appear-
ance of the surface, so that it loses to a certain extent its natural
condition, so important in the identification of plants. In extreme
cases it has been found that such a coating of sublimate may render it
difficult to tell whether or not a given stem was glaucous in nature, or
to determine with a hand lens the precise amount and character of
minute pubescence. If, on the other hand, the density of the solu-
tion is allowed to sink much below saturation, a question arises
whether the treatment is really effective. Many plants even in the
dried state retain enough of their waxy super-cuticular coating to make
it doubtful how thoroughly their tissues are reached by the solution
during the brief wetting usually practiced. In this regard, however,
it is to be admitted that an alcoholic solution would certainly be much
more penetrating than an aqueous one.

There is an additional difficulty in this mode of poisoning from the
fact that many dried plants, such as Potamogetons, aquatic
Ranunculi, and others of delicate texture, quickly curl or become
hopelessly tangled during an attempt to dip them into a solution of
any kind. Other plants have a chlorophyll so delicate and tissues
so easily penetrated by an alcoholic solution that they emerge from
even a very short bath in a spotted and disfigured condition, the
alcohol having partially exercised its well known solvent action upon
the green coloring matter.

To prevent the curling of the specimens while they are drying
after their bath, it is necessary, as already stated, to put them between
driers, and thése blotters draw off the greater part of the solution
which the plants have taken up. Herein lies one of the chief reasons
why the treatment is not more efficient, for it is probable that such
parts of waxy-coated stems and leaves, as come into direct contact
with the blotters, lose practically all the solution which may have
adhered to them, Such exposed parts must become, especially after
further cleansing, as for example through the friction of a towel
during the process of mounting and the ordinary rubbing of superim-
posed sheets in the herbarium, vulnerable points for the attacks of
the herbarium beetle. To overcome this difficulty, in some of the
foreign herbaria, some more viscid substances and a small quantity
of carbolic acid are added to the alcoholic solution of corrosive sub-
limate, rendering it more adhesive. However, this sort of perma-

1903] Robinson, — Insecticides used at Gray Herbarium — 239

nent more or less shellac-like coating over the specimens, even when
very thin, affects the appearance of the surface.

A final annoyance in connection with the sublimate treatment
arises from the circumstance that the substance is a violent poison
to human beings as well as to insects. I am not aware that any case
is on record of a person having been injured or even greatly annoyed
by the use of corrosive sublimate in connection with an herbarium,
although a physician once told me that he had experienced some irrita-
tion of the eyes while poisoning plants in this manner. However,
although the danger to the amateur, whose herbarium work is confined
to scattered hours of leisure, may be so slight as to be negligible, the
question becomes more serious in a great herbarium in which an
assistant would have to be engaged more or less continuously in such
employment. The fact that corrosive sublimate is not a volatile sub-
stance doubtless much diminishes the danger, but in this connection
it is to be remembered that during the changing of the driers and
mounting of the plants subsequent to the dipping, many minute parti-
cles from the plants and driers are necessarily detached, forming a
dust saturated with sublimate, which in this way must, to a consider-
able extent be inhaled by a person carrying on the work.

At the Gray Herbarium, however, it was not the difficulty, expense
or even the danger (against which some expedients could probably
be devised), which led to the abandonment of corrosive sublimate as
an insecticide. It was its inefficiency. After many years experience
with it Dr. Gray, annoyed by the poor results, declared with con-
scious hyperbole that the more the sublimate was used, the more
insects came, — that they throve and grew fat on it.

About 1885 the sublimate was replaced at the Gray Herbarium |.
by an alcoholic solution of acetate of arsenic. All plants added to
the herbarium were dipped in this in the same way as above
described for the sublimate solution. The acetate was selected from
several salts of arsenic because of its deliquescent character, in con-
sequence of which it was believed that it would be less likely to be
detached as dust and render the atmosphere of the herbarium rooms
unwholesome. This method was followed until 1890, when it was
found on medical examination that two of the assistants, who had
been suffering from some unknown irritation and general debility,
had absorbed considerable quantities of arsenic, which in one
instance had produced a temporary irritation of the kidneys. The

240 Rhodora [OCTOBER

use of arsenic was then promptly given up and happily the
physiological effects soon disappeared.

Thoroughly discouraged by the ineffectiveness and danger of the
poisons hitherto employed, Dr. Sereno Watson, then in charge of
the Herbarium, decided to give up the poisoning entirely, and to trust
on the one hand to the tightness of the cases and on the other to the
vigilance of the staff to protect the collection from insect depredations.
After three or four years, however, it was found that both the small
brown “herbarium beetle " (.S/odrepa panicea) and a more minute and
colorless member of the Psocidae, the * book-louse” (Atropos divina-
toria)! were increasing at an alarming rate and becoming pretty gener-
ally distributed in the collection. ‘This was doubtless due in part to
the fact that some large herbaria, acquired about that time, notably
the collection of the late Dr. George Thurber, were badly infested by
insects. In the injury to specimens at this period, it was clear that
the recently inserted specimens, which had not received the corrosive
sublimate or arsenic treatment, suffered most. ‘This, however, can-
not be taken as an unqualified proof of the value of these poisons,
for many specimens of older date, known to have been so treated
were found to be infested and injured by the insects, and the fact
should be borne in mind that the first five years after the preparation
of an herbarium specimen, before it reaches the final stage of com-
plete desiccation, is the period when it is most liable to damage by
insects.

The tightness of the cases, with the insects already inside, was
naturally found to have only a negative value. Some more drastic
means had to be found, and accordingly a tin can was devised for the
fumigation of the sheets with carbon bisulphide. It was modelled
upon a type of case successfully used by Mr. William Brewster in his
valuable collection of birds, but was provided with eight shelves for
herbarium sheets, of which it would hold about a thousand. ‘The
front of the case, which was also of tin, was provided on the edge
with a metal phlange turning inward, which fitted into a metal groove
in the case. This groove was lined with a convex strip of soft rub-
ber, which being compressed by the phlange of the cover, when the
latter was fastened on by ten external clasps, formed an essentially
air-tight fitting. At the bottom of the can, under the lowest shelves,
two spaces about two inches high were left for the insertion of shal-

! For the identification of these insects I am indebted to Mr. Samuel Henshaw.

1903] Robinson, — Insecticides used at Gray Herbarium 241

low dishes of carbon bisulphide. About six or eight ounces of this
were employed for each fumigation and the specimens were left in at
least thirty-six and usually forty-eight hours. The effects were
entirely satisfactory, so far as sure death to the insects was con-
cerned ; but it was soon found necessary to increase greatly the capac-
ity of the apparatus, and four other cans, each capable of holding
about two thousand sheets of specimens were installed. ‘These were
constructed upon the same plan, but the shallow pigeon-holes for the
insertion of the sulphide were arranged at the top instead of the bot-
tom, on the theory that the vapor of carbon bisulphide, being some-
what heavier than air would diffuse more effectively downward than
upward. In regard to this point, it may be said that diffusion,
although of unequal rate would doubtless occur effectively in both
directions, and that theoretically it would be best to insert the sul-
phide somewhere about a fourth of the distance from the top to the
bottom.

Working with the apparatus above described the staff of the her-
barium fumigated the entire organized collection and the stored bun-
dles of unworked specimens. Although the mere manual labor of
the undertaking was considerable, the results were very repaying.
For some months the herbarium was, so far as could be ascertained,
entirely free from insects. After a year or so, a rare and sporadic
reappearance of the herbarium beetle, led to a refumigation of con-
siderable portions of the collection. Although since the use of the
carbon bisulphide method, the number and depredations of the her-
barium insects has certainly been reduced by 95 %, it has been
thought best to employ in conjunction with this treatment some other
precautions. An entomologist who was consulted said that the book-
louse could be successfully kept out of any case by the use of cam-
phor, naphthalin or, in fact, any agent producing a strong odor. In
accordance with this suggestion flake naphthalin was purchased in
large quantity and liberally sprinkled in each pigeon-hole of the her-
barium cases. This was done immediately after the cases had been
carefully cleaned while the specimens had been removed for their
treatment with carbon bisulphide, the naphthalin being left in the cases
when the herbarium specimens were replaced on the shelves. At the
outset there was considerable scepticism regarding the value of naph-
thalin, but there is now good reason to believe that by discouraging a
new immigration of insects, it is a useful adjunct to the carbon bisul-

242 Rhodora [OCTOBER

phide treatment, especially in packages which are for any reason to be
stored some months without opening.

Early in our -battle with insects, it was felt that they would find a
particular stronghold in what is known as the * bundle-room ", where
duplicates, unworked collections, etc., are kept, often for considerable
periods, in separate packages. Accordingly, special precautions were
taken with this room. All material was removed from it and the
floors, standing woodwork and shelves were painted over with a
nearly saturated alcoholic solution of corrosive sublimate — a treat-
ment not to be recommended where woodwork is highly finished or
its appearance a matter of consequence. This was done with the idea
of sterilizing as far as possible any accumulations of organic dust,
which might have lodged in the cracks of the woodwork in a manner
to form food for insects. The packages were then brought back to
this room only after a fumigation of at least forty-eight hours in the
vapor of carbon bisulphide. Each package, tied in a preliminary
manner, received a handful of flake naphthalin well sprinkled in among
its sheets and was then securely wrapped in stout manila paper, tied,
tagged, and placed on the sterilized shelves. This was done some
years ago and the results have been most satisfactory. In fact, I am
not aware that a live insect has been detected in the bundle-room
since.

,Even after the efficiency of these methods had thus been amply
demonstrated, there was much left to be desired. Fumigation with
carbon bisulphide is of necessity an annoying process from the
extremely disagreeable and penetrating odor ; and even if the cans or
tanks, in which the fumigation is effected, are kept at a distance from
the main rooms of the herbarium, the sheets retain for some days the
odor, which is scarcely less disagreeable as it becomes fainter. The
farther away the fumigating tanks are kept, the greater the labor of
transporting the thousands of packages of herbarium sheets from the
cases to the tanks and back again. ‘To avoid the wear and tear
upon the specimens, as well as to save much time and trouble, the
attempt was made to fumigate the herbarium sheets directly in the
wooden cases, where they are kept. ‘This, however, proved a failure.
Although about two pounds of the sulphide was used in a tightly
closing twenty-six pigeon hole case and fumigation prolonged forty
eight hours, it was found that living larvae of the herbarium beetle,
which had been previously inserted among sheets in the case, although

1903] Robinson, — Insecticides used at Gray Herbarium 243

apparently dead when taken out, became active again after two or
three hours in air and sunshine. It is thus clear that carbon bisul-
phide fumigation to be effective must be conducted in metal cases.

Partly for this reason and partly with a view to the improvement
of the fire precautions at the Gray Herbarium, much thought
was devoted to the construction of a case for ordinary use in the
herbarium, which should be at once gas-tight and fireproof. ‘These
features, which seemed simple enough, proved in combination rather
difficult to realize, especially in a case which must open and close
readily. -After the supposed advantages of an all-metal case and a
wooden case covered outside and in with sheet iron had been carefully
weighed, sixteen trial cases of the second type were installed about a .
year ago. The doors, hinged at the side as usual, closed upon a con-
tinuous soft rubber buffer to render the fitting as air-tight as possible.
These cases have proved satisfactory for purposes of fumigation,
although they cannot be regarded as absolutely air-tight, a relatively
small quantity of the vapor of the sulphide escaping around the doors.
It is believed that they are also as fire-proof as cases can well be made.
Unfortunately, however, it has been found impossible to treat the
tinned sheet-iron covering in any way which does not make the case
a crude and unsightly object. When, during the spring of the present
year, it was again necessary to add a block of cases it was decided to
have them made entirely of sheet steel, the plates of metal, wherever
they came on the outside, being double with an air space of about five
eighths of aninch intervening. This feature not only adds, on the well
known principle of the hollow column, much strength to the structure
as a whole, but is believed to insure practically as great protection
against fire as the metal-covered wooden construction. Through
the generosity of a liberal but anonymous friend of the Gray Herba-
rium it has been possible to have a trial block of eight such steel
cases manufactured and recently set up in the main working room.
They were made by the Art Metal Construction Company of James-
town, New York, and the Gray Herbarium is much indebted to
Messrs. Hine and Sullivan, the Boston representatives of the com-
pany, for their painstaking attention to this new application of their
methods in steel work. In these cases, as in many safes, the doors
fit with pressure against a smooth strip of piano felt, making a junction
which is probably quite as effective as the rubber buffer above men-
tioned. ‘The cases are handsomely japanned in light gray, are

244 Rhodora [OCTOBER

provided with very firm and easy working latches, securing the door
in three places at once, and are believed to represent an ideal herba-
rium case, so far as the subject is at present understood.

Since the instalment of the metal-covered and all-metal cases, much
fumigation has been carried on in them. Of course, the great quan-
tity of carbon bisulphide, which it is necessary to employ in cases of
this size (twenty-six six-inch pigeon holes each)! would render
any room disagreeable, and it is found desirable to carry on the fumi-
gation during the summer vacation when students are away and the
regular staff reduced toa minimum. However, if the ideal time ever
comes when the whole of the great collection can be thus enclosed in
metal, only rare fumigations will be necessary and these can be
accomplished with the least possible difficulty.

The use of rubber buffers in closing a can employed for carbon
bisulphide fumigation may be a surprise to those who recollect that
this agent is a solvent for rubber. Experience, however, shows that
the vapor of the sulphide exercises no appreciable injury to the
rubber, which remains soft and pliant for a longer time than would
be supposed.

The odor of carbon bisulphide, notwithstanding all the precautions
which could be employed, being a great annoyance, experiments were
undertaken with formaldehyde. In these Professor Charles Harring-
ton of the Harvard Medical School, well known as an expert on the
subject of disinfectants, was consulted and obligingly gave counsel
and aid. ‘The fumigation was carried on in one of the tin tanks with
a capacity of about fifteen cubic feet, provided with a tin door closing
against a soft rubber strip, thus essentially air-tight. The formalde-
hyde was produced first by the incomplete combustion of wood alco-
hol, then, in subsequent experiments, by volatilizing with an alcohol
lamp the well known pastilles commonly used in disinfecting. The
quantity of vapor produced in each manner was far in excess of the
amount which experiment has shown ample to destroy disease germs.
Owing to the successful work of the carbon bisulphide method, which
had been in use many months, it was found impossible to obtain in the
Gray Herbarium any living specimens of the “herbarium beetle" on
which to try the effects of the formaldehyde fumigation, and aphides
from the greenhouses were used instead. The surprising result was

' About two pounds in each case.

1903] Robinson, — Insecticides used at Gray Herbarium 245

obtained that these soft, sluggish, and supposably non-resistent crea-
tures came out of a formaldehyde fumigation of many hours duration
without any apparent injury, although the same treatment is known
to kill with certainty the bacterial germs of anthrax, diphtheria, etc.
From these experiments, it was inferred that, however valuable as a
disinfectant, formaldehyde would be likely to prove an unsatisfactory
insecticide, and further experimentation with it was accordingly
abandoned. Others, by varying the method, may have greater suc-
cess with it.

In using carbon bisulphide, it should always be borne in mind that
it is one of the most inflammable liquids known and that its vapor
forms highly explosive mixtures with air. It is accordingly of the
utmost importance for safety to keep both the liquid and vapor far
from fire in any form or indeed from any source of heat, instances
being on record in which carbon bisulphide has been ignited by the
heat of steam pipes. It goes without saying that no match should
be struck, lamp burned, or fire used in any manner in a room in
which the fumigation is being conducted. The possibility of this
easily inflammable agent acting chemically upon other substances
employed in herbarium work and causing a heat-producing reaction
sufficient to produce ignition, was early considered at the Gray
Herbarium, and expert chemical advice sought. Happily, no such
reaction appears possible with the other substances used. Where
carbon bisulphide is to be used in quantity, it is a desirable precau-
tion to store it in a remote out-building, bringing to the herbarium
from time to time only such amounts as are to be used at once. The
sulphide employed at the Gray Herbarium is kept in a small tool-shed
at the back of the Botanic Garden. Some years ago it was kept in
an old shed under a disused water tank, but one day the whole struc-
ture suddenly collapsing freed many pounds of the sulphide, which
for some hours threatened an unwelcome fumigation to the entire
neighborhood.

At the Gray Herbarium it has been found that no large group of
vascular plants seems entirely immune from the attacks of insects.
Probably the sedges are as little in danger as any ; grasses and ferns
also, if kept in perfectly dry cases are little subject to such injury,
although one of the worst cases of insect work which has come to
attention was on a collection of ferns stored for some years in Trini-
dad, doubtless in a damp atmosphere. Plants with a milky juice and

240 Rhodora [OCTOBER

saprophytes seem especially attractive to insects. The Leguminosae
and herbaceous Liliaceae also form vulnerable spots in an herbarium.
In such groups as the Coniferae and Typhaceae, the staminate
inflorescence is the chief point of attack.

The “herbarium beetle ” is capable of eating almost any part of
the plant, and includes lignešcent stems and sometimes glue or even
portions of the herbarium sheet in its diet. The book-louse, on the
other hand, being especially attracted by pasty or saccharine sub-
stances, confines its injuries to delicate parts of the flower, chiefly
the petals, anthers, and nectaries.'

Besides the insects mentioned, there are others peculiar to certain
groups of plants, such as the gentians, irises, Peltandra, etc. These
creatures, deposited as eggs in the base of the flower during the life
of the plant, are apt to cause considerable annoyance by their ravages
during and shortly after the drying of the specimen. The expedient
of a short bath in steam or boiling water is only partially successful,
since it usually results in a discolored or otherwise damaged speci-
men, How best to combat these most insidious insect enemies is a
problem, to which it is hoped some amateur with leisure for experi-
mentation and a taste for the refinements of herbarium technique
may turn his attention. Probably the simplest way to avoid the diffi-
culty in the case of the particular plants is to prepare specimens in
some quantity and discard those injured while drying.

The burning of sulphur, practiced at some herbaria, to destroy
insects, has never been tried at the Gray Herbarium, as it is difficult
to feel quite satisfied that the methods ordinarily employed can be
applied on a large scale without a slight fire danger. Furthermore,
sulphurous acid exercises a strong bleaching action, and would be
likely to affect the ink of the labels, even if not the plants themselves.

While the results of the experiments at the Gray Herbarium force
us somewhat reluctantly to the belief that carbon bisulphide fumiga-
tion is the most efficient means of preventing insect depredations
in herbaria of large size, I would not be taken as discouraging those
who are employing corrosive sublimate. Several amateur botanists,
with excellently appointed herbaria, ranging from ten to fifty thousand
sheets, have told me that they have found the corrosive sublimate bath

l The carpet beetle (Anthrenus varius) and its larvae are occasionally found

among herbarium sheets, but it has not been possible to ascertain whether it does
any damage to the plants.

1903] Fernald, — New Kobresia in the Aroostook Valley 247

a perfectly satisfactory safeguard. On the other hand, I have recently
learned with surprise that carbon bisulphide fumigation has been
found ineffective in at least one herbarium of great size. ‘This leads
to the conclusion that, whatever method is adopted, success must
come largely from care and thoroughness in its application. The
danger from insects must be considerably greater in old buildings,
and reduced to a minimum in new ones of modern construction with
concrete floors and metal shelves. In any case, scrupulous neatness
should be maintained in the surroundings of an herbarium. No
accumulations of dust should be allowed on tables or shelves; dust-
filled cracks in woodwork should be sterilized; all mouldy, imper-
fectly dried, or otherwise useless material should be promptly
removed ; and finally special attention should be taken to prevent the
insect life in packages of stored duplicates, etc.

As efficient as the carbon bisulphide method has proved, its annoy-
ance and danger are such as to stimulate investigations in other
directions and at the suggestion of Professor W. E. Burke of the
Engineering Department of Harvard University, some interesting
experiments are being undertaken in the use of vacuum as a
means of destroying insects. If it can only be demonstrated, that
insects cannot survive in ordinary vacuum or, to speak more pre-
cisely, in an extremely attenuated atmosphere, much may be hoped
from such a substitute for fumigation. Surely no other penetrating
fatal agent could combine more happily so many desirable negative
traits, such as perfect freedom from odor, poisonous fumes, and
bleaching action, as well as from explosive, inflammable, or other qual-
ities likely to render the herbarium rooms disagreeable or dangerous.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

A NEW KOBRESIA IN THE AROOSTOOK VALLEY.
M. L. FERNALD.

ON June 29, 1899, the Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine spent
the forenoon on the south bank of the Aroostook River at Fort Fair-
field, Maine; and among other interesting plants collected by-them
was a slender wiry sedge first noticed by Miss Mabel P. Cook near
the little spring above the long bridge over the Aroostook River. At

248 Rhodora [OCTOBER

the time, a few specimens were prepared by the writer and the plant
was laid aside for future study. The material was over-mature, with
an inclination to shell; but the small oblong fruits were so unlike
those of any known Carex of the Æøngatae (to which group the plant
seemed to have affinity) that it was recently described by the writer
as a unique species, Carex elachycarpa.'

Subsequent trips to Fort Fairfield were too early or too late in the
season for the local sedge to be found in good condition, until in
early July, 1902, Messrs. J. Franklin Collins, Emile F. Williams and
the writer spent a week at Fort Fairfield. Among the important
objects of the first afternoon's excursion was, naturally, a visit to the
original station of Carex elachycarpa. ‘There, in the rain, we searched
the seepy shore where Miss Cook had first called attention to the
plant, and although we crept on hands and knees amongst the
abundant Z»zg/ochim palustris, Calamagrostis neglecta, and Juncus
alpinus, the only plant found resembling the little-known Carex elachy-
carpa was a tall slender and immature state of Carex interior. This
result was of course most discouraging and it even led us against
our own convictions to wonder if, after all, the material from which
Carex elachycarpa had been described could have been an aberrant
state of Carex interior. With this unsatisfactory ending of our first
afternoon's work we returned to the hotel; but early next morning
we visited a similar seepy and sandy spot on the north bank of the
river. There almost immediately our discouragement was banished,
for, mingled with Carex interior, Triglochin maritima, and Juncus
balticus, was the wiry plant with the rigid spikes and character-
istic little oblong subterete fruits of Carex e/achycarpa. Abundant
material in various stages of development was secured, and the
remainder of the morning devoted to further exploration of the north
bank of the river.

In the afternoon while Mr. Williams and the writer were putting
up the morning’s collection, Mr. Collins amused himself by studying
the structure of the rediscovered Carex elachycarpa. ‘This diversion,
quite innocent in its motive, soon resulted in the investigator asking
seriously “Is this a Carex after all?” An improvised dissecting `
microscope was soon constructed by fastening a Coddington lens on
the blade of a partially open knife, and a series of dissections of the

! Proc. Am. Acad. xxxvii. 492, figs. 133, 134 (1902).

1903] Fernald, — New Kobresia in the Aroostook Valley 249

younger material quickly showed that our plant had the flower-
structure not of Carex, but of the Himalayan and high-northern
genus Kobresia.

In Carex the ovary is surrounded by an indehiscent closed pouch,
the perigynium or utriculus. In Kobresia the ovary is wrapped about
by a concave glume which is open on one side or with the margins
merely united at the base. In Carex e/achycarpa the glume has the
margins united at the very base, but the mature achene protrudes
between the free margins of the glume, and appears strongly exserted.
On this account it may easily be mistaken for the perigynium of a
Carex and only close examination will reveal its true nature. There
is no question, however, that Carex elachycarpa has its affinities with
Kobresia, a genus which is little known in North America; but like
many of the species referred to Kobresia Carex elachycarpa is a
problematic plant.

Besides the genus Carex the members of the Carzeae have been
grouped by different modern authors into various ill-defined genera
varying with the personal equation from two to five! while by early
authors most of the better known species have been united with
Carex. By Bentham & Hooker? four genera — Kobresia, Hemicarex,
Schoenoxiphium, and Uncinia (besides Carex) were recognized,
though Kobresia was placed in the Sclericae. In his monograph of
Hemicarex and its allies, in 1883, Mr. C. B. Clarke recognized 3 the
same four genera, although he pointed out that they are based on
somewhat artificial characters and that the original “ Kodresta had the
glume of the female flower concave, open or with the margins slightly
connected near the base ; Carex had a complete utricle. But in the
considerable number of species now known of Kobresia (including

appeared as a “type ” of both Carex and Diemisa; C. crinitaasa “type” of both
Diemisa and Neskiza; C. lacustris of both Carex and Anithista ; C. oligocarpa of
Olotrema and Deweya “(or Meltrema if Dewey has a G[enus].)”; and C. pubes-
cens of Enditria and Diemisa. The excessively artificial nature of Rafinesque’s
genera is further shown when we find Carex flava, Oederi, and viridula (now often
considered one species) as types of three * perfectly distinct ” genera.

2 Gen. Pl. iii. 1071, 1072. 3 Journ. Linn. Soc. xx. 374.

250 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Hemicarex, Benth.), this character, is found to become illusory by
degrees: the margins of the glume are exceedingly thin and brought
close together; whether they are actually connate for more or less
than half the length of the glume appears a matter of very slight
importance to establish a genus upon, and from the exceeding fragil-
ity of the scarious margins it is exceedingly difficult to determine ;
different female flowers from the same plant, treated with every care
under water, give different results.”

In 1887 Pax essentially followed ! Clarke's treatment, but separated
Elyna from the Kobresia of Clarke. But in 1894 Clarke united?
Kobresia, Elyna and Hemicarex, a course which seems far more sat-
isfactory than the earlier one of separating them generically on illu-
sory characters. In this treatment Clarke recognized 20 species of
Kobresia: 13 confined to the Himalaya of northern India, occurring
mostly at altitudes of 10,000 to 16,000 feet from Kashmir to Bhutan ;
2 crossing the Himalaya from India to western Tibet; 1 in the
Himalaya of northern India and western Tibet, and the Hindukush
Range of Afghanistan; 1 extending from Tibet to Transbaikalia
(Dahuria of Pallas); 1 from the Himalaya of northern India and
western Tibet to Siberia and the Caucasus; and 2 of general arc-
tic distribution, extending south in the north temperate regions to the
Altai, Caucasus, Alps, and Pyrenees, and in the Rocky Mountains to
Colorado.

Of the 20 known species of Xobresia, 19 have 3-cleft styles and
trigonous achenes, and usually (if not always) male flowers with 3
stamens. In a single Tibetan species, A. macrantha, Boeckeler, the
style is 2-cleft and the achene flat, not trigonous ; and for this species
differing from all others in these two characters Mr. Clarke has pro-
posed the sectional name Pseudokobresia.

It is of great interest, therefore, to find in studying Carex elachy-
carpa of the Aroostook Valley that while it has the general floral
structure of most Kobresias it has only 2 stamens and 2 style-branches
instead of 3, and a compressed subterete, instead of trigonous,
achene. Thus the Aroostook Valley plant most closely approaches
in its characters the unique Kodresia macrantha of central Asia, but
from that species it is very clearly distinct in its elongate narrow

! Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. ii. Ab. 2, 121-122.

* Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 694-699.

1903 | Fernald, — New Kobresia in the Aroostook Valley 251:

spike, subterete (only obscurely flattened) small achene, and in the
male flowers with only 2 scarcely exserted stamens.

Differing from most other species in its 2-cleft style and. from them
all in its subterete achene and apparently in its 2 stamens, Carex
elachycarpa might seem worthy generic separation from the essen-
tially Himalayan Aodresia. But in view of the occurrence in Carex
of either 2 or 3 style-branches and of either trigonous, subterete or
strongly compressed achenes; in L/eocharis of terete or trigonous
achenes ; and especially in view of the subspathiform glume of Carex
elachycarpa the plant is best treated as a unique Kodresia; and its
discovery in northern New England suggests that further exploration
may show that this remarkable genus is more generally represented
in America than has been supposed.

From our more complete knowledge of the Aroostook River plant
and its affinities it should be redescribed as

Kopresia elachycarpa. Densely tufted; the wiry compressed
culms 2 to 5.5 dm. high, scabrous above; leaves flat (1 to 2 mm.
wide), rather stiff, ascending, about half as long as the culms; spikes
1 to 2.5 cm. long, of 2 to 7 mostly remote appressed-ascending spike-
lets; spikelets either staminate (clavate), androgynous (staminate
above, with 1 to several pistillate flowers below), or pistillate through-
out (ovoid); bracteole (corresponding to the “scale” of Carex)
ovate, concave; glume (corresponding to the “perigynium” of
Carex) ovate, subspathiform, connate at base, emarginate at tip, more
or less marked with green and brown: style with 2 long branches,
the elongate base becoming chartaceous dark brown and subpersistent,
finally separating from the truncate oblong subterete nerveless pale
achene (1.2 to 1.5 mm, long): stamens 2, scarcely exserted, the
anthers much exceeding the filaments.— Carex e/achycarpa, Fernald,
Proc. Am. Acad. xxxvii. 492, figs. 133, 134 (1902).— MAINE, wet
sandy banks of Aroostook River, Fort Fairfield, June 29, 1899 (M.
P. Cook, E. L. Shaw & M. L. Fernald), July 15, 16, 1902 (F. F.
Collins, E. F. Williams & M. iL. Fernald in Plantae Exsiccatae
Grayanae no. 115).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

252 Rhodora [OCTOBER

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND DESMIDS,— II.

JosEPH A. CUSHMAN.

Tur Desmids reported here are from two different localities. One
collection was made from a small pond on Misery Island, off Beverly
Farms, Massachusetts, by the writer; the other from Kittery, Maine,
by Dr. Roland Thaxter. Both contain species not hitherto definitely
reported from New England and each includes species new to the
state in which the collection was made. The specimens reported
are in the herbarium of the writer, and they are indicated as H. C.
no. 400, etc. The collection from Misery Island was from a small
pond which at first glance would seem to be salt or at least brackish,
but tides do not appear to reach the pond for it is fresh and contains
fresh-water algae, among them many Desmids. It was thought at
first that no filamentous forms were present, but a species of
Sphaerozosma has turned up; curiously enough a species not before
reported from New England. "The assemblage of species is in many |
ways a curious one. Except where they have been reported from
several localities in different states and are thus already known to
have a wide range in New England, the previously reported locali-
ties are given. Docidium and Fenium two of the common genera
seem to be wanting. The following species were identified in the
collection :

1. Sphaerozsosma spinulosum Delp., var. Diam. ro m. A little
wider than long, granules and not spines; otherwise like Delponte’s
species; more often two granules than three on each margin, In
each semi-cell is a projection not shown in Wolle’s figure of the spe-
cies. Not common. New to New England. (Herbarium of J. A.
Cushman, no. 376.)

2. Closterium Jenneri Ralfs. Diam. 15 p, length across tips 70 p.
Rare. (H. C. no. 382.)

3. Closterium lineatum Ehrb. Diam. 50 p, length across tips 8o p.
Not rare. (H. C. no. 337.)

4. Closterium Lunula Ehrb. Diam. 95 p, length 540 p. Seems
to be rare. (H. C. no. 370.)

5. Closterium subtile Bréb. Diam. 6-7 p, length 218 pu. The
diameter is greater than that given by Wolle, but the plant otherwise
fits the description and figures of the species. Reported before only
` from Orono, Maine. Rare. Mew to Massachusetts. (H.C. no. 382.)

1903] Cushman, — New England Desmids, — II 253

6. Cosmarium Becket Wille. Diam. 28 yp, length 31 p, isthmus
9.5 a. The granules both in position and number are like the figure
given by Wille. Frequent. Reported previously only from Orono,
Maine. JVe to Massachusetts. (H.C. no. 379.)

7. Cosmarium Botrytis Menegh. Diam. 60 y, length 71 y, isth.
17 p. Very abundant and varies considerably. (H.C. no. 400.)
Zygospores present — measuring with spines 80 p, without 62 u. (H.
C. no. 382.)

8. Cosmarium intermedium Delp. Diam. 40 p, length 56 y, isth.
12.5 m. Occasional. Mew to New England. (H.C. no. 379.)

9. Cosmarium laeve Rab., var. septentrionale Wille. Diam. 18 y,
length 28 p, isth. 6 pw. Like Pl. xliii, f. 14, Wolle 1892. Slightly
larger than the measurements given there. Common. (H. C. no.
394-)

10. Cosmarium protractum (Naeg.) Arch. Diam. 3o y, length
34 p, sth. 9 u. This form corresponds to that of Pl. xx, f. 29, Wolle.
1892, given as Cosmarium ornatum, var. minor. Reported previously
from Orono, Maine. New to Massachusetts. Common. (H. C. no.
394, 387, etc.)

11. Cosmarium punctulatum Bréb. Diam. 28 p, length 31 y, isth.
10 u. Very common. (H. C. no. 400.) |

12. Cosmarium Quasillus Lund. Diam. 58 p, length 68 p, isth.
14 4. Ends somewhat concave. Reported previously from Orono,
Maine. New to Massachusetts. (H.C. no. 376.)

13. Kuastrum verrucosum (Ehrb.) Ralfs. Diam. 68 u, length 8o
p. isth. 16 w. The typical form. Occasional. (H. C. no. 382.)

14. Mucrasterias Americana Ralfs. Diam. 100 m, length 125 p,
isth. 28 p, diam. bas. pol. lobe 28 u. Like the figure of M. Americana
Ralfs, forma genuina Ralfs given by Maskell except that the two spines
on the polar lobes are sometimes lacking. Frequent. (H. C. no.
346.)

15. Micrasterias Americana Ralfs, var. This differs from any of
the reported varieties and will be reported at a future time. (H. C.
no. 343.)

16. Staurastrum dejectum Bréb, var. mucronatum Ralfs. Diam.
21 p, length 18,4, isth. 5 u. Smallform. Reported previously from
Steep Brook, Massachusetts. Occasional. (H. C. no. 387.)

17. Staurastrum echinatum Bréb. Diam. 40. m, length 42 y.
More aculei than noted by Wolle, about one third larger, otherwise
similar. Occasional. (H. C. no. 387.)

254 Rhodora [OCTOBER

18. Staurastrum muticum Bréb., var. minus Wolle. Diam. 21 p,
length 24 m, isth. 6.5 u. Occasional. (H. C. no. 376.)

19. Staurastrum punctulatum Bréb. Diam. 30 p, length 30 p,
isth. 12 a. Usually joined in a series of two or more, often four.
Common. (H. C. no. 394.)

20. Staurastrum subarcuatum Wolle. Diam. 25 p without the
spines. Common. Previously reported from Steep Brook, Massa-
chusetts. (H. C. no. 347.)

The collection made by Dr. Thaxter at Kittery, Maine, contained
the following species :

1. Hyalotheca dissiliens (Smith) Bréb, Diam. 22 p. Very com-
mon, much of it in a fruiting condition. (H. C. no. 386.)

2. Hyalotheca dissiliens (Smith) Bréb., var. Aitans Wolle. Diam.
31 p, diam. of mucous sheath 7o u. Not so common as the typical
species but not infrequent. It has been reported but once from New
England, then from Amherst, Massachusetts. New to Maine. (H. C.
no. 386.)

3. AHyalotheca mucosa (Mert.) Ralfs. Diam. 19 p. Not infrequent
New to Maine. (H.C. no. 371.)

4. Bambusina Brebissonii Kg. Diam. including projections 22 y,
average length of cells 25 p. Scarce. ( H. C. no. 342.)

s. Desmidium aptogonium Bréb. ‘This species was noticed in look-
ing over fresh material.

6. Desmidium Baileyi Ralfs. Diam. 27 p, length 22 p, av. diam.
of excavation 9 p, av. length of same 19 p. Frequent. (H.C. no. 344.)

7. Desmidium cylindricum Grev. Diam. 36—46 m, sheath 63 p.
Common. (H. C. no. 390.)

8. Desmidium Swartzii Ag. Diam. 42pm. Large form. ( H.C. no.
371.) Another measured diam. 36 4. (H.C. no. 390.) Common.

9. Arthrodesmus ncus ( Ehrb.) Hass. This species was no-
ticed in looking over fresh material. New /o Maine.

10. enium Digitus (Ehrb.) Bréb. Diam. 48 p, length 164 p.
Somewhat smaller than the measurements given by Wolle. Frequent.
( H. C. no. 386.)

11. Penium margaritaceum Bréb. Diam. 36 p, length 220 y.
A more compact form than that given by Wolle as a comparison of the
measurements will show. Not common. (H. C. no. 342.)

12. Closterium acuminatum Kg. Diam. 25 p, length across ends
190 4. Frequent. Reported from Bridgewater, Massachusetts.
New to Maine. (H. C. no. 391.)

1903] Cushman, — New England Desmids, — II 255

13. Closterium Ensis Delp. Diam. 42 p, length 550 wm The
diam. of this specimen exceeds that given by Wolle. Not infrequent.
New to New England ( H. C. no. 344.)

14. Closterium juncidum Ralfs. This species was noted among
the fresh material with excellent zygospores.

15. Closterium striolatum Ehrb., var. intermedium Ralfs. Diam.
56 p, length 490 p. About 24 striae in all, distant. Frequent.
The variety is new to New England. (H. C. no 371.)

16. Closterium Venus Kg. Diam. 10 p, length across ends 48 y.
Frequent. (H.C. no. 384.)

17. Docidium Trabecula ( Ehrb.) Naeg. Diam. at middle 28
p, at end 16 p, length 440 y. Common. ( H. C. no. 480.)

18. Calocylindricus connatus (Bréb.) Kirch. Diam, 63-65 y,
length 83-87 p, isth. 45-50 m. The isthmus seems to be slightly
narrower than in the figures given by Wolle. Common. (H. C.
nos. 389 & 381.)

19. Cosmarium Broomei Thwaites. Diam. 32 yp, length 34 y,
isth. 12 pw. Frequent. (H.C. no. 377.)

20. Cosmarium capense Nordst. The specimen compares well
with the figure given by W. & G. S. West (Jour. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Bot. xxxii, p. 301, Pl. 17, f. 3.) Rare. Mew to New England.
(H. C. no. 480.)

21. Cosmarium laeve Rab., var. septentrionale Wille. Diam. 21 p,
length 27 x. Common. New to Maine. (H. C. no. 377.)

22. Cosmarium nitidulum DeNot. Diam. 42 pm, length so y,
isth. r5 p. Like the figure and description but considerably larger
than the measurements given by Wolle. Rare. New to Maine. (H.
C. no. 372.) ;

23. Cosmarium Fortianum Archer. Diam, 25 m, length 36 p,
isth. 9 4. Reported but once before from New England, then also
from Maine. Rare. (H. C. no. 377.)

24. Huastrum sp. Two species of this genus were found -but
are not yet identified.

25. Staurastrum muticum Bréb., var. minus Wolle. Frequent.
(H. C. no. 347.)

Boston SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

256 Rhodora [OCTOBER

TWO PLANTS NEW TO THE FLORA OF LYNN,
MASSACHUSETTS.

L. A. WENTWORTH.

Ir is a pleasure to call attention to two plants of considerable inter-
est, which do not appear ever to have been recorded as occurring in
this vicinity. The first of these is Geranium pratense L., a European
species, already reported as well established in Maine. It occurs in
a healthy and growing colony in a meadow at Swampscott, Massa-
chusetts, and presents a pretty sight in the flowering season. In
the size of its flowers and in its general habit it is not very unlike
our native G. maculatum, L., but the leaves are cleft into narrower
segments.

Centaurea solstitialis, L., seems more of a curiosity than the fore-
going plant on account of its curious involucral spines and bright
yellow florets, the latter feature being quite an oddity among our local
members of the Cyzareae, which, with few exceptions, bear purple
flowers. The plant was first discovered in August, 1902, at Lynn,
but its blossoming season here begins early in July, according to
observations made this year. The plant is easily distinguished, not
only by its well marked involucre but by its broadly winged stems,
which are thickly covered with a cottony down and branch in an
exceedingly sprawling manner; the lower leaves are also quite dis-
tinct in outline and remind one of the foliage of the Lactucas. The
species seems not to have been reported from America before, It
is a native of the Mediterranean region, although it is said to occur
in Central Europe as a fugitive weed in cultivated ground. It is one
of several species of this attractive although pernicious genus, which
have rather recently made their appearance in New England.! As
the group is very large in the Old World, still others may be expected.

Specimens of Geranium and Centaurea, above discussed, have been
deposited in the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University.

While Potentilla tridentata, L., is a plant so frequent to the north-

1 Centaurea solstitialis, L., has been found as a ballast weed in the vicinity of
New York City; see Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. vi, 257, & xii, 39. It is also said to
occur occasionally in the southern United States and in California; see, for
instance, Hilgard, Gard. & For. iv. 424 (1891).

1903 | Woolson, — Asplenium ebeneum Hortonae 257

ward that it can scarcely pass as a particular rarity, still it is so local
_in Massachusetts that it is worth while to mention a station at Hamil-
ton, observed July 4th. The plant is growing there in a little com-
munity of several hundred individuals, but I have found no trace of
the species elsewhere in the vicinity, although it is frequent about
Gloucester.

Lynn, MASSACHUSETTS.

A NEW STATION FOR ASPLENIUM EBENEUM HoRTONAE.— Miss K.
A. French has the honor of discovering a new station for the beau-
tiful plumose variety of Asplenium ebeneum called Hortonae, which
was fully described by Mr. Davenport in RuHopora, iii. 1—2, pl.
22, Igor.

The discovery of this interesting fern specimen in Pittsford (Vt.)
July, 1903, swells the fern-list of a section already noteworthy for the
choicest species which the fern-flora of the Eastern States can offer.

A study of environment only deepens the mystery of the origin of
this remarkable variation. Old fronds about the base testify to the
strength and age of the plant, the season’s growth out of doors and
the newer fronds, which have started up since the plant has been
cultivated indoors, are all incised and frilled alike.

Not another plant of this kind was to be found in the locality,
although this one was found in the midst of an abundance of the
typical Asplenium ebeneum. Pots

The overhanging ledge was lavishly decorated with Woodsia
Livensis with a bit of LPolypodum vulgare here and there. No other
Aspleniums were in the near vicinity except a few specimens of
A. Trichomanes lower down the hill.

All the fronds of the A. ebeneum Hortonae, both old and new,
are thus far sterile. — G. A. WoOLsoN, Pittsford, Vermont.

A New ENGLAND STATION FOR BUXBAUMIA INDUSIATA BRIDEL.—
While botanizing on a mountain in Surry, New Hampshire, Septem-
ber 3, 1902, I noticed a large decayed log upon which were growing
hundreds of peculiar little plants that I at once recognized as Bux-
baumias. Several smaller pieces of decayed wood in the vicinity,
presumably portions of the same tree, were also covered with the
strange-looking objects. I had never before seen them growing, and

258 Rhodora [OCTOBER

supposing them to be the immature capsules of the fairly common
B. aphylla, only about fifty specimens were collected. I remembered
having at my home in New Haven, Connecticut, a reprint of an
article by Professor E. J. Durand, on Buxbaumia from the Bulletin of
the Torrey Botanical Club. On my return a few days later, I was
surprised and delighted to find that his description of the rare B.
indusiata was the one which fitted my plants. Material was sub-
mitted to Mrs. E. G. Britton of New York for verification. So far as
I am able to learn, this is the first time that the species has been
collected in New England.

The stations given by Professor Durand are: — Catskill moun-
tains, New York, 1869 (C. H. Peck); Seattle, Washington, 1889
(C. V. Piper); Traille river basin, Idaho, 1889 (J. B. Leiberg); and
Enfield, New York, 1893 (Æ. J. Durand).

The Surry station was again visited in August, 1903, but although
the log was identified after a thorough search, it had only a very few
green capsules. Many dry capsules were present, the remains of
last year's crop. Though B. indusiata is said to occur usually on
decayed coniferous logs, a few undecayed knots and portions of the
trunk proved this to be a poplar log, probably P. tremuloides, which
grows abundantly in the vicinity. Specimens of this rare moss from
Surry have been placed in the collections of Professor W. G. Farlow,
Harvard University ; Mr. J. F. Collins, Brown University ; and in
the Eaton Herbarium of Yale University.— B. MADELINE BRITTON,
New Haven, Connecticut.

GALINSOGA IN MaiNE. — On September 29, 1902, when in Ando-
ver, Maine, I was asked by a friend to look at a weed that was
becoming very abundant in his garden. It proved to be Galinsoga
parviffora, Cav., var. hispida DC., and was well established in both
cultivated and waste ground. During the past summer on July 24th
and other subsequent dates I found this plant also at Seal Harbor
(Mount Desert), Maine. It was there growing in abandoned garden-
plots to the practical exclusion of other weeds. These two stations
I think, may be noteworthy as extensions of range. — EDWARD L.
Ranp, Boston.

1903] Plant Protection 259

A LEAFLET OF THE SEAL HARBOR VILLAGE
IMPROVEMENT SOCIETY.

[It is well known that in the neighborhood of our summer resorts, many
of our native plants are becoming less abundant every vear, and some of
them are in great danger of extermination. The number of plants gathered
by plant lovers for various purposes is far greater than one would suppose.
A year ago it was suggested to the Village Improvement Society at Seal
Harbor, Maine, that something might be done to check unnecessary and
careless gathering of the native plants in that part of Mount Desert Island.
In consequence of this suggestion a committee was appointed to consider
the matter. As one result of thisaction a circular was prepared by two mem-
bers of the committee, Prof. Samuel F. Clarke and Mrs. Frances Theodora
Parsons, which was wideiy distributed through the village. So many
instances have been observed in which the recommendations of this circular
have been adopted by the summer visitors that it seems well to give it a still
wider circulation. It is therefore reprinted below with only a few unimpor-
tant omissions relating to local plants.— Ed.]

It is to the interest of every visitor to Mount Desert that its
beautiful and characteristic plants be guarded from extermination.
It is believed that everyone will be ready to aid in this work if once
he, or she, fully realizes the danger with which these plants are now
threatened.

It is not our wish to discourage unnecessarily the gathering of
wild flowers and ferns for decorative purposes. We ask only that
they be picked with care and discrimination. Such a flower, for
example, as the blue-bell, which forms so beautiful a feature on the
rocks along the shore, should always be cut with the scissors or a
knife,' rather than picked, to prevent its being uprooted, and even
when cut, care should be taken to gather it only where it grows most
abundantly, that no picturesque tuft be so completely done away
with as to set no seeds for another year.

Where there is an especially fine plant or colony, or where there
is a single plant or small colony, why not leave at least half the
flowers for seed, in the one case giving nature a chance to perpetuate
and develop the best, and in the other, helping nature to extend
her work of beautifying our surroundings?

The pink lady-slipper, or moccasin flower, the purple fringed
orchid, the Calopogon, Pogonia, and indeed all the orchids, should
be cut (not picked) fairly high up the stem, leaving, whenever possi-
ble the lower leaves intact.

If these flowers are not to be exterminated they should not be

gathered at all unless found growing very abundantly, and then only

260 Rhodora [OCTOBER

in moderation. Such fragile blossoms are more effective if not
heavily massed, but arranged a few sprays by themselves.

From the purchase of the rarer flowers, especially of the purple-
fringed orchid, by the roadside, we urge everyone to abstain. The
country children who offer them for sale, are, innocently enough, the
most dangerous enemies of all rare, salable flowers.

Ferns, also, should be picked with care, and not too freely, unless
in spots where they are unusually abundant. The same caution
should be used against breaking branches from shrubs and trees in
so rude a fashion as not only to cause a temporary disfigurement,
but perhaps a permanent injury.

The hobble-bush, whose effective leaves and brilliant berries deco-
rate gaily the woods of late summer is frequently a victim to careless
picking.

The flowers growing in the immediate neighborhood of the road-
side are a joy to the many. Is it too much to ask that these be left
to delight the eyes of the passer-by, and that the flowers desired for
decorative purposes be sought a few feet from the highway, or even
from the trail? These roadside plants are constantly enjoyed by
those who, by reason of age or some infirmity, could otherwise never
see them. Were this once realized few would hesitate to take the
trouble entailed by half a dozen extra steps.

We should not fail to add that many of the most effective flowers
may be gathered away from the wayside without fear of doing any
permanent injury. Daisies, buttercups, clover, wild roses, meadow-
sweet, steeple-bush, asters, golden-rod, and other vigorous and abun-
dantly growing plants will yield ample material for decoration and
may be gathered almost with impunity.

To sum up we urge:

1st. Moderation. (Not gathering too many flowers of the same
kind in one locality.)

2nd. Care. (The use of scissors or knife.)

3rd. Judgment. (Guarding the roadside and conspicuous loca-
tions.)

4th. Occasional total abstinence. (In case of especially rare
flowers.)

Vol. 5, no. 57, including pages 213 to 236, was issued 6 September, 1903.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 November, 1903 No. 59

NATURAL HYBRIDS IN SPIRANTHES AND
HABENARIA.

OAKES AMES.
(Plate 47.)

AN interesting natural hybrid derived from Spiranthes gracilis,
Bigelow, and S. praecox, Watson, was detected recently in Easton,
Massachusetts, growing in close proximity to the parent species in an
open dry field. A single specimen, together with several specimens
of S. Praecox, was collected on September 3, 1903, by A. A. Eaton,
who, though he suspected the origin of the odd specimen, sent it with-
out comment to the writer. So it happened that independently of
each other two people arrived at similar conclusions. A second and
third trip to the same locality brought to light a dozen specimens, all
quite intermediate in character and distinctly hybrid. ‘The resem-
blance between these hybrids and one parent or the other would
readily mislead a collector whose interests were not specially con-
cerned with this particular group of orchids, and it would not be
strange if such hybrids have been grouped arbitrarily with SPzraztAes
praecox or S. gracilis. To obtain the relatively few plants, which
have been studied for the preparation of this note, a large area was
searched and the material collected carefully examined.

The Spiranthes gracilis which should be regarded as a parent of
the hybrids in question is the typical New England form, which
blooms in late summer and early autumn. Likewise the S. praecox,
with which we are concerned, is the New England form which usually
completes its season of bloom by the end of the second week in Sep-
tember. These remarks may seem quite commonplace, but they are

262 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

made because of the seasonal differences in anthesis in several of
the Spiranthes species in their northern and southern habitats, and
because of segregates from S. praecox, which have been described
recently.

Although the range of variation in most of our Spiranthes is aston-
ishingly extensive, it would be difficult to account for the peculiarities
of the Easton plants on any supposition other than hybridity. Some
among these were much like .S. gracilis, but the leaves, the pubes-
cence, and the narrow hyaline margins of the floral bracts were decid-
edly similar to S. praecox. Of the plants resembling S. praecox in
their inflorescence the broad, elliptic-lanceolate leaves and the green
callosities near the base of the oblong lip were conclusive evidence
of an unusual origin and constitution.

The leaves of the hybrids varied in form and in dimensions; they
rarely attained the average length of S. praecox leaves, and were not
as short as those of S. gracilis. However, they proved to be interme-
diate in varying degrees.

The pubescence of the scape, rhachis and capsules was distributed
much in the same way as in S. praecox, but was decidedly shorter,
less dense, and in some forms quite obscure. In fact the tendency
toward glabrity in one parent and the tendency toward pubescence
in the other produced a mean in the hybrids, an interesting consid-
eration when contrasted with the dominant and recessive characters
peculiar to Mendelian race-hybrids.

Several specimens with a distinctively S. gracilis aspect produced
flowers which never expanded, and in one specimen which resembled
S. praecox the same tendency, though less marked, was noted.

The flowers were variable in length, but for the most part inter-
mediate in this respect. They were not so white as in S. gracilis nor
so yellow as in the typical S. praecox of the region where the hybrids
were found. The coloring of the lip was distinctive; yellow-green
at the apical, greenish near the proximal end; the callosities or nip-
ples were green at their base with a whitish apex. As far as observed
the color of the callosities was decisive in the determination of the
hybrids.

SPIRANTHES X intermedia, hyb. nov. Plants 27—42 cm. tall,
slender; tubers about 7 cm. long, 6 mm. thick near the base; leaves
lance-linear or elliptic-lanceolate, 4.5-8.5 cm. long, 8-15 mm. wide,
passing into slender petioles; cauline bracts lance-linear, pointed ;
scape pubescent above, pubescence short, rather dense or sometimes

1903] Ames, — Hybrids in Spiranthes and Habenaria 263

obscure; rhachis 6-16 cm. long; floral bracts ovate-lanceolate,
abruptly acuminate, longer than the ovaries, with a faint hyaline
margin; flowers 6-7 mm. long, in a spiral or one-sided spicate
raceme ; lateral sepals deflexed, lanceolate, margins involute, upper
sepal oblong, obtuse, all the sepals sparsely pubescent; petals
oblong, obtuse, tapering slightly to the base, equalling in length the
upper sepal, and connivent with it; lip oblong, somewhat flaring at
the strongly deflexed apex, green, or yellowish toward the proximal
end, with a broad, whitish, erose margin; callosities green with a
whitish or yellowish apex, partially pubescent. In dry upland fields,
Easton, Bristol County, Massachusetts, Sept. 3, 8, 10, 1903. (A.
A. Eaton).

Spiranthes X intermedia is a non-Mendelian hybrid. It is inter-
mediate throughout, the characters of both parents being merged in
all the important vegetative and floral parts. The capsules produce
good seeds with plump embryos, and there is no reason to infer that
the pollen has been impaired in efficacy through the influences of
hybridization. The probabilities are, if horticultural experience
with orchids is to count, that S. x intermedia can reproduce itself
from seeds provided pollination and subsequent fertilization are
effected by kindred pollen; and that the plants will act as species
in their development. In fact, if seeds should germinate in a local-
ity far enough removed from the parent species to make future
pollination from them an exception rather than the rule, it would be
rational to suppose that the hybrids would develop rapidly into a
localized species. The plants increase by means of offshoots, and
even when mingled with S. praecox and S. gracilis would survive
long enough to ensure, through the laws of chance, an occasional
successful cross with another hybrid, — a process which would tend
to increase their number and so render more likely their perpetuation
by seed.

The scattered occurrence of the hybrids forms the basis for the
belief that more than one cross has been effected in the region
of Easton. Furthermore, it is interesting to note that secondary
hybrids may be represented by several ambiguous forms of S.
praecox concerning which it has been thought best to withhold an
opinion at this time.

In RuopoRA (i. 245) Mr. A. LeRoy Andrews described an
odd form of Habenaria as a natural hybrid from Æ. psycodes and
H. lacera. His specimens were collected in a wet meadow in
Pownal, Vermont, on July 22, 1898, and on August 5, 19or. Mr.

264 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Andrews sent to the writer a single specimen, which was collected
on Aug. 5, 1902. This had more the appearance of 77. lacera than
of Z. psycodes, but showed unmistakable evidences of hybrid origin.
About a year ago, among specimens from the herbarium of Mr. John
A. Wheeler, the writer found a single example of this hybrid,
provisionally determined as Æ. psycodes, which Miss L. O. Eaton
collected in South Chesterville, Maine. ‘The flowers were quite inter-
mediate in character, the petals and the deeply lacerate lip being
indicative of the influences contributed by Æ. /acera. The plant
has no date of collection, but it is interesting to note the fact that
H. psycodes X lacera has been found in Maine.

Natural hybrids do not seem to be common among New England
orchids, but intensive study may bring more to light. Often the
characters which designate hybridity are extremely elusive, and
hybrids are classed arbitrarily with the species to which they bear
the closest resemblance. As a general rule orchids which hybridize
freely give rise to progeny of an intermediate character, but when
specific lines are closely drawn, and based on traits phylogenetically
young, parental differences may not stand out with sufficient dis-
tinctness to attract special attention and so hybrids may well be
overlooked.

How far the principles laid down by Gregor Mendel apply to
Orchidaceae can not be stated with surety, but among the generally
cultivated exotic species non-Mendelian hybrids seem to prevail.
However, among such variable species as Habenaria hyperborea,
from which questionable segregations have been made it may be ©
probable that race-hybrids play an important part. Many of the
H. hyperborea segegates are based on very slight variations in the
vegetative and floral organs, on the relative proportions of the lip
and spur, and on diffefences which can not be regarded as constant
enough for critical determination. ‘That these characters are of
slight varietal value and perhaps merely racial, may explain away
some of Dr. P. A. Rydberg's recently described species as simple
Mendelian race-hybrids and their derivatives, which illustrate the
remarkable peculiarities of recession and dominance and the redis-
tribution of traits.

AMES BOTANICAL LABORATORY, North Easton, Massachusetts.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 47.— Two forms of Spiranthes X intermedia,

hyb. nov. Fig. 1, lip of S. gracilis, Big. (X 3); Fig. 2, of S. X intermedia
(X 3); Fig. 3, of S. praecox, Wats. (X 3.)

1903] Leavitt, — Drosera intermedia 265

REVERSIONARY STAGES EXPERIMENTALLY INDUCED
IN DROSERA INTERMEDIA.

R. G LEVITT.

THE existing species of Drosera, more than go in number, without
doubt have descended from a common original stock bearing leaves
provided with tentacles like the tentacles found throughout the
genus to-day. What the form, or outline, of the primitive Drosera-
ceous leaf was, is a question which it is important to answer in
considering the meaning of certain stages of development which
make their appearance, under given conditions, in several species
which I have had under observation. In the absence of actual relics
of the very ancestors themselves, we must infer the original condi-
tion from a comparison of the living species, from the facts of their
geographical distribution, and especially from their comparative
ontogeny. If the results developed from these several kinds of data
agree, we may have a good deal'of confidence that our inferences
are rightly drawn. The evidence can be given only in outline in
this brief paper. The conclusion may be stated at the outset: the
original type of leaf was probably not unlike that of our Drosera
rotundifolia,

When we compare the Sundews of the world we find that, as to
leaf-form, they fall into a few classes, with seemingly intelligible
interrelationships. The transitions between the salient groups are
marked by intergrading species. There is, first, the group with
strictly linear, filiform leaves (e. g. Drosera filiformis), embracing
eight species. The still fewer species with much elongated, narrow,
spatulate leaves bridge the gap between the linear and the rounded.
The roundish-leaved species number about 56; that is, species whose
leaves approach the orbicular form found in Drosera rotundifolia
much more than they do either that characteristic of D. f/iformis, or
that of D. binata. The next group, comprising about 15 typically
Australian species, has the leaf-blades not elongated nor much
broadened, crescent shaped or orbicular, and peltately attached.
The affinities of this type are not clear, except from a study of the
ontogenetic development; from this source, however the indications
are unequivocal. Some members of the peltate group would afford
a fairly satisfactory passage from the rounded type to the extremely

266 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

broad one appearing in Drosera binata. This remarkable Australian
species has leaves which sometimes attain a height of more than
two feet. The blades are described as “ 2-forked,” or “divided to
the base into two long linear lobes.” In reality the blade is entire.
and is extraordinarily broadened, so that it extends transversely to
the main axis of the leaf into two linear arms. ‘These arms are
turned upward and give the two-forked appearance. Of the same
type is the little New Zealand Drosera flagellifera.

The above enumeration omits a few ambiguous — or for present
purposes negligible — species. However, it fairly represents the
genus, and will serve to illustrate the distribution of leaf-forms
amongst the species.

The prominent types arrange themselves naturally in a series,
beginning with the filiform, thence passing, by means of the elon-
gated spatulate, to the rounded ; then, by the accentuation of breadth,
advancing through or near the crescent-shaped to the so-called two-
forked. ‘The series might represent a single line of evolution, with
the point of origin at one end or'the other; or the series may com-
prise two lines of development, having a common starting point in
the round leaved group. Considering the course to have been a
simple one, it is conceivable that the extremely broad may represent
the primitive condition. But this supposition is improbable, upon the
face of it, because the given form is so unusual in plants ; it is in
fact unique. The D. binata type seems to be terminal rather than
original. Or Drosera filiformis, at the other end of the line, may,
stand for the archetype. Three of the genera of Droseraceae have
leaves of nearly the same description as those of D. filiformis, except
as to the structure of the glandular hairs. ‘The number of linear-
leaved species of Drosera, however, is small; and furthermore, on
grounds which cannot here be stated, two of these should be excluded
from consideration in this connection. We have left six species which
may be modern representatives of an original Drosera stock. But
the filiform condition as seen in Drosera filiformis again, is unusual
in plants and looks rather like the product of special evolution than
like a stock-form. It might readily have been derived from the
rotund by steps which to-day are preserved in Drosera longifolia and
linearis.

The rounded style— under which I include the forms like or
approaching that which obtains in Drosera rotundifolia — is clearly

1903] Leavitt, — Drosera intermedia 267

related to that which characterizes the leaf in the two remaining gen-
era of Droseraceae, namely Dionaea and Aldrovanda. It is not an
unusual, extreme, or highly specialized figure among leaf-forms in
general. It prevails overwhelmingly in the genus Drosera, From
it all the types in the genus are derivable. From a study of the
specific forms and their distribution within the genus, accordingly, it
seems easiest to regard the roundish leaf as primitive.

The facts of geographical distribution point in the same direction.
The 2. rotundifolia type, with the more broadly spatulate leaves, is
cosmopolitan and is most widely distributed, whether we consider the
whole group or individual species. Drosera rotundifolia, for exam-
ple, encircles the globe in the northern hemisphere, and in latitude
ranges from within the arctic circle to the southern United States.
Drosera intermedia is hardly less widely spread. Other types, on
the contrary, are in comparison much restricted geographically.
Thus the peltate-leaved group is practically confined to Australia
and vicinity, though one member has found its way across the
islands to India. Similarly Drosera filiformis is confined to the
Atlantic border of the United States from Massachusetts to Miss-
issippi. An extension for the general type, however, is found within
apparently somewhat narrow limits in Brazil. Generally speaking
those forms which have the appearance of being the most specialized
and least likely to represent the ancestral stock are geographically
most restricted. In so far as any conclusion at all may be arrived
at from this kind of evidence, it is that the fundamental form amongst
the Sundews is that of the round-leaved, or roundish-leaved, kinds,
and that the other forms have been derived from it.

While the foregoing considerations, which necessarily lose some of
their force from being much condensed, may not of themselves
furnish a sure argument, they materially substantiate inferences
drawn from a comparison of individual, or ontogenetic, development
in several diverse species.

As is well known, organic beings often have a marked qualitative
as well as quantitative development after birth or germination. At
the beginning of its independent career, oftentimes the plant mani-
fests properties which it subsequently adds to or diminishes or
entirely loses. In infancy qualities appear which seem to be natural
to infancy alone. ‘These are later replaced by characters proper to
approaching maturity. Finally the adult characteristics make their

268 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

appearance, while the earlier phases vanish wholly. Such a qualita-
tive development of the individual has been shown to be in many
cases essentially a recapitulation of the historical evolution of the
species or family or larger group to which the individual belongs.
And in a general way it may be said that the generations of animals
and plants perpetually repeat the stories of their several races.

Yet it is not safe to judge that whenever the infantile condition of
a plant differs from the adult state, the former is due to reversion.
In each instance regard must be had for inherent or adducible prob-
ability. To illustrate, and at the same time to come directly to the
case in hand: when we find that seedlings of Drosera intermedia
begin with rotund leaves and bear only round-bladed leaves until
they are considerably advanced in age, we may suspect that the
youthful leaf reproduces an ancestral type. For evidence which
may throw more light upon the problem we should, however, study
ontogenesis in other species. As a matter of fact we do find that
several species which in the adult state differ widely in the leaf agree
at an earlier period and bear rotund leaves like the infantile leaves
of D. intermedia. From all the cases of ontogenetic progress which
I have been able to observe, with one merely negative exception, the
indications are the same, and point to the existence of a fundamental
type such as that which Drosera intermedia realizes in its earliest
phases, from which the several species considered have probably
arisen.

Concordant ontogenetic evidence certainly has great value. Upon
this principle and facts which cannot here be presented, the two-
forked type embodied in Drosera binata and flagellifera, and the
peltate type seen in Drosera lunata and fourteen related species,
become derivatives from a rotund original. The African Drosera
cistiflora, in its highest state characterized by long narrow lanceolate
or linear-lanceolate leaves, and several closely allied species, may be
traced back to a spatulate source; as may also D. filiformis. And
the spatulate form in turn reverts to a rotund original.

I have now outlined the reasoning by which I am persuaded that
the small leaves with orbicular blades bearing marginal tentacles of
a curious structure to be described below, which seedling plants and
small adventitious plants of Drosera intermedia put forth, are rever-
sionary. Being satisfied as to their nature, I have made a number
of experiments with a view to determine some of the conditions of

1903] Leavitt, — Drosera intermedia 269

reversion. I have sought to make mature plants repeat the youthful,
ancestral stages, and have succeeded by disturbing the nutrition.
When these adult plants are starved for a time they begin to mani-
fest the desired atavistic traits. Moreover, these traits are not alto-
gether due to simplification. In the tentacles of reversionary leaves
borne by the weakened plants I find an added complexity in a par-
ticular respect — a fact of great significance to the general theory of
reversion.

I took as subjects of experiment, plants of several species of
Drosera. I cut off the roots, the leaves, and all but a little of the
stem, leaving a quarter of an inch of the summit, with the growing
bud. I placed them in wet sphagnum in an upright position and
under conditions favorable to growth. They continued to put out
leaves, which I took off and examined about as fast as they were
produced, and of which I kept a record. I shall use D. intermedia
to illustrate the result.

Some of the plants of D. intermedia used had, before the experi-
ments began, the full character leaf. Others, while full grown, were
still putting out round bladed leaves. All were producing tentacles
of the ordinary type. After being treated as above described the
former bore at first leaves reduced in size but still spatulate. But
after a few of these leaves had been taken off, and the leaves formed
in the bud subsequent to the beginning
of the experiment — as we may believe —
had begun to appear, they were all found
to be orbicular bladed. ‘Those plants
which began with round blades continued
to bear them; while uninjured control
plants growing beside them developed the
normal adult leaf with spatulate blade.
The experiment was continued throughout

the summer with uniform result.

When full maturity is reached, the tenta-
cles of Drosera intermedia are all essen-
tially of one sort. The oval purplish |
gland, which secretes the viscid fluid for pi, Reversionary marginal
catching insects as well as the digestive tentacle of Drosera inter-
Piet media (magnified. )
juices that are poured upon captured prey, .
is terminal upon the stalk. The axes of gland and stalk coincide.

270 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

This style of tentacle prevails throughout the genus. On the youth-
ful leaves of all the species which I have been able to see in their
early stages there are, however, two kinds of tentacles. ‘Those on
the margin of the leaf are more complex in this respect, that the
gland is borne laterally upon the expanded extremity of the tentacle
(Fig. 1). The axis of the gland is at right angles to that of the
stalk.

The flattened, round, ovate, or elliptical extremity, serving as a
support for the nearly hemispherical gland, extends on all sides
beyond the base of the latter. Tentacles possessing such a structure
are found on young individuals of, not only Drosera intermedia, but
also D. rotundifolia, capillaris, and binata, and sometimes on //Zfor-
mis. In the first three species named they persist nearly or quite to
the maturity of the plant, but under a much changed aspect. In
Drosera intermedia they disappear when the leaves become spatu-
late, if not before. In Drosera rotundifolia they may or may not be
present in the modified form throughout life, while in Drosera capii-
laris, according to my material, they disappear. In several of the
exotic orbicular-leaved species they are found in the adult, as I dis-
cover from herbarium specimens. In Drosera binata they begin to.
disappear as soon as the leaves depart from the primitive orbicular
pattern, and are not found even in a modified form in the adult.
They must be regarded as reversionary when they appear on leaves
of primitive type in the species destitute of such tentacles at maturity,
and also when they appear in those species which at maturity possess
them only in a modified form. In Drosera intermedia they seem to
me clearly to be products of reversion, and to constitute valuable
indices for the study of the laws of reversion.

My experimental plants bore them seemingly as the direct result
of the weakening to which I subjected them. The mode of their
appearance was interesting. ‘They appeared first at the tip of the
leaf. Perhaps the first leaf to manifest the reversion would have
but one tentacle of the flat-headed style, and in that case the very
end tentacle would be the aberrant one. The next leaf would have
perhaps three or four, at the end, affected. The atavistic tendency
would then pass down the margin toward the base in succeeding
leaves, until all the marginal tentacles had become reversionary,
except one or two next to the petiole.

The effect recorded, namely the reappearance of ancestral traits

1903] Leavitt, — Drosera intermedia 271

involving increased complexity of certain organs, was obtained when
the supply of nourishment to the growing points where these organs
were in process of formation was curtailed. Reversion seemed to be
caused by disturbance of the nutrition.

Observations which I have made on the peculiarities of adventive
growths of Drosera binata support the same conclusion. I have
noted that when adventitious buds are formed on the flower scapes
or on the roots — parts relatively large and affording abundant nour-
ishment, especially in the case of the roots, which are stout and
full of starch — the leaves produced are generally from the first of
the D. binata type ; that is, not reversionary. But if the plants are
small and appear poorly nourished they are reversionary in leaf form
and marginal tentacles. Buds arising from the leaves, relatively
slender parts poor in nutritives, give small plants which bring forth
rounded leaves for a time; that is, they revert.

In RuopoRa, ii. 149, I published notes on reversion of Berberis
leaves. The behavior of Berberis is like that of the Drosera inter-
media of my experiments, in that a limited food supply (in the seed-
ling) or decreased vigor (in autumnal leaves) is associated with
reversion to a higher structural condition. ‘The petiole is reduced to
a mere rudiment in the full character leaf. The seedling leaf and
oftentimes the last leaves of the season on fully matured bushes
have not only blades entirely different from the ordinary blade, but
in addition well developed petioles.

When, as in the petiole of Berberis and the tentacle of Drosera
intermedia, the structure becomes more complex, we may speak of
the reversion as ascending. Return to a simplified state may be
termed descending reversion. The anatomical structure of the g/and
of the flat-headed reversionary tentacles in Drosera is simpler than
that of the characteristic gland of the genus. In certain respects,
therefore, the case of the Drosera intermedia upon which I have
experimented is one of descending reversion. In other respects the
reversion is ascending. Both sorts of reversion appear in this
example to be occasioned by the same condition, namely limitation
of the materials of construction.

The occurrence of reversionary leaves of simplified type on suck-
ers springing from the bases of tree trunks is well known. Here
reversion would seem to be due to — it is certainly correlated with —
an increased stock of formative materials; for such suckers com-

272 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

monly are exceptionally vigorous. An interesting instance of return
to an ancestral character of higher grade is described and illustrated
by Dr. E. C. Jeffrey in his account of the resin ducts of Seguoia.
The primitive structure reappeared where the food supply had been
increased and growth had been stimulated as the result of a wound.
The foregoing facts are representative of a considerable body of
data ! which might be brought forward in support of certain general
statements to which I may give the following form: (1) Reversions,
in either an ascending or a descending direction, are sometimes
occasioned in plants by a deficiency of the food materials supplied
to developing parts; and (2) Reversions, in either direction, are
sometimes occasioned by a superabundant food-supply in developing
parts.
Ames BOTANICAL LABORATORY, North Easton, Massachusetts.

ASPLENIUM EBENEUM PROLIFERUM.
C. E. WATERS.

THE most familiar instance of a fern with proliferous fronds is
the walking-fern (Camptosorus). The greatly prolonged tip of the
frond is pushed into the moss on the surface of the rock, and a
young plant is developed. At first the tip thickens, then rootlets
start out, and finally the small fronds appear. A tropical species
(Polystichum Plaschnickianum) has almost the same outline of frond,
and the same method of reproduction as the walking-fern. Scott's
spleenwort (Asplenium ebenoides), which has now been definitely
shown to be a cross between Asf/. ebeneum and Camptosorus, is occa-
sionally seen with young plants at the tip of the frond, or even of
the pinnae, a trait which has evidently been inherited from the walk-
ing fern. It is also said that the closely related Asf/. pinnatifidum is
at times proliferous.

None of our other ferns has this trait, unless we except the bulbs

! Dr. R. T. Jackson, in a memoir too little known to botanists, has described a
large number of instances of localized reversionary stages in plants and animals.
This contribution to the subject of reversion is an extremely important one. Dr.
Jackson recognizes the dependence of reversionary forms upon conditions of nutri-
tion and growth. Memoirs Boston Society of Natural History, vol. 5, no. 4, 1899.

1903] Waters,— Asplenium ebeneum proliferum — 273

of Cystopteris bulbifera, which appear to be a special case of pro-
liferation in which the young plants drop off at an early stage,
instead of receiving sustenance from the parent until fully established.
They differ also in being formed on the rachis and midribs, instead
of only at the tips of the fronds or pinnae.

While cleaning the roots of a specimen of Asf/. ebeneum, I noticed
what seemed to be a queerly shaped pinna on an otherwise bare
stalk. It was soon seen that a small plant had sprung from the
stalk, It was on the rachis of a sterile frond of the previous year,
which had been covered with earth, and was at the point of attach-
ment of the lowest pinna. ‘The root was broken, but the part that
remained was 8 mm. long. ‘The first leaf, shaped somewhat like a
small basal pinna, was 3.5 mm. in length. ‘The second frond, nearly
4 mm. long including the stipe, had three lobes, the middle one being
much the largest and three-notched at the end. One of the lateral
lobes was slightly notched. ‘The young plant did not seem to be in
the axil of the old pinna, but exactly at the point of attachment.

I have been informed by Mr. B. D. Gilbert that this form was
described about thirty years ago by Professor
D. C. Eaton, who called it 4457. ebeneum proli- |
Jerum. It-calls to mind the tropical ferns
that bear buds and young plants on the upper
side of the rachis, but these are produced
normally, and not when the stalk is covered
with earth. It may be that this is the deter-
mining cause in the case of our specimen, for
it was normal in other respects. At the same
time it must be admitted that this is not the
only reason, for a careful search did not bring
to light any more like it on other buried stalks.

It would be well worth while for some one
to see whether this condition could be brought about experimentally.
One might try, for instance, the effect of covering the rachis with
earth at different seasons, and cover not only the perfect fronds but
those that have part or all of the pinnae removed. The plant in
question was growing in rather moist soil on the steep bank of a
little stream.

JoHns Hopkins UNIVERSITY.

274 * ^ Rhodora [NOVEMBER

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON BOTRYCHIUM TENEBROSUM.
A. A. EATON.
(Plate 48.)

DURING the past season I have made a few additional observations
on Botrychium tenebrosum, A. A. Eaton, and in making them public it
seems advisable to incorporate them in a general description for the
readers of RHODORA, so that they may familiarize themselves with
this quite common but little known New England plant.

Botrychium tenebrosum (Plate 48) is a species found only in rich
humus or leaf-mould, in deep moist shade. It is usually quite small,
often thread-like, and fruiting even when covered by leaves, but some-
times growing to a height of g inches. Usually the plants are 3 to 4
inches high. ‘They are yellowish green, very glabrous and shining
when young, decumbent and stramineous when older, becoming thin
and transparent when pressed. The sterile laminae are near the
fertile, often overtopping them (Fig. 3). They are always simple
with 2 to 8 distant, lunate, rarely incised lobes, the terminal usually
retuse (Figs. 8, 9). The lobes are apparently never spread out
flat, but are in the same position which they have in bud. "The
fertile lamina is usually simple, the large sporangia being sunk in
the tissues of the broadened rachis. When the frond is compound,
the ultimate segments are similar to the fruited segments of the
sterile lamina, the rachis broad and leaf-like (Fig. 5).

It is apparently a northern species, being quite rare about North
Easton and Brockton, Massachusetts, the southernmost point from
which I have it. In southern New Hampshire and northern Massa-
chusetts it usually is found in wet maple swamps, often in or around
the depressions near sluggish streams in which leaves accumulate
and decay. My first plants were growing in sphagnum. The sparse
vegetation is often of Onoclea sensibilis and Rhus Toxicodendron, and
it is often accompanied by B. matricariacfolium and B. lanceolatum,
and even varieties of B. /eruatum. In Maine, however, it appears
to affect the mounds of humus in cedar swamps, farther from water.

As found in Madison, Maine, on July 2d last, it appeared to be
more at home than farther south, as the plants were better developed
and characteristic in appearance. It was also found to become

1903] Eaton,— Notes on Botrychium tenebrosum 275

bulbous at the base and sheathed by the old remnants of stems as in
B. simplex, which it also resembles in its general aspect and the size
and markings of the spores, differing principally in having a simple
lunate-segmented sterile lamina contiguous to the fertile, or at least
above the middle of the stipe. The vernation is essentially that of
B. simplex, both portions being erect, the very tip of the sterile
flexed over the top of the fertile, but not bent down (Fig. 6). In a
former paper! I have given its distinctive characters and shown it to
be not B. simplex and later? I gave a detailed description. Mr. G.
E. Davenport doubts the specific rank of this plant, regarding it as a
depauperate B. matricariacfolium3 Both Prof. Underwood and I*
replied to his criticisms, but it appears well in this place to give
some of the chief points of difference between the species. In the
accompanying plate Figures 1, 3, 4, and 5 represent pressed speci-
mens of B. enebrosum, natural size; while Fig..2 shows a depau-
perate, but fruiting, specimen of B. matricariacfolium.

In vernation the buds of B. matricariacfolium are stout, the fertile
lamina declined at the tip, resting on the top of the sterile of the suc-
ceeding year, the sterile of the year embracing the whole with its tip
distinctly declined and enveloping the top of the fertile. In B.
tenebrosum, on the other hand, the buds are much smaller even in
plants of the same size, they usually bear a bulbous thickening of
dead stalk-bases, and both segments are erect (Fig. 6), as in Ø.
simplex. In habit B. matricariacfolium is relatively stout, erect,
usually bluish as if pruinose, and has no remains of old stalks at the
base; B. tenebrosum is slender and weak, shining, yellowish, and
bears two or three years’ accumulation of dead stalks. ‘The aspect
of the two is strikingly different when they are growing together.

The sterile lamina of B. matricariaefolium is more or less com-
pound, the ultimate lobes being acute. Very rarely, indeed, a plant
may be found, in which there are rounded lobes; the apex, however,
is always acute (Fig. 10). In B. Zemebrosum the sterile frond is
essentially that of a very lax B. Zuzaria, although thinner and with
the apex emarginate. In both species sporangia are borne on the
sterile laminae, but in B. matricariacfolium they are usually on a
transformed compound lobe, making a miniature spike, while in B.

1 Papers Boston Meeting of Fern Chapter, 25. 3 Fern Bulletin, X. 22.
? Fern Bulletin, VII. 7. Alc, Xi. ga.

276 Rhodora | NOVEMBER

tenebrosum they are always on the margin of the otherwise unaltered
segment (Fig. 5). The differences in the sterile fronds are very
noticeable even in the earliest stages of the plant.

The fertile lamina of B. matricariacfolium is decompound in full
grown plants, the rachises are terete, the sporangia sessile or stalked,
while in B. /enebrosum the spike is usually simple, rarely once pin-
nate, the rachises are broad, the sporangia sessile in rows or groups
on each side, apparently buried in the tissues in life (Fig. 3, 4).!

The spores of B. matricariacfolium are 308—396 p, averaging 352
p, covered with coarse tubercles or warts ; those of B. Zenebrosum are
396-528 m, average 484 p, and are finely verrucose. I have pre-
viously? shown that the bud is elevated each year sufficiently to
counterbalance the aggregation of leaves. The older portion of what
may be considered as the rootstock persists for several years, and
I found several plants in Maine, in which new plants were forming
adventitiously from the oldest remaining nodes.

Ames BorANICAL LABORATORY, North Easton, Massachusetts.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 48. Figs. 1, 3, 4, 5 are of dried specimens of
Botrychium tenebrosum, A. A. Eaton, natural size; Fig. 2 is of an herbarium
specimen of B. matricariaefolium, natural size. Specimens 1, 3, 5 were col-
lected in Skowhegan, Maine ; specimen 4 in Brocton, Massachusetts. Nos.
1, 3, 5 have the sterile segment spread out in pressing; no. 4 shows it
conduplicate in characteristic manner. At a, Fig. 3, an adventive shoot,
springing from a root, is seen. Fig. 6 shows the bud of B. Zenebrosum,
magnified ; Fig. 7, that of B. matricariaefolium, less magnified. Figs. 8,
9 show the apices of sterile fronds of B. sexebrosum ; Fig. 10, that of the
B. matricariaefolium figured above. Figs. 6-10 were drawn with the
camera lucida. The others were traced from specimens.

GAYLUSSACIA DUMOSA AND FRONDOSA IN NEW HAMPSHIRE: — A
CorRECTION.— Owing to a curious and quite unaccountable mixture
of labels and specimens a misstatement was made by me in RHODORA,
III, 1901, 193-194 under Gaylussacia dumosa. The specimen sent
me by Mr. Alvah A. Eaton was collected by him at Muddy Pond,
Nottingham, New Hampshire on September 15, 1899. Mr. Eaton
collected Gaylussacia frondosa at French's Pond, North Hampton,
New Hampshire (the station I gave for G. dumosa) on June 20,

! Since writing the above I have seen Prof. Underwood's fine series of speci-
mens, one of which is somewhat ternate and similar to B. simplex, var. sub-
compositum.

? Papers Boston Meeting of Fern Chapter, 26.

1903] Eaton,— Three New Varieties of Isoetes 277

1896 and has since sent me specimens. This makes a second
authentic station for that species for the State, as I have already
recorded it in Ruopora, I, 1899, 93, from a specimen sent me by
Mr. W. S. Harris who collected it on the shore of Cobbett’s Pond,
Windham, on July 23, 1895. The label reads “Scarce. A tall slen-
der bush, with slender clusters of berries." — WALTER DEANE.

THREE NEW VARIETIES OF ISOETES.
A. A. EATON.

IT has been frequently remarked that although the genus Isoetes is
world-wide in distribution, the søecies are apt to be very circum-
. scribed in range, often confined to a very small area. As new col-
lections are made, however, it is found that old species are often
extended in range as might be expected; but it has also been found
that species at first considered to be distinct are only conditions in
a series, and plants from new localities often fill the gaps. One
remarkable instance is in the case of Z. riparia and J. saccharata}
whose characters are found in such a series that the question arises
if the latter is really more than a variety of the former.

In some instances the plants of a drainage area may be consid-
ered as incipient endemic species, evidently from the same original
source as those of other water-courses, but presenting constant or
slightly varying differences, apparently caused. by geologic con-
ditions in some instances.

The vicinity of North Easton, Massachusetts, exhibits a marked
instance of this. The soil is mostly a fine gravel, and no clay has
been found. During the past season I have found an abundance of
Isoetes, but only three familiar ones, namely, Z. Zuckermani, and J.
echinospora, vars. robusta and muricata. Late in 1902 Mr. R. M.
Grey found a small species abundant in the ponds of this vicinity
and my search has revealed two others, all of which, although show-
ing some distinctive characters, are best regarded as varieties. The
first to be treated is a variety of the very variable Z. saccharata
Engelm. and may appropriately be named for the botanist near
whose home it is abundant.

! Bot. Gaz. 36: 187-202.

278 Rhodora [ NovEMBER

I. SACCHARATA, var. Amesii. ‘Trunk 2- 3- 4- or 5-lobed, 4-10
mm. long, 2-5 mm. wide and high; roots very fine: leaves 8-30
cm. long, 1-1.5 mm. in diameter, slender, finely pointed, green and
erect. when gregarious, spreading when scattered, very narrowly
winged to the surface of the soil, quadrangular, the frontal edges
elevated, the back flattened; stomata few, bast-bundles none: velum
1-8 indusiate; sporangia 4 mm. long and 3 mm. wide, white or with
a few scattered dark brown cells, very turgid from abundance of
spores: gynospores 420-600 y, averaging 510 y long, rather sparsely
covered with low, fine, rough granules and thin, short, low walls,
often reticulated; androspores 28-32 y long, very finely granulated.

Very common in shallow streams and ponds about Easton, Massa-
chusetts, in fine gravel with or without silt, often forming a dense
border a few feet to a rod wide, just at the lowest stage of the water,
soon disappearing if exposed to the air. It is peculiar in the various
lobing of the trunk. Two handfuls obtained by scraping the soil
just deep enough to include the plants and then washing out, were .
found to have an aggregate of 204 individuals, of which 95 were
2-lobed, 94 were 3-lobed, eleven 4-lobed, and four s-lobed, a much
larger percentage of other than two-lobed trunks than has been
found before in the United States except in the three 3-lobed species
of the Pacific coast. The only other species that shows a consider-
able tendency toward a plurilobate form is Z. Zuckermani, Which in
some places has 20% with three or more lobes but it is not constant
in this trait. Most species may have an occasional plant with a
3-lobed trunk, but our other local ones rarely show a half of one
percent so developed. The variety here described differs from /
saccharata in its very fine leaves, with few stomata and heterolobing
of its trunk.

I have seen what is apparently the same thing from the following
localities: Lantern Hill Pond, North Stonington, Connecticut,
C. H. Bissell, Head of Hambury Cove, Lyme, Connecticut, Dr. C.
B. Graves, Peeksville, New York, W. H. Leggett.

Isoetes riparia has been thought to have a place in the New
England flora, but after a thorough study of Dr. Engelmann's mate-
rial I became convinced that it was not found here, or at least that
all previous reports were erroneous. I have recently! dealt with
most of the material so referred, but several collections made about
Uxbridge, Massachusetts, between 1831 and 1864 by Robbins, were

1 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 30: 359.

1903] Eaton,— Three New Varieties of Isoetes 279

of a different appearance and conclusions regarding them were held
back until further investigation.

During the past summer I have been so fortunate as to find an
abundance of this form at Watson’s Pond in Taunton, in Mulberry
Meadow Brook in Easton, and Winneconnet Pond, Norton. Its
characters are the same in all respects as in Robbins’ plants.
Although offering several important differences it is quite closely
related to 7. Canadensis (Engelm.) A. Br. and would best be con-
sidered a variety of that species. In recognition of the fact that its
first recorded collection in America was by one of the best New
England collectors of his day I propose to name it

I. CaNapENsrS, var. Robbinsii. Trunk bilobed, 8-15 mm. long:
leaves, 15-30, 10-38 cm. long, 1—1.5 mm. wide, dark green, very rig-
idly erect both in water and out, fine-pointed, with stomata and 4
bastbundles: velum } to 4 or more indusiate: sporangia covered
with brown sclerenchyma cells; gynospores 450-600 p, very thickly
beset with anastomosing jagged walls (much as in Z. riparia):

androspores 28.7-32.8 p in long diameter, rough or slightly papil-
lose or with a few tubercles.

This variety differs from Z. Canadensis principally in its rigid
habit, broader velum, densely sclerenchymatous sporangia, and the
dense sculpture of the spores, which strongly resemble those of Z.
riparia.

Uxbridge, Massachusetts, “in rather sandy still part of a small
stream, leaves ten, 1o inches high, very finely and sharply pointed ”
Robbins, 1831; Millpond, Uxbridge, 1845 and 1864, Robbins:
_ Easton, Mulberry Meadow River, Aug. 16, 1903, 4. A. Eaton;
Norton, Winneconnet Pond, 4. A. #.; Taunton, Watson’s Pond,
A.A. E., type. Robbins’ specimens were evidently a source of much
uncertainty to Dr. Engelmann. One was annotated as follows:
“ Tuckermanni? riparia? Braunü? apparently /acustris, T. riparia?”
Another is annotated “riparia major” and “lacustris maxima.”
They were all finally included in Z. riparia.

The aspect of this plant is very much like that of 7. Engelmanni,
especially when growing out of water. When submersed the leaves
are rigidly erect and look much like those of some junci. The bulb
and leaf bases so far as covered by the mud are apt to be pinkish
or cream colored. The variety approximates the terrestrial habit
fully as much as Z7. Enge/manni, being found on the border of shal-
low brooks and near the upper limit of water in ponds.

280 Rhodora [NovEMBER

Associated with both of these at their various stations, but occupy-
ing an intermediate zone on the shore, 7. e. lower down than the lat-
ter, but higher up than the former, is a large species, often with
80 to 100 reddish leaves from 10 to 15 inches long, with the appear-
ance of 7. Gravesii, A. A. Eaton or Z. Zatoni, Dodge, the sporangia
being darker than in those, but very flaccid owing to the compara-
tively few spores they bear. A careful study has convinced me how-
ever, that its affinities are really with Z. foveolata, A. A. Eaton, from
which it differs principally in the spores. In that species they have
a generally immature appearance, and occasionally there is a spore
that is covered with open, thin-walled reticulations. In this, all the
spores are well formed and irregularly honeycomb-reticulated, simi-
larly to those of Z. riparia. "This may be known as

I. FoveoLaTa, var. plenospora. Trunks bilobed, 1—2 cm. in long
diameter, half as wide and one fourth as high; the bulb of sporanges
1—4 cm. in diameter: leaves 30-110, submersed, reddish or olive
green, 1.5 mm. in diameter or more, 20-40 cm. long, fleshy, spread-
ing, somewhat flexuous, the emersed light green, erect tortuous or
straight, finely pointed, 1 mm. diameter, all with stomata but no bast-
bundles: velum 1-4 indusiate, sporangia very thickly covered with
rather dark brown cells, the color showing through the very thin
“area” on the back of the leaf-base: gynospores rather few to each
sporangium, usually somewhat glaucous, 450—600 p, average 510 p in
diameter, covered with irregular, tall, thin, rough, mostly honeycomb-
reticulated walls: androsporangia scarce in early season, plentiful in
September, the spores 27-33 mw in diameter, very finely granular or
with occasional tubercles.

In aspect this variety appears like an overgrown Z. Zuckermanni,
the habit and color being similar. By spore-characters alone it
could not be easily separated from the last, nor indeed from several
of our reticulate spored species. ‘The reddish color of the leaves
appears always to be present, becoming brownish in dried plants.
It is more pronounced in the inner leaves, fading as they grow older.
Ames Pond, North Easton, Winneconnet Pond, Norton, . and
Watson's Pond, Taunton, 4. A. Zaton, scattered rather thinly in silt-
covered gravel or in mud where emersed for part of the summer.
Types from these localities collected by A. 4. Eaton, 1903.

AMEs BOTANICAL LABORATORY, North Easton, Massachusetts.

Vol. 5, no. 58, including pages 237 to 260, was issued 13 October, 1903.

Plate 47.

Rhodora.

Bianche Ames del

SPIRANTHES.

Rhodora. Plate 48.

Et

R. G. Leavitt del. 1
BOTRYCHIUM TENEBROSUM AND B. MATRICARIAEFOLIUM.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 5 December, 1903 No. 60

PURSH’S REPORT OF DRYAS FROM NEW HAMPSHIRE.

M. L. FERNALD.

IN his ora Americae Septentrionalis Pursh described in 1814
Dryas tenella from “the white hills of New Hampshire. Prof Peck.
.... July. v. s. in Herb. Banks”'; and since that time American
botanists have sought in vain for the plant and have wished in vain
to know Peck’s station in the “ White Hills.”

Pursh’s description clearly places his plant with the earlier Dryas
integrifolia, Vahl, of Greenland, and under this name it was taken
up by Dr. Gray in five editions of his Manual, though, for some
unaccountable reason, in the sixth edition Watson and Coulter altered
the name and description to D. octopetala.

Three species of Dryas are generally recognized in high northern
regions, all of them occurring in North America. D. octopetala, L.,
the only species of Europe, reappears in the mountains and on the
coast of northwestern America, but is thus far unknown east of the
Rocky Mountains. D. integrifolia, Vahl, with entire or subentire
leaves and white petals, is definitely known from Greenland across
Arctic America to Behring Straits, and south in the East to Newfound-
land and Anticosti Island, Quebec. D. Drummondii, Richardson,
the largest and handsomest of the genus, with coarsely toothed
leaves and yellow petals, grows on sandy and gravelly shores in the
northern Rocky Mountains, on Anticosti Island, and by the rivers
of Gaspé County, Quebec.

According to Pursh's statement the original material of his Dryas
tenella was collected by Prof. Peck ? “on the white hills of New

1 Pursh, Fl. 350.
? William Dandridge Peck, Massachusetts Professor of Natural History, Har-
vard College, 1805-1822.

282 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Hampshire,” and was in the herbarium of Sir Joseph Banks. During
the past summer, therefore, the writer was interested to examine the
material of Dryas in the Banksian Herbarium at the British Museum
of Natural History. No material from Peck was found, and the
only sheet clearly belonging in the original Banksian Herbarium was
marked Dryas tenella, Pursh. This sheet contains three specimens,
with the data indicated on the back of the sheet, two of the speci-
mens collected before the publication of Pursh’s species, the other a -
comparatively modern one from Labrador. ‘The two older collections
are from “1, Newfoundland, Inglie Island in the mouth of the har-
bour J. B[anks],"! and “2. Labrador, D. Nelson 1781."

Although there is the barest possibility that a Peck specimen may
have once existed and is now lost, the fact that for nearly a century
so conspicuous a plant as Dryas integrifolia has been sought in vain
by the botanical explorers who have scoured the “White Hills” of
New Hampshire, has long since thrown doubt upon the accuracy of
Pursh’s original data. Furthermore, since Pursh cited a specimen in
the Banksian Herbarium and since there is in that Herbarium a
plant which well agrees with the description of D. tenella and is so
labeled, it seems still more probable that Pursh was in error in
citing the plant from New Hampshire. As a result of examination
of the data now at hand the following suggestion is offered as pos-
sibly explaining the source of error.

A detailed study of the charts of the United States Hydrographic
Survey shows only one island on the Newfoundland coast which
could have been intended by Banks as “Inglie” Island. This is
Englée or Grévigneux,? a steeply scarped island hardly a mile in
length, with its nine naked summits nearly hiding the entrance to
Bide Arm, the northernmost fjord of Canada Bay. Directly west
from Grévigneux (Englée) there rise from the shore of Canada Bay
the Cloud Hills, 1195 feet high, an eastern lobe of the Long Range,
which forms the backbone of western and northern Newfoundland
and northward is generally referred to indefinitely as the White
Hills; though in its most restricted sense the name White Hills is
confined to the northernmost extension of the Long Range about
Hare Bay, twenty-five miles north of Grévigneux (Englée) Island.

1 Collected during the “voyage to Newfoundland and Labrador commencing
April ye 7th and ending November ye 17th, 1766."
? See U. S. Hydrographic Survey Chart no. 794.

1903] Fernald, — Pursh’s Report of Dryas 283

During the preparation of his Flora Pursh was associated with
Banks, who would naturally tell him of that portion of North
America (Newfoundland and Labrador) which he, Banks, had
explored but which Pursh had never seen. It is most probable that
the White Hills were mentioned by Banks who had collected the
Dryas on a rugged island off shore from some of the principal peaks
of that range, and that Pursh, to whom Newfoundland was an unfa-
miliar region, confused the Newfoundland mountains with the “ White
Hills of New Hampshire," whose alpine plants were familiar to him
through the collections of Peck.? This very natural error is rendered
more probable by the fact that the data accompanying the Banksian
plant is on the reverse side of the large herbarium-sheet and is not
apparent to the hasty observer. And Pursh must have made hasty
observations and notes; for the tremendous work of ‘actually pre-
paring his Flora was accomplished with almost unprecedented speed,
in less than two years, during which time he not only organized his
own material and notes secured during twelve years in America and
examined among others the herbaria of Banks, Lambert, Clayton,
Pallas, Plukenet, Catesby, Morison, Walter, and Sherard, but was
constantly handicapped by the restless spirit which controlled his
entire life.

In view, then, of the evidence derived from the Banksian Herba-
rium there is little question that the original Dryas tenella came from
an island close under the White Hills of northern Newfoundland, and
that Pursh was in error in crediting it to New Hampshire. Should
the plant be found hereafter on our own “ White Hills " it may be
safely considered a new discovery.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1“ Sir Joseph Banks, with his accustomed liberality, supported my undertaking
by giving me access to his extensive library and herbarium."— Pursh, 1. c. xvi.

? « During my journey [from Wiscasset] towards New York, I had an oppor-
tunity of visiting Professor Peck of Cambridge College near Boston, and seeing
his highly interesting collection of plants, collected on a tour to the alpine regions
of.the White Hills of New Hampshire. As the season was too far advanced
when I was in that country to suffer me to think of ascending those mountains,
this collection was highly gratifying to me."— Pursh, l. c. xv.

3“The whole study must have been rapid. The despatch is wonderful. One
can hardly understand the ground of thestatement made by Lambert to my former
colleague, Dr. Torrey, that he was obliged to shut Pursh up in his housein order
to keep him at his work."— Gray, Am. Jour. Sci. 5, xxiv, 325.

284 Rhodora [DECEMBER

LOBELIA x SYPHILITICO-CARDIN ALIS.
OAKES AMES.
(Plate 49.)

Lobelia x syphilitico-cardinalis was raised by means of artificial
pollination many years ago. It has also been reported to occur as
a natural hybrid where the parent species are associated. The
plants referred to in this brief note were obtained from seeds by Mr.
Robert G. Leavitt, who pollinated flowers of Z. syphititica, L., with
pollen of Z. cardinalis, L., in the late summer of 1901. During the
following year flowers were produced by several of the hybrids and
in August, 1903, nearly all of them came into bloom. The variation
in flower color was well marked, and for the most part the color
values were intermediate. In several cases, however, the corollas
showed not the faintest trace of blue, although their structural
features were midway between the parent species. One plant had
corollas with a white ground, suffused, minutely mottled, and spar-
ingly spotted with pink. Sixteen plants gave rise to flowers of a
rich shade of magenta-crimson, which exhibited an almost perfect
mingling of the blue-violet of Z. syphilitica and of the deep red of
the pollen parent. ‘Three had flowers of a peculiar red tone much
like that of Z. cardinalis.

In their structural details the hybrid plants were exactly inter-
mediate. Beginning with the calyx a beautiful intermediary series
was apparent in the formation of the tube and its auricles, in the
relative length of the lobes, and in the length and density of the
hairs. In all the plants which bloomed there was but slight varia-
tion in the essential characters indicative of the hybrid origin of this
organ. ‘The corollas, on the other hand, were more conspicuously
intermediate, and owing to the vast dissimilarity between the parents
this part of the flower offered unusual opportunities for a study of
mingled parental traits. The corolla-tube of Z. cardinalis is slender
near the summit and broadest near the base, while just the reverse
is true of Z. syphilitica. In the hybrids, without exception, a tube
approximately equal in diameter from base to top was a conspicuous
mean. The corolla-lobes were as remarkable in outline, direction

1 The term intermediate is used here to signify a mean between the parents.

1903] Ames,— Lobelia x syphilitico-cardinalis 285

and measurement. The lower lip showed plainly the influence of
L. cardinalis on the form and width of the middle lobe and the ten-
dency of Z. syphilitica to shorten it. In the specimens studied the
middle lobe of Z. cardina/is measured 4.5 mm. in width by r9 mm.
in length, of Z. syphilitica 4 mm., by 12 mm., of the hybrid 4 mm.
by 15 mm. Of the upper lip the lobes were not so divergent as in
L. cardinalis, nor so convergent as in ZL. syphilitica, an interesting
point to note, as it shows how far reaching are the effects of
hybridization.

The occurrence of scattered hairs on the corolla of the hybrid was
of course attributable to Z. syphilitica, which has conspicuous hairs
on the mid-veins of its corolla-lobes. ‘The corolla of Z. cardinalis is
glabrous, and it is undoubtedly the tendency of this species toward
glabrity which brought about the decided reduction in the number
and length of the hairs in the hybrid. The usual effect of hybridiza-
tion, when one parent is glabrous, is to reduce trichome structures in
length and number, a tendency well illustrated by the case in hand
and by Spiranthes X intermedia described by the writer in RHoDORA,
v. 261.

The texture, form and green of the leaves in Lobelia x syphilitico-
cardinalis proved to be intermediate in all the plants examined; the
surface, scabrous to the touch, indicated clearly the influence of Z.
syphilitica and at the point of origin from the stem the leaf-bases
were midway in their resemblance to the parent species. Although
in outline the leaves of Z. syphilitica and L. cardinalis are quite
unlike, it was not apparent at a casual glance just how the hybrid
leaf resembled its parents. In the accompanying plate three leaves
are shown which were selected at random. The one taken from Z.
cardinals tapers gradually from the base upwards, while that of
L. syphilitica is broadest above the middle, and conspicuously nar-
rowed downwards. The hybrid leaf is broadest just above the mid-
dle and tapers both ways.

In Z. cardinalis the style closely invested by its connate stamens
ultimately projects beyond the corolla-tube by about half its length, in
L. syphilitica on the contrary, the style projects but slightly beyond
the mouth of the corolla-tube. "The hybrid, however, was quite inter-
mediate in this respect as the style exceeded the corolla-tube, at
maturity, by less than half its length.

None of the hybrids produced seeds naturally in the garden where

286 Rhodora [DECEMBER

they were grown, nor did fertilization follow when pollen was trans-
ferred to the stigmas by hand, although both Z. syphilitica and Z.
cardinalis, near by, had well developed pods of fertile seeds.

The reverse cross of the hybrid was not obtained by Mr. Leavitt,
but according to Carl Friedrich v. Gartner in his “Versuche und
Beobachtungen über die Bastarderzeugung im Pflanzenreich," page
223, it is not distinguishable from Zodelia x syphilitico-cardinalis.
Often when species much given to variation are crossed, the hybrid
progeny is apt to present many puzzling combinations of the par-
ental traits. This frequently gives origin to the belief that certain
peculiarities may be accounted for by the róle played by the parent
species according as one or the other happens to be male or female.
However, some species may bring about extensive variations in
hybrid forms no matter what part they have taken in fertilization
and these variations will occur whether the species in question is
used as a seed- or a pollen-parent. Of course it has been stated by
hybridists, whose testimony cannot be doubted, that differences which
show maternal and paternal influences in an unmistakable way, do
occur in reciprocal crosses. But it has been the writer's experience
that the variation in the progeny of reciprocal crosses, especially
when distinct species are used, is not necessarily the result of the
disposition of the parents as male and female, but the consequence
of individual traits which are apt to appear in similar combinations
no matter which of the parents bears the seed or furnishes the pollen.

The accompanying plate was carefully prepared from the first
hybrid which bloomed, a plant with magenta-crimson flowers. For
the sake of contrast the hybrid was placed in the centre of the plate
with Z. cardinalis on the left and Z. syphilitica on the right.

AMES BOTANICAL LABORATORY, North Easton, Massachusetts.

WooDsIA GLABELLA IN MAINE.— On the rst of September, 1903, I
collected a few specimens of Woodsia glabella, R. Br., in Township
No. 1, East of the Kennebec, Fifth Range of Bingham's Purchase.
The specimens were well fruited but not very abundant. ‘This rare
and interesting species appears to have been hitherto unrecorded for
Maine.— J. FRANKLIN CoLLins, Providence, Rhode Island.

1903] Robinson, — Wolffia columbiana in Massachusetts 287

RECORDS OF WOLFFIA COLUMBIANA IN
MASSACHUSETTS.

B. L. ROBINSON.

IN his valuable paper upon the Lemnaceae of America Mr. C. H.
Thompson states that he has examined specimens of Wolffia colum-
biana, Karst. from “ Massachusetts, Robbins, 1870.” ‘There seems
to be good reason to doubt the accuracy of this record, and as at
least one manual of our flora has already extended the range of the
species in question, apparently on the basis of Mr. Thompson’s
revision, it is worth while to inquire whether the Massachusetts
record is not founded merely on a clerical error.

It is true that Dr. J. W. Robbins did collect Wolfia columbiana
on three occasions, namely in 1829, 1867, and 1870, but in all these
instances he obtained his material from Connecticut. The earliest
collection is represented in the Gray Herbarium and bears Dr.
Robbins’s quaint and formal Latin label, which reads: PLANTAE
Novak ANGLIAE RoBBiNsIANAE. Wolfia n. sp. Legit Sept. 1829
e lacuscule prope pagum New Milford, Con., cum tribus Lemnae
speciebus, J. W. Robbins, M. D., Uxbridge, Mass." On the same
sheet is a second collection by Robbins from Salisbury, Connecticut,
the label bearing in Dr. Gray's hand the following amplification of
the locality: “N. Canaan depot. Ina large pool, a few rods (20-
60) west of the bridge over the Housatonic, on the S. side of the
road leading to Plumb’s Pond — say a mile from the depot." These
specimens were borrowed and examined by Mr. Thompson during
his work on the Lemnaceae and on the sheet he has noted his
identification of the specimens as W. columbiana. It will be noted
that Mr. Thompson has cited in his monograph no specimens of
this species from Connecticut, and that the date which he assigns to
Robbins's collection was 1870. Inferring that he might have seen
specimens of Robbins's collecting in some other herbarium also, I
have written to Professor William Trelease, Professor N. L. Britton,
and Dr. J. N. Rose, to learn if such specimens were to be found in
the herbaria of the Missouri Botanical Garden, the New York
Botanical Garden, or the National Museum respectively. None was
found at St. Louis or at Washington, but in the Torrey Herbarium
at New York, Dr. Britton found, and very kindly forwarded to me in

288 Rhodora [DECEMBER

part, some specimens collected by Robbins at Dutcher's Bridge
Salisbury, Connecticut, 13 August, 1870.

From the facts here presented, it must be inferred that in
recording the stations for Wolfia columbiana, Mr. Thompson made
that very natural clerical error of copying not the locality where
Robbins obtained the plant but the personal address, Uxbridge,
Massachusetts, which according to a practice once common and
always likely to mislead, Robbins had had printed upon his labels.
Connecticut is therefore the only New England state from which
Wolfia columbiana has been secured with certainty. However, the
northernmost station in Connecticut is so near the Massachusetts
boundary that there is a considerable probability that the species
extends over the line.

It seems a pity that Dr. Robbins, who not only discovered this our
smallest New England flowering plant but had the rare discrimina-
tion to recognize its novelty and correct generic affinity, should never
have recorded in print his observations concerning it. More
than thirty-five years passed after the original discovery by Robbins
before the species was characterized and named by Karsten in
Germany upon the basis of type material from Colombia in South
America.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

MATRICARIA DISCOIDEA IN New HawrsHIRE.— While collecting
New Hampshire plants with a party of botanists on June 14, 1903,
I found by the roadside near the shore at Wallis' Sands in the town
of Rye, a small colony of the Pine Apple Weed (Matricaria dis-
coidea, DC.). The plants were of good size, but not many in
number. At some distance, however, another much larger colony
of smaller plants was found. From the observations I have made
in Maine regarding the habits of this plant, I consider that in a
very few years it will be abundant in this part of Rye. Mr. A. A.
Eaton writes me that this Matricaria, so far as he knows, is not
established in New Hampshire; and it does not appear in the Man-
chester List. It may be well, therefore, to record this station for a
weed which has a most redeeming quality in its pleasant odor.—
Epwarp L. Ranp, Boston.

1903] Chamberlain,— New Stations for Maine Plants 289

NEW STATIONS FOR MAINE PLANTS.—In July, 1903, a few plants
of a peculiar ZZeraciuzm were collected by the writer near Skowhegan,
Maine, under the impression that they were ZZ. praealtum, L. Speci-
mens have since been determined at the Gray Herbarium as ZZera-
cium floribundum, Wimm. & Grab. This species has previously been
collected by Dr. Kennedy at Cutler, Me., (RHODORA, IV, 25.) and at
St. John and Bathurst, N. B., by Mr. Williams and Mr. Fernald.

Later in the summer the writer and Mr. C. H. Knowlton found
several specimens of Polygonum exsertum, Small, growing at the
edge of salt marshes at Pine Point, Scarboro, Me., a station inter-
mediate between that of Mr. Bicknell at York, Me., and that of
Messrs. Williams and Fernald at Bathurst, N. B.

Scirpus rubrotinctus confertus, Fernald, is in my herbarium from
Cumberland and Farmington, Me., localities which extend the range
in both directions from the station at Greene, Me., mentioned by Mr.
Fernald (RHopoRa, II, 21.) in his description of the variety.—
EDWARD B. CHAMBERLAIN, Washington, D. C.

THE GENUS TRISETUM IN ANDOVER, MASSACHUSETTS.— On June 8,
1903, while collecting ina boggy meadow in Andover, Massachu-
setts, in which were growing Salix myrtilloides, Poterium Canadense,
Carex exilis, and other plants of interest, I noticed a strange grass
and gathered a few specimens of it. These were later identified for
me at the Gray Herbarium as Zyisetum palustre, Torr. This seems
to be an unusually northern station for this species which is said by
the Sixth Edition of Gray’s Manual to grow from southern New York
to Illinois and southward. I have seen specimens from Norwood,
Massachusetts, and that vicinity; but it is possible that Andover is
at present its northern known limit.

On September 19, of this same year, I visited the rocky banks of the
Merrimac River in the northwestern part of Andover. Here grow
many species not abundant in this section of the State (e. g. Acer
Pennsylvanicum, Kalmia latifolia, Campanula rotundifolia), and here,
in the clefts of steep ledges, I found the other of the two species of
Trisetum mentioned in Gray's Manual — Z»zsetum subspicatum,
Beauv., var. mo//e, Gray. On account of the lateness of the season
the plants were in poor shape for collecting but were still perfectly
recognizable. This species the Manual describes as found from

290 Rhodora [DECEMBER

northern New England to Lake Superior and northward, but Britton
takes it south zn the mountains to North Carolina. Its occurrence in
the eastern part of Massachusetts is interesting, and even more
remarkable is the coincidence in one town of only moderate eleva-
tion of these two species of one genus, one of an essentially northern
and mountainous range, the other perhaps reaching here its northern
limit.— ARTHUR STANLEY Pease, Andover, Massachusetts.

Lycopopium SELAGO ON Mr. HOLYOKE, MASSACHUSETTS.— AS a
new station for a rare plant is always of interest to botanists, it may
be worth while to record in Ruopora the occurrence of Lycopodium
Selago at a second station in Massachusetts. I say second although
I am aware that it has been reported both at Greylock and on Mt,
Watatic. Its occurrence in the latter place, however, I consider
extremely doubtful since the only direct reference to its being there
is found in a flora gotten up by high school students who, I am
informed by persons who happened to know something of their
methods, were not in every case sufficiently careful. Furthermore,
I am unable to locate specimens coming from Mt. Watatic.

The new location which I mention is the extreme summit of Mt.
Holyoke, just west of the * Notch," where the Lycopodium was found
growing at an elevation of about 960 feet on the north side of cliffs.
There was only one limited station and the plants were few in num-
ber.

A search of the neighboring peaks failed to show more of this
species. Specimens from the Mt. Holyoke station may be found in
the Gray Herbarium and in the herbarium of the Massachusetts
Agricultural College.— GEORGE F. FREEMAN, Asst. Prof. of Botany,
Mass. Agr. College, Amherst.

CUSCUTA TRIFOLIA IN MASSACHUSETTS.— Some time ago complaint
was received at the Hatch Experiment Station from a farmer living
in Winchester, Massachusetts, that a large field of red clover ( 7»/fo-
lium pratense, L.) had been greatly damaged by dodder. He claimed
the dodder was so thickly established that raking the cut clover was
practically impossible. Later a large bundle of the infested crop
was sent to the Station. The dodder had so completely intertwined

1903] Harger, — A New Station for Phaseolus perennis 291

itself around and between the stems of the clover, that not a single
one could be separated from the others without breaking several of
the parasitic filaments.

Specimens of the dodder were sent to Mr. F. H. Hillman, Assist-
ant Botanist, Seed Laboratory, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, who identified them as Cuscuta trifolia, Babgt. Mr.
Hillman claims that this is distinctly different from Cuscuta Epithy-
mum, Murr. This being true, we have to report a new species of
Cuscuta from Massachusetts. But even if C. trifolia and C. Epithy-
mum are conceded to be identical, we are unable to learn that a
Cuscuta under the latter specific name has been reported from this
State.

Later the same species was reported from Spencer, Massachusetts,
where it had done much damage to a field of clover.-— A. VINCENT
Osmun, Amherst, Massachusetts.

A NEW STATION FOR PHASEOLUS PERENNIS.— A station discovered
by the writer Aug. 18, 1903, carries the known range of Phaseolus
perennis about twenty-five miles northeasterly from the station noted
by Mr. Bissell (RHODORA iv:13) to a point near the Housatonic
River in the town of Huntington. Mr. Bissell’s description of the
Norwalk station would apply almost word for word to this one, except
that the marsh near the border of which it is located is hardly even
brackish.— E. B. HARGER, Oxford, Connecticut.

CORALLORHIZA INNATA AND TARAXACUM ERYTHROSPERMUM IN
RHODE IsLAND.— Three species of Corad/orhiza have been definitely
recorded, in print, from New England. ‘Two of these, C. odontorhiza,
Nutt., and C. multiflora, Nutt., have been reported from all six of the
states and the third, C. innata, R. Br., from all except Rhode Island.
Mr. E. F. Williams mentions! having seen specimens of all three
species from all the states recorded above with the exception of C.
odontorhiza from New Hampshire. It is a pleasure to be able to
report the finding of C. innata in Rhode Island. I collected several
specimens of it in good flower on the roth of May, 1903, in a swamp
in North Smithfield.

On the same date and within half a mile of the same station

1 RHODORA, 4:18 (1902).

292 Rhodora [DECEMBER

(and likewise in North Smithfield) I collected several specimens of
Taraxacum erythrospermum, Andrz., growing in the sandy roadside.
Messrs. R. L. Bowen and N. O. Howard, who were with me at the
time, also took specimens. I believe this plant has never been
reported from Rhode Island, although it was collected by Messrs.
E. B. Chamberlain, E. E. Whipple and the writer in Lincoln, on the
15th of June, 19or. At the latter station it was growing in the crev-
ices of a dry ledge.— J. FRANKLIN CoLLINS, Providence, R. I.

[May 12, 1896, Miss E. L. Shaw found Cora/lorhiza innata on Taunton

Avenue, East Providence, Rhode Island. <A detailed and characteristic draw-
ing of the plant was preserved by Miss Shaw.— Ed.]

ERRATA.

Page 11, line 12; for ARTICUM read ARCTICUM.
"Ein “ 14; “ LEPTODERUM read LEPTODERMUM,
“ 14, “ 4r; “ Euteromorpha read Enteromorpha.
“ 332 “ 23; “ Conioselium read Conioselinum.
"45, “ 31; “ augustifolia read angustifolia.
* gr, * 34; “ Zemnomia read Zemnoma.
* 71, “ 22; “ angusti, folia read angustifolia.

97, 9, page roo, line 34, and page ror, line 32, for Simonsit
read Simsoni.
126, line 38; for 1902 read 1903.

“ 126, “ 29; “ district read distinct.

* 165, “ 25; * Lavalle read Laval.

" 176, “ i1; * campanalate read campanulate.
* 176, * 21; “ Ravenellii read Ravenelii.

" 203, “ 40; “ mitifans read nictitans.

"Us. 434: 91 " minor read minus.

" 230, “ 6; © augustifolius read angustifolius.
". 230, “. Gy " Zievitus read. Jape

wF

* 236, “ 20; “ Batterkill read Battenkill.
240, lines 33 and 35; for phlange read flange.
255, line 13; for Calocylindricus read Calocylindrus.

“ 264, “ 28; for segegates read segregates.
" 279, “ 31; and 280, line 28; for Zuckermanni read Tucker-
mani.

Vol. 5, no. 59, including pages 261 to 280 and plates 47 and 48 was issued
19 November, 1903.

1903]

Index 293

INDEX TO VOLUME 5.

Names of new plants are printed in full face type.

Abies balsamea, 36.

Acer pennsylvanicum, 35, 49, 289;
rubrum, 132, 134; saccharinum, 132;
saccharum, var. nigrum, 236; spica-
tum, 35.

Acorus Calamus, 132.

Acroblaste, 208, 209, 210; Reinschii,
208, 209.

Actaea, 79; alba, 49, 132; spicata, 79,
var. rubra, 77.

Actinococcus aggregatus, 232; peltae-
formis, 232; subcutaneus, 232.

Additional Notes on Botrychium tene-
brosum, 274.

Additions to the vascular Flora of Mt.
Ktaadn, 46.

Agropyron caninum, 36.

Agrostemma Githago, 188.

Aizoaceae, 188.

Ajuga, 154; genevensis, 154, in New
England, 154; reptans, 154.

Albugo, 107.

Alder, 44, 153-

Aldrovanda, 267.

Algae, 79, 107, 120, 135, 220, 252;
Green, 2; Marine, 135; Notes on, —
V, 204; VI, 231; Red, 1.

Alisma, 86, 87, 88; Plantago, 86, 89,
132; subulatum, 85; tenellum, 86,
87, 88, 89,

Alismaceae, 86, 87.

Allium canadense, 132.

Alnus incana, 132;
viridis, 35.

Amaranthus retroflexus, 135.

Amelanchier canadensis, var. oblongi-
folia, 132 ; oligocarpa, 35; spicata,

serrulata, 132;

9.

m Galium erectum and Asper-
ula galioides in, 173; The Ulvaceae
orm

American Representatives of Luzula
vernalis, 193; White Weed, Chrysan-
themum Leucanthemum and the,
177.

Ames, O. Lobelia X syphilitico-cardi-
nalis, 284 ; Natural Hybrids in Spir-
anthes and Habenaria, 261.

Ammophila arundinacea, 131.
Ampelopsis quinquefolia, 132.
Anabaena, 80.

Anacamptodon, 201; splachnoides, DOLI

Anaphalis margaritacea, 50.

Andover, Massachusetts, Genus Trise-
tum in, 289.

Andromeda americana, 71; canadensis,
71; glaucophylla, 70, 71, Andromeda
Polifolia and, 67; Marsh, 68; Poli-
folia, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 133, and
Andromeda glaucophylla, 67, B, 70,
var. angustifolia, 68, 69, 71, var.
glaucophylla, 71, var. latifolia, 68,
69, 70, 71, var. media, 68, 69, 70, var.
minima, 71, var. oleifolia, 71, var.
revoluta, 71, var. rosmarinifolia, 71,
var. subulata, 71; rosmarinifolia, 69,
m1.

Andropogon scoparius, 128.

Anemone, 154; multifida, 154, 155;
nemorosa, 130; quinquefolia, 155;
riparia, 154, 155, Red-flowered, 154;
virginica, 130; Wood, 155.

Anithista, 249.

Anthelia Juratzkana, 171.

Anthoceros laevis, 173; punctatus, 173.

Anthocerotaceae, 173.

Anychia capillacea, 190, 203; dicho-
toma, 190, 203.

Aphyllon uniflorum, 136. .

Apocynum androsaemifolium, 129.

Apoglossum Montagneanum, 206, 207.

Aquilegia canadensis, 128.

Arabis, 225,226,228; brachycarpa, 226,
228, 229, 230, 231; canadensis, 203,
236; confinis, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230,
231, var. brachycarpa, 227, 231; con-

nexa, 230, 231; divaricarpa, 231;
Drummondi, 228, 229, 230, 231, and
its eastern Relatives,225, var brachy-
carpa, 231. var. connexa, 231; Drum-
mondii, 226, 227. 230, var. brachy-
carpa, 227; Holboellii, 228; laevigata,
226, 227, 230; oxyphylla, 229, 230 ;
retrofracta, 228; stricta, 230.

Aralia hispida, 128; nudicaulis, 49,
132;

294

Arceuthobium, 49; pusillum, 49, 202.

Archilejeunea clypeata, 171; Sellow-
iana, I71.

Arctium Lappa, 135.

Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, 128.

Arenaria groenlandica, 36, 188; later-
iflora, 131, 188; leptoclados, 188,
235; macrophylla, 188; peploides,
131, 188; serpyllifolia, 188, 235, var.
tenuior, 235 ; stricta, 188 ; verna, var.
hirta, 189.

Arethusa bulbosa, 82, 133.

Arisaema triphyllum, 132.

Aristida dichotoma. 128.

Aristochia Sipho, 38, 39, Foliar Out-
growths from the Surface of the
Leaf of, 38.

Arnica Chamissonis, 46.

Aroostook Valley, A new Kobresia in
the, 247.

Arrow-grass, 174.

Artemisia cordata,
Igpev '

Arthrodesmus incus, 223, 254; octo-
cornis, 81.

Asclepias incarnata, var. pulchra, 131 ;
obtusifolia, 129, 204, purpurascens,
204; quadrifolia, 204 ; tuberosa, 204 ;
verticillata, 204.

Ascomycetes, 97.

Ascophyllum nodosum, 212.

Aspergillus cucurbitaceus, 98, 102.

Asperula galioides, 174, in America,
Galium erectum and, 173.

Aspidium aculeatum, var. Braunii, 47
236; noveboracense, 131; spinulo-
sum, var. dilatatum, 38; Thelypteris,
13 tk

Asplenium ebeneum, 257, 272, 273,
var. Hortonae 257, New Station for,
257, var. proliferum, 272, 273; eben-
vides, 272; Filix-foemina, 47, 132;
pinnatifidum, 272; Trichomanes,
128, 257.

Aspleniums, 257.

Aster acuminatus, 36; linariifolius,
128; macrophyllus, 36; paniculatus,
131; puniceus, 44, 50; radula, 46;
subulatus, 133, 204; tenuifolius, 133,
204; undulatus, 130.

Asterella tenella, 170.

Asters, 260.

Astragalus, Robbinsii, var. Jesupi, 161.

Atriplex arenarium, 131; patulum,
var. hastatum, 133.

Avena striata, 33, 34, 197.

131; stellariana,

Bacon, A. E. Experiment with the
Fruit of Red Baneberry, 77.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Balsam, Fir, 52.

Bambusina Brebissonii, 8o, 254.

Baneberry, Experiment with the Fruit
of Red, 77; Red, 77.

Bangia, 1 ; fusco-purpurea, 18.

Baptisia tinctoria, 129, 130.

Barbarea stricta, 204.

Bartonia tenella, 130.

Basidiomycetes, 97.

Bazzania triangularis, AE
51, 171.

Beautiful Pluteolus, 197.

Berberis, 271.

Betula alba, var. cordifolia, 37 ; nigra,
204; populifolia, 129, 134 ; pumila,

trilobata,

33.

Bibliography of Ulvaceae, 4.

Bidens, 90, 91; bidentoides, 90, 91,
92, cernua, 90, 131; chrysanthe-
moides, 132, 204; comosa, 90, 91,
92; connata, 90, 9I, 92, 131; dis-
coidea, 91; Eatoni, 92, var. fallax,
92 ; from the Merrimac Valley, New,
90 ; frondosa, 90, 91, 130, var. anom-
ala, 91, 92.

Bioph ytes, 127, 135, 136.

Birch, 44, 45.

Bissell, C. H. Ajuga genevensis in
New England, 154; Botanical Trip
to Salisbury, Connecticut, 32 ; Gal-
ium erectum and Asperula galioides
in America, 173 ; Lycopodium clava-
tum and its Variety, 39; New Station
for Dentaria maxima, 168.

Blankinship, J. W. Plant-formations
of eastern Massachusetts, 124.

Blasia pusilla, 170.

Blepharostoma trichophyllum, 51, 171.

Blue-bell, 259.

Bluet, 119.

Boehmeria cylindrica, 132.

Bog Rosemary, 67.

Botanical Club, Eighth Annual winter
Meeting of the Vermont, 120; Ninth
Annual field Meeting of the Ver-
mont, 236.

Botanical Society, Connecticut, 120;
of Maine, Josselyn. 175 ; Organiza-
tion of the Connecticut, 74.

Botanical Trip to Salisbury, Connecti-
cut, 32.

Botrychium lanceolatum, 203, 236, 274;
lunaria, 275 ; matricariaefolium, 203,
236, 274, 275, 276, simplex, 275, var.
subcompositum, 276; tenebrosum,
203. 274, 275. 276, Additional Notes
on, 274 ; ternatum, 274.

Brachyelytrum erectum, 48.

Brasenia peltata, 134.

1903]

Bread moulds, 97.
Bridgewater, Massachusetts, List of
Desmids found in Carver's Pond,

79-

Britton, B. M. A New England Sta-
tion for Buxbaumia indusiata, Bri-
del, 257.

Bromus ciliatus, 48.

Bryophytes, 120.

Buda marina, var. minor, 236; mari-
LIMA, 131) 133:

Buttercups, 260.

Buxbaumia, 258; aphylla, 258; indusi-

ata, 258, A New England Station
for, 257.

Buxbaumias, 257.

Cakile americana, 131.

Calamagrostis canadensis, 46; Langs-
dorfii, 38, 46; neglecta, 248.

Calla palustris, 133.

Callithamnion, 15.

Callitriche heterophylla, 134.

Calocylindrus, 292 ; connatus, 255.

Calopogon, 259; pulchellus, 82, 133.

Calothrix, 208, 209 ; pulvinata, 208.

Caltha palustris, 132.

Campanula rotundifolia, 289.

Camptosorus, 272.

Canada and New England, Recently
recognized Species of Crataegus in
eastern — I, 52; II, 108; III, 137; IV,
LEO: V, Loa:

Cape Breton, Linum catharticum on,
119.

Capsella Bursa-pastoris, 135.

Capsosiphon aureolus, 30.

Cardamine parviflora, 128; pennsyl-
vanica, 131, 132.

Carex, 248, 249, aquatilis, 33;
brunnescens, 37; cephalophora, 249;
crinita, 36, 131, 249; eburnea, 33;
elachycarpa, 248, 249, 250, 251;
exilis, 289; flava, 249; formosa, 34;
granularis, 33; interior, 33, 248 ; in-
tumescens, 45; lacustris, 249 ; magel-
lanica, 37; maritima, 133 ; Oederi,
249 ; oligocarpa, 34, 249; pauciflora,
48; pennsylvanica, 130; pubescens,
249; rariflora, 46 ; rigida, var. Bige-
lovii, 37, 45 ; rostrata, 33; Schwein-

251;

itzii, 33; stricta, 132 ; teretiuscula,
var. ramosa, 33; tetanica, var.
Woodii, 33; viridula, 249.

Cariceae, 249.

Carpinus caroliniana, 134.

Carver's Pond, Bridgewater, Massachu-

setts, List of Desmids found in, 79.

Index

295

Carya alba, 129; porcina ; 129.

Caryophyllaceae, 188, 235.

Cassandra calyculnta, 45, 133.

Cassia marilandica, 203 ; nictitans, 203.

Castanea sativa, var. Mexicana, 130.

Castilleia coccinea, 204.

Catoscopium, 200; nigritum, 200.

Ceanothus americanus, 129, 203.

Celtis occidentalis, 204.

Centaurea solstitialis, 256.

Cephalanthus occidentalis, 132.

Cephalozia bicuspidata, 51, 171 ; caten-
ulata, 171; connivens, 171; curvi-
folia, 171; divaricata, 171; fluitans,
Ins Branoisch mg ni Jacki 1716
lunulaefolia, 51, 171 ; Mecounil, 171;
pleniceps, 171.

Cerastium arvense, 189; nutans, 189;
semidecandrum, 189; viscosum, 189,
235; vulgatum, 135, 189, 235.

Chaetophora maritima, 210; pellicula,
210.

Chaetophoraceae, 210; of the United
States, Ulothricaceae and, 72.

Chaetophoreae, 210.

Chamaecyparis sphaeroidea, 134, 204.

Chamberlain, E. B. New Stations for
Maine Plants, 289; Western Plants
at Cumberland, Maine, 119.

Chara fragilis, 134.

Chenopodium album,
131.

Chesterville, Maine, Orchids of, 82.

Chiloscyphus ascendens, 171; polyan-
thus, 171.

Chimaphila maculata, 204.

Chiogenes serpyllifolia, 36, 45, 50, 133.

Choanephora, 97, 98, 99, 102; ameri-
cana, 97, IOI, 102; cucurbitarum,
99, IOI, IO2, 108; infundibulifera,
97, 100; New England, 97 ; Simsonii,
97, 100, IOI, 292.

Chroolepideae, 208, 210.

Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, 135,
177, 178, 179, 180, 181, and the Amer-
ican White Weed, 177. var. subpin-
natifidum, 181.

Chrysopsis falcata, 128.

Cichorium, 135.

Cicuta bulbifera, 132;

Cinna pendula, 36.

Circaea alpina, 132; Lutetiana, 132.

Cladium mariscoides, 133.

Cladonia rangiferina, 45, var.

rubrum,

135 ;

maculata, 132.

alpestris,
45.

Cladophora, 234; arcta, 18; expansa,
27; glaucescens, 28.

Cladophoras, 2.

296 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Claytonia caroliniana, 188, 213; vir-
ginica, 188.

Clematis verticillaris, 192, in the Mid-
dlesex Fells, 192. ‘

Clintonia borealis, 36, 133.

Closterium acerosum, 8o, 222; acumi-
natum, 80, 254; Brebissonii, 80; cu-
cumis, 222; Deanae, 80; Ensis, 255;
Jenneri, 252; juncidum, 255; linea-
tum, 222, 252; Lunula, 252; macilen-
tum, 80; ovale, 80; robustum, 80;
rostratum, 80; setaceum, 80; striola-
tum, 80, var. intermedium, 255; sub-
tile, 252; Venus, 255.

Clover, 260; Red, 290.

Club, Eighth Annual winter Meeting
of the Vermont Botanical, 120;
Ninth Annual field Meeting of the
Vermont Botanical, 236.

Cnicus horridulus, 204; muticus, 36.

Codiolum, 233; pusillum, 232, forma
americanum, 232.

Coleochaete, 107.

Collins, F. S. Isaac Holden, 219;
Lorin Low Dame, 121; Notes on
Algae,— V. 204, VI. 231; Ulothri-
caceae and Chaetophoraceae of the
United States, 72; Ulvaceae of North
America, 1.

Collins, J. F. Corallorhiza innata
and Taraxacum erythrospermum in
Rhode Island, 291; Some Notes on
Mosses with Extensions of Range,
199; Woodsia glabella in Maine, 286.

Collinsonia canadensis, 204, 236.

Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae, 171.

Comandra livida, 37.

Common Dandelion, 32.

Compositae, 178.

Conferva, 72, 73-

Coniferae, 246.

Conioselinum, 292 ; canadense, 33, 35.

Connecticut Botanical Society, 120,
Organization of, 74; Botanical Trip
to Salisbury, 32 ; Dentarias of, 213;
Dwarf Mistletoe in, 202 ; Schwalbea
americana in, 40; Swamp, An Hour
in a, 196.

Conocephalum conicum, 170.

Conopholis americana, 136.

Contributions from the Cryptogamic
Laboratory of Harvard University —
LV., Mycological Notes, 97.

Corallorhiza, 291; innata, 82, 291, 292,
and Taraxacum erythrospermum in
Rhode Island, 291 ; multiflora, 82,
291; odontorhiza, 204, 291.

Corema Conradii, 128.

Coreopsis, 91; bidentoides, 91 ; rosea,
130; trichosperma, 204.

Cornus canadensis, 132; sericea, 131.

Correction, Gaylussacia dumosa and
frondosa in New Hampshire, A, 276;
Splachnum ampullaceum, A, 169.

Corrigiola littoralis, 190.

Corydalis glauca, 128.

Corylus americana, 130; rostrata, 130.

Cosmarium amoenum, 223, var. tumi-
dum, 81; Boeckii, 253; Botrytis, 80,
253; Broomei, 222, 255; capense,
255, coelatum, 223; intermedium,
253; laeve, var. septentrionale, 223,
253, 255; margaritiferum, 80;
moniliforme, 8o; ni'idulum, 255;
octhodes, 223; ornatum, 81, var.
minor, 253; Portianum, 255; pro-
tractum, 253; pseudobroomei, 223;
punctulatum, 253; pyramidatum, 80,
223; Quasillus, 253; reniforme,
80; scenedesmus, 222; Schliep-
hackeanum, 81; speciosum, 222;
subcrenatum, 223; suborbiculare,
81; taxichondrum, 80; tetrophthal-
mum, 223; tumidum, 80, 223; un-
dulatum, var. crenulatum, 221.

Crataegus, 52, 114 ; Aboriginum, 163 ;
acutiloba, 117, 139, I41, 144; Alno-
rum, 153; anomala, 110; aquilon-
aris, 185 ; ascendens, 141; Bissellii,
65; blandita, 147, 148; Brunetiana,
164; coccinea, 159, 168; cognata,
58; conjuncta, 57; contigua, 115;
crudelis, 143; Crus-galli, 53; delu-
cida, 139; demissa, 139; dissimilis;
149; dissona, 60; dumicola, 183; ex-
clusa, 108, 109; exigua, 52; Faxoni,
161; Fernaldi, 166, 167; fertilis, 182;
festiva, 54; flabellata, 114, 116; flo-
rea, 145; fluviatilis, 117; Forbesae,
151; fretalis, 112; fucosa, 137; geni-
alis, 148; glaucophylla, 140; Gravesii,
159; Hargeri, 66; Holmesiana, 112;
in eastern Canada and New Eng-
land, Recently recognized species of,
— I, 52, II, 108, III, 137, IV, 159, V,
182; irrasa, 116; Jackii, 162; Jesupi,
61, 191; Keepii, 165; littoralis, 59 ;
lobulata, tro; I11; matura, 144,
145; media, 150; membranacea,
186; modesta, 62; monstrata, 146;
Oxyacantha, 167; pastorum, 147, 148;
Peckii, 63; Pequotorum, 55; pilosa,
56; polita, 111; praecoqua, 167;
praecox, 167, 168; Pringlei, 108,
109, 110; pruinosa, 54; Randiana,
142; rhombifolia, 133; Robesoniana,

1903]

110; Robinsoni, 184; scabrida, 114 ;
Stonei, 62; succulenta, 183; tenella,
137; Thayeti, 113.

Crotalaria sagittalis, 129.

Cryptogamic Laboratory of Harvard
University, Contributions from, —
LV. Mycological Notes, 97.

Cryptotaenia canadensis, 203, 204.

Cumberland, Maine, Western Plants
at, 119.

Cunninghamella, africana, 98; echin-
ulata, 98.

Cuscuta, 291; Epithymum, 291; Gro-
novii, 136; trifolia, 291, in Massa-
chusetts, 290.

Cushman, J. A. List of Desmids
found in Carver’s Pond, Bridge-
water, Massachusetts, 79; Notes on
New England Desmids, — I, 221, II,
252.

C ynareae, 256.

Cyperus, 192; aristatus, 130; dentatus,
130; filiculmis, 128, 129; flavescens,
130; Grayi, 128; Houghtoni, 192, in
Vermont, Second Station for, 191 ;
Schweinitzii, 192; strigosus, 131.

Cypripedium acaule, 83, 129; pubes-
cens, 83.

Cystopteris bulbifera, 273.

Daisies, 260.

Daisy, Ox-eye, 177; White, 177.

Dame, L. L., Biographical notice of,
121; Notice of death, 76.

Dandelion, Common, 32; Red-seeded,
32.

Danthonia spicata, 129.

Deane, W. Gaylussacia dumosa and
frondosa in New Hampshire:— a
Correction, 276.

Decodon verticillatus, 132.

Delesseria, 204, 206; alata, 204, 207,
B angustifolia, 207, var. denticulata,
205, 206; angustissima, 207; Baerii,
e spinulosa, 207; Beeringiana, var.
spinulosa, 205 ; denticulata, 205, 206,
207, var. angustifolia, 207; Holmi-
ana, 207; Montagneana, 206, 207;
Montagnei, 204, 206, 207, a typica,
207, B angustitolia, 207, var. angusti-
folia, 206; revoluta, 206; spinulosa,
205, 207.

Dentaria, 169; anomala, 217, diphylla;
168, 169, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217; het-
erophylla, 169, 215, 218; incisa, 216;
Jaciniata, 168, 169, 215, 217, 218;
maxima, 168, 169, 214, 215, 216, 217,
A new Station for, 168.

Index

297

Dentarias of Connecticut, 213.
Deschampsia flexuosa, 129.
Desmarestia aculeata, 211.

Desmidium aptogonium, 8o, 254; Bai-
leyi, 80, 254; cylindricum, 8o, 254 ;
Swartzii, 80, 254.

Desmids, 79, 81, 135, 221, 252; found
in Carvers Pond, Bridgewater,
Massachusetts, List of, 79; Notes on
New England,— I, 221, II, 252.

Desmodium cuspidatum, 203, 236;
marilandicum, 203; paniculatum,
130; rotundifolium, 203.

Dewya, 249.

Dianthus Armeria, 189; barbatus, 189 ;
deltoides, 189.

Diapensia lapponica, 37.

Diatoms, 135.

Diblepharis, 103, 104.

Dicentra canadensis, 168; Cucullaria,
168.

Diemisa, 249.

Diervilla trifida, 36, 46.

Dionaea, 267.

Diplonaema, 3.

Diplophylleia albicans, 171; apiculata,
171; taxifolia, 51, 171.

Distichlis maritima, 133.

Docidium, 252; baculum, 80; corona-
tum, 80; crenulatum, 80; nodosum,
80; repandum, 80; trabecula, 8o, 255 ;
truncatum, 8o.

Dodder, 290.

Draba caroliniana, 203 ; verna, 203.

Drosera, 265, 266, 267, 269, 271; binata,
265, 266, 268, 270, 271; capillaris, 270;
cistiflora, 268; filiformis, 130, 265,
266. 267, 268, 270; flagellifera, 266,
268; intermedia, 49, 267, 268, 269,
270,271, Reversionary Stages experi-
mentally induced in, 265, var. ameri-
cana, 130, 133; linearis, 266; longi-
folia, 266; lunata, 268; rotundifolia,
133, 265, 266, 267, 270.

Droseraceae, 266, 267.

Dryas, 281, 282, 283 ; Drummondii, 154,
281; from New Hampshire, Pursh’s
Report of, 281; integrifolia, 281,
282; octopetala, 281; tenella, 281, 282,
Bugs.

Dutchman's Breeches, 168.

Dwarf Mistletoe in Connecticut, 202.

Eames, E. H. Dentarias of Connecti-
cut, 213; Dwarf Mistletoe in Connec-
ticut, 202 ; Organization of the Con-
necticut Botanical Society, 74.

Eaton, A. A. Additional Notes on

298

Botrychium tenebrosum, 274; Inter-
esting Form of Leersia oryzoides,
118; Three new Varieties of Isoetes,

277.

Eaton, L. O. Orchids of Chesterville,
Maine, 82.

Echinodorus, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88; cordi-
folius, 88; parvulus, 83, 85, 86, 87,
88, 89, Generic position of, 85, Ob-
servations on, 83; radicans, 86, 88,
89; rostratus, 88, 89; subulatus, 84,
85 ; tenellus, 86, 87.

Ecological Excursion
Ktaadn, 41.

Eighth Annual winter Meeting of the
Vermont Botanical Club, 120.

Eleocharis, 251; acicularis, 131; mela-
nocarpa, 130; olivacea, 130 ; ovata,
131; tuberculosa, 130.

Elodea canadensis, 134.

Elodes campanulata, 131.

Elyna, 250.

Empetrum nigrum, 35, 45, 49, 50, var.
andinum, 35.

Enditria, 249. i

Enteromorpha, 2, 3, 7, 8, 18, 27, 28;
acanthophora, 19, 29, 31; arctica,
22; aureola, 30; clathrata, 20, 22,
26, 28, 31, forma prostrata, 29, var.
crinita, 26, var. erecta, 28, var.
prostrata, 26, var. ramulosa, 29 ;
compressa, I9, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 31,
forma subsimplex, 25; crinita, 19,
26,-28, 31; crnciata, .19. 27, 31;
erecta 20, 28, 31; fascia, 19, 20;
flexuosa, 19, 21, 23, 31; Hopkirkii,
20, 26, 27, 28, 31; intestinalis, 14,
18, 19, 21, 23, 24, 31, forma clavata, 23,
forma cylindrica, 23, forma maxima,
23, forma tenuis, 23, var. compressa,
25, var. micrococca, 20, var. minima,
24; lingulata, 21, 22; Linza, 3, 10,
14, 18, 19, 23, 24, 31, forma crispata,
24, forma lanceolata, 24; marginata,
19, 25, 31; micrococca, 19, 20, 25,
31, var. subsalsa, 19, 20 ; minima,
19, 20, 24, 31, forma glacialis, 25,
forma rivularis, 24 ; percursa, 2, 19,
26, 27, 31, var. ramosa, 26, var. sim-
pliciuscula, 26; plumosa, 27 ; proli-
fera, I9, 21, 22, 26, 31, var. arctica,
22, var. trabeculata, 22, var. tubulosa,
19, 22; ramulosa, 19, 29, 31; salina,
19, 22, var. polyclados, 19, 22; tubu-
losa, 22; torta, 19, 26, 31.

Epigaea repens, 129.

Epilobium coloratum,
1345

to Mount

I31; lineare,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Epiphegus virginiana, 136.

Equisetum, 203 ; limosum, 132 ; pra-
tense, 203; sylvaticum, 134.

Eriocaulaceae, 188.

Eriocaulon Parkeri, 175, 176; Raven-
E 176; septangulare, 130, 134, 176,

Eriophorum gracile, 48, 133; vagina-
tum, 36, 133.

Erodium malacoides, 39, at Lawrence,
Massachusetts, 39.

Erythronium americanum,.132.

Euanemone, 155.

Euastrum sp. 255; affine, 81: ansatum,
81; elegans, 8r, 221, 223; gem-
matum, 8r; integrum, 81; magni-
ficum, 81 ; verrucosum, 8r, 253.

Eupatorium perfoliatum, 131 ;
pureum, 131; sessilifolium,
teucrifolium, 204.

Euphorbia polygonifolia, 131.

Evans, A. W. Preliminary Lists of
New England Plants, — XI, Hepati-
cae, 170.

Excursion to Mount Ktaadn, Ecologi-
cal, 41.

Experiment with the Fruit of red Bane-
berry, 77.

Extensions of Range, Some Notes on
Mosses with, 199.

pur-
204;

Fagus ferruginea, 130.

Fairy Flax, 119.

Fern, 272, Walking, 196, 272.

Fernald, M. L. American Representa-
tives of Luzula vernalis, 193 ; Andro-
meda Polifolia and A. glaucophylla,
67; Arabis Drummondi and its east-
ern Relatives, 225; Chrysanthemum
Leucanthemum and the American
White Weed, 177; Linum catharti-
cum on Cape Breton, 119; New Bi-
dens from the Merrimac Valley, 90;
New Kobresia in the Aroostook Val-
ley,247; Pursh's Report of Dryas from
New Hampshire, 281; Red-flowered
Anemone riparia, 154; Some Varia-
tions of Triglochin maritima, 174.

Ferns, 120, 197, 245, 260; Ostrich, 196.

Festuca tenella, 129.

Field Meeting of the Vermont Botani-
cal Club, Ninth annual, 236.

Fimbristylis autumnalis, 130.

Fir, 45; Balsam, 52.

Flax, Fairy, 119.

Flora of Lynn, Massachusetts, Two
Plants new to the, 256; of Mount
Ktaadn, Additions to the vascular, .

1903]

46; of Mt. Saddleback, Franklin
County, Maine, 35. ;

Flynn, N. F. Ninth Annual field

Meeting of the Vermont Botani-
cal Club, 236; second Station for
Cyperus Houghtoni in Vermont,
IgI.

Foliar Outgrowths from the Surface of
the Leaf of Aristolochia Sipho, 38.
Fossombronia foveolata, 170; salina,

170; Wondraczekii, 170.

Foster, M. Identity of Iris Hookeri
and the Asian I. setosa, 157.

Fragaria, 32; vesca, 32.

Franklin County, Maine, Flora of Mt.
Saddleback, 35.

Fraxinus americanus, 132.

Freeman, G. F. Lycopodium Selago
on Mt. Holyoke, Massachusetts, 290.

Fringed Gentian, 75.

Fruit of red Baneberry, Experiment
with, 77.

Frullania Asagrayana, 171 ; Brittoniae,
171; eboracensis, 171; Oakesiana,
52, 171; plana, 171; riparia, 171;
squarrosa, 171; Tamarisci, 171; vir-
ginica, 171.

Fucaceae, 135.

Fucus, 24.

With) Cty. O75 109; 103; 1107 120; 136;
Oomycetous, 102; Zygomycetous,
102.

Fungus, 95, 98.
Further Notes on the twelfth Prelim-
inary List of New England Plants,

235:

Galeopsis Ladanum, 204; Tetrahit, 50.

Galera, 198, 199.

Galinsoga in Maine, 258; parviflora,
var. hispida, 258.

Galium boreale, 236; erectum, 173, 174,
and Asperula galeoides in America,
173; Mollugo, 173, 174; pilosum 204;
tinctorium, var. labradoricum, 33 ;
triflorum, 50.

Gaultheria procumbens, 129.

Gaylussacia dumosa, 276, and frondosa
in New Hampshire: — a Correction,
276; frondosa, 204, 276; resinosa,
129.

Generic Position of Echinodorus par-
vulus, 85.

Gentian, Fringed, 75.

Genus Trisetum in Andover, Massa-
chusetts, 289.

Geocalyx graveolens, 171.

Geranium carolinianum, 203; macula-

Index 299

tum, 130, 132, 256; pratense, 256;
Robertianum, 132.

Gerardia flava, 129 ; maritima, 133;
purpurea, var. paupercula, 131 ; quer-
cifolia, 129; tenuifolia, 129.

Geum album, 130; rivale, 133.

Glastonbury ‘Thorn, 167.

Glaux maritima, 131.

Globeflower, 34.

Gloeocapsa, 30.

Glyceria canadensis, 131; fluitans, 132.

Golden-rod, 260.

Gomontia Holdeni, 220.

Goodyera pubescens, 82 ; repens, var.
ophioides, 37, 82; tesselata, 82.

Gracillaria, 231, 232; confervoides, 231,
232; multipartita, 231, var.
angustissima, 231, 232.

Grass, 289.

Grasses, 245.

Graves, F. M. Schwalbea americana
in Connecticut, 40.

Gray Herbarium, Insecticides used at
the, 237.

Green Algae, 2.

Grimaldia fragrans, 170.

Gymnogongrus Griffithsiae, 232; nor-
vegicus, 232.

Gymnomitrium
corallioides, 171.

Gypsophila muralis, 189.

22727

471

concinnatum, 171;

Habenaria, 263; blephariglottis, 83;
dilatata, 46, 83; fimbriata, 83; Hook-
eri, 83; hyperborea, 83, 264; lacera,
83, 133, 263, 264 ; Natural Hybrids in
Spiranthes and, 261; obtusata, 48,
83; orbiculata, 83; psycodes, $83,
263, 264, X lacera, 264; tridentata,
82; virescens, 82.

Halohelophytes, 133.

Halohydrophytes, 135.

Halohygroph ytes, 131.

Harger, E. B. New Station for Phaseo-
lus perennis, 291.

Harpanthus scutatus, 171.

Harvard University, Contributions
from the Cryptogamic Laboratory
of,— LV. Mycological Notes, 97.

Harvey, L. H. Ecological Excursion
to Mount Ktaadn, 41; Splachnum
ampullaceum, a Correction, 169.

Hedeoma pulegioides, 129.

Helianthemum canadense, 129.

Helophytes, 126, 127; 132; 133.

Hemicarex, 249, 250.

Hemicarpha subsquarrosa, 130.

Hemlocks, 196.

300

Hepatica acutiloba, 33.

Hepaticae, 51; of Mt. Ktaadn, 50;
Preliminary Lists of New England
Plants, — XII, 170.

Herbarium, Insecticides used at the
Gray, 237.

Heterodoxia denticulata, 206, 207.

Hibiscus, 99; Moscheutos, 203.

Hieracium, 289; floribundum, 289;
prealtum, 289; scabrum, 130; veno-
sum, I29.

Hitherto undescribed Pipewort from
New Jersey, 175.

Hobble-bush, 260.

Holden, I., Notice of death, 219.

Holyoke, Massachusetts, Lycopodium
Selago on Mt., 290.

Hormiscia, 73.

Hottonia inflata, 134.

Hour in a Connecticut Swamp, 196.
Houstonia caerulea, 119, 131; purpurea,
var. longifolia, 128, 202.
Hudsonia ericoides, 128;

128.

Hyalotheca dissiliens, 79,
hians, 254; mucosa, 254.

Hybrids in Spiranthes and Habenaria,
Natural, 261.

H ydrocoleum Holdeni, 220.

Hydrocotyle umbellata, 204.

H ydroph ytes, 126, 127, 134, 135-

Hygrophytes, 126, 127, 130, 131.

Hypericum canadense, 130; ellipticum,
131; mutilum, 131; nudicaule, 128 ;
perfoliatum, 135.

Hypnum cordifolium, 199, 200; Rich-
ardsonii, 200.

Hypoglossum denticulatum, 205, 206,
207.

Hypoxis erecta, 204.

tomentosa,

254, var.

Identity of Iris Hookeri and the Asian
I, setosa, 157.

Ilea, 7, 30; fulvescens, 3, 20, 30, 31.

Ilex glabra, 128, 204; laevigata, 134,
204; opaca, 204; verticillata, 131, 134.

Illecebraceae, 190.

Impatiens fulva, 132.

Insecticides used at the Gray Herba-
rium, 237.

Interesting Form of Leersia oryzoides,
118.

Ipomoea, 101.

Iris, 157, 158; ensata, 158; Hookeri,
157, and the Asian I. setosa, Identity
of, 157; prismatica, 133; pseudacorus,
158; setosa, 157, 158, 159, Identity of
Iris Hookeri and the Asian, 157, var.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

canadensis, 158; tridentata, 157; tri-
petala, 157; versicolor, 131, 132, 158,
159.

Isoetes, 277; Braunii, 279; canadensis,
279, var. Robbinsii, 279; Eatoni, 280;
echinospora, var. Braunii, 48, var.
muricata, 277, var. robusta, 277;
Engelmanni, 279; foveolata, 280,
var. plenospora, 280; Gravesii, 280;
heterospora, 44, 48; lacustris, 279.
var. maxima, 279; riparia, 277, 278,
279, 280, var. 1najor, 279; saccharata,
277, 278, var. Amesii, 278; Three
new Varieties of, 277; Tuckermani,
277. 278, 279, 280.

Iva frutescens, 133, 204.

Jamesoniella antumnalis, 51, 171.

Jesup, H. G., Notice of death, 191.

Jones, L. R. Eighth Annual winter
Meeting of the Vermont Botanical
Club, 120.

Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine,
175; Meeting of the, 202.

Jubula Hutchinsiae, 171.

Juncaceae, 193.

Juncodes pilosum, 195.

Juncoides pilosum, 193, 195.

Juncus alpinus, 248; Ar thing: 48;
balticus, 248; dichotomus, 130; effu-
sus, 131; Gerardi, 133; Greenei, 130;
pelocarpus, 130; pilosus, var. a, 193;
trifidus, 37; vernalis, 193.

Jungermannia lanceolata, 171 ; pumila,
171; sphaerocarpa, 171.

Jungermanniaceae, 171.

Juniperus communis, var. alpina, 128;
virginiana, 128.

Kalmia angustifolia, 37,45; glauca, 35,
45, 133; latifolia, 289.

Kantia Sullivantii, 171; trichomanis,
51, 171.

Knight, O. W. Records of some
Plants new to Maine, 71.

Knowlton, C.H. Flora of Mount Sad-
dleback, Franklin County, Maine, 35.

Kobresia, 249, 250, 251; elachycarpa,
251; in the Aroostook Valley, Maine,
A new, 247; macrantha, 250.

Krigia virginica, 128.

Ktaadn, Additions to the vascular
Flora of Mount, 46; Ecological Ex-
cursion to Mount, 41; Hepaticae of
Mount, 50.

Lactucas. 256.
Lady-slipper, 259.

1903 |

Larix americana, 134.

Lathyrus maritimus, 131; palustris,
132.

Lawrence, Massachusetts,
malacoides at, 39.

Leaflet of the Seal Harbor Village
Improvement Society, 259.

Leavitt, R. G. Foliar Outgrowths
from the Surface of the Leaf of
Aristolochia Sipho, 38; Reversion-
ary Stages experimentally induced
in Drosera intermedia, 265.

Lechea minor, var. maritima, 128; ten-
uifolia, 128; thymifolia, 128.

Ledum groenlandicum, 35; latifolium,
45: 133-

Leersia, 118; oryzoides, 118; forma
glabra, 118, Interesting form of, 118.

Leguminosae, 246.

Lejeunea cavifolia, 171.

Lemna, 287; minor, 135; trisulca, 135.

Lemnaceae, 287.

Lens ervilea, 72; esculenta, 72.

Leontodon autumnalis, 135.

Lepidium ruderale, 135; virginicum,
ele

Lepidozia reptans, 51, 172; setacea,
172; sphagnicola, 172.

Lespedeza capitata, 128, 129;
stachya, 130; violacea, 203.

Leucanthemum vulgare, 178.

Leucothóe racemosa, 204.

Lichens, 234.

Liliaceae, 246.

Linaria canadensis, 129.

Lindera Benzoin, 134.

Limnanthemum lacunosum, I34.

Linnaea borealis, 50.

Erodium

poly-

Linum catharticum, 119, on Cape
Breton, 119.

Liparis Loeselii, 82.

List of Desmids found in Carver's

Pond, Bridgewater, Massachusetts,

List of New England Plants, Further
notes on the twelfth Preliminary,
235.

Listera cordata, 82.

Lists of New England Plants, Pre-
liminary, — XI, Hepaticae, 170; XII,
188.

Liverworts, 50.

Lobelia cardinalis, 284, 285, 286; Dort-
manna, 50, 130, 134; inflata, 129;
spicata, 131; syphilitica, 284, 285,
286; X syphilitico-cardinalis, 284,
285, 286.

Lonicera ciliata, 36.

Index

301

Lophocolea Austini, 172; bidentata,
172; heterophylla, 172; minor, 172.

Lophozia, 51; alpestris, 172; barbata,
172; bicrenata, 172; Floerkii, 172;
gracilis, 172 ; incisa, 172 ; inflata, 51,
172; lycopodioides, 172 ; Lyoni, 172;
Marchica, 172; Michauxii, 51; ven-
tricosa, 51, 172.

Ludwigia alternifolia, 203; palustris,
132.

Lunatia, 209; heros, 209.

Lunularia cruciata, 170.

Lupinus perennis, 129, 203.

Luzula Carolinae, 194, 195; pilosa,
193, 194, 195, B, 193, 195; plumosa,
194, 195 ; saltuensis, 195; spadicea,
var. melanocarpa, 37; vernalis, 193,
194, 195, American Representatives
of, 193.

Lychnis, 236; alba, 189, 235, 236;
chalcedonica, 189; Coronaria, 189;
dioica, 189, 236; diurna, 189; Flos-
cuculi, 189, 235 ; vespertina, 189.

Lycopodium, 290; annotinum, 47, var.
pungens, 38, 47; clavatum and its
Variety, 39, var. monostachyon,
40 ; inundatum, 45, 47, var. Bigelovii,
134 ; lucidulum, 47; Selago, 47, 290,
on Mount Holyoke, Massachusetts,
290; sitchense, 44, 47.

Lycopus sinuatus, 131 ; virginicus, 131.

Lygodium palmatum, 204.

Lyngbya, 27 ; aestuarii, 27.

Lynn, Massachusetts, Two Plants new
of the Flora of, 256.

Lysimachia quadrifolia, 130; stricta,
131; thyrsiflora, 204.

Magnolia glauca, 203.

Maianthemum canadense, 132.

Maine, Flora of Mount Saddleback,
Franklin County, 35; Galinsoga in,
258; Josselyn Botanical Society of,
175; Plants, New Stations for, 289;
Orchids of Chesterville, 82; Records
of some Plants new to, 71; West-

.ern Plants at Cumberland, 119;
Woodsia glabella in, 286.

Marchantia polymorpha, 170.

Marchantiaceae, 170.

Marguerite, 177.

Marine Algae, 135.

Marsh Andromeda, 68.

Marsilia quadrifolia, 134.

Marsupella emarginata, 51, 172; spha-
celata, 172; ustulata, 172.

Massachusetts, Cuscuta trifolia in,
290; Erodium malacoides at Law-

302

rence, 39; Genus Trisetum in And
over, 289; List of Desmids found in
Carver’s Pond, Bridgewater, 79;
Lycopodium Selago on Mount Hol-
yoke, 290; Plant Formations of east-
ern, 124; Records of Wolffa colum-
biania in, 287; Two Plants new to
the Flora of Lynn, 256.

Matricaria, 288; discoidea,
New Hampshire, 288.

Meadow-sweet, 260.

Medeola virginica, 132.

Medicago lupulina, 135.

Meeting of the Josselyn Society, 202;
of the Vermont. Botanical Club,
Eighth Annual winter, 120, Ninth
Annual field, 236.

Melampyrum americanum, 130.

Meltrema, 249.

Menyanthes trifoliata, 133.

Merrimac Valley, New Bidens from
the, 90.

Mesophytes, 126, 127, 129.

Metzgeria conjugata, 170.

Metzgeriaceae, 170.

Micrasterias americana, 81, 223, 253,
forma genuina, 253, var. 253, var.
recta, 81; furcata, 81; laticeps, 81;
mahabuleshwarensis, 81; muricata,
81; radiosa, 8r.

Microcoleus chthonoplastes, 233, 234 ;
tenerrimus, 233, 234-

Microstylis ophioglossoides, 82.

Middlesex Fells, Clematis verticillaris
in the, 192.

Mikania scandens, 204.

Mimulus ringens, 131.

Mistletoe in Connecticut, Dwarf, 202.

Mitella nuda, 197.

Mnium cinclidioides, 200.

Moccasin-flower, 259.

Mollugo verticillata, 188.

Monoblepharis, 103, 104, 105, 107; sp.,
108 ; brachyandra, 103, 104 ,105, 106,
108 ; fasciculata, 103, 105; insignis,
103, 105; macrandra, 106; Notes on,
103; ovigera, 106; polymorpha, 103,
104, 105, 106, 108 ; regnigens, 106;
sphaerica, 103, 105.

Monostroma, 2, 7, 10, 13, 15, 17, 18;
angicavum, 13, 14; arcticum, II, 13,
14, 31, var. intestiniforme, 11, u
Blyttii, 10, 11, 12, 31; Collinsii, 18;
crassiusculum, 12; crepidinum, 11,
16, 31; cylindraceum, 13, 14; fus-
cum, II, 12, 15, forma Blyttii, 12, 31;
forma splendens, 12; Grevillei, 11,
I2, I3, 14, 31, forma lactuca, 15, var.

288, in

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

arctica, 13, 14, var. Vahlii, 13, 14;
groenlandicum, 10, 11, 18, 31; Lac-
tuca, 15; latissimum, 10, t1, 16, 17,
31; leptodermum, 11, 15, 16, 31 ; lub-
ricum, 12; pulchrum, 11, 14, 15, 16,
31; quarternarium, II, 17, 31, sac-
codeum, 13, 14; splendens, 12;
undulatum, r1, 14, 15, 31, var. Far-
lowii, 11, 14, 15; Vahlii, 13; zosteri-
colum, 16.

Monotropa Hypopytis, 49, 136; uni-
flora, 49, 136.

Montia tontana, 188.

Moore, G. T. Roses vs. Railroads,
93-

Morss, R. D. Clematis verticillaris
in the Middlesex Fells, 192.

Mosses, with Extension of Range,
Some notes on, 199.

Moulds, Bread, 97.

Moulton, D. H. Meeting of the Jos-
sel yn Society, 202.

Mount Holyoke, Massachusetts, Lyco-
podium Selago on, 290; Ktaadn,
Additions to the vascular Flora of,
46, Ecological Excursions to, 41,
Hepaticae of, 50; Saddleback,
Franklin County, Maine, Flora of,
35.

Mucor, 99.

Mucors, 97.

Mycological Notes, 1-2, Contribution
from the Cryptogamic Laboratory
of Harvard University,— LV, 97.

Mylia anomala, 172 ; Taylori, 51, 172.

Myricaasplenifolia, 129, 130; cerifera,
128; Gale, 132.

Myrioblepharis, 107.

Myriophyllum ambiguum, 134; spica-
tum, 134; tenellum, 130, 134.

Myxonema, 72.

Naias flexilis, 134; indica, var. gracil-
lima, 134.

Nardia crenulata, 172 ; haematosticta,
172; hyalina, 172; obovata, 172.

Natural Hybrids in Spiranthes and
Habenaria, 261.

Nemopanthes fascicularis, 134.

Nemopanthus fascicularis, 35.

Neskiza, 249.

New Bidens from the Merrimac
Valley, 90.

New England, Ajuga genevensis in,
154; Choanephora, 97; Desmids,

Notes on,— 1, 221, II, 252; Plants,
Further Notes on the twelfth Prelim-
inary Lists of, 235; Preliminary

1903]

Lists of, — XI, Hepaticae, 170, XII,
188 ; Recently Recognized species of

` Crataegus in eastern Canada and,—
i S20 TIS 05, TIS 137, EVO T5930 V5
182; Station for Buxbaumia indusi-
ata Bridel, 257 ; Viola arvensis in, 155.

New Hampshire, Gaylussacia dumosa
and frondosa in, — a Correction, 276;
Matricaria discoidea in, 288 ; Pursh's
Report of Dryas from, 281.

New Jersey, Hitherto undescr ped
Pipewort from, 175.

New Kobresia in the Aroostook Valley,
247.

New Station for Asplenium ebeneum
Hortonae, 257, for Dentaria maxima,
168; for Phaseolus perennis, 291.

New Stations for Maine Plants, 289.

New Varieties of Isoetes, Three, 277.

Ninth Annual field Meeting of the
Vermont Botanical Club, 236.

Nitella flexilis, 134.

Nonnea rosea, 72.

North America, The Ulvaceae of, 1.

Notes on Algae,— V, 204, VI, 231; Bot-
rychium tenebrosum, Additional,
274; New England Desmids, —I, 221,
II, 252 ; Monoblepharis, 103 ; Mosses
with Extensions of Range, Some,
199; the twelfth Preliminary List of
New England Plants, Further, 235.

Notothylas orbicularis, 173.

Nuphar advena, 134; Kalmianum, 44,
49, 134; odorata, . 134, var. minor,
44: 49-

Oakesia sessilifolia, 132.

Observations on Echinodorus parvu-
lus, 83.

Odontochisma denudatum, 172 ; pros-
tratum, 172.

Oedocephalum, 97, 98, 102 ; echinu-
latum, 98.

Oedogonium, 107.

Oenothera pumila, 129.

Olotrema, 249.

Onoclea sensibilis, 134, 274.

Oomycetous Fungi, 102.

Orchidaceae, 264.

Orchids, 82, 259, 260, 264; of Chester-
ville, Maine, 82.

Organization of the Connecticut Botan-
ical Society, 74.

Orontium aquaticum, 134.

Orthotrichum splachnoides, 201.

Oryzopsis asperifolia, 197.

Osmorrhiza sp., 49.

Osmun, A. V. Cuscuta trifolia in
Massachusetts, 290.

Index

303

Osmunda cinnamomea, 47, 132, 134,
196; Claytoniana, 45, 47; regalis,

IMS T

Ostrich ferns, 196.

Ostrya virginiana, 130.

Outgrowths from the Surface of the
Leaf of Aristolochia Sipho, Foliar,
38.

Oxalis Acetosella, 35; cymosa, 34;
filipes, 33, 34; stricta, 34; violacea,
203 ; Yellow-flowered, 33, 34.

Ox-eye Daisy, 177.

Pallavicinia Lyellii, 170.

Panaeolus, 199.

Panicum verrucosum, 130; virgatum,
130

Pansy, 155.

Parasites, 136.

Paronychia argyrocoma, 190.

Pease, A. S. Erodium malacoides at
Lawrence, Massachusetts, 39; Genus
'Trisetum in Andover, Massachusetts,
289.

Pediastrum, 81; Boryanum, 81 ; Ehren-
bergii, 81; pertusum, 8r.

Pellia, 51 ; epiphylla, 170.

Peltandra undulata, 132.

Penium, 252; closterioides, 80; Digitus,
222, 254; margaritaceum, 254.

Pentstemon pubescens, 204.

Pepper-root, 168.

Percursaria, 3; percursa, 26.

Perenosporeae, 101.

Petasites palmata, 44, 50.

Phaseolus perennis, 291, New Station
for, 291.

Phelps, O. A. An Hour in a Connecti-
cut Swamp, 196.

Phleum pratense, 36.

Phragmites communis, 131.

Phryma Leptostachya, 204.

Phycomycetes, 107.

Phyllophora Brodiaei, 232.

Phytolacca decandra, 188.

Phytolaccaceae, 188.

Picea nigra, 36,49; rubra, 36.

Pilea pumila, 132.

Pilinia, 208, 209, 210; diluta, 210; mari-
tima, 210; rimosa, 207, 208, 210.

Pine Apple Weed, 288.

Pines, 196.

Pinus rigida, 128, 129; Strobus, 132, 134.

Pipewort from New Jersey, Hitherto
undescribed, 175.

Plagiochila asplenioides, 172;
vantii, 172.

Plant-formations of eastern Massachu-
setts, 124.

Sulli-

304

Plantago lanceolata, 135; major, 50,

135.

Plants at Cumberland, Maine, West-
ern, 119; Further Notes on the
twelfth Preliminary List of New
England, 235; New Stations for
Maine, 289; New to Maine, Records
of some, 71; new to the Flora of
Lynn, Massachusetts, Two, 256 ; Pre-
liminary Lists of New England, —
XI, Hepaticae, 170, XII, 188.

Platanus occidentalis, 132, 134.

Plectonema Battersii, 233; Golenkini-
anum, 233.

Pluchea camphorata, 133, 204.

Pluteolus, 197, 198; A beautiful, 197;
coprophilus, 198 ; expansus, 198.

Pluteus, 198.

Poa alpina, 48; annua, 135; debilis, 34,
197.

Podostemon ceratoph yllus, 134.

Pogonia, 259 ; ophioglossoides, 82, 133.

Polygala pauciflora, 130; polygama,
129, 204 ; sanguinea, 130.

Polygonella articulata, 131.

Polygonum acre, 131; aviculare, 135 ;
exsertum, 289; Hydropiper, 131;
tenue, 128.

Polypodium vulgare, 128, 257.

Polysiphonia, 28, 212; fastigiata, 212.

Polystichum Plaschnickianum, 272.

Pontederia cordata, 132.

Populus balsamifera, 49; tremuloides,
129, 258.

Porella pinnata, 172; platyphylla, 172 ;
rivularis, 172.

Porphyra, I, 210, 211; abyssicola, 212;
amplissima, 211, 2145 coccinea, 211;
laciniata, 210, 211, 212, forma epi-
phytica, 212; forma umbilicalis, 211;
var. umbilicalis, 212; leucosticta,
210, 211, 212; linearis, 212 ; miniata,
211, 212; tenuissima, 211, 212.

Portulaca grandiflora, 190; oleracea,
188 ; pilosa, 190.

Portulacaceae, 188.

Position of Echinodorus parvulus,
Generic, 85.

Potamogeton confervoides, 44, 48;
crispus, 134, 135; natans, 134; spir-
illus, 134.

Potamogetons, 238.

Potentilla Anserina, 133; arguta, 204 ;
tridentata, 36, 256.

Poterium canadense, 289.

Prasiola, 16.

Preissia quadrata, 170.

Preliminary Lists of New England

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Plants, —XI, Hepaticae, 170, XII, 188,

Further Notes on the twelfth, 235.
Prenanthes alba, 132, 204; serpentaria,

129, 204; trifoliolata, 46.
Pringsheimia, 1.

Proserpinaca palustris, 132; pectin-
acea, 134.

Protoderma, I.

Prunella vulgaris, 50.

Prunus cuneata, 128; maritima, 131;
pennsylvanica, 128; pumila, 204;

serotina, 129; virginiana, 128.
Pseudokobresia, 250.
Psilocarya scirpoides, 130.
Pteridium spinulosum, 206, 207.
Pteris aquilina, 47.
Pterodes, 194.
Ptilidium ciliare, 51, 172.
Puccinellia maritima, 133.
Pursh’s Report of Dryas from New
Hampshire, 281.
Pycnanthemum muticum, 204.
Pyrus americana, 35; arbutifolia, 45,

49, 131.

Quercus alba, 129; coccinea, 132, var.
tinctoria, 129; ilicifolia, 128; prino-
ides, 128; rubra, 129.

Radula complanata, obconica,
172; tenax, 172.

Railroads, Roses vs., 93.

Ralfsia, 209.

Rand, E. L. Galinsoga in Maine,
258; Matricaria discoidea, DC. in
New Hampshire, 288; Observations
on Echinodorus parvulus, 83.

Range, Some Notes on Mosses, with
Extensions of, 199.

Ranunculi, 238.

Ranunculus, 86; abortivus, 132, var.
eucyclus, 33; acris, 135; allegheni-
ensis, 34, 203; aquatilis, var. tricho-
phyllus, 134; bulbosus, 135; Cym-
balaria, 130; fascicularis, 128, 203;
multifidus, 134, 204; septentrionalis,
I31.

Reboulia hemisphaerica, 170.

Recently recognized Species of Cratae-
gus in eastern Canada and New
England, — I, 52, II, 108, III, 137,
IV, 1590, V, 182.

Records of some Plants new to Maine,
71; of Wolffia columbiana in Massa-
chusetts, 287.

Red Algae, 1; Baneberry, 77, Experi-
ment with the Fruit of, 77 ; clover,

173;

1903]

290; flowered Anemone riparia, 154;
seeded Dandelion, 32.

Relatives, Arabis Drummondi and its
eastern, 225.

Report of Dryas from New Hamp-
shire, Pursh’s, 281.

Representatives of Luzula vernalis,
American, 193.

Reversionary Stages experimentally
induced in Drosera intermedia, 265.

Rhamnus alnifolia, 33, 196.

Rhexia virginica, 130.

Rhinanthus Crista-Galli, 50.

Rhizoclonium, 27.

Rhode Island, Corallorhiza innata and
Taraxacum erythrospermum in, 291.

Rhododendron nudiflorum, 204; Poli-
folium, 71 ; Rhodora, 35, 133.

Rhodospermeae, 1.

Rhopalomyces, 97, 98, 100, 101, 102;
cucurbitarum, 98 ; elegans, 102, var.
cucurbitarum, 102; strangulatus, 99.

Rhus copallina, 129; glabra, 130;
Toxicodendron, 128, 132, 134, 2743
typhina, 128, 130; venenata, 132, 134.

Rhynchospora alba, 133.

Riccardia latifrons, 170; multifida, 170;
palmata, 170; pinguis, 170; sinuata,
170.

Riccia arvensis, 170; crystallina, 170;
fluitans, 135, 170; natans, 135; Sulli-
vantii, 170.

Ricciaceae, 170.

Ricciocarpus natans, 170.

Robinson, B. L. Further Notes on
the twelfth Preliminary List of
New England Plants, 235; Generic
Position of Echinodorus parvulus,
85; Hitherto undescribed Pipewort
from New Jersey, 175; Insecticides
used at the Gray Herbarium, 237 ;
Preliminary Lists of New England
Plants, XII, 188; Records of Wolffia
columbiana in Massachusetts, 287;
Viola arvensis in New England, 155.

Rosa lucida, 132.

Rosemary, Bog, 67; Wild, 68.

Roses, 93, 94. 95;
Wild, 260.

Rotala ramosior, 204.

Rubus canadensis, 130; Chamaemorus,
36; hispidus, 131 ; occidentalis, 130.

Rumex brittanica, 132; crispus, 135;
maritimus, 119.

Ruppia maritima, 135.

Saddleback, Franklin
Flora of Mount, 35.

County, Maine,

Index

vs. Railroads, 93; ,

305

Sagina apetala, 190; decumbens, 189,
190; nodosa, 189, var. pubescens,
189, 236; procumbens, 189, 190.

Sagittaria, 86; heterophylla, 132 ; pu-
silla, 84, 85; teres, 134; variabilis,
TE

Salicornia ambigua, 131, 204 ; herba-
CEART,

Salisbury, Connecticut, Botanical Trip
to, 32.

Salix balsamifera, 37; candida, 32;
discolor, 131; lasiandra, 34 ; lucida,
33, 34; myrtilloides, 289; rostrata,
131; tristis, 204.

Salsola Kali, 131.

Sanguinaria canadensis, 132.

Sanicula gregaria, 204.

Saponaria officinalis, 189;
189.

Saprophytes, 136.

Sargent, C. S. Recently recognized
Species of Crataegus in eastern Can-
ada and New England, —I, 52, II,
165, LIT, 137, IV, 159, V, 182.

Sarracenia purpurea, 49, 133, 190.

Sarraceniaceae, 190.

Sassafras officinale, 129.

Saxifraga pennsylvanica, 131; stellaris,
var. comosa, 46 ; virginiensis, 128.
Scapania convexula, 172; curta, 172;
irrigua, 172; nemorosa, 172; palu-
dosa, 172; subalpina, 172; umbrosa,

173; undulata, 52, 173.

Scheuchzeria, 49; palustris, 48.

Schoenoxiphium, 249.

Schwalbea americana, 40; in Connecti-
cut, 40.

Scirpus atrovirens, 131; caespitosus,
45, 46; maritimus, 133; pungens,
133; rubrotinctus, var. confertus,
289.

Scleranthus annuus, 190.

Sclerieae, 249.

Seal Harbor Village Improvement So-
ciety, Leaflet of, 259.

Sea-weeds, 135.

Second Station for Cyperus Hough-
toni in Vermont, 191.

Sedge, 247, 248.

Sedges, 245.

Selaginella rupestris, 128.

Senecio obovatus, 33.

Sequoia, 271.

Sericocarpus conyzoides, 129; solida-
gineus, 204.

Silene acaulis, 189; antirrhina, 189,
var. divaricata, 189, 235; apetala,
235; Armeria, 189; Cucubalus, 189;

Vaccaria,

306

dichotoma, 189; gallica, 189; nivea,
189, 235; noctitlora, 189; nutans,
189; pendula, 189; pennsylvanica,
128, 189, 203; stellata, 189.

Sium cicutaefolium, 132.

Skunk cabbage, 197.

Smilacina trifolia, 37, 48, 133.

Smilax rotundifolia, 128.

Society, Connecticut Botanical, 120 ;
Leatlet of the Seal Harbor Village
Improvement, 259; Meeting of the
Josselyn, 202; of Maine, Josselyn
Botanical, 175; Organization of the
Connecticut Botanical, 74.

Solanum rostratum, 119.

Solidago bicolor, 129; canadensis, 130;
lanceolata, 131; latifolia, 132; ma-
crophylla, 36, 46; nemoralis, 129 ;
odora, 129; rugosa, 130; semper-
virens, 131, 133; serotina, 132;
speciosa, 204; tenuifolia, 130, 204;
ulmifolia, 132.

Some Notes on Mosses, with -Exten-
sions of Range, 199; Variations of
Triglochin maritima, 174.

Sparganium eurycarpum, 132; sim-
plex, 132.

Spartina, 24, 25; juncea, 133; stricta,
var. glabra, 133.

Species of Crataegus in eastern Can-
ada and New England, Recently rec-
ognized,— I, 52, II, 108, III, 137, IV,
reo; Vj 182.

Spergula arvensis, 189.

Spergularia borealis, 189; rubra, 189;
salina, 189, 236.

Sphaerozosma, 252; filiforme, 80;
pulchrum, 8o, var. planum 80; spin-
ulosum, var., 252.

Sphagnum, 36, 274 ; Spp. 133, 134.

Sphenolobus exsectaeformis, 173; ex-
sectus, 173; Michauxii, 173; minutus,
173.

Spiraea salicifolia,
131.

Spiranthes, 262; and Habenaria, Nat-
ural Hybrids in, 261; cernua, 82,
131; gracilis, 82, 129; 261, 262, 263,
264; X intermedia, 262, 263, 264,
285; latifolia, 197, 204 ; praecox, 261,
262, 263, 264 ; simplex, 128.

Spirodela polyrhiza, 135.

Spirogyra, 233; decima, 233, var. tri-
plicata, 233.

Spirotaenia condensata, 8o.

Splachnum ampullaceum, 169, a Cor-
rection, 169; roseum, 44, 169.

Sprague, C. J., Notice of death, 234.

131; tomentosa,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER
Spruce, 45, 202.
Squirrel corn, 168.
Stachys hyssopifolia, 130.
Stages experimentally induced in

Drosera intermedia, Reversionary,
265.

Statice Limonium, var.
tár 138.

Station for Asplenium ebeneum Hor-
tonae, A new, 257; for Buxbaumia
indusiata Bridel, A New England,
257; for Cyperus Houghtoni in Ver-
mont, A second, 191; for Dentaria
maxima, A new, 168; for Phaseolus
perennis, A new, 291.

Stations for Maine Plants, New, 289.

Staurastrum, 221; anatinum, 81; cren-
ulatum, 81; dejectum, 222, var
mucronatum, 253; echinatum, 224,
253; hirsutum, 222, 224; leptocla-
dum, 81; macrocerum, 81; mucro-
natum, 224 ; muticum, 81, var. minor,
224, 254, 255; Orbiculare, 81, 223;
polymorphum, 81; pseudosebaldi,
224; punctulatum, 81, 254; pyg-
maeum, 222; saxonicum, 222 ; sub-
arcuatum, 222, 254.

Steeple-bush, 260.

Steironema ciliatum, 131.

Stellaria aquatica, 189, 190 ; borealis,
189; graminea, 189, 190, 235, var.
lanceolata, 190; Holostea, 189: humi-
fusa, 189; longifolia, 189; longipes,
190, 235; media, 135, 190; uliginosa,
190. :

Stereodon Richardsonii, 200.

Stigeoclonium, 73, 210.

Streptanthus angustifolius, 230.

Streptopus amplexifolius, 34, 36.

Strophostyles angulosa, 203.

Suaeda linearis, 133.

Subularia, 84.

Sundews, 265, 267.

Swamp, An Hour in a Connecticut,
196.

Symplocarpus foetidus, 134.

caroliniana,

Tamarack, 202.

Tanacetum Leucanthemum, 178.

Taraxacum erythrospermum, 32, 292,
in Rhode Island, Corallorhiza innata
and, 291; officinale, 115; war.
palustre, 32.

Taxus canadensis, 196.

Temnoma, 292; setiforme, 51, 173.

Tephrosia virginiana, 129.

Tetmemorus Brebissonii, 81.

Tetragona expansa, 235.

2
34?

1903 |

Tetranema, 3; percursum, 26.

Thalictrum purpurascens, 203.

Thaxter, R. Contributions trom the
Cryptogamic Laboratory of Harvard
University,— LV. Mycological Notes,
97.

Telephorae, 120.

Thorn, 137; Glastonbury, 167.

Three new Varieties of Isoetes, 277.

Tiarella, 197.

Tilia americana, 132.

Tribonemia, 72.

Trichocolea tomentella, 173.

Trifolium hybridum, 36; pratense,
290; repens, 49.
Triglochin maritima. 133, 174, 175,

248; Some Variations of, 174; pa-
lustris, 174, 248.

Trillium cernuum, 132.

Triodia purpurea, 131.

Trip to Salisbury, Connecticut, Botan-
ical, 32.

Trisetum, 289, in Andover, Massa-
chusetts, The Genus, 289; palustre,
289; subspicatum, var. molle, 35, 289.

Trollius, 35; laxus, 34.

Tsuga canadensis, 130.

Turritella, 209.

Turritis brachycarpa, 226, 228, 230,
231; glabra, 226, B, 230, var. $
226; patula, 229; retrofracta, 228 ;
stricta, 226, 228, 229, 230.

Two Plants new to the Flora of Lynn,
Massachusetts, 256.

'Typha angustifolia, 133 ; latifolia, 132.

Typhaceae, 246.

Ulmus americana, 132.

Ulothrichaceae, 210; and Chaetopho-
raceae of the United States, 72.

Ulva, 3, 7, 18, 24; aureola, 30; aali-
fornica, 8,9; clathrata, 29, 30, var.
erecta, 28, var. prostrata, 29, var. ram-
ulosa, 29, var. Rothiana, f. prostrata,
29, var. uncinata, 29; compressa,
30, var. racemosa, 25; entero-
morpha, var. compressa, 25, 30, var.
intestinalis, 23, 30, var. lanceolata,
24 ; fasciata, 8, 10, forma caespitosa,
10, forma lobata, 10, forma taeniata,
10; Hopkirkii, 28, 31; intestinalis,
31; Lactuca, 3, 8, 10, I3; 15, 31, Var.
Lactuca, 8, 31, var. latissima, 9, 31,
var. mesenteriformis, 9, var. rigida,
8, 31; latissima, 8, 9, 31. var. Linza,
24; Linza, 24; marginata, 25; mer-
ismopedioides, 17; mesenteriformis,
9; percursa, 26; rigida, 9.

Index

307

Ulvaceae, 1, 2, 7; Bibliography of, 4;
of North America, 1.
Uncinia, 249.

United States, . Ulothricaceae and
Chaetophoraceae of, 72.

Urospora, 73; penicilliformis, 18.

Utricularia, 197; cornuta, 130, 133;

inflata, 135; minor, 197; purpurea,
135; resupinata, 130; vulgaris, 135.
Uvularia perfoliata, 204.

Vaccinium caespitosum, 36; cana-
dense, 45; corymbosum, 131; mac-
rocarpon, 82, 133; Oxycoccus, 36,
133; pennsylvanicum, 128, var.
angustifolium, 36; uliginosum, 36,
45, 49; vacillans, 129. 130; Vitis-
Idaea, 37, 49.

Vallisneria spiralis, 134.

Variations of Triglochin maritima,
Some, 174.

Varieties of Isoetes, Three new, 277.

Vaucheria, 107 ; intermedia, 107.

Veratrum viride, 132, 134.

Verbena bracteosa, 119.

Vermont Botanical Club, Eighth An-
nual winter Meeting of, 120, Ninth
Annual field Meeting of the, 236;
Second Station for Cyperus Hough-
toni in, 1901.

Veronica scutellata, 132.

Viburnum cassinoides, 36; dentatum,
E.

Village Improvement Society, Leaflet
of the Seal Harbor, 259.

Viola arvensis, 155, 156, in New Eng-
lind, 155; .Bland8j 45. 131, 132;
cucullata, 132, 134; lanceolata, 130,
131; ovata, 128, 129; pedata, 128,
129, 203; pubescens, 132; Rafin-
esquii 155, 156; rotundifolia, 236;
scabriuscula, 168; sororia, 236; te-
nella, 155; tricolor, 156, var. arven-
sis, 155.

Violets, 120.

Walking fern, 196, 272. ,

Waters, C. E. Asplenium ebeneum
proliferum, 272.

Webster, H. A beautiful Pluteolus,

197.

Weed, Pine Apple, 288; White, 177.

Wentworth, L. A. Two Plants new
to the Flora of Lynn, Massachusetts,
256.

Western Plants at Cumberland, Maine,
119.

White Daisy, 177; Weed, 177, Chrys-

308

anthemum Leucanthemum and the
American, 177.
Wild Rosemary, 68; Roses, 260.
Winter Meeting of the Vermont Botan-
ical Club, Eighth Annual, 120.
Witches’ brooms, 202.
Wolffia, 287 ; columbiana, 287, 288, in
Massachusetts, Records of, 287.
Wood anemone, 155.
Woodsia glabella, 286, in Maine, 286 ;
ilvensis, 128, 257; obtusa, 204.
Woodwardia angustifolia, 204.
Woolson, G. A. A new Station for
Asplenium ebeneum Hortonae, 257.
Xanthidium antilopaeum, var. poly-
mazum, 81.

E ILICE y

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Xanthium canadense, 135, var. echin-
atum, 131.
Xenococcus Kerneri, 234; Schousboei,

234-
Xeroph ytes, 126, 127, 128.
Yellow-flowered Oxalis, 33, 34.

Zannichellia ead 135.
Zizania sp., 48; aquatica, 132.
Zizia aurea, 204.

Zostera marina, 135.

Zygom ycetes, 102.
Zygomycetous fungi, 102.

Rhodora. Plate 49.

Blanche A mes del.
LOBELIA CARDINALIS, at the left. L. SYPHILITICA, at the right.
L. SYPHILITICO X CARDINALIS, in the middle.